Skip to main content

Full text of "Creation of a world centre of communication"

See other formats





























































' 








































































































































. 




\\ 




































































* 


























■ 






















































































































































. 









CREATION 


OF 

A WORLD CENTRE 

OF COMMUNICATION 


JUSTIFICATION DU TIRAGE 


EDITION ANGLAISE 


270 Exemplaires numerates sur papier a main (N rs r a 270) 
20 Exemplaires sur papier de luxe a main (N os 1 a 20) 


N. 83 


Tous droits de traduction et de reproduction reserves pour tous les pays. 


Copyright by HENDRIK CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN, 1918. 








it 




CREATION 

OF A 

WORLD CENTRE 


OF COMMUNICATION 


OLIVIA CUSHING ANDERSEN 

AND 

HENDRIK CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN 


LEGAL ARGUMENT 

FROM THE 

POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 

BY 

UMANO 

THE ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 

BY 

Prof. JEREMIAH W. JENKS 



ROME 



ANNO MDCCCCXVIII 






































/ 













































. 















































--—----■———— 


711.1 

Ab4 

■ ' i * 



T he first volume of this work was dedicated in loving 

MEMORY TO MY BROTHER, ANDREAS M. ANDERSEN, TAKEN BY 
DEATH FROM THIS WORLD IN THE FULL BLOOM AND VIGOUR OF LIFE 

AND CREATIVE WORK. 

LEFT TO CONTINUE MY TASK ALONE, I SHOULD UNDOUBTEDLY HAVE 
FAILED, HAD NOT HIS DEVOTED WIFE, OLIVIA CUSHING ANDERSEN, 

COME TO MY ASSISTANCE. 

HER LOYALTY AND PURITY OF SPIRIT, ABOUNDING IN THE MOST 
ARDENT DESIRE TO UPHOLD CLEARLY BEFORE THE WORLD A VISION 
THAT, PRACTICALLY CARRIED OUT, WOULD THROUGH UNITY AND 
LOVE HARMONISE THE DIVINITY OF GOD IN MAN, FILLED MY SOUL 
WITH AN INCONTROLLABLE PASSION AND SECURITY OF FAITH TO 
CONTINUE TO WORK FOR HUMANITY AS A WHOLE. 


I OWE TO HER GENTLE-SPIRIT AND UNTIRING AID THE COMPLETION 
OF THIS BOOK, AND WITH A HEART FULL OF GRATITUDE, TO HER 

I DEDICATE THIS VOLUME 













































, 




























































































. 



;> 








» 




. 


























■ 

- 
























With the keenest sympathy and appreciation, 1 wish to convey my 
deep gratitude to the many collaborators who have assisted me tn 
' accomplishing this volume. 

The untiring energy and valuable counsel as well as the inspiring 
suggestions of Olivia Cushing Andersen, have been of vital assistance 
to me. 


To M. Ernest Hebrard , aided by his brother , M. Jean Hebrard, 
I am indebted for the architectural execution of the plans and elevations 
here presented. Their artistic taste and excellent judgment of practical 
planning upon colossal lines , have facilitated my giving a definite form 
to this World Centre. I also extend my warm appreciation to their 
assisting architects and draughtsmen as well as to the painters and 
engineers who have contributed valuable counsel and shown exquisite 
taste in their work upon these plans. 

I am indebted to Umano for his contribution of the legal 
argument , taken from his Positive Science of Government and to Olivia 
Cushing Andersen for the translation of the same; to Professor 
Jeremiah Jenks for his contribution of the economic text; to Vicomte 
Raoul de Nolva for the French version , and to Ditta Augusta Danesi 
for their careful execution of the phototypy , also to the Ditta Garroni, 
for the printing , of this volume. 


Hendrik Christian Andersen 
3, Piazza del Popolo , Rome. 






LEGAL PART 

BY 

UMANO 

FORMER ITALIAN JUDGE 


ECONOMIC PART 


JEREMIAH W. JENKS, PH. D„ L. L. D. 

FORMER PROFESSOR OF GOVERNMENT AND DIRECTOR OF THE DIVISION 
OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY 
MEMBER OF THE UNITED STATES EMIGRATION COMMISSION 


ARCHITECTURAL PART 

BY 

ERNEST M. HfeBRARD 

ARCHITECT OF THE PREKCH GOVERNMENT 
GRAND P RIX D E ROME 

MEDAILLE d'HONNEUR All SALON DES ARTISTES FRANCA IS DE 19IO 


Assisted by his brother 

JEAN HEBRARD 

FORMER PR OF E S S O R OF ARCHITEtT ERE 
AT CORNELL UNIVERSITY ITHACA N. V. (u. S. A). 



PHOTOTYPY BY AUGUSTO DANES! 
TYPOGRAPHICAL IMPRESSION BY RICCARDO GARRONI - ROME. 

























•1 


' 




























Ernest M. HERRARD, arch 

■«" s- aa- v; r?E .la towe iqhu prcdsres 



iov Vijtin 














































PREFACE 


A short time before the outbreak of the present Great War, the first vol¬ 
ume of a World Centre of Communication was published with the 
sincere desire of laying down a definite plan and practical solution for 
facilitating friendly relations between countries, and was presented to the Rulers, 
Parliaments, leading Libraries and Universities of the world, and to a few spe¬ 
cially distinguished individuals, internationally known to have contributed by 
their broad views and sympathies to the general welfare and fundamental 
structure of international life. This volume, besides illustrating the development 
of city planning from prehistoric times to the present, contained the practical 
working plans, scientifically carried out in detail, for a World Centre City — to 
serve as a covenant between peoples — in which to unite and house the most 
essential international interests known definitely to be useful and necessary to 
all Nations alike, and which, from all indications, must by force of circumstances 
logically develop into a harmonious form of organisation. 

War, stimulating the quickest and most efficient means for destroying 
life, is today the most complete scientific development in existence. Military 
force, ruled and controlled by science, is now so perfect that man’s machinery 
for destruction has grown stronger than himself, and cannot be arrested byfone 
man or one group of men or one Nation. 

Only one thing can counteract it: a counter-science — that is, the science 
of legitimately controlling international affairs. Not a science for destroying life, 
but for creating it with harmony, logic and divine reason, so that Nations may 
freely expand and develop, and tyranny, malice and hatred may eventually 
disappear from the earth. 

In all parts of the world scientific manifestations of the most appealing 
kind are created and scattered, often becoming ineffectual and weak because 
of lack of unity. They are nowhere centralised as they should be for all men’s 
use. Yet, as the means for destroying life have been brought together, studied, 
developed and used, with the result of almost world-wide destruction, so the 
scientific means for preserving, uplifting and beautifying life — law, medicine, 


II 


PREFACE 


hygiene, art, physical culture, all branches of science, religion and education, 
in fact, all that elevates the body and develops it, all that purifies the intellect 
and expands it — should be brought together and centralised to form the 
counter-science needed for the abolition of war, and for the reconstruction 
rendered obligatory by its devastations. 

As an effectual machinery for human development and harmony, the 
World Centre was conceived. For this reason its buildings for commerce, 
transport, industry, labour, medicine, hygiene, electricity and invention, agricul¬ 
ture, law, criminology, its International Court of Justice and Temple of Religions, 
its international press bureau and clearing house, its international colleges and 
its Avenue of the Nations, in 'which to present the products, industry and 
commerce of each Nation, were practically planned. To spread the idea of 
such a world reunion of all the common necessities of life, the first volume of 
plans was published and presented to the Governments, Libraries and Univer¬ 
sities of the world. The large original drawings of the plans, conceived by the 
author and carried out under the direction of Vlr. E. Hebrard, architect for the 
French Government, with the assistance of some forty architects, engineers and 
artists, are at the disposal of the Governments for their consideration. 

The present volume, containing the legal and economic aspects of a World 
Centre, forms a sequel to the first. The legal argument, “ The Positive Science 
of Government ”, is contributed by Umano. The economic argument, “ Eco¬ 
nomic Advantages of a World City ”, is the result of investigations by Dr. Je¬ 
remiah W. Jenks — one of the ablest American economists — and of his staff 
of collaborators, who, working in harmony, after several years of research have 
facilitated a clear comprehension of the many economic reasons for the practical 
utility and definite establishment of a World Centre of Communication. 

Umano, a distinguished scientist and philosopher and former, judge from 
Milan, after 18 years of practice, renounced his judgeship to devote himself to 
problems of religion and government, and has evolved a system — world 
embracing in its scope and utility, noble and profound in its intention — which, 
it is not too much to say, places him among Italians in the rank of Macchia- 
velli, Galileo, Giordano Bruno or Mazzini. 

The Positive Science of Government, which we here publish, forms part 
of his system tending to bind all the scientific knowledge of our own day into 
a consecutive whole, leading from the life of the body to that of the spirit, and 
including the historical development of peoples from the earliest times of bar¬ 
barous anarchy, through the present state of international anarchy, to the true 
International State, the constructive functioning of which will be found fully 
explained in the second part of his work in the present volume. On account 




PREFACE 


in 


of the great length and intricate profundity of the original text, it is not possible 
to publish here the whole of this great work on government, that can be exam¬ 
ined by scholars nor to follow the exact order of development chosen by 
the author. To render it accessible without the prolonged study otherwise nec¬ 
essary, the method has been adopted of presenting his essential line of argument 
leading directly to its conclusion — which is the complete and probably only 
solution of the war problem and future world harmony: the International Consti¬ 
tution — a solution which, in an attempt to prevent such a war as the present, 
Umano outlined in his “ Essai de Constitution Internationale ” (Comely & C ie ., 
Paris, 1907) and the functioning of which involves the creation of a World Centre 
of Communication. 

President Wilson, in his message to Russia, “ What are we fighting for ?” 
was inspired to say: “ Practical questions can only be settled by practical means. 
Phrases will not accomplish the result. Effective readjustment will; and 
whatever readjustments are necessary must be made ”. And further; “ The 
free people of the world must draw together in some common covenant, some 
genuine and practical cooperation that will in effect combine their force to secure 
peace and justice in the dealings of Nations with one another. The brotherhood 
of mankind must be given a structure of force and legality. The Nations must 
realise their common life and effect a workable partnership to secure that life 
against the agressions of autocratic and self pleasing power 

In the sincere faith that such a convenant can be formed by the Inter¬ 
national Constitution, that it can function by means of a World Centre of Com¬ 
munication, and that the moral, spiritual, intellectual and economic advantages 
proceeding there-from, will effectually unite and belong to the world as a whole 
— we present this legal, economic and architectural conception, created to serve 
people of all Nations, in the earnest hope that those who have the power to 
act upon it will do so, for the sake of uplifting the immortal spirit of humanity 
and of furthering its development. 


HENDRIK CHRISTIAN ANDERSEN. 


Rome, igi8. 





















' 




! ; - ! !' V* ; /Hi, - >jJ.1. HO " . jfi 6l & ')'/ 

i 

1 } 

■ 

;• 

. i? ■ _ :• 

3W 

■ 

. 

. 

•■‘ill 

. 

< 

. 































































PART I 


A WORLD CENTRE 

OF 

COMMUNICATION 

LEGAL ARGUMENT 

FROM THE 

POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 

BY 

UMANO\\ 


FORMER ITALIAN JUDGE 




■ 




_ 

. 











. 


















INTRODUCTION 


A s, in order to read, it is necessary to 
have learned the alphabet — so in order 
to speak of politics it is necessary to have 
learned the meaning of political words. As 
in order to speak of any branch of learning 
it is necessary to know the principles relat¬ 
ing to it — so in order to speak of govern¬ 
ment and politics it is necessary to have 
principles relating to government and politics 
at one’s command. 

As in order to cure a sick man it is neces¬ 
sary first to know from what illness he suffers, 
and to know from what illness he suffers, it 
is necessary to have medical knowledge and 
in order to have medical knowledge it is 
necessary to have taken the trouble to study 
medicine thoroughly and not to be content 
with the old empirical follies of herbalists, 
witches, priests and barbers — so in order 
to save the Nations suffering from a disease 
such as is this war, it is necessary first to 
know what causes the war disease it is 
necessary to have a science of government, 
and to have a science of government it is 
necessary to take the trouble of studying it 
positively and not to be content with the old 
empirical follies. 

II. 

The alphabet and the meaning of words ! 
Positive principles and the science of gov¬ 
ernment ! But these — many will object — 
are things taught in schools and already 
known. 

They are taught in schools and already 
known? Very well then. Let him who can 


without causing a smile, say — wTat is ar¬ 
bitrariness — what is law — what are rights 
and du ties — what are justice, equity, liberty; 
independence, the State, the Kingdom, the 
Fatherland, the Nation. Then he may talk 
about the rest — about representative gov¬ 
ernment in comparison with despotic gov¬ 
ernment — about war and peace — about 
civilisation — about nationality. 

One need but issue this invitation in 
order to see lips — after a disconcerted pause 
either prudently close or else open to utter 
a torrent of arrogant and foolish words. 

Let us say rather that nothing is known 
on these subjects just because we have not 
yet wholly, scientific institutions. This is 
known by professors in all countries. 

III. 

For reasons which we shall learn, schools 
are not yet wholly scientific institutions. 

Many of them are still party instruments. 
Scientific truth is not yet wholly taught in 
them, but only that part of it which, because 
of privileged or superstitious interests, it 
pleases men in government to disseminate. 

In Universities, the Law School is the 
one of which this is most true. This school, 
a very temple to those many minds who 
understand the supreme civilising impor¬ 
tance of law, is for many deficient or super¬ 
ficial persons, merely a field in which they 


VI 


INTRODUCTION 


know that they can hide their deficiencies or 
defend their superficiality. 

Public Right — which is the principal 
part of this school, and consists in the rela¬ 
tions between individuals and the relations 
between the several States — is still as em¬ 
pirical as was medicine before anatomy was 
known. In this school they have not ad¬ 
vanced beyond dissertations upon Pure 
Right, upon the rights of man isolated from 
society or from contact with his fellows, upon 
ideal and absolute Right to which this in¬ 
evitably led — to the confusion between right 
and morality — to the absurdities about the 
right of peoples — the imbecilities about the 
just which is good, beautiful and true, the 
good which is beautiful, true and just, etc. 
No positive principles of the Science of 
Right upon which scholars can concordantlv 
found their various legal tendencies and their 
several political parties, are taught in these 
schools. Only empirical phrases are taught 
in them which anybody, even if deficient, can 
employ, and the more so if he be a superficial 
student. And it is because of these phrases 
that politics and justice are in the present 
state of confusion. 

In the condition we are in, a university 
professor who wishes to teach positive prin¬ 
ciples of physics, of chemistry, of biology, or 
of astronomy is more or less respected and 
is allowed to dev so. But a professor who 
should desire to teach positive principles of 
government would not find a Commission 
that would give him his Chair. It is for this 
reason that the cultured and uncultured, 
when they speak of politics are about on a 
par. It is for this reason that in speaking 
with more or less presumption of politics on 
the basis of what was taught them in schools 
or of what, as the result of such education, 
they hear in speeches or read in newspapers, 
both uncultured and cultured have 99 chan¬ 
ces to 1 of saying foolish things. And it is 
for this reason that when a foreigner is to be 
honoured with an academic degree, the Uni¬ 
versity of the place names him doctor juris, 
even if his profession is that of a famous 
bridge-builder. In fact, the science of right 


having remained occult and astrological, one 
may presume that the newly-honoured per¬ 
son also, by means of his ability, can somehow 
catch hold and speak on this subject like a 
doctor. 

Briefly, if the Pharaohs and the Chal¬ 
deans could return to life, they would feel 
humiliated at not understanding anything of 
what is taught today by all the other Uni¬ 
versity Faculties. Discouraged, they would 
feel like inhabitants of another planet. But 
when they entered the Law School, they 
would feel relieved. They would utter joy¬ 
ful cries. They would throw their arms 
about their neighbours’ necks, exclaiming, 
<( Brothers, friends, descendants, certainly 
we understand you! You truly are worthy 
of us, your ancestors ». Indeed the falsities 
and stupidities still taught in University Law 
Schools are exactly the same as in the time of 
the Pharaohs and Chaldeans. 

IV. 

It was by reason of these surviving 
falsehoods that the present war was made 
possible. And therefore this war will be 
defined in history as the GREAT war OR GREAT 
IGNORANCE. 

It Is useless to make faces, useless to pro¬ 
test, useless to gesticulate with arms and legs 
in order to deny this assertion, which goes 
against so many writings and speeches, and 
against so many publications illustrative of 
the war. This war will be defined in history 
thus — THE GREAT WAR OF GREAT IGNORANCE. 

Certainly today the precise and indispu¬ 
table tone of this affirmation may sound of¬ 
fensive to many ears. But it will have a 
welcome sound on the day in which the fol¬ 
lowing — or another Positive Science of Gov¬ 
ernment — will have been found necessary 
and will have finally driven out the poison of 
divine right which, as it was first cause of the 
monstrous political ignorance that has sur¬ 
vived till our day, so was chief element in all 
past wars and in this war too. Then it will 
be understood that this war was bound to 





INTRODUCTION 


nv 


occur at the time it did, because on the one 
side it was engineered throughout long years 
of diabolical and marvellous preparatory 
measures to take place at this time — on the 
other side its occurrence at this time was 
rendered easy because of long years of absurd 
and ridiculous talk against it. 

V. 

This may be so — many others will object 
— it may be true, but now is not the time to 
study and learn, now that the war is pressing 
upon everybody and distracting minds from 
a calm study of social and political problems. 
If even before the war everybody, owing to 
the stress of modern life, found it impossible 
to come to a calm understanding of things, 
imagine whether this can be done now in the 
midst of war and when there is such need for 
quick action. 

To say this is indeed to speak hastily, 
without reflecting that comprehension is the 
first and most important part of action. It 
is to speak not as relatives of but as strangers 
to the dead and dying in war. It is to speak 
not as thinking altruists but as thoughtless 
egoists. It is as if one should say. « The 
patient N. N. is in a serious condition, and 
the worst of it is that nobody has yet discov¬ 
ered the nature of the illness that is carry¬ 
ing him to the grave. Study is necessary. 
A microscopic examination of the blood and 
urine should be made in order to discover the 
disease and the remedy that may cure it. 
But there is no time for this now. Now he 
must be treated with the usual remedies, 
even if these be empirical and incapable of 
saving him from death. » 

To say that there is not time is to speak 
hurriedly without reflecting that, while some 
should attend to the patient meanwhile, with 
the empirical and unpromising remedies in 
use, others should attend to the study of 
the disease and to its certain cure by means 
of the real remedy. Which is as to say, 
that while some people should attend to 
curing this war by means of the empirical 
and unpromising remedy of victory, others 


should attend to studying the war disease for 
the sake of applying to this war the real and 
certain remedy which is the end of all wars. 

VI. 

Haste, which in our time the many ways 
of rapid locomotion have brought to the point 
of folly, has really become a calamity against 
which a special public health committee 
should provide the necessary measures. How 
many evils today are created by hurry and 
by the arrogant and stupid presumption it 
■produces, can hardly be imagined. The out¬ 
break of this deadly and destructive war 
could have been delayed, and in the mean¬ 
time perhaps avoided for ever, if it had not 
been for hurry and its accompanying arro¬ 
gant and stupid presumption, because of 
which war was declared, when more time for 
consideration might have shown that resist¬ 
ance would not be so spiritless as seemed to 
be expected. 

It is because of haste, aggravated by 
governmental ignorance and warlike anger, 
that in the terrible perils of this war we hear 
such absurdities as the following. Each side 
says that this war must end by its own vic¬ 
tory ; but each one adds that, afterwards, the 
barbarism of wars must cease. 

Not more absurd would be two fighters 
each one of whom should say to the other 
that he will bite off his opponent’s ear and 
then live at peace with him. Each one would 
say this trusting that he himself would suc¬ 
ceed in biting off the other’s ear. But the 
one who remained disfigured and earless 
would speak again and declare that his op¬ 
ponent must consent to wait, the time for 
peace not having yet come since he must first 
bite off both the other’s ears before it could 
be considered. 

No more absurd would be the inhabit¬ 
ants of a street, who, continually fighting and 
stabbing one another, should one day pro¬ 
claim that they must really conclude their 
quarrels and stabbings, to which end they 
would propose having one final battle, 


one 




VIII 


INTRODUCTION 


last outburst of savagery, after which they 
would agree to live in civilised and durable 
peace. 

Precisely at this mental level are those 
who say — « The barbarism of wars must 
end. Nations must give themselves a civi¬ 
lised adjustment. This war must be the last. 
Forward, therefore, with every kind of old 
and new armament so that we can seize from 
each other such regions and provinces as we 
can tear away. Then we shall live in civi¬ 
lised and durable peace. » Such people, be¬ 
cause of haste, aggravated by ignorance and 
anger, do not reflect that if there should be a 
victor after so horrible a war, the vanquished, 
whichever he may be, will certainly not be a 
coward. Vengeance will be his one great 
and magnificent aim in life. If his own gen¬ 
eration should be incapable of carrying it 
out, the next or future generations will deem 
such vengeance a sacred duty. 

It is because of haste, aggravated by 
governmental ignorance and warlike anger, 
that the same absurdity is repeated in another 
form — that is, in saying that after this war 
there will be a Society of Nations , that will 
prevent the possibility of other wars — with¬ 
out, however, stating the constitutive terms 
of this Society, which if known beforehand 
might well be the agreements by which the 
conflicts of this war could be solved. This 
absurdity is similar to that of doctors who 
standing about a patient should say — « We 
have a sure remedy for this kind of disease, 
but we won’t give it to this patient; we will 
give it to him after having vainly, with dam¬ 
age to his organism and with peril to his 
life, made him drink all the old empirical 
and useless remedies ». 

And it is because of haste, aggravated by 
ignorance and anger, that — just as without 
due reflection the outbreak of this war was 
allowed to occur — so, after the hope of a 
triumphant victory was found to be a delu¬ 
sion, the pretence began that this war should 
end by leaving the world as it was before, 
without the trouble of finding a radical rem¬ 
edy for the future. And thus many do noth¬ 


ing but sigh for the war to end quickly and 
in the usual way, that is, by the misfortune 
of another peace treaty, another scrap of 
paper. 

VII. 

A still greater misfortune than this war 
hangs over poor humanity, which does not 
perceive it and goes unawares to meet it. 
The greatest misfortune would be for this 
war to end in the usual way, that is, by the 
usual peace treaty. 

— But wars can only end by peace 
treaties. 

— They can only end by peace treaties 
when they are to be followed by other wars. 
In fact, all the wars that have occurred were 
preceded by peace treaties and consisted in 
the tearing up of the same. Briefly, while 
the anarchical barbarism of national inde¬ 
pendences lasts and there is lacking an Inter¬ 
national Constitution — which shall constrain 
States to live together legally, and give 
the Nations and individuals of which it is 
composed the possibility of dominating by 
their own forces of mind, body and wealth, 
as in individual, communal or national af¬ 
fairs, so in international affairs — the neces¬ 
sity of alternative war and peace can but per¬ 
sist. Such peace always has been and con¬ 
tinues to be a deceptive pause between -wars. 
Peace treaties always were and still are noth¬ 
ing but scraps of paper, such as, for example, 
rent contracts would be in a Nation where no 
national governmental authority existed to 
give them legal value and enforcement. 

It is the will of all Their Belligerent 
Majesties, Excellencies and Newspapers that 
this war should be carried through so thor¬ 
oughly as never to be repeated and as to 
end in a truly durable peace. The rulers of 
the attacked Nations make it their special 
business to repeat to the point of boredom 
that « an inconclusive peace would be favour¬ 
able to Germany and that they have decided 
not to lay down arms until they have reached 
the aim which seems to them to be above all 
others, that of rendering impossible the rep¬ 
etition of such criminal aggression as that 





INTRODUCTION 


IX 


of which the imperialism of the Central 
Empires bears the responsibility ». Very 
well then. We echo this statement but add 
— this war must be so thoroughly carried 
through as to end in something very different 
from the usual peace treaty. 

But while we say that this war must not 
end in the usual way, we must nevertheless 
realise that ignorance, anger and haste may 
cause it to end in precisely this way, that is, 
with the usual peace treaty, with another 
scrap of paper. Because ignorance, anger 
and haste hide all the absurdity of a new 
peace treaty that, suddenly, in a month, may 
be written secretly, behind the peoples’ 
backs, by autocratic and democratic minis¬ 
ters. With memorable pens, on the memor¬ 
able cloth of the memorable table in the 
memorable hall set apart for the memorable 
meetings of the memorable peace delegates, 
the memorable new treaty will be written and 
become — a new scrap of paper that, secretly 
behind the peoples’ backs, must solve that in¬ 
finitude of international conflicts which have 
cropped up, owing to which this war broke 
out, and that other infinitude of international 
conflicts which have cropped up on the fields 
of this same war. A new scrap of paper that 
must solve once for all, secretly and behind 
the peoples’ backs, all the past, present and 
future European, Asiatic, African and Amer¬ 
ican conflicts of Kingdoms and Empires, of 
Nations and peoples, of races and civilisa¬ 
tions, in a word, all the eventual conflicts 
capable of causing wars. It is impossible 
not to laugh even in the midst of such trag¬ 
edy, so ridiculous are the rocks that, in the 
shape of statesmen, emerge from the political 
ocean believing this and causing it to be 
believed. 


And to think that in the midst of such 
jpyramidal senselessness there are those who 
repeat that now is not the time to study and 
learn, that war distracts minds from any deep 
comprehension even more than did the fe¬ 
verish and hurried life before the war. 

Haste then, even more than governmen¬ 
tal ignorance or warlike anger, arrogant 
and stupidly presumptuous haste is the great¬ 
est enemy of the day and must be feared, 
fought and conquered. 

VIII. 

In order to find a worthy way out of this 
war, it will be necessary to bury the empiri¬ 
cal stupidities about Public Right which, hav¬ 
ing come from despotisms and having been 
overthrown in revolutionary tumults, are 
nevertheless still taught in schools and are 
still chattered about in State affairs and 
consequently veil the eyes and cloud the 
minds that are taking part in this great hu¬ 
man crisis. 

To undertake a positive governmental 
study is the only way of issuing from this 
horrible war with sanity and safety. Its 
importance is comparable to the positive 
study of an incomprehensible and horrible 
bodily disease which is to be cured. But as 
this undertaking is now prepared for by the 
pregfent work, it can be accomplished even in 
a short time. In order to do this it will 
suffice that the men in government called to 
be the « authentic interpreters of the peoples 
for whom they stand)) (the phrase is As¬ 
quith’s) should not be the deafest of all. To 
them, therefore, earnest and attentive we 
hope, we make our first appeal. 








s 







, rj-jyv,,aodJ 












>'u - , 

! •. ' 






















* A 








































































































■>' 




CHAPTER I. 


FROM THE BARBARISM OF INDIVIDUALS IN THE NON-STATE OF 
ANARCHICAL INDEPENDENCES AMONG THEMSELVES, TO THE 
PRIMITIVE CIVILISATION OF THESE INDIVIDUALS HERE AND 
THERE LEGALLY ORGANISED INTO TRIBE STATES. 


Civilisation is the passing from anarchy 
to government, and is not confined to human¬ 
ity, but is attained in a certain degree by the 
inferior animals also. 

The greater part of the beasts of which 
we have knowledge do not progress, because 
they are a residuum of those that once lived. 
This residuum was produced by man through 
a process of inverse selection, and consists 
of large and small beasts cerebrally inferior, 
which escaped extermination because of their 
vegetarian harmlessness but which were 
reduced to breeding slavery, that is, to a 
fatiguing, rationed and guarded existence. 
Or else it consists of small, cerebrally infe¬ 
rior carnivorous beasts, neither exterminat¬ 
ed by man nor adopted from anarchy by him, 
but left to a life of preying persecution, that 
is, to a precarious and fugitive existence. 

The beasts brought by man from anarchy 
to a state of breeding slavery, possessing 
little liberty of movement yet having at the 
same time the necessities of life, were thus 
exonerated from the offensive and defensive 
actions of the struggle for existence. As a 
consequence of their brains thus undergoing 
little constraint towards reflective develop¬ 
ment, these animals remained and still 
remain fatally condemned to an existence 
guided almost entirely by instinct and very 
little by reason, therefore to a low, unpro¬ 
gressive life, no different from that of their 
beast ancestors. 


But a few species of volatiles and insects 
— having, because of their power of high 
flight or their extreme smallness, been able 
to escape extermination as well as the breed¬ 
ing slavery and preying persecution of man, 
were in a position to maintain their liberty 
anarchically unlimited until, by the cerebral 
progress of their successive generations, they 
also reached the point of knowing how to 
limit it through government. They were 
able, that is, to overcome the natural non- 
State of anarchy and to develop some aptitude 
towards the industry of government. They 
were capable, in short, the more so if insects, 
of organising themselves into a despotic and 
tyrannical government, that is, into the prim¬ 
itive governmental form. And they give the 
spectacle of a marvellously superior and 
somewhat civilised life in comparison with 
that of other beasts, just because of the fact 
of their not being restricted by man through 
forced labour, rationing and seclusion, nor 
harassed by an existence continuously fugi¬ 
tive and precaurious. 

This permitted, and still permits them, 
to substitute for their own unlimited, i. e. 
small, anarchical liberty, their own greater 
governmental liberty; to live guided by in¬ 
stinct, certainly, but also by reason, within 
the restricted limits allowed them by their 
cerebral inferiority and their despotic and 
tyrannical government. This permitted and 
still permits them, therefore, to turn their 
brains towards superior vital and pleasant 


4 


A WORLD CENTRE 


activities, within the restricted and insuper¬ 
able limits fixed by their cerebral inferiority 
and despotic and tyrannical government — 
towards activities, that is, not needful for the 
urgent requirements of the struggle of ex¬ 
istence only but towards a limited industry 
of government, towards some kind of trade, 
some art, some medicine, some family life, 
towards even, perhaps, some kind of religion 
— towards all such industry which, in its 
entirety, constitutes some fixed civilisation. 

And now let us pass to man. 

Men always progress more, ever do more 
and better than their ancestors did, and con¬ 
sequently live differently from them, because 
they are the descendants of the cerebrally 
superior and corporally middle sized beasts 
which — having succeeded in rising upon 
their hind limbs, and having thus acquired 
a better position for observation, for thought 
and for the existence struggle, in comparison 
with all other beasts — became primitive 
men, took to exterminating governmentally 
as well as individually, the beasts which, 
because of superior mentality and carnivo¬ 
rous inclination, were offensive to them, and 
therefore severed their own life more com¬ 
pletely from the connecting links with that 
of the most similar beasts. 

Among these primitive men and women 
there reigned the independence and barba¬ 
rism of anarchy. Everyone could, with un¬ 
limited individual liberty, use his forces of 
mind, of body and of wealth in order to in¬ 
crease them and make them prevail, to dom¬ 
inate in proportion to them, to live more 
securely and more according to his own 
egotistic or altruistic pleasure. And the fact 
that everybody’s forces were thus employed 
in conflicts unrestrained by legality, had the 
effect of depriving the individual of the liber¬ 
ty of employing them in vital and pleasant 
activities, superior to those needed for the 
urgent requirements of existence, and con¬ 
sequently rendered his brain incapable of the 
scientific activities of crafts, art, medicine, 
family and religion. In short, the greater 
part of everybody’s work went to waste. 


Instead of being employed in the production 
of wealth, i. e., the production of things apt 
to make life easy, healthy and beautiful, it 
was lost in individual production and indi¬ 
vidual exercise of arms. The struggle for 
existence therefore became worse than that 
among the beasts. And for everybody life 
was a series of deceits, trickeries, homicides 
and wars, interrupted by brief intervals of 
insecure peace. Consequently, civilisation 
did not exist. 

But the Universe can only sustain itself 
inasmuch as its varied and complex forces 
remain only transitorily in the disorder of 
independence and unlimited liberty, that is, 
in the disorder of equivalent conflicts. The 
more intense these become, the more they 
oblige the various and complex universal 
forces to a new adjustment, to transition 
from disorder to a new order through the 
domination of the greater over the less. 

Thus the strongest men and women of 
those times, though they were unable to con¬ 
ceive or express this with their primitive 
brains, yet acting b}^ strength of instinctive 
intuition — a force which directs uncon¬ 
sciously the greater part of our intelligent 
and successful actions — could not but feel 
the disorder of so many equivalent individual 
human forces to be intolerable, and were not 
slow in imposing themselves as despotic 
authorities, through the process of multiple 
domination, i. e., the hierarchical imposition 
of the stronger over the weaker. 

Having then begun to dictate laws, that 
is, to create the rights and duties of a dawn¬ 
ing justice, and having thus organised and 
legalised the struggle for existence under 
one or other of their tribal despotic govern¬ 
ments, they formed various Tribe States out 
of the non-State of individual independence 
and anarchy. 

By the action of these strongest men and 
women, who had risen to be despotic tribal 
authorities and creators of the Tribes, the 
barbarism of individual independence ceased, 
the unlimited liberty of individuals to use 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


their own forces of mind, of body and of 
wealth came to an end and despotic tribal 
tyranny began, with its ensuing slavery. 
But in the meantime the life of men and of 
women here and there could begin to be civ¬ 
ilised, and civilisation began in fact to exist. 
In short, the various and complex forces of 
the men and' women forming the Tribes 
began; 

1) to be submitted to the curb of le¬ 
gality and of consequent justice; 

2) to be employed somewhat more in 
vital and pleasant activities, superior to those 
needed for the urgent requirements of exist¬ 
ence, therefore rather more in the scientific 
activities of crafts, art, medicine, family and 
religion; 

3) to make humanity progress and 
develop its brain. 

This progress and this development re¬ 
mained poor, however, being infected by the 
two sores of the primitive State and primitive 
civilisation, the two sores with which the 
State of civilisation was obliged to begin; 

1) the external sore, consisting in the 
barbarism of anarchy and in the necessity 
of soars outside of the Tribe State, that is, 
consisting for the moment in the non-State 
of anarchical independence among the un¬ 
organised Tribes, which in itself produced 
the necessity of inter-tribal wars; 

2) the internal sore, consisting in the 
arbitrariness of despotism and in the neces¬ 
sity of tyrannies within the Tribe State, that 
is, in the State of arbitrary domination and 
slavish governmental dependence within 
each Tribe, where the struggle for existence 
was organised, certainly, but in a despotic 
and tyrannical way. 

The external sore of primitive civilisa¬ 
tion had indeed manifested itself with the ris¬ 
ing of tribal governments, who had discover¬ 
ed it and had begun to cure it by soars, 
which was the only way they could, that is, 


by means of restrictions, as we shall see. At 
first, indeed, such a sore can be imagined as 
being as great as the whole Earth. It was 
in reality as great as the space of Earth lying 
outside the boundaries of each Tribe, where 
was the starting point for intertribal wars. 

The internal sore of primitive civilisa¬ 
tion, on the other hand, had also formed with 
the rise of tribal governments, but these had 
not discovered it — they had produced it by 
the very fact of being despotic and tyran¬ 
nical. Therefore — while it could but be 
superficial and less malignant at the begin¬ 
ning, when the despotic and tyrannical gov¬ 
ernments, being beginners, functioned with 
little despotism and little tyranny — sub¬ 
sequently it could but become more malig¬ 
nant in proportion as despotic and tyranni¬ 
cal governments, continually falling into 
greater despotism and greater tyranny, ever 
deepened it. But this must be better ex¬ 
plained. We must understand thoroughly 
why the internal sore was at the beginning 
superficial and less malignant. 

The despotism of those early tribal gov¬ 
ernors, because primitive, was pure, as ever¬ 
ything primitive is pure. It had been as¬ 
sumed on the spot by those whose force was 
evidently greater, and had immediately pro¬ 
duced a great deal of the light of relative civ¬ 
ilisation through the purity of primitive 
sc-iehce and primitive religion. It had soon 
been possible to begin to conceive and to 
propagate these through a primitive sincere 
and moderate monopoly of schools and 
churches. 

This despotism certainly was coincident 
with tyranny and slavery, but — because the 
boundaries of the Tribe were not extensive, 
because its inhabitants were not numerous, 
were provided with sufficient wealth for 
subsistence and were very close and organ¬ 
ised in civil struggle — it came about with a 
reciprocal sense and understanding of the 
worth, sorrows and needs of both governors 
and governed. Consequently it was coex¬ 
istent with altruism, that is to say, with al¬ 
most paternal and filial feelings which — 



6 


A WORLD CENTRE 


a) substituted friendly relations for the for¬ 
merly anarchical and barbarous relations 
and which, b) consequently extinguished, a- 
mongst the inhabitants of the Tribes, the 
egotistic desire to exploit one another for 
their own enrichment, and to live only ac¬ 
cording to each one’s pleasure. 

This despotism, because primitive, was 
not inconsistent with certain paternal and 
filial feelings of altruism which — a) concil¬ 
iated the needs and desires of the heads with 
those of the followers, b) produced equity in 
the laws and justice in the application of the 
rights and duties contained in them. 

Briefly, this despotism on account of its 
primitive character, a) became patriarchal 
in the family and pastoral in the State, hence 
immune from the two spectres of civil cor¬ 
ruption, luxury and misery, b) made the 
majority as little disposed to rebellions and 


revolutions as to the other less violent means 
of reaction, c) made the majority solidary in 
wars. 

These wars, however, because of the 
primitive organisation of the inimical Tri¬ 
bes, were simple, and did not require exces¬ 
sive armament. 

And therefore conscription was not en¬ 
tirely slavery and not odious. Therefore 
forced military service and labour were al¬ 
most voluntary as well as the forced tribute 
of free work. And therefore, since there 
was nothing deceitful in the governors’ calls 
to patriotic wars, there was nothing of a lie 
in the words valour, glory and honour, 
whereof such calls were made, there was 
nothing foolish or brutish in the heroism 
wherewith the governed answered the calls. 
And therefore the word Fatherland was 
sacred. 







CHAPTER II. 


FROM THE BARBARISM OF TRIBES IN THE NON-STATE 
OF ANARCHICAL INDEPENDENCE AMONG THEMSELVES, TO THE 
AMPLIFIED CIVILISATION OF CITY, KINGDOM 
AND EMPIRE STATES. 


The process of development from Tribe 
to City, from City to Kingdom, from King¬ 
dom to Empire, was fundamentally the 
same, and we can here follow broadly the 
causes, motives, general line of conduct and 
results. 

Among the multiplied Tribes there 
existed the independence and barbarism of 
anarchy, and beside this, in a restricted form, 
there was found the malignant external sore 
of primitive civilisation. The men and wom¬ 
en who as rulers and ruled composed each 
Tribe, while for internal affairs they had the 
curb of legality, which limited each one’s lib¬ 
erty to use his own forces in domestic mat¬ 
ters, and had up to a certain point organised, 
ruled and civilised the internal struggle for 
existence, had for foreign affairs no such 
curb of legality. They had none, because 
there was lacking among the Tribes an au¬ 
thority, even of a despotic and tyrannical 
character, which by laws and prescriptions 
of rights and duties might circumscribe the 
liberty of individual and State forces in their 
external application, and might also organ¬ 
ise, rule and civilise the intertribal struggle 
for existence. 

The tribal rulers, together with the free¬ 
men, i. e., those permitted to work freely in 
medicine, crafts, art and commerce, could, 
in short, either individually or collectively 
make unlimited use of their own forces of 
mind, of body and of wealth, in order to in¬ 


crease them and make them prevail, in order 
to dominate in proportion to them and in 
order to live more securely and more accord¬ 
ing to their own pleasure. Abroad, there¬ 
fore, individual and collective forces were 
occupied in conflicts unrestrained by legal¬ 
ity, conflicts which, reverberating through 
the interior, diminished everybody’s liberty 
to employ these forces in vital and pleasant 
activities superior to those needed for the 
urgent requirements of existence. Conse¬ 
quently, the greater part of the Tribe’s 
work — owing to the exigencies produced 
in the interior by inter-tribal conflicts and 
intertribal wars — went to waste. It went 
to waste in tribal production and the tribal 
exercise of arms rather than in the pro¬ 
duction of wealth, i. e., of things apt to make 
everybody’s life easy, healthy and beautiful. 
The struggle for existence abroad was, there¬ 
fore, relatively to other Tribes, worse than 
that among the beasts. And life in its 
inter-tribal character, therefore, was like 
that of primitive barbarous men and primi¬ 
tive barbarous women, that is, a series of 
deceits, trickeries, homicides and wars inter¬ 
rupted by brief intervals of insecure peace. 

Wars thus began to divide themselves 
into wars of patriotic defence and wars of 
patriotic aggrandisement; 

i) wars of patriotic defence, that is, 
wars to prevent men and women organised 
into other Tribes, or as j^et unorganised, from 


8 


A WORLD CENTRE 


making incursions into the territory of one’s 
own Tribe, whether for the sole purpose of 
preying upon it, that is, of appropriating its 
riches, or for that of dominating and govern¬ 
ing it; 

2) wars of patriotic aggrandisement, 
that is, wars for any of the following complex 
purposes : — to invade, dominate and govern 
neighbouring Tribes — to suppress their pa¬ 
triotic independence, considered inimical to 
the patriotic independence of the invading 
Tribe — to extend the boundaries of the in¬ 
vading Tribe as far as the boundaries of the 
invaded Tribes — to secure a greater held 
of wealth, either by appropriation or sub¬ 
sequent production, within the amplified 
boundaries — to afford an outlet for the in¬ 
crease in population where the means of sub¬ 
sistence were insufficient — to placate the 
internal aspirants to government, engaged 
in revolutionary attempts, that is to say, to 
deviate their desire to increase their own 
forces, to prevail and to dominate within 
their own Fatherland, towards another Tri¬ 
be, which, if and when conquered by them, 
would be submitted to their government — 
to find among the conquered Tribes fresh 
sources of population to exploit as labouring 
and military slaves and as consumers of com¬ 
mercial products — to be able, with the in¬ 
creased force ensuing upon successful in¬ 
vasion, to live better and more securely, that 
is, more comfortably — to be able, possibly, 
to offer more successful resistance to the in¬ 
cursions of more distant Tribes. 

Thus we can see that civilisation did not 
exist between Tribe and Tribe, whereas, 
subject to the sore of tyrannical despotism, 
it did possess an insecure existence in the 
interior of individual Tribes. 

Thus the external sore of primitive civ¬ 
ilisation — with natural and as yet but 
slightly malignant afflux from the internal 
one , which remained superficial and less ma¬ 
lignant — caused tribal wars of patriotic de¬ 
fence and patriotic aggrandisement to break 
out. 


Among the rulers and freemen of the 
various Tribes there were as yet no support¬ 
ers of armed equilibrium, supporters, that 

is, of the doctrine that States should be pre¬ 
pared for war to an extent always propor¬ 
tionate to the warlike preparations of neigh¬ 
bouring Tribes, that States should thus be 
eternally ready for war without ever making 

it, meanwhile impoverishing themselves in 
the maintenance of these useless arms and 
armies. Nor were there any supporters of 
obligatory arbitration, that is, of the doctrine 
that States certainly should rule their inter¬ 
nal affairs by themselves, through struggles 
for governmental domination, productive of 
various successive internal laws, but that 
they should submit their foreign affairs, even 
when important and sacred, to be ordered 
through an obligatory submission to the 
peacemaking arbitration of irresponsible ar¬ 
bitraments — capable, in fact, of arresting 
their turn of domination and progress. The 
rulers and free people of the various Tribes, 
as real statesmen, felt, q) that the disorder 
of so many individual and State forces operat¬ 
ing outside of the Tribes, was intolerable, the 
more so if these forces were balanced and 
equivalent, b) that an equilibrium of warlike 
forces could produce nothing but a delay in 
the final clash which, when it came, would 
be aggravated by prolonged foreign barba¬ 
rism, by more intense reciprocal armament, 
and by an extension of reciprocal bad feeling 
between combatants, c) that it was incon¬ 
ceivable that the progressive future of a State 
should depend upon the arbitrariness of in¬ 
trusive peacemakers and arbitration experts. 

Thus the strongest men and women, who 
as rulers or freemen had risen to eminence 
in the strongest Tribes, were not long in un¬ 
derstanding, under the suggestion of their 
chief, that it was necessary to put an end to 
the external sore of anarchy and incessant 
wars among Tribes, by reproducing the proc¬ 
ess that had taken place among the individ¬ 
uals of which these were composed. Con¬ 
sequently, enormously increasing their in¬ 
dividual and State forces of mind, of body 
and of wealth, increasing them for a supreme 




POSITIVE SCIENCE OE GOVERNMENT 


9 


war of conquest of the other Tribes : using 
artifice and lies to provoke this war against 
Tribes which were less strong but more dan¬ 
gerous, because more menacing; summon¬ 
ing the slave sons of their own Tribe to the 
sacrifices of war for the defence and great¬ 
ness of the Fatherland in accents still almost 
paternal (an appeal that was still a true one, 
for there was nothing of a lie in the words 
valour, glory, honour); obtaining not a fool¬ 
ish but a sensible and disciplined service 
from such slave sons of the Fatherland; in¬ 
citing the captains to heroism, by promises 
of military promotion and high governmental 
offices in the Tribes to be conquered; incit¬ 
ing the troops to heroism, by tolerated in¬ 
toxications of pillage, of ruin, of incendia¬ 
rism and of lust; seducing by the process of 
multiple domination the subordinate rulers 
and the freemen of these Tribes, who were 
proud and strong enough to mock at the ac¬ 
cusation of being traitors to their own Fa¬ 
therland, to stir up their troops to rebellion 
and surrender, and to make common cause 
for a greater Fatherland in the government 
of which they would share; and carrying off 
the eventual victory because of their so great 
supremacy in forces of mind, of body and of 
wealth, they could consequently do what 
now follows, that is : — by command and in 
the name of their Head; 

1) they could impose themselves, as 
despotic authorities over those Tribes which 
had been defeated and conquered, and under¬ 
take to dictate laws for them, that is, to create 
the rights and duties of a new justice; 

2) they could despoil of their lands 
those who, owing to their greater force either 
of mind or of body or of wealth or of all togeth¬ 
er, had occupied and worked them, or had 
had them worked, and had made themselves 
proprietors of them, but who now, because 
of having fought as enemies and having been 
defeated, had become slaves to be sold to the 
highest bidder; 

3) they could distribute such lands, 
with their resulting wealth, a) in part to those 
who, as patriotic warriors, had signalised 


themselves in bravery, cunning and trickery, 
b ) in part to those who, as foreign traitors, 
had signalised themselves in favouring mu¬ 
tiny and insurrection; 

4) they could free, that is, permit to 
work freely in medicine, crafts, art and com¬ 
merce, many of the slaves who had most 
distinguished themselves in injuring the 
enemy; 

5) they could extend their boundaries 
to the limits of the boundaries of the con¬ 
quered Tribes, thus — a) producing the en¬ 
largement of their own Tribe, which, by such 
domineering annexations, became a City, 
while the annexed Tribes became Boroughs, 
b) organising the struggle for existence a- 
mong the individuals who formed the City 
and the individuals who formed the connect¬ 
ed Boroughs under one form or another of 
despotic government, c) creating various City 
States out of the non-State of independence 
and tribal anarchy. 

Thus, following the action of these 
strongest men and women, who as rulers and 
ruled rose to power in the strongest Tribe and 
annexed others less strong and so formed a 
City — so for similar reasons and by the same 
procedure, Cities and their annexed Bor¬ 
oughs, conquering other Cities and Bor¬ 
ough^, became Kingdoms with the former 
City as Capital, and Kingdoms by the same 
procedure of conquest similarly became Em¬ 
pires, turning the royal Capital into an im¬ 
perial Capital. By the action, therefore, of 
such men and women strongest in their time 
and place who together became despotic au¬ 
thorities, creators first of the City, then of 
the Kingdom, then of the Empire, the bar¬ 
barism of Tribe, City, Kingdom independen¬ 
ces successively began to cease; the unlimit¬ 
ed liberty of the annexed parts to use abroad 
their individual and State forces of mind, of 
body and of wealth ceased, and despotic City, 
Kingdom, Empire tyranny began, with its 
connected slavery, which became less and 
less primitive, more and more malignant. 
But in the meantime, it began to be possible 
for the life of men and women to be civilised 




IO 


A WORLD CENTRE 


within a wider radius, and civilisation began 
to be able to exist under securer and better 
conditions. 

The men and women of the defeated, an¬ 
nexed Tribes, Cities or Kingdoms : 

1) entered into the orbit of wider le¬ 
gality ; 

2) mixed with one another and among 
the victors. (Some, however, for egotistic 
or altruistic ends, took the attitude of being- 
tribune, that is, hypocritically or sincerely 
took the attitude of being the indomitable 
custodians of ancient independence, often 
thus obtaining from the new authorities, for 
the sake of quiet living, the control of a few 
small affairs of local government, and, for 
the necessities connected with these affairs 
some zones of ground which thus became 
Tribe, City or Kingdom domain); 

3) extended the zone of their internal 
affairs submitting them to the curb of legal¬ 
ity and rendering internal affairs that had 
formerly been foreign; 

4) began to form City, Kingdom or 
Empire, unity of race, of language, of morals 
and of civilisation (let us note that morals 
mean nothing but customary, i. e., habitual, 


manner of thinking and of acting) with dis¬ 
tinctions relating to the part to which they 
belonged. 

Moreover, the men and women of un¬ 
defeated but endangered Tribes, Cities or 
Kingdoms by similar procedings began to 
form other various City, Kingdom or Empire 
unities of race, of language, of morals and of 
civilisation. 

What is supremely important to note is 
that, through domination over the Tribe Sta¬ 
tes and by the advent of City States, the 
barbarism of the non-State of anarchical in¬ 
dependence was reduced and civilisation, 
consisting in the state of legal organisation, 
was extended. In short, the varied and 
complex forces of men and women : 

1) were more broadly submitted to the 
curb of legality and of its consequent justice; 

2) could better be employed in vital 
and pleasant activities, superior to those 
needed for the urgent requirements of life, 
hence better employed in the scientific activ¬ 
ities of crafts, art, medicine, family and 
religion; 

3) caused humanity better to progress 
and to develop its brains. 





CHAPTER III. 


THE TWO STATE SORES. 


Such progress and such development, 
however, still remained relatively small, be¬ 
ing still infected by the two sores of the prim¬ 
itive State and primitive civilisation , which 
gradually became equally malignant, but 
whose malignity later became inverted. In¬ 
deed : 

1) the external sore, consisting in the 
barbarism of anarchy abroad and in the con¬ 
sequent necessity of foreign wars, produced 
the non-State of anarchical independence 
outside of each City, Kingdom or Empire, 
where the struggle for existence remained 
unorganised — so that, it became as much 
more reduced as was the space occupied by 
each of these, relatively to the unoccupied 
space of earth — so that, it remained malig¬ 
nant but less extensive, or as great as the 
space of earth lying outside the boundaries of 
each aggregate State, where was the starting- 
point for inter-State wars; 

2) the internal sore, consisting in the 
arbitrariness of despotism in the interior and 
in the consequent necessity of internal tyran¬ 
nies, now produced a State of more arbitrary 
domination and more slavish governmental 
dependence in the interior of each aggregate, 
where the struggle for existence was certainly 
organised but in a despotic and tyrannical 
government that had deteriorated and be¬ 
come malign in character. 

This malignant deepening of the internal 
sore of primitive civilisation must, however, 


be well understood. It could not help hap¬ 
pening in each City, Kingdom and Empire 
as a consequence of these three causes — 
a) extension of boundaries, b) multiplication 
of inhabitants, c) compression of intellects. 
Three simultaneous causes which we must 
here understand, beginning with the first. 

1) Extension of government bounda¬ 
ries. — This was the first cause of govern¬ 
mental corruption and occurred through the 
transformation of the strongest Tribes into 
Cities surrounded by Boroughs, of the 
strongest Cities into Kingdoms, of the strong¬ 
est Kingdoms into Empires. It made all the 
inhabitants, whether rulers or ruled, more 
distant from one another and therefore less 
sensitive and less understanding of one an¬ 
other’s worth, sorrows and needs. It widened 
the relations between rulers and ruled, so 
that the former were in the position of having 
to govern rather by means of subalterns than 
directly in person, with the following con¬ 
sequences. 

Superior rulers — beginning to lack at 
the same time both the sense and restraint of 
altruism and of immediate responsibility in 
government — developed a wicked greed and 
mad vanity for enrichment, which could not 
be otherwise satisfied than — a) by imposing 
tyrannical excesses of work upon enslaved 
subjects, who, however, were permitted in 
their turn to indemnify themselves by op¬ 
pressing men slaves by forced labour and by 


12 


A WORLD CENTRE 


subjecting women slaves to prostitution, 
b) by artificial provocations to war against 
very rich neighbouring Cities, Kingdoms or 
Empires, even if these were peaceful, with 
the object of hurling against them hordes of 
military slaves and of despoiling them for 
aims of personal greed and vain enrichment 
rather than for motives of patriotic defence 
or aggrandisement 

Inferior rulers — coming at the same 
time to lack the sense and curb of altruism 
and also to some extent the curb of subjection 
to their distant superior governors, the more 
so if with or without reason they thought 
these no stronger than themselves — began 
to develop tendencies toward usurpation of 
authority , and were likewise seized by 
wicked greed and mad desire for enrichment. 
Thus — a) because of this greed and vain 
desire for enrichment, they were induced to 
add, for their own purposes, further exces¬ 
sive tyrannies of labour, of tribute and of in¬ 
cidental injustice, b) because of their tenden¬ 
cies to usurp authority, they initiated here 
and there attempts — to shake military dis¬ 
cipline — to suborn the militia — to incite 
rebellions and revolutions against superior 
rulers, in order to put themselves their plac¬ 
es — to make agreements with rulers of 
neighbouring States, in order to open the 
ways of conquest of their own State to them, 
with the idea, naturally, of obtaining as rec¬ 
ompense, together with a greater part in the 
new government, a greater opportunity to 
satisfy their greed for enrichment. 

The ruled — coming to lack the sense 
and curb of altruism — a) if free and not am¬ 
bitious to govern, began to buy a great many 
male and female slaves, to exercise cruelty 
towards them within the permitted oppres¬ 
sions and prostitutions, namely, to set them 
at hard labour, to prostitute them and to 
nourish them poorly, and this either in order 
to indemnify themselves for the heavy trib¬ 
utes they were obliged to pay, or else to 
appease their wicked greed and mad vanity 
for enrichment, which, under the bad ex¬ 
ample of rulers, were aroused also in them, 
and which among them, as inferiors, aroused 


envy and jealousy of rank, b) if free and am¬ 
bitious to govern, for egotistic ends, did not 
renounce greedy oppressions of labour nor 
prostitution, but began to make common 
cause with the sincere or false tribunes and 
with the ruled slaves, inciting them to react 
against oppressions, not by the comparatively 
constitutional means of claims, petitions, ad¬ 
verse propaganda and demonstrations, but 
by the more violent means of insult and 
harmful and injurious revenges, which at 
that time were excessively punished, or 
straightway by the most violent means of 
rebellion and revolution. 

II. Multiplication of inhabitants — sec¬ 
ond cause of civic governmental corruption 
- a) happened naturally and was favoured 
by rulers interested in increasing the number 
of labouring and military slaves to be dom¬ 
inated and exploited, b) happened in Cities, 
Kingdoms and Empires while the restricted 
but continuing external sore of primitive 
civilisation obliged too great a part of labour 
to go into production of arms, c ) happened 
while wicked greed and mad vanity for en¬ 
richment obsessed the rulers and free ruled, 
causing the two spectres, luxury and misery, 
to appear. Multiplication of inhabitants, 
therefore; 

1) because of accumulation and scar¬ 
city, caused commodities to be neither a- 
bundant nor accessible and therefore dear; 

2) induced the free and not rich ruled 
to incite their rulers to war against neigh¬ 
bouring States, in order to have a chance of 
appropriating the commodities and luxuries 
existing there, and in the meantime induced 
them to contend maliciously with one anoth¬ 
er for the few things they did possess; 

3) consequently, produced in the free 
but not rich ruled an inclination toward 
hatred of free fellow citizens and love of 
foreigners, with whom war was not to: be 
made — chiefly because the contests of 
wealth between free fellow citizens were 
more immediate and more direct than those 
with free foreign citizens, the more so, as 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


13 


these could have neither personal nor gov¬ 
ernmental contests with them — secondarily 
because the greater disparity between them¬ 
selves and foreigners and the fact of these 
being distant from them made their eventual 
pretensions to superiority and domination 
more explicable and admissible with less 
offence to self-love; 

4) among slaves, whether fellow-citi¬ 
zens or foreigners, produced an inclination — 
a) to reciprocal hatred, as a result of penury 
in subsistence, b) to reciprocal contempt, as 
a result of the contempt with which they 
were treated by their own rulers and free 
ruled, c) to reciprocal warlike aggression 
when the rulers, for their own advantage, 
forced them to war. 

III. Compression of intellects — third 
cause of governmental corruption - hap¬ 
pened directly among the ruled and indirect¬ 
ly among the rulers, by the monopoly of 
schools and churches to which masters and 
priests yielded abjectly, causing suffocation 
of science and charlatanism in religion. 

It manifested itself directly among the 
ruled, whether slaves or free, as an adroit 
means of tyranny. The slaves, because 
constrained to a life but little superior to that 
of beasts held in captivity for breeding - 
the free, because permitted certainly to work 
freely in medicine, crafts, art and commerce, 
but with tyrannical restrictions of thought, 
speech and action — remained mentally op¬ 
pressed, hence unable to develop according 
to their spontaneous individual faculties, and 
consequently condemned to remain, if not, 
of inferior mental calibre, certainly obtuse. 

This circumstance occurred indirectly 
among rulers, as a reflection of their own 
tyranny. The monopoly of schools and 


churches, through the cowardly and lucra¬ 
tive services of masters and priests, ceased 
to be beneficent and dimmed the primitive 
light of civilisation produced by the primitive 
purity of science and religion. Rulers were 
certainly most free to think and to speak, but 
did so generally as superstitious and pre¬ 
sumptuous ignoramuses, the more so the 
higher their rank, as we shall see. And, as 
a consequence, they also remained deprived 
of the well being they might have enjoyed 
by greater progress in the activities of medi¬ 
cine and of crafts, which are closely depend¬ 
ent upon those of science and of religion. 

In short, it came about by a variety of 
means that rulers and ruled remained; 

1) somewhat civilised in crafts relating 
to dress, to warfare and to food, which for 
the moment were primitive but genuine and 
wholesome; 

2) more civilised in the arts, these un¬ 
dergoing scientific suffocation and religious 
charlatanism, without losing their capacity 
to delight through beauty, and being easily 
suborned to the purpose of posterity, wheth¬ 
er by monuments, statues or tablets, to the 
making of which artists, because of coward¬ 
liness or need, began to lend themselves, be¬ 
coming, with the attractions of their art, 
base instruments of deceit and intellectual 
oppression at the service of despotic govern¬ 
ments and at the orders of the most abject 
masters and priests; 

3) not at all civilised in the « why » of 
things and in medicine — where everything 
is base without the light of free science — 
so that they were inclined to put themselves 
into the hands of wizards, of sibyls and of 
•sorcerers for the cure of their moral and 
physical ills. 













































. 

■ 

- 


' 








. 






. 

. 




: 






' 


' 




' 











■ 






■ 




















































CHAPTER IV. 


THE KINGS. 


It is necessary, however, to note and 
always to remember that the corruption of 
government, and consequent malignant deep¬ 
ening of the internal sore, would not have 
come about as they did, if in the Cities sur¬ 
rounded by Boroughs, there had not appear¬ 
ed the figure of a man baneful to civilisation 
and to humanity, the figure of a grim, rapa¬ 
cious, sanguinary and obscene man. 

Through deceit he had lately succeeded 
in suppressing him who was head of City 
government and had taken his place. Now 
he wanted more. Having laid aside every 
restraint, acting partly with deliberate mal¬ 
ice, and giving himself superhuman airs, in 
order to preserve mysteriously for himself 
the place at the head of the government and 
to transmit it to his own sons by order of 
birth, but acting still more with great im¬ 
becility, that is to say, with blind faith in the 
foolish and interested suggestions of sor¬ 
cerers, sibyls and magicians, to the point of 
believing that his successes in war and peace 
were the effects of divine will and grace, 
whereas they were only the effect of his 
supremely evil forces, and, after having been 
chief artificer of the direct and indirect sup¬ 
pression of free intelligence, he was fated to 
make a discovery of maliciously sovereign 
imbecility, which is here reconstructed. 

In a day of drunken bacchanalia, while 
the most intoxicated encircled their own 
flushed heads with tendrils, he encircled his 


head with a ring of metal, calling it Crown, 
and — with the cowardly and interested con¬ 
sent of the priests present — amidst a roar 
of applause from the rough mob, who had 
always liked his brutal overbearingness, 
proclaimed these commandments. 

1) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, I command that I from 
henceforth be called king. 

2) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, I command that I be 
held irresponsible and inviolable Absolute 
Head, destined to rule the City and to trans¬ 
mit this Crown to my sons, as title whereby 
they may in future rule the City and have it 
ruled by their sons successively through 
eternity. 

3) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, I command that my 
laws, the rights and duties prescribed in 
them, the sentences of justice pronounced by 
me or in my name, shall be considered good, 
oeautiful and true, hence sacred and immu¬ 
table. 

These were three commandments by 
which the most rascally and sacrilegious out¬ 
rage was done to God; that of making him 
emissary of the present and future evils of 
government; that of causing him to be believ¬ 
ed the irresponsible author of all the sins of 
government, which in his name, through the 


i6 


A WORLD CENTRE 


course of centuries, might be committed b}^ 
successive Kings and their accomplices, as 
his lieutenants. 

These three commandments brought 
government to an extreme state of perversion 
— corrupting its chief fundamental principle, 
which requires really greater force in him 
who is its head and which is made a mockery 
by the fact that an heir, even if he lacks 
superior force of his own, can be King, that 
is, head of government; for this predestined 
heir may govern as a fool and so provoke the 
rebellious and revolutionary governmental 
ambitions of those who are really stronger 
and better fitted than he. These three com¬ 
mandments perverted the positive conception 
of right, which is arrogation or concession 
made by strong rulers; subverted the posi¬ 
tive conception of justice, which is scrupulous 
application of the rights and duties determin¬ 
ed in laws; undermined the positive concep¬ 
tion of law, which is the expression of the 
will of strong rulers, and is good or bad ac¬ 
cording to their good or bad nature, and is 
changeable with their changing, but which, 
until repealed, must be applied if justice is 
to exist; disturbed the positive conception 
of equity, which has nothing to do with the 
conception of justice, since it refers to the 
altruistic goodness of those who may use it 
in making good laws or granting pardons; 
and thus in fact opened the way for all the 
famous philosophical, juridical and political 
maliciousness and imbecilities into which 
mankind has strayed. 

These three commandments succeeded 
wonderfully in their sacrilegious intention of 
perverting the sources of government. Be¬ 
cause the same grim and rapacious, sanguin¬ 
ary and obscene man, the King, took care to 
supplement them with parades of force and 
domination. 

With the pretext that he had to repre¬ 
sent magnificently the divinity of which he 
was vicar upon earth, in other words, with 
the purpose of making his forces of mind, 
body and wealth seem greater than they 
really were; for the purpose of reinforcing 


his authority, of impressing the mob and of 
being supported by it as well as by the militia 
and the members of the noble and burgher 
classes — thus preserving his royal author¬ 
ity and putting his sons in a better condition 
to mask their own deficiencies and secure 
their hereditary rights — he began therefore 
to practise or to use : 

1) pompous garments which, by their 
swelling and trailing, should enlarge his 
person; 

2) a wild beast helmet, used in time 
of war, in contrast with the crown worn in 
time of peace, to give him the appearance of 
a wild beast’s strength; 

3) many arms, encircling his person, 
to clothe him with a great, menacing and 
deadly power; 

4) ornaments of precious gems and 
shining metals, to give splendour and add 
value to his person; 

5) a sceptre, that is, a bludgeon, held 
in his hand, to signify the miraculous divine 
power he could use against rebels; 

6) many titles, prefixes and inflated 
majestic appellations to signify that though 
in appearance his person had the force and 
value of one body only, in reality it was equal 
to many bodies put together; 

7) high palaces to confirm the idea that 
his person was so immense and his authority 
so high, that they could not be contained and 
would suffocate in an ordinary dwelling- 
house ; 

8) thrones to sit upon and coaches 
drawn by many horses for journeying, to 
suggest that his immense authoritative per¬ 
son could never be at the level of the govern¬ 
ed, nor move by the vulgar effort of its feet, 
nor, because of its weight, be drawn by one 
or two beasts like any other person; 

9) a large following of courtiers and 
servants, charged with the task of aggran- 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 




dising and protecting his person, constrained 
to testify that it had many followers and 
devotees, all likewise powerful because also 
dressed in pompous garments or liveries, and 
furnished with arms, sticks and pendants; 

io) inconceivably luxurious banquets, 
to signify that his stomach was so immense 
as to require the sustenance of a hundred 
persons and to suggest that his subjects could 
be happy in knowing that he ate so much 
more and so much better than they; 

u) extension of his splendour and 
his honours to his favourite woman, as 
Queen, and to bis sons and daughters, as 
Princes and Princesses, to prove that every¬ 
thing connected with him was powerful; 

12) songs, portraits, statues, sepulchr¬ 
al and commemorative tablets to glorify his 
power and confirm that transmitted in the 
veins of his divine and legitimate successors. 

These his parades of force and domina¬ 
tion, could not be effected without immense 
riches sucked from the work of the mob, 
which, idiotic and incapable of understand¬ 
ing that it was itself the cheated furnisher of 
these displays, ran to admire them with 
fanatical curiosity and looked upon them as 
signs of divine grace fallen upon those who, 
at its own expense, luxuriated in such mag¬ 
nificence. 

Thus the internal sore of the State and 
of civilisation, in becoming deeper and more 
malignant; 

1) destroyed in Cities, Kingdoms and 
Empires, the almost paternal feelings of the 
Tribe governments which were patriarchal 
in the family and pastoral in the State: so 
that governments became tyrannical in the 
family and tyrannical in the State; 

2) caused the inhabitants to be divided 
naturally into three classes, the class of 
tyrants, composed of rulers, the class of slave 
drivers, composed of freemen who had tyran¬ 
nical family and trade rights, the class of 


slaves, composed of those who were most 
subjected to tyranny and already formed a 
real mob, that is, a stupid, poor, vile, brutal, 
rascally mass, inclined to obey rather than to 
revolt; 

3) became connected with the external 
sore of civilisation, which originated wars of 
patriotic defence or aggrandisement and fa¬ 
voured the occurrence of the latter. 

Success in these wars of aggrandisement, 
moreover, enabled the baneful man, in furth¬ 
er accesses of bacchanalian arrogance in¬ 
spired by victory, to proclaim the command¬ 
ments here reconstructed, enabled him, 
that is; 

1) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, to impose himself as 
Absolute King, that is to say, supreme, ir¬ 
responsible and inviolable despotic authority, 
over the defeated and conquered territories, 
and to undertake to dictate laws to the con¬ 
quered, namely, to create for them rights and 
duties of new justice, which should be held 
by all as good, beautiful and true, because 
just. 

2) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, to despoil of their 
lands those who, whether by greater force 
of mi^nd, of body or of wealth or of all toge¬ 
ther, or by inheritance, had occupied and 
worked these lands or had had them worked, 
and had made themselves proprietors there¬ 
of, but who, of having fought as enemies and 
having been defeated, had become slaves to 
be sold to the highest bidder. 

3) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, to distribute these lands, 
with the wealth upon them and facilities for 
producing much more, in great part to him¬ 
self and his sons, each one of whom, with the 
connected title of Prince[, received the vassal 
privilege of divinely governing them in Prin¬ 
cedoms and of wearing upon his head a metal 
circlet, or smaller crown, while he was per¬ 
mitted to extend his power to his own wom¬ 
an, as Princess, and to transmit his lands 



i8 


A WORLD CENTRE 


and crown, with equal rights, to his own sons 
in order of birth. A smaller part of these 
lands went to those who, either as patriotic 
warriors had distinguished themselves by 
bravery or cunning violence and homicide, 
or as foreign traitors had deserved recogni¬ 
tion by their bravery in favouring mutiny and 
insurrection. And upon these, and others 
who for similar prowess in past times were 
owners of lands, the King conferred, accord¬ 
ing to the size of the lands owned or ob¬ 
tained from him, the titles of Duke, Marquis, 
Earl or Baron with the vassal privileges of 
divinely governing them as Duchies, Mar- 
quisates, Earldoms or Baronies, of putting 
upon their own heads circlets of metal, name¬ 
ly, gradually inferior crownlets, of extend¬ 
ing their power to their women as Duchesses, 
Marchionesses, Countesses, Baronesses and 
of transmitting their lands and crownlets to 
their own sons in order of birth. He further 
established that all these titled ones, who 
formerly were vulgarly held to constitute a 
class of tyrants, from the time of the crea¬ 
tion of these titles henceforth should, since 
they derived their powers through him and 
were in some measure his peers, and there¬ 
fore divine, be constituted a noble class, or 
a class of aristocrats. 

4) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, to free, that is to say, 
to permit to work freely in medicine, trades, 
arts and commerce, many of his slaves who 
had most distinguished themselves in work¬ 
ing damage to the enemy. And to establish 
that they, with the former freemen, who us¬ 
ed to be held vulgarly to constitute a class of 
slave-drivers, should from then on, because 
dedicated to works of masculine oppression 
and feminine prostitution, carried on chiefly 
in the ancient Boroughs, constitute a class of 
Burghers and have the privilege of calling 
themselves Gentlemen and of having their 
women called Gentlewomen, to distinguish 
them from all the other men and women who 
remained in the condition and class of serv¬ 
ants more or less slaves. 

5) By will and grace of God, and there¬ 
fore by divine right, to extend the bound¬ 


aries of his conquering City to the end of the 
boundaries of the conquered Cities, name¬ 
ly, to the end of their Boroughs, and thus 
cause the aggrandisement of his own City, 
which relatively to them, became Capital 
City, and together with them — now trans¬ 
formed into Princedoms, Duchies, Marquis- 
ates, Earldoms and Baronies — formed a 
Kingdom. 

What is supremely important to note is 
that, through domination over City States 
and by the advent of Kingdom States, the 
barbarism of anarchical independence was 
reduced and the civilisation of the State of 
legal organisation was extended to more dis¬ 
tant populations. In short, the varied and 
complex forces of men and women; 

1) were more broadly submitted to the 
curb of legality and of its consequent justice; 

2) could better be employed in vital 
and pleasant activities, superior to those need¬ 
ed for the urgent requirements of life, hence 
better employed in the scientific activities of 
crafts, art, medicine, family and religion; 

3) caused humanity better to progress 
and to develop its brains. 

But here, keeping in mind what was said 
in the preceding chapter about the corrup¬ 
tion of despotic and tyrannical civic govern¬ 
ment — which was inevitable, because of the 
three causes, extension of boundaries, mul¬ 
tiplication of inhabitants and compression of 
intellects, to which were added the doctrine 
of divine right and the parades oT force and 
domination, one can perceive to what a great 
extent wicked greed and mad vanity for en¬ 
richment were bound to develop in the Cap¬ 
ital City of the Kingdom, and in the Prin¬ 
cedoms, Duchies, Marquisates, Earldoms 
and Baronies of the same. This corruption 
was an inevitable result of the competition 
in large and small parades of force and dom¬ 
ination, to which the nobility gave themsel¬ 
ves up in imitation of those initiated by the 
King and Queen. In the same manner they 
likewise initiated the display of gorgeous 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


i9 


vestments, helmets, arms, precious and shin¬ 
ing ornaments, sceptres, titles and prefixes, 
such as « most excellent », « most illustrious » 
appellations, high palaces, thrones, coaches, 
courtiers and pompous servants, luxurious 
banquets, songs, portraits, statues, lavish 
sepulchral monuments and commemorative 
tablets. 

And one can perceive how much greater 
had to be the inducements to make war and 
to stimulate it by lies and false accusations 
against neighbouring States in order to ob¬ 
tain openings for commerce, afford an outlet 
for the population, placate internal rivals bv 
placing conquered peoples under their rule; 
thus leading from the evolution of Kingdoms 
to that of Empires and finally to the dream 
of Universal Empire. 

May the stars of the Universe forgive 
the base spirit of the Emperor who first used 
that foolish two-word phrase! 

For all these reasons, everything which 
pertained to government received a solemn 
impress of rascality. Conscription became 
slavish and hateful Labouring and military 
work as well the tribute of free work became 


oppressive and vexatious. And therefore, 
there was much that was rascally in calls to 
war for patriotic defence and greatness, 
much that was silly and brutish in the her¬ 
oism with which the slave sons answered. 
Consequently, under the auspices of the man 
baneful to civilisation and humanity, under 
the auspices of the grim and rapacious, san¬ 
guinary and obscene King, the word Father¬ 
land became corrupt. 

We can imagine how beautiful the 
Fatherland would have become, how high 
civilisation would have elevated itself, how 
much better humanity would have been un¬ 
der the auspices of an entirely different man, 
a man strong in good rather than in evil, a 
Saint instead of a King. But imagination 
must make up accounts with reality. And 
the reality is that from original anarchy only 
a despotic government could be born, as only 
a provisional government can be born from 
revolution. The reality is that the original 
despotic government, continuing, could not 
but fall from its primitive, inexpert and mild 
function, could not but deteriorate through 
despotism and tyranny, could not but open 
the way to the ruffianly figure of the King 
and to the rascally figure of the mob. 

































. 


. 

' 


. 

. 

i " 




. 

; 


' 

. 












' 








’ 
















































































































CHAPTER V. 


GREATNESS AND DECADENCE OF EMPIRES, 
CIVILISATIONS AND RACES. 


It was impossible that the barbarism of 
Empire independence, that is, the anarchi¬ 
cal non-State of Empires, should cease as the 
barbarism of Kingdom independence had 
ceased, that is, by conquest and absorption 
of several States into one. 

The process of absorbing many King¬ 
doms into a few Empires had been feasible, 
first of all because despotic and tyrannical 
domination is possible over an extension of 
boundaries just so large as not to render in¬ 
subordinations, subornations and revolutions 
too easy and impossible of repression — for 
these become possible according to their 
distance from the centre of despotic and 
tyrannical government — and, further, be¬ 
cause this process stimulated simultaneous 
rival lusts for domination in different Em¬ 
perors and their followers. These, though 
fighting one another for wider imperial dom¬ 
inion, were aware that they continued to live 
in anarchical liberty and in the possibility of 
some day succeeding in what at present was 
impossible for them, so that they had. no 
reason to make defensive alliances, but rath¬ 
er had reason to remain isolated, in order to 
carry on freely their own game of domi¬ 
nation. 

On the other hand, the absorption of 
several Empires into one single world-wide 
Empire was not feasible, first of all, because 
despotic and tyrannical dominion over an 
unlimited extent of territory becomes impos¬ 


sible, for it is impossible to have at one’s 
command enough faithful militia to repress 
the many easily aroused insubordinations 
and insurrections which, quieted on the 
right, break out on the left, subdued in front, 
re-appear in the rear; and occur mostly in the 
centre of the Empire, where there are the 
most impatient aspirants to government, and 
where there are no longer as many militia as 
formerly, these having been sent far afield on 
new conquests and having remained engaged 
there to repress the easily instigated insurrec¬ 
tions. Moreover, each of the Emperors and 
his followers knew that imperial domination 
by one of them over all the others, if success¬ 
ful, meant permanent subjection of all the 
others ^to that one. So, while each Emperor, 
with his queue of followers, stubbornly and 
bombastically continued to strive for des¬ 
potic imperial domination over all the others, 
in the foolish dream of Universal Empire, 
all these others, in the moment of danger, 
without hypocritically blaming the despotic 
menace of the threatening Emperor, which 
was like their own, made, for explicit mo¬ 
tives of profit, defensive alliance against him. 
And because it is absurd that one should 
prevail against all, they caused the attempt 
at Universal Empire, periodically renewed 
in vain, ruinous and memorable wars, always 
to end in failure. 

But the climax of the failure of Univer¬ 
sal Empire lies in the mockery which at¬ 
tends it, a mockery coming from those who, 


22 


A WORLD CENTRE 


united in war against the foolish dream, 
caused its failure. Mockery too by the des¬ 
tiny of things. Because, exactly when an 
Empire is seized with a craving to become 
Universal Empire, exactly then, and as a 
consequence of this craving, does its deca¬ 
dence begin. It is then that from its centre 
irradiates that corrupt and yet mighty phe¬ 
nomenon : THE, DECADENCE OF EMPIRES, CIVI¬ 
LISATIONS and races which we shall now try 
to explain. 

Under the third heading of the Positive 
Foundations of this Science of Government, 
we perceive that the mass of the governed 
obtains gradual mitigations of tyranny, be¬ 
cause of its fluctuating character, certainly, 
but principally because of the struggle be¬ 
tween rulers in power and rulers in aspira¬ 
tion. Such struggles oblige the aspirants to 
government, if victorious, to actualise, if 
only in small part, the promises of greater 
rights and fewer duties made to the mass of 
the ruled, which by its rebellions and revo¬ 
lutions assisted their victory; if defeated, to 
induce those who remain in government 
themselves to carry out for their own greater 
security these attenuations of tyranny, that 
is, to concede a part of those rights and to 
reduce a part of those duties which were 
promised by the aspirants to their places in 
government. 

Keeping this in mind, and connecting it 
with the fact just now confirmed, that the 
insubordinations and insurrections of the 
aspirants to government become easier to 
foment and more difficult to repress in pro¬ 
portion as despotic government extends its 
boundaries, it is easy for us to understand 
what now follows 

As long as despotic and tyrannical gov¬ 
ernment passes from civic to royal, from 
royal to imperial, it certainly extends its 
boundaries, but it remains within that sphere 
— limited though large enough — wherein 
insubordinations and insurrections are not 
too easy to instigate nor too difficult to re¬ 
press. During such periods, aspirants to* 
despotic government can certainly offer the 


mass of the ruled certain incitements to 
revolution, but with little effect and many 
dangers. The promises of greater rights 
and fewer duties are used by them, but par¬ 
simoniously, because of the caution they 
must exercise so as not to expose themselves 
too much to the anger of the King Emperor. 
Their despotic revolutionarism is, briefly, 
ratnei an authoritative attitude than an ex¬ 
ercise of rebellion, and therefore is reduced 
to staitliiig but quite inocuous poses. 

When, on the contrary, despotic and 
tyrannical government has become imperial, 
and undertakes to make annexations of oth¬ 
er Kingdoms and Empires, for the dream of 
passing from Empire to Universal Empire; 
when the Empire thus extends its bound¬ 
aries beyond its already large sphere, so 
that insubordinations and insurrections be¬ 
come very easy to foment and difficult to 
repress, then the circumstances are chang¬ 
ed. Revolutionary doctrines are then used 
openly by the aspirants to government, with 
turbulent and loquacious poses, with exag¬ 
gerated promises of greater rights and fewer 
duties that shall reduce the tyranny which 
a cighs upon the ruled. And then, either 
through the endeavours of the victorious as¬ 
pirants to government or through the repent¬ 
ant acts of rulers who have escaped downfall, 
mitigations of tyranny really begin. Among 
the culminating ones are these two. 

1) Some liberty of thought and speech 
is conceded. 

2 ) 7 he slavery of forced labouring 
work is abolished, although not that of forced 
military work. Which is as to say that one 
of the two brutish marks that outraged the 
inferior governed is removed. But, because 
the Fatherland has established no system of 
patriotic, i. e., paternal work, but only a free 
exploitation of work, the inferior ruled are 
consequently reduced to a painful struggle 
for existence, that is, to a condition only a 
little less unhappy than before. Men volun¬ 
tarily submit to any base and even badly 
compensated work, in order not in freedom 
to die of starvation. Women transform into 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


23 


voluntary prostitution that which formerly 
was forced prostitution, and in the changes 
that occur all are not benefited. 

But it is precisely these two culminating 
attenuations of tyranny which determine the 
decadence of Empire and make a mockery 
of the presumptuous idea of Universal Em¬ 
pire. And how can the decadence of Em¬ 
pire, civilisation and race be determined by 
two such mitigations of tyranny it may be 
asked? 

In the way we shall now explain. 

Human brains were not originally in¬ 
tended to remain obtuse. They were, on the 
contrary, formed to develop and perfect 
themselves progressively, like any other 
human organ. It was the task of tyrannical 
and despotic governments to repress them 
and arrest their development. But it could 
not also be their task to atrophy them for¬ 
ever. 

The concession of some liberty of 
thought and speech obtained as a result of 
the more easily fomented and less repressible 
insurrections, produced some relaxation in 
the scholastic and ecclesiastic repression of 
intelligence. It was natural, however, that 
cerebral development, although retarded 
thousands of years, should again take its 
course, even though slowly. It was natural 
that the brains of the governed should begin 
to perceive new real facts, and have new 
ideas of positive science, contrasting with 
those of the old church and school teachings, 
such facts and ideas, indeed, as would make 
these teachings appear deceits or gross er¬ 
rors. It was natural that the governed 
should feel the need of expressing such new 
ideas in relation to the ugly facts of their 
despotic and still tyrannical government. 
And it was natural that the decadence of 
imperial government should thus be deter¬ 
mined. 

For, religious credulity, which was the 
cornerstone of slavish morality and slavish 
military discipline, once shaken; the slavish 


service of labouring work, moreover, abolish¬ 
ed, and the fury of individual struggles for 
existence restrained only by the arbitra¬ 
riness of despotic government, it was un¬ 
fortunately inevitable that the four following 
putrefactions should take place : 

1. Satirical scoffing on the part of the 
more intellectual mass, at the spirituality and 
worship of the old obscurantist religion, and, 
as a reflex consequence, almost general reli¬ 
gious scepticism. 

2. Unchaining of all individual egotisms, 
which being no longer obtuse and religious, 
but intellectual and irreligious, cause every¬ 
body to be astute and diffident, lying and 
insidious, shrewdly struggling for existence, 
disloyally competitive; tardy in fulfilling 
promises, petulant and fraudulent, in com¬ 
mercial affairs; arrogant and cowardly. As 
a consequence there follows cavilling in end¬ 
less judicial disputes, which produces flocks 
of pettifogging and nibbling lawyers, general 
wrangling to become State clerks, namely, 
bureaucrats, with fixed salary secured by a 
pension and rounded out by occasional graft; 
ambitious strivings on the part of all to be 
head and none follower, so that all might pass 
to posterity with statues, portraits and tab¬ 
lets ordered for mediocre governors by 
mediocre governors interested in having the 
same ordered for them. As a further con¬ 
sequence of the unchaining of egotisms, we 
find men obstinately conserving prejudices 
while intellectually depraved by such preju¬ 
dices ; pretending to be altruistic while they 
are really miserly; pretending to be heirs of 
great ancestors while behaving like poor 
wretches; pretending to be great while dar¬ 
ing only to gesticulate; powerless for great 
hatred as for great love; reciprocally despis¬ 
ing one another; ironic, slanderous and dis¬ 
cordant ; unable to conduct any collective en¬ 
terprise that is not frivolous, or does not give 
a speedy return, that requires in fact trust¬ 
worthiness, harmony, loans, courage and 
firmness — briefly, to develop in themselves 
all these unhappy evils of decadence, by 
which men and women become as so many 
little tubes of malice. Little tubes of malice 




24 


A WORLD CENTRE 


that walk, cheat, turn about, ensnare, deceive 
and corrupt, in streets, in houses, in offices, 
in commerce, in science, in religion, in art, 
in love, in speaking, even in bowing. Little 
tubes of malice that meet, obstruct, annihi¬ 
late one another, and finally produce general 
paralysis of wills. Little tubes of malice 
with which, it is better, if possible, to have 
no dealings or at any rate only distant ones. 

3. Third among the putrefactions caused 
by the slackening of religious credulity and 
the fury of individual struggles for existence, 
is the appearance of camorra and brigandage. 
That is to say, the presence of small despotic 
States in the large despotic State, brought 
into existence through men of the people who 
are conscious of having forces equal and even 
superior to those of the rulers, but are an¬ 
gered by the consciousness that they cannot 
rise to government, as they could electorallv 
were the government representative, since 
the high degrees of the royal and imperial 
government under which they live belong to 
the nobility, and they themselves lack the 
requisite education and relationships to as¬ 
pire thereto. Or else they are irritated by 
some despotic injustice inflicted upon them¬ 
selves by some ruler. 

These conscious, angered and irritated 
men, secretly, so as to escape governmental 
repression, and with the same arbitrary pro¬ 
cess of multiple domination which we know 
is used in the formation of despotic govern¬ 
ments — a) attach other men to their cause, 
lesser men, also angered or irritated and 
ready to act as accomplices or assistants, 
b) impose upon their fellow subjects, in a way 
similar to that practised by the rulers, so as 
to dominate over and have tribute from, these 
fellow subjects and thus live better, accord¬ 
ing to their certainly not altruistic nor bene¬ 
ficent wills, c) accompany such impositions 
by threats of death penalties in case they are 
not fulfilled and by promises of protection 
against governmental or private attacks in 
case they are fulfilled, d) in the meantime 
organise themselves secretly, if in cities as 
little camorra States, if in the country as 


brigand States, e) for the sake of becoming 
more like the nobles who govern the State, 
of better dominating and also satisfying the 
wicked greed and mad vanity for enrichment 
which they likewise feel, give themselves 
over to externalities and poses like those of 
the governing nobles : so that, they begin to 
make big and little parades of force, with 
pompous vestments, wild beast turbans, arm¬ 
ed belts, precious and shining ornaments, 
sceptres, titles and prefixes, wonderful hor¬ 
ses, luxurious banquets, benefactions and the 
extension of such grandeur to their women. 

Such further secret pilfering could cer¬ 
tainly not be pleasing to the subjects of the 
royal Empire, already subjected to govern¬ 
ment impositions. Therefore, turning to 
the rulers, they begged them to put an end 
to it. And the government, a little because 
of jealousy at the competition for govern¬ 
mental domination made by the camorrists 
and brigands, and a little in order to ingra¬ 
tiate themselves with their subjects and mask 
their own tyrannies and have it believed that 
they were in government solely because of 
their zeal to protect the people, in addition 
to subjecting the camorrists and brigands to 
heavy penalties, began to defame their two 
organisations, or two little States, by creat¬ 
ing the two disdainful appellations of camorra 
and brigands. And the poor ignorant sub¬ 
jects, with horror and disdain, adopted and 
repeated them, as if the two organisations had 
not an accusing similarity with the organisat¬ 
ion of the royal government, as if they were 
in fact something quite different. And the 
brigands and camorrists could not but accept 
the two appellations, now come into common 
use; but they used them with pride and in a 
tone of defiance to make them seem dignifi¬ 
ed ; and every time their honourable society 
was mentioned, they raised their hats; and 
for the protection of their doings they asked 
God’s help, just as the rulers did — so clearly 
did they see and so convinced were they that 
there was but a difference of proportion be¬ 
tween their organisation and that of King¬ 
doms, Princedoms, Duchies, Marquisates, 
Earldoms and Baronies. 








POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


25 


But science, which protects truth, had 
one day to open the way and to allow it, in 
spite of words, to establish the reality also 
with regard to this subject. This Positive 
Science of Government explains here today 
what is camorra and what is brigandage. 
But physical and chemical science had al¬ 
ready given inductive explanations on the 
subject. Permitting the photographic re¬ 
production of the most celebrated brigands 
and camorrists, they had shown all the cor¬ 
respondence of facial lineaments between 
these and the older rulers, whether Kings, 
Princes, Dukes, Marquises, Earls, Barons 
or Noblemen, not far distant from the head 
of the line. These photographic reproduc¬ 
tions had already led to the perception that 
the grim and rapacious, sanguinary and ob¬ 
scene man, the King, the more originary he 
is, that is, the less hereditary, has an or¬ 
ganic conformation similar to that of a head 
brigand only very much superior, which or¬ 
ganic conformation enables him to be a head 
brigand on a large scale, that is, a King. 

4. The fourth putrefaction is obvious 
treachery, of the inferior rulers, simultaneous 
with the general predomination of the person¬ 
al interests of each one over any interests of 
patriotic defence or greatness. Thus, those 
who once lent themselves to the Fatherland 
as trusting, disciplined, obedient, untiring, 
courageous and heroic martyrs and victors, 
now lend themselves to the Fatherland as 
untrustworthy, undisciplined, disobedient, 
lazy cowards, deserters to the enemy and 
traitors. So that the Fatherland, and 
through it the Empire, rapidly becomes cor¬ 
rupt, falls apart and decays. 

To repair such ruin, and to placate in¬ 
dividual lusts and jealousies, the superior 
rulers, who are the chief exponents of such 
jealousies; 

1) rise against the Emperor, pretend¬ 
ing to hold him sole maleficent cause, and 
by a revolutionary movement, called if it 
succeeds and becomes an accomplished fact, 
Coup d’Etat, transform the Imperial Mon¬ 
archy into Imperial Republic, that is, they 


cause the supreme authority of the Empire 
to be no longer hereditary and single but 
elective and plural, hence entrusted to three 
or to five or even more of themselves; 

2) give the burghers a certain empir¬ 
ical and effective senatorial participation in 
government, as recognition of the great pow¬ 
er to which they have risen, through the 
force of their property in land. For the 
nobles, on account of the hereditary charac¬ 
ter of their successions, became an inept 
class, and, owing to their desire for luxury, 
had recourse to the money of the burghers, 
selling to them first one and now another 
part of their lands, thus dividing the pro¬ 
prietorship of the Earth. The burghers, 
for their part, were anxious enough to ac¬ 
quire the land in order better to equal the 
nobles in wealth and parades of force, that 
is, to rival them not only in the possession 
of money but also in that of land, and it was 
very natural that they should sit with them 
in the Senate, i. e., in a corporation of su¬ 
preme legislative and judiciary counsel; 

3) give the ex-slaves, i. e., the mass 
of the free exploited, another empirical and 
this time but slightly effective participation 
in government, which consisted only in the 
right of meeting and voting, and proclaiming 
that they could henceforth constitute the 
class \of the people, who, unfortunate crea¬ 
tures, gripped by the famished struggle for 
existence and saturated to the marrow with 
the obscurantism of all past despotisms, do 
not know how to be more than they are; so 
that they become in appearance, in their 
speeches and at their meetings, a new class 
of people, while actually in the facts of life 
they remain the old mob class. 

Nevertheless, because of these measures, 
a certain betterment takes place in the intern¬ 
al conditions of government. But the im¬ 
provement is ephemeral, because of the ever 
fiercer desiDotic lusts and jealousies of the 
supreme rulers themselves and because of 
the malicious despotic conspiracies wherein 
the old Emperor, or his heir, have never 
ceased to engage since the deposition. 





26 


A WORLD CENTRE 


Thus the following is not long in de¬ 
veloping. With the favour of the people — 
always the unchangeable mob — that has 
perceived of what the Imperial Republic 
really consists and has had enough of its 
exploitation of work, and forgets or is ignor¬ 
ant of what Imperial Monarchy consists and 
hopes to be better off in it, as the agents of 
the latter insinuate — with the favour there¬ 
fore of the mob, the old Emperor, or his heir 
for him, by a counter-revolutionary move¬ 
ment and a counter Coup d’Etat reimposes 
himself despotically as absolute hereditary 
Emperor, reserving, with shrewd opportun¬ 
ism, to the burgher class and to the popular 
class, many of the rights already conceded 
to them b}^ the Imperial Republic. But the 
change in governmental form does not suc¬ 
ceed in bettering its essence, which is ex¬ 
tremely sore. So that, after a few days of 
illusory and raving monarchical enthusiasm, 
the process of corrupt imperial decadence 
continues. 

The external State sore, i. e., the bar¬ 
barism of anarchy and the necessity for im¬ 
perial wars of conquest abroad, although 
diminished still persists. The internal State 
sore, i. e., the arbitrariness of despotism and 
the necessity of tyrannies in the interior of 
the Empire, persists in a more irritated form 
because of the four putrefactions just noted, 
namely, greater satirical scoffing and irre¬ 
ligious scepticism, greater unchaining of in¬ 
dividual egotisms, more obvious treachery 
by, inferior rulers and more extended pre¬ 
domination of the personal interest over any 
interest of patriotic defence or greatness. 

Therefore, that which now follows could 
not but happen. One or another indepen¬ 
dent Kingdom, or even Princedom, forming 
part of the same decadent Empire or of 
another newer Empire, because composed of 
people less irreligiously sceptical, less mali¬ 
ciously egotistical, more despotically barba¬ 
rous, and at the same time eager for wars 
for imperial patriotic greatness; 

i) shatters the connection of the old 
Empire; 


2) absorbs now one now another of its 
most corrupt and decaying parts — thereby 
itself taking the path towards imperial ascen¬ 
sion, rendering the defeated more or less 
slaves, despoiling them more or less of their 
lands and with these enriching new Princes, 
Dukes, Marquises, Earls, Barons and Gen¬ 
tlemen, (seized in turn with new natural wick¬ 
ed greed and mad vanity for enrichment and 
parades) producing new spectres of luxury 
and misery, repressing intellects with new 
religious charlatanry, with new restrictions 
of thought and speech, entrusted to the mal¬ 
ice of new masters, priests and artists; 

3) mixes its more barbarous and heal¬ 
thier germs with those more civilised and 
more infected found there, and, dissolving 
the old unity of race, language, morals and 
civilisation, creates over it a new and varied 
imperial unity of race, language, morals and 
civilisation of its own. 

Nor can this new Empire, because of its 
inherent sores of anarchy abroad and despot¬ 
ism in the interior, escape in turn, when it 
has reached the limits of its boundaries, that 
same destiny of decadence. A destiny stay¬ 
ed by some new liberty of thought and 
speech, by new abolition of slavery, by new 
Coups d’Etat between a new Imperial Repub¬ 
lic and a new return of the Imperial Mon¬ 
archy ; but stayed only for a brief time. Be¬ 
cause, at its fated hour, the destiny of the 
new imperial decadence must be accomplish¬ 
ed and is accomplished. 

Thus the phenomenon of the decadence 
of Empires, civilisations and races repeats it¬ 
self, rottenly and monotonously, differing 
only in name and date. 

And yet, the cause which produces the 
decadence of Empires, is the same which 
produces their greatness. And in saying 
this there is no shadow of paradox. The two 
phenomena of greatness and decadence are 
products of the same immanent and connect¬ 
ed sores of the primitive State. The extern¬ 
al sore, i. e., the barbarism of anarchy abro¬ 
ad, constraining to warlike conquests and 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


27 


extensions of boundaries, produces the ter¬ 
ritorial greatness of the Empire, which con¬ 
solidates into greatness of civilisation and of 
race in consequence of the simultaneous in¬ 
ternal sore. The internal sore, provoking- 
ulterior warlike conquests and extensions of 
boundaries, and producing a relaxation of the 
thought and slavery tyrannies, is responsible 
for the monstrous aggrandisement of the 
State, followed by the decadence of civilisa¬ 
tions and of race, which becomes concrete 
in decadence of Empires. 

Consequently, there is nothing miracu¬ 
lous in the phenomenon of the greatness of 
Empires, as there is nothing mysterious in 
their decadence. 

And we have a confirmation of this dis¬ 
eased connection in the correlation of the 
particular phenomena of rottenness which 
accompany greatness as well as decadence. 

In the rise of Empires to greatness, we 
find the deceitful religious scepticism of the 
few priests and the ingenuous credulity of 
the many faithful; the overbearing domina¬ 
tion of the few governors and the respectful 
submission of the many governed; the astute 
greed and idleness of the few, and the patient 
service and inexhaustible activity of the 
many; a widespread recklessness in entering 
on wars of conquest; luxurious display by a 
few and resigned parsimony of the many. 
There are produced colossal and solid works 
of artistic beauty, for the vain glory of the 
few who order them from the many humbly 
sweating to erect them. On the one hand 
there is malice, on the other good faith; on 
the one hand Olympic calm of the dominat¬ 
ing classes, the noble and the burgher, 
towards novelty and towards the young : on 
the other interest in every new current of 
ideas coming from abroad, and a protective 
sympathy which assimilates the stranger who 
brings them. 

In decadence, there is a universal irreli¬ 
gious scepticism, unsubordinated arrogance 
and undisciplined carelessness or apathy; 
greed counterbalanced by idleness, reluc¬ 


tance in undertaking military service wheth¬ 
er in wars of conquest or defence, and satis¬ 
faction in escaping such service or in being 
made prisoner; a desire to live in the midst 
of ease and superfluities. There are hasty 
and trivial works of artificial art, due to the 
wealthy greed of the few who commission 
them ignorantly and of the many who fashion 
them carelessly and quickly. Everybody is 
dishonest, so that a word given is not to be 
accepted and agreements and trade are full 
of deceit. Malice is found on all sides — as 
a result of which every man one meets is that 
(< little tube of malice » with whom it is more 
profitable to have no relations or distant 
ones, while the State itself reaches general 
progressive paralysis. 

In this condition we find first the stage 
of hypersensibility, then the insensibility of 
the two dominating classes, the noble and the 
burgher, towards novelty and every new cur¬ 
rent of ideas coming from abroad and against 
the young. 

1. Hypersensibility. This is produced 
in the first stage of decadence by excessive 
attachment to the patrimony of ideas that 
brought the two ruling classes to the civilised 
predominance from which they feel they are 
about to fall. This hypersensibility there¬ 
fore induces them to institute the custom 
house of thought and to develop chauvinism, 
which properly belongs to States in incipient 
decadence, and can be defined as an alter¬ 
native passing from the discord of national 
self-belittlement to the concord of national 
self-extolling in order to depreciate the 
stranger, even though he may be the bringer 
of new and really great ideas and have reach¬ 
ed such a degree of human sensibility as to 
feel as strong a love for the Fatherland of his 
adoption as for the Fatherland which he 
leaves behind. 

Hypersensibility thus induces the two 
dominating classes to blunt and crystallise 
popular thought, to crystallise even their 
own language, which becomes full of silly 
phrases, to render difficult the way of the 
young and the would be innovators, that is, 



28 


A WORLD CENTRE 


to fill every office with the old, who by na¬ 
ture are conservative. 

2. Insensibility, in the second stage of 
decadence is produced by an apathetic and 
mechanical attachment to the patrimony of 
ideas that certainly served to bring the two 
ruling classes to civilised predomination, but 
did not serve to save them from the abject 
decadence into which they sank. 

Insensibility, therefore, which induces 
these two classes — to neglect and destroy 
what in their past was truly great, to become 
despondent in their inertia, to persuade 
themselves and their people that new thought 
germinates only abroad, and cannot be ini¬ 
tiated by them, so great is their decadent 
incapacity; to prostrate themselves with vile 
obsequiousness before strangers who, whe¬ 
ther truly or falsely pose as innovators; to 
produce, in fact, mocking self-depreciation 
and vile exaltation of all foreigners. 

The connection between the two pheno¬ 
mena of greatness and decadence of Empires 
is, moreover, confirmed by the process of 
recovery. In recovery also one process cor¬ 
responds with and is dependent upon the 
other. In fact, to avoid the abject destiny 
of decadence of Empires,, civilisations and 
races, there is but one true way, that of not 
allowing and thereby avoiding the arrogant 
need of their greatness. 

The full and radical cure of the two dis¬ 
eases presupposes, in short, the full and 
radical cure of the two sores of the primitive 
State — that of the barbarism of anarchy 
abroad and that of the arbitrariness of des¬ 
potism in the interior. 

National Constitutions, of which we 
shall soon speak, cause in the beginning a 
partial cure of the internal State sore, that 
of despotism, and produce not the greatest 
but a very great civilised progress. But a 
complete restoration to political sanity can 
only come about through the complete and 
radical cure of both State sores; 


1) for recovery from the external State 
sore implies — suppression of the barbarism 
of anarchy and the introduction of civilised 
restraints abroad; suppression of the neces¬ 
sity of warlike conquests for territorial ag¬ 
grandisement; the taking of measures a- 
gainst the slackening of familiar and pa¬ 
triotic ties,between rulers and ruled; eradi¬ 
cating the need of internal tyrannies and 
foreign discords; 

2) for recovery from the internal State 
sore implies — suppression of the arbitra¬ 
riness of despotism in the interior and a 
tendency to suppress it parliamentarily also 
abroad; suppression of the necessity of tyr¬ 
annies in the interior and a tendency to sup¬ 
press them representatively also abroad; 
suppression of the irreligious, sceptical, un¬ 
trustworthy, deceptive, treacherous conflict 
of greedy individual interests in the interior 
and consequently also abroad; introduction 
of social and really patriotic ties within the 
States, and a tendency to create human and 
really civilised ones between State and State. 

If no cure of these two sores takes place 
in the State, diseased greatness and deca¬ 
dence inexorably end in death. In fact, of 
many Empires that once existed, and of their 
respective civilisations and races, no trace 
remains. And it is well that this should be. 
The survival of an Empire which has reach¬ 
ed the extreme of decadence and has become 
a centre of malice and moral infection would 
be a more destructive fact for the human 
species than its mortal decay. It is the con¬ 
quest of such an Empire, the dismemberment 
of its territory, the destruction of its,- cor¬ 
rupt civilisation, and the subjection and de¬ 
nationalisation of its race that, for the want 
of a better one, reveals itself as the remedy. 
These evils are, briefly, so many natural 
remedies for the unhealthy condition of 
things. Effected unconsciously by the con¬ 
quering State, in the course of its imperial 
development, monstrous yet inevitable in 
present conditions, and pregnant with vir¬ 
tues germinating from the good faith of the 
many destined to accomplish the work of 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


29 


punishment, these natural remedies cauter¬ 
ise and deaden a gangrenous part of the 
human species, and in the meantime, al¬ 
though only temporarily, save the adjacent 
parts. An apparent evil therefore reveals 
itself as a benefit for humanity. And this 
evil, which yet acts beneficently, can be the 
only remedy for decadence as long as the 
institution of an International Assembly is 
lacking, wherein, without need of massacr¬ 
ing vandalisms and conquests, the inferior 
Nations can be legally dominated by the su¬ 
perior. 

Of this phenomenon of decadence of Em- 
pires, civilisations and races, of this corrupt 
and yet mighty phenomenon, we now know 
enough. And therefore only as complement 
shall we speak of these last three facts con¬ 
cerning it. 

The first of these facts, which in interest 
supersedes the other two, consists in the rise 
of a new religious idealism from the midst 
of the cynical corruption of every imperial 
decadence. Out of evil comes good. Malig¬ 
nant putrefaction of life in the interior 
cannot be the environment adapted to all or¬ 
ganisms. As a consequence, an organism 
here, another organism there, possessed of a 
more human structure and sensibility to 
beauty, intelligence and compassion than 
the most, reacts against the environment 
which is intolerable to it. Such organisms 
individually and collectively perceive that 
religious deceit and error are the very 
first causes of the Fatherland’s decadence. 
Therefore, with a boldness hypnotic and in¬ 
spired and with fervid altruistic passion, 
they attempt either to redeem the purity of 
the old faith, or to re-group the new positive 
facts of science and to dispose them as a 
scientific basis for the old spiritual faith. 

But the malice of the governors who rule 
the Empire, lies in wait for this new miracle 
of faith in order to utilise it. In fact, when 
it finds the opportune moment, the Empire 
enlists new masters, priests and artists for 
the sacred task, of adapting the precepts of 
the redeemed or new religion to the egotisms 


of the governing and of the exploiting class¬ 
es, of perverting its meaning by school 
teachings, by church worship; briefly, of 
making it serve the latest exigencies of des¬ 
potic and tyrannical imperial government 
even better than the old religious precepts. 
There follow, consequently, new restrictions 
of thought and of speech, for the purpose of 
preventing the new precepts from being un¬ 
derstood otherwise than as pleases the gov¬ 
ernment. And the deception serves for a 
time. But when the Empire has extended 
its boundaries beyond even that large sphere 
in which insubordinations and insurrections 
are easy to foment and repressed with dif¬ 
ficulty, when the Empire is constrained to 
concede new and greater liberty of thought 
and of speech, then new real facts are per¬ 
ceived by the governed, new ideas of positive 
science appear to them in contrast with the 
teachings of the churches, of the schools and 
of the arts, and a new imperial decadence is 
determined. And then, from the midst of 
this ferment and as a result of it, appears a 
new religious idealism. A new prophet re¬ 
veals a better spiritual faith, redeemed or 
based upon the science of the time, which is 
greater than the previous one. He arouses 
new apostles and new believers, and purifies 
and elevates the people to a severer life. A 
new miracle of religious renascence occurs, 
which new imperial authorities utilise with 
new deceits of masters, priests and artists. 
But they cannot wholly suppress the new 
germs of scientific and spiritual truth which 
the new religious renascence contains. Nor 
can they prevent humanity from slowly ad¬ 
vancing in its civilised progress, while the 
phenomenon of the decadence of Empires 
and civilisations evilly and monotonously 
repeats itself. 

The second of the last facts to be known 
relates to the intensity of the decadence of 
Empires, civilisations and races. Given 
that this decadence is the diseased con¬ 
sequence of the two sores of the primitive 
State, and breaks out exactly when relax¬ 
ation from the tyrannies of thought and 
slavery is producing a progressively edu¬ 
cative and illuminative effect on people and 



30 


A WORLD CENTRE 


a progressive development of mistrust of the 
despotism which endures and rots the Fath¬ 
erland, it is evident that decadence can but 
be greater and more rapid where, from 
ethnical causes, men have more vivacious 
vital movements and mentality. So that, 
generally, decadence of Empire, civilisation 
and race occurs more rapidly in southern 
States, where the ascent to greatness has also 
been more rapid. 

The third and final fact to be known is 
related to the succession of decadences of 
Empires, civilisations and races. It being 
admissible that the migratory succession of 
men and States upon earth occurred from 
east to west, because of the attractive fascin¬ 
ation which the sun could not but exert upon 
successive men, owing to their desire to fol¬ 
low it at sunset where it vanished carrying 
with it its mysterious, luminous, warm and 
beneficent power — admitting this, there¬ 
fore, it is permissible to hold that the suc¬ 
cession of decaying Empires, civilisations 
and races may have followed the succession 
of their greatness and have occurred from 
east to west. Where greatness of Empire, 
of civilisation and of race was first reached, 
there also everybody’s mistrust and moral 
putrefaction, and the decadence of Empire, 


of civilisation and of race had to be first 
reached. Thus, making, for once, an ex¬ 
ception to the prohibition we set ourselves 
against too specific instances in order not to 
leave the field of pure scientific research, we 
can hold that the succession in the imperial 
magnificence of greatness and in the im¬ 
perial abjection of decadence — within mo¬ 
dern times, necessarily democratic, for the 
misunderstanding of which fact Germany 
has lost her turn — was and will be from 
China to India, from India to Babylonia, 
from Babylonia to Egypt, from Egypt to 
Greece, from Greece to Italy, from Italy to 
France, from France to England, from Eng¬ 
land to America. 

To America destiny reserves the mag¬ 
nificence of pointing out the new future 
greatness, certainly not of Empire but of 
civilisation and of race. To America then 
destiny also reserves, with the grace of es¬ 
caping the abjection of decadence, itself a 
natural consequence of the magnificence of 
greatness, the grace of showing humanity 
how to escape it forever, how to cure itself 
radically and fully of the two State sores, 
how to prevent the earth, before its death, 
becoming from pole to pole, one sewer of 
fallen peoples. 







CHAPTER VI. 


THE GREATEST OF EMPIRICAL FACTS: 
OLD NATIONAL CONSTITUTIONS. 


Imperial decadence, as we have seen, 
was coincident with scientific discoveries, 
progressive religious renascences and pro¬ 
gressive ascendency of the burgher class, 
which used the implicit financial and moral 
ruin of the noble class to step over it to im¬ 
portance. The burgher class, in fact, while 
still suffering from the fever of emulating 
the noble class by means of the pecuniary 
wealth resulting from its exploitation, was 
overtaken by another fever, that of making 
such wealth more secure, through convert¬ 
ing the larger part of it into landed property 
and of thus surpassing the other landed class 
which, by right of warlike conquest, had 
originally appropriated and divided it among 
themselves. The burghers, therefore, went 
on feverishly buying a piece of land here, 
another piece there, according as luxury or 
the need of money induced now one and now 
another noble to sell. 

But the burghers suffered from this 
fever not only because of their longing to 
amass wealth and give it greater stability. 
They experienced this desire also because of 
their longing to conquer that governmental 
domination which still remained concentrat¬ 
ed in the hands of the King Emperor much 
more than in those of the adherent noble 
class, now reduced to a slight senatorial au¬ 
thority. The burghers were filled with this 
passion for money and lands because of their 
longing to acquire legal domination, i. e., 
the faculty of imposing laws, and because 


they wished to complete and ensure their 
domination on the sexual, family, profession¬ 
al, commercial, artistic and .social fields and 
to live more according to their own will. 

The share of governmental domination 
conferred by the Imperial Republic upon the 
burgher class had, in truth, almost vanished 
at the restoration of Imperial Monarchy. 
But despotic arrogance became too unseemly 
in the decadent Imperial Kingdom, because 
of the acts of the new King Emperor w r ho 
would strike with false accusations of con¬ 
spiracy against his Imperial Majesty now 
one, now another, of the richest nobles or 
burghers, in order to confiscate their riches. 
And such excessive overbearingness consti¬ 
tuted the best pretext the burgher class could 
wish for to reawaken its own longings for 
authoritative governmental domination. 

The insurrectionary union, which oc¬ 
curred between nobles, burghers and the 
people against royal despotism, in fact, 
promised to be a very severe blow to the 
latter. But, because of the obstacles creat¬ 
ed by three causes of which we shall now 
speak, the blow failed to produce its promis¬ 
ed effect. 

Firstly, because the grim and rapacious, 
sanguinary and obscene man — not yet 
struck down — caused despotism to be still 
strongly rooted, not only at Court, but in the 
usages of government and even in the inti- 


32 


A WORLD CENTRE 


mate sentiment of many in those very class¬ 
es of nobles, burghers and populace who 
thought themselves his proud enemies. 

Secondly, because the scientific progress 
of the time, and the consequent religious 
progress, were not such as to enlighten the 
minds of the nobles, the burghers and the 
populace to the extent necessary for the con¬ 
ception of a Positive Science of Government 
and a Positive conception of Internationalism 
such as is here outlined. Indeed, religious 
progress was such as to dazzle rather than 
to illumine the conscience, and in the proud 
struggle being waged against despotic priv¬ 
ileges, it lent itself to deforming the divine 
conception of the time into these puritanical 
and exalted affirmations — that all men are 
equal before God, therefore all equal among 
themselves, and created to live as free and 
equal brothers. Three heresies these a- 
gainst the universal law which desires the 
greatest possible variety of forms and of val¬ 
ues, and which, desiring this as the aim of 
life, also demands that, according to their 
organic progress in altruistic sensibility, 
men; 

1) shall all have an equal legal right 
to develop their individual forces in the freest 
and most varied way; 

2) shall all have fraternal equity of 
intercourse, in the sense that the strongest 
and superior shall equitably and fraternally 
recognise the right of the weaker and infe¬ 
rior to choose their work, which, done in 
the time of their youth and maturity, can 
assure them the necessaries for a healthy life, 
free from the abjection of misery and charity, 
with opportunity to develop their forces; 

3) shall all, in short, have these liber¬ 
ties and rights guaranteed in Communal 
Councils, in National Assemblies, in the in¬ 
ternational Assembly, by representatives 
of the humanistic or liberal elements which 
shall dominate the brutish. 

Because, finally, the altruistic sensibility 
of the nobles, burghers and populace — being 
in a retarded state of development — was in¬ 


capable of producing in them those genial 
intuitions which often supply deficiencies in 
scientific and religious light, those curbs of 
egotistic privileges and those impulses of 
equitable abnegation which would have been 
necessary for such an undertaking as the 
radical overthrow of despotic tyranny. 

For these three reasons, despotism could 
not then be radically attacked and was pro¬ 
tected from the death blow we are now trying 
to give it. 

A representation of the three classes in 
conjunction did come into existence, at the 
incitement of the burgher class anxious to 
rise, and several times it tried to lay its an- 
tidespotic proposals before the overbearing 
King Emperor. 

After petitions and prayers had been 
tried and met with furious anger or royal 
revenge against the nobles, burghers and 
populace who presented them — finally, by 
the force of a great popular uprising, a re¬ 
presentation from the three classes was re¬ 
ceived. This body demanded that affairs of 
State should be first discussed in a Parlia¬ 
mentary Assembly, consisting of elected re¬ 
presentatives of the three classes together, 
and should then be decided by the King as 
he thought best. Since it was always he who 
sovereignly decided, the King did them the 
grace of consenting and promised to consider 
the question of ordering elections and of 
convoking a Parliament at such times as he 
thought it advisable to hear his subjects’ 
opinion on affairs of State. And, as a con¬ 
sequence of simultaneous insurrections of 
populace and military, by royal concession 
and at the royal discretion, there arose the 
Parliament, or rather a Parliamentary As¬ 
sembly, composed : a) of nobles, by right of 
birth and hereditary succession, b) of bur¬ 
ghers, by electoral right, that is, elected by 
their votes and those of a small number of 
the superior populace, to whom His Majesty, 
in his clemency, conceded the right to vote. 

But it was not long before new causes 
of dispute arose. The burgher class, having 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


33 


become intolerant of the superiority of the 
nobles, sought to contend for governmental 
domination through discussions and deci¬ 
sions in Parliament. Seizing therefore on 
some pretext for dissension, it produced a 
parliamentary class scission, as a result of 
which — the burghers formed the House of 
Commons, that is, deputies not of the noble 
class but commoners, together with those of 
the popular class by whom they had been 
elected. The nobles remained and constitut¬ 
ed the House of Lords, that is, senators, like 
the King of noble class, and with hereditary 
right to govern. 

And the King Emperor gained by the 
schism, profiting by the jealousies of Lords 
and Commoners to reconquer his absolute 
powers little by little. Convoking at long 
intervals first one now the other House, and 
utilising their discordant decisions, he could 
the better do as he pleased. He even reach¬ 
ed the point of making light of both houses 
and of regaining his old arrogance. But in 
so acting he produced not indeed a parlia¬ 
mentary fusion of both Houses, but a cordial 
understanding between the two against him. 

The two Houses — joining against the 
King-Emperor, with the support of many 
troops, faithful to a general who, with puri¬ 
tan and magnetic religious spirit, had risen 
against royal arrogance — divided now the 
task of high justice, inasmuch as the House 
of Commons accused, and the House of 
Lords condemned the King-Emperor as guil¬ 
ty of high treason. In the resulting process 
which, with all its formulae, was an ad¬ 
vance beyond the revolutionary rising, sever¬ 
al Kings and several of their minister ac¬ 
complices were sent one after another to the 
scaffold. In doing all this, the two Houses 
prepared the great event of the Fundamental 
Law of the National Constitution, in such 
a way as it was then possible for it to occur. 
They prepared the advent of representative 
government, in an empirical instead of a 
scientific way, but nevertheless in a way 
which to some extent substituted the old des¬ 
potism by a partially organised parliamen¬ 
tary electoral struggle, by means of which 


the State forces of mind, of body and of 
wealth could develop, certainly not adequate¬ 
ly, yet in a way that produced the greatest 
civil progress in the history of past govern¬ 
mental existence. 

The fundamental law of the old Nation¬ 
al Constitution — thus resulting not in its 
most desirable form, but as it could — was 
written upon a Magna Charta, and was im¬ 
posed upon the new King Emperor, who, 
taught by the unenviable end of his late pre¬ 
decessors, stooped to listen to it with a great 
deal of interest and a great disposition to ap¬ 
prove it. The Statutes of this opportunistic 
Constitution, ambiguous as they could but 
be in the midst of bloody revolutionary tu¬ 
mults — were in condensed form these : — 

I 

The House of Commons, that is, the 
elective House, resulting from the vote of 
the burghers and of a few T of the populace, 
became predominant in comparison with the 
House of Lords. It became so because of 
the exclusive faculty it reserved to itself of 
raising taxes, or rather of forming the State 
Exchequer, without which it is impossible 
to govern. Thus was satisfied the burghers’ 
desire for governmental domination. 

•\\ 

II 

No act of government could be made by 
the King Emperor without the signature of 
a responsible Minister, appointed by the 
House of Commons and approved by the 
House of Lords. So that the King Emperor 
was compared to one who is irresponsible. 

III 

Arrests and sentences of Peers could 
only be made by the House of Lords. Ar¬ 
rests of members of the Commons had to be 
authorised by the House of Commons. Ar¬ 
rests among the populace had to be confirm 



34 


A WORLD CENTRE 


ed, and sentences, whether of Commons 
or of populace, had to be preferred by juries, 
that is, by sworn burghers or members of the 
populace who were more or less unenlight¬ 
ened and incompetent but preferable to the 
royal and arbitrary policemen of the past and 
of the possible future. 

IV 

Liberty of thought, of speech and of the 
press had to be inviolable. And inviolable 
had also to be freedom to meet and to as¬ 
sociate. 

V 

The components of the State formed, in 
the ensemble of their three classes, a Nation¬ 
al Kingdom. 

VI 

As a quick and vile opportunistic trans¬ 
action, the King Emperor’s entreaty that 
appearances should be saved was granted, 
that is, that his authority should apparently 
be undiminished, that his divine right, his 
hereditary succession and his pow T er to reign 
should be preserved. Thus it was made to 
seem that the National Constitution, that 
is, the renunciation of his supreme authority, 
which had been forced upon him, was really 
spontaneously offered by him to aid the ad¬ 
vance of new civilisation and the aspirations 
of his beloved burghers and of his beloved 
populace. The imposed adjustment of the 
National Constitution was called tempered 
Monarchy or Constitutional Monarchy — and 
there were used in the text of the Constitu¬ 
tion, obsequious phrases towards royal power 
— while the King! was left the faculty of 
making Princes, Dukes, Marquises, Earls 
and Barons at haphazard, that is, without 
lands, and the faculty also of favouring the 
desires of the burghers who might wish to 
extend these to the point of buying, not only 
pieces of land, but also annexed noble titles, 
and to become notary Princes, Dukes, Mar¬ 
quises, Earls, Barons. There was also as¬ 
signed to the King, a showy Civil List (this 
was the most important) which was the equi¬ 


valent of the money that he could hencefor¬ 
ward take by contributions imposed upon 
subjects without giving account to anyone. 
This permitted him, together with his inti¬ 
mates, to continue the earlier magnificence 
of his life, and from time to time to donate a 
sum of money to the people, in order to seem 
as if he still gave liberally of his own, while 
in fact, he but returned to them what was 
theirs. His face was still left impressed 
upon the coins, so that the blessedness of 
money might still seem to derive from him. 
To him was reserved the faculty of bestowing 
decorations of his own accord, besides those 
he was obliged by the ministers to give for 
electoral ends. Moreover, the coat of arms 
of his house, i. e., the old sign of his reign, 
remained in the centre of the national flag. 

VII 

By force of circumstances, that is, be¬ 
cause of the impossibility for the Commons, 
or burghers, to come into such relations as to 
impose themselves upon the Kings and Em¬ 
perors of other States, the King remained 
head of the Army; and to him was reserved 
the right to declare war and to make peace, 
of course, with the limitations derived from 
the fact of having to obtain from the Com¬ 
mons the financial means, without which it 
is possible to make peace but not war. 

Thus tyrannical despotism was not rad¬ 
ically suppressed, it was not scientifically 
abolished, it was only empirically weakened 
and tempered — the more emphatically be¬ 
cause of these pretences of royal power which 
it was necessary by mendacious and silly 
ways of speech to keep up, and which made 
Public Law, that is. Constitutional Law, a 
tangled mess of lies and foolishness. 

Thus representative government arose, 
not properly as a government of controlled 
forces, as against arbitrary despotic govern¬ 
ment, but as a hybrid betterment of it, in 
many points actually inferior to it. 

Thus old National Constitutions were a- 
dopted by almost all States, with a frenzy of 




POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


35 


imitation and a variety of lies and foolishness, 
sometimes worse, sometimes better. They 
were thus feverishly adopted because, in 
spite of their empiricism and their tangled 
mess of lies and foolishness, they everywhere 
appeased the desires for governmental domi¬ 
nation of the burgher classes and were in 
reality an event of great civil potentiality. 
And because they were adopted with this 
frenzy of imitation, they were always plan¬ 
ned on the Two Chamber system, even 
where no House of Lords had been created. 
That is, with stupid reasons for pondered 
legislative reflection, adopted by the in¬ 
terested, there was created, beside the elec¬ 
tive and effective Chamber of Deputies, an 
academical and encumbering Senate elected 
for life, which in substance afforded a very 
convenient domination for those who were 
wealthy. 


Thus —- while the external State sore, 
that is, the barbarism of national independ¬ 
ence and the necessity of foreign wars, by 
fatality of circumstances still persisted — 
the internal State sore, that is, the arbitra¬ 
riness of despotism and the necessity of 
tyrannies in the interior, through baneful 
royal influence, was not healed, but only 
reduced by virtue of the empirical ointment 
it had received. Yet, though the poison of 
royal despotism rendered the sore extremely 
malignant, the mere fact of its being 
assuaged, produced great benefits in govern¬ 
ment and civilisation, which had never before 
been possible, and which, even though mix¬ 
ed with many evils — due to which a truly 
Chaotic Period was entered upon, as we 
shall now see — gave to humanity a sense of 
happy beatitude, in contrast with the mem¬ 
ory of the horrors of the past. 
































■ 

' 

' 




■ 

. 1 . 

■ ■ 

. ' ■ ' 
























■ 




























































/ 


, 















































CHAPTER VII. 


THE CHAOTIC PERIOD. 


The grim, rapacious, sanguinary and ob¬ 
scene man, the King, acted with self-preserv¬ 
ing circumspection when he urged that Na* 
tional Constitutions should leave to royal 
power the appearance at least of its ancient 
authority. He knew that if this appearance 
only were once admitted, it would then be 
his affair, profiting by events, to turn it once 
more into reality. 

It can be affirmed without a shadow of 
doubt that the day this request was made, and 
granted by the burgher class, was announced 
also the beginning of the Chaotic Period , of 
which we shall now trace the broad outline. 
At a distance of centuries this Chaotic Period 
has intimated its end in the blood of the most 
horrible of all wars, namely in the blood of 
the present war. 

From the day of that fatal concession, 
began the chaos of abolishing despotism in 
word, and preserving it in fact. And from 
that same day the two State sores of arbitrary 
despotism in the interior and of barbarous 
anarchy abroad, were certainly assuaged by 
the empirical constitutional unguent, but be¬ 
cause of the prurulence of the rising decep¬ 
tive and chaotic elements they became fetid. 

Liberty of thought, of speech and of the 
press could not but command more or less 
respect, being clearly defined in the ambig¬ 
uous National Constitutions. Consequently, 
Kings had to resign themselves to suffocat¬ 


ing these liberties only in those respects that 
particularly interested them, namely, in those 
related to the science of government and its 
connected religion. And this they did. 
And perceiving that the more they pretended 
to be defenders of liberty of thought, of 
speech, of the press, and of all other branches 
of learning, the better they would succeed, 
they became outright patrons of the other 
sciences. 

The lack of science in government pre¬ 
meditated, willed, and brought about by 
royal power, with the acquiescence of the 
burgher class, which nevertheless desired to 
attain governmental domination, reinforced 
the empirical falsity of National Constitu¬ 
tions. And the Chaotic Period, already ini¬ 
tiated, became thereby so aggravated as to 
extend down to our times, whence, looked at 
in perspective, it appears to be divided into 
these three series of facts. 

i) Almost all the sciences, little by lit¬ 
tle, rose to dizzy heights of progress, which 
if prophesied in the past would have seemed 
follies, and rendered schools truly distin¬ 
guished in these branches of knowledge. 

On the other hand, the science of govern¬ 
ment remained basely empirical, and turned 
schools into so many foci of deceit and stu¬ 
pidity in regard to the knowledge of Public 
Right, i. e., the branch of learning concern¬ 
ing the legal principles which regulate the 


38 


A WORLD CENTRE 


relations of individuals to the State as well 
as of one State to another. And the science 
of government remained thus undeveloped 
because of the complicity of two categories 
of professors who, lusting after lucre and 
inflamed with vanity, voluntarily accepted in 
the schools a similar position to that occupi¬ 
ed by the ancient masters constrained by ab¬ 
solute tyrannical despotism. Thus fawn- 
ingly, and with the consent of the governing 
burghers, the professors lent themselves to 
the secret influence of the King. 

The first categorj T of professors submitt¬ 
ed themselves to the royal purposes in their 
character as professors of Constitutional 
Law, by writing books and lessons of mis¬ 
leading and idiotic constitutional theory; by 
putting forward not positive but metaphys¬ 
ical principles of Constitutional Law, swal¬ 
lowed in fatuities of legal philosophies; by 
inducing the belief that royal powers, which 
had only made their appearance in National 
Constitutions through cowardly opportun¬ 
ism, were immanent and real. 

The second class lent themselves to the 
subtle ends of the King as professors of In¬ 
ternational Law ; by writing books and les¬ 
sons of misleading and foolish International 
Law; by professing not positive but meta¬ 
physical principles of International Law, 
also enveloped in the fatuities of legal phi¬ 
losophies ; by foolish discussion about nation¬ 
al independence, depicted as the culmination 
of ci vilisation instead of as an anarchical and 
barbarous means for Kings to enrich them¬ 
selves; by inducing the belief that treaties 
among States have the validity of legal rela¬ 
tions, whereas States, in their independence, 
proclaim themselves in the non-State of in¬ 
ternational anarchy, unfettered by legality as 
between themselves, and incapable of accept¬ 
ing legality or of executing legal treaties. 

By lending themselves to these purposes 
both of these classes of professors defiled the 
pure minds of youths, who, when they be¬ 
came men ripe for government, could not but 
apply these teachings to the advantage of 
royal despotism. 


2) The progress of all sciences, except 
that of government, had, as never before, 
unveiled an immensity of new facts which, 
being In opposition to surviving religious 
teachings, reduced the prestige of the chur¬ 
ches and brought them to the level of the 
schools of Public Right. For priests and 
pastors, desiring lucre, voluntarily accepted 
in the church positions similar to those oc¬ 
cupied by their ancient predecessors con¬ 
strained to their acceptance by absolute ty¬ 
rannic despotism, and fawninglv, with the 
consent of the governing burghers, lent 
themselves to the secret influences of Kings. 
They served the royal purposes by writing 
books and sermons discouraging the enthu¬ 
siasm aroused by scientific progress and in¬ 
ducing the belief that no scientific discovery 
contrary to their religious teachings had any 
value, that their moral authority was etern¬ 
ally such as it was by divine will, even as 
w r ere the royal powers inserted in National 
Constitutions and confirmed by professors of 
Constitutional Law. 

So that, by their submissiveness, priests 
and pastors, while they prevented religion 
from advancing correspondingly with scien¬ 
ce, debased it in very fact, defiling, more¬ 
over, the pure minds of youths, who, having 
later become men ripe for government, could 
not but apply the teachings in Public Right 
they had received, to the advantage of chur¬ 
ches and of royal despotism. 

3) Against the scholastic and ecclesias¬ 
tical perversions of the science of govern¬ 
ment, there were set up in the meantime, 
democratic commonplaces derived from the 
latest mistaken religious progress, that is, 
three exalted and erroneous, liberal and 
equalitarian puritan affirmations, fruit of 
the unfortunate reaction against aristocratic 
cunning which was likewise defiling the 
pure minds of youths. These youths, when 
later they became men in government, with 
their insipid democratic phraseology also 
aided the conservation of aristocrac:^ and, in¬ 
stead of bringing about equitable laws be¬ 
tween dominators and dominated, caused 
both to keep their laws of liberal, equalita- 
rian and hypocritical iniquity. 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


39 


4) Scientific, philosophical and reli¬ 
gious ideas form the substratum which is a 
necessity for works of art. They are the 
solid ground work from which artistic flights 
are made. And great artists must receive 
a foundation from great scientists, great phi¬ 
losophers and great religious teachers, in 
order to do great works of art. For their 
mentality cannot well suffice to the task of 
creating such a substratum, so opposed are 
the faculties of profound observation and 
logic required in order to be great scientists, 
great philosophers, great religious teachers, 
to the faculties of high imagination and en¬ 
tertainment required in order to be great 
artists. 

■9 

Therefore, false Constitutions, which 
allowed the science of government to remain 
erroneously empirical, and which, in con¬ 
sequence, permitted religion to remain er¬ 
roneously superstitious, were bound to pro¬ 
duce the calamity of great artists making 
political works of art which turned out in¬ 
significant because they were based upon 
substrata of governmental ignorance, and 
confirmed political errors. 

Therefore, artists in general, especially 
literary men, because of their knowledge of 
writing, produced works of seductively so¬ 
phistic character, for the greater delusion of 
the readers. Poets did even worse, because 
of the freedom of fancy which fearlessly and 
fascinatingly permits tales of all kinds. 

These, if in bad faith and lusting for 
lucre, became adulators of all the scholastic 
and ecclesiastical malice and stupidities a- 
bout divine right and divine royal power, 
preserved in the Constitutions; if in good 
faith and burning with anti-autocratic hat¬ 
red, they became democratic extollers of all 
the ingenuities about Liberty, Equalky, 
Fraternity, opposed by Democracy to Au¬ 
tocracy. 

And in the meantime, artists — espe¬ 
cially if poets — through the attraction of 
their works of art, defiled the minds of 
youths, already defiled by schools and chur¬ 


ches, who, on attaining to government — 
either applied the teachings received to the 
advantage of churches and of royal despotism 
—or else combated them in an insipid dem¬ 
ocratic way. 

Because of the high treason of kings 

AND BASE ACQUIESCENCE OF THE BURGHER CLASS, 
the following facts also came to pass. 

Divine Right. 

Divine right caused royal successions to 
take place with constitutional disregard of 
the national will. This was exercised cap¬ 
tiously by the King’s contemporaries, upon 
whom the National Constitution was first 
imposed. Later generations were made to 
believe that even to think of discussing it in 
order to reform it was an act of lese majeste. 
And thus the Science of Government re¬ 
mained yet more incapable of development, 
inhibited from making progress, which is 
the basis of every Science. 

The doctrine of divine right caused the 
person of the King and Queen to be censur¬ 
ed, not constitutionally with honest and cou¬ 
rageous frankness, but through an under¬ 
current of inept murmurs and scorn. 

Divine right permitted the continuation, 
in a constitutional way, of the vulgar comedy 
of Their Majesties’ occasional showy inter¬ 
vention and of the people’s plebeian cu¬ 
riosity to admire them; unconscious as it was 
that it was paying for this show, with the 
sweat of its ill-compensated work, uncon¬ 
scious of the commiserating and mocking 
smile with which Their Majesties responded 
to its joyful acclamations. 

Divine right caused public squares to be 
the more encumbered and disfigured by ugly 
and idiotic monuments to the Constitutional 
King, caused libraries to be the more encum¬ 
bered and disfigured by servile and idiotic 
encomiums of the Constitutional King, in 
short, made of royalty an odious, hypocrit¬ 
ical farce, in contrast to the awful tragedy 
of tyranny it had been. 



40 


A WORLD CENTRE 


And there was no speech made to the 
King or by the King in which God was not 
brought in, with allusions to divine right and 
applied to divine grace that the King might 
live long. And there was no solemnity at 
which, with these same allusions, God was 
not exploited. 

In schools and churches, ragged little 
children were taught to declaim about divine 
right. In theatres, people who would rather 
have put on their overcoats and gone home 
to sleep, were made to sing about it. Even 
in the two Chambers of Parliament, members 
stooped to proclaim it. Nobles found in it 
class nourishment for their hereditary suc¬ 
cession, while burghers, if they had not be¬ 
come haphazard or notary Princes, Dukes, 
Marquises, Earls or Barons, saw in it an in¬ 
nocuous ceremonial, being satisfied with the 
government domination, which, apart from 
certain royal corrosions, they succeeded in 
exercising to their own advantage. 

Parliamentary Government atrophied. 

Popular electoral representation and 
parliamentary government, which had been 
the corner stones of the revolutionary move¬ 
ment by which the burgher class had ob¬ 
tained popular support, had imposed the 
National Constitution and had conquered 
government authority, both atrophied in 
their infancy because of royal influence and 
burgher acquiescence. Such extensions of 
electoral rights as were now and then conced¬ 
ed, were, in fact, null or petty. But the ar¬ 
guments adopted by rulers to deny the vote, 
were more idiotic than petty, and became 
the starting-point for other arguments on 
the part of the ruled to demand it. Educa¬ 
tion, the payment of taxes, the prerogative 
of the male sex, with the natural consequence 
that not women but men only as heads of the 
family or of business concerns, should have 
the right to express opinions upon govern¬ 
ment affairs : these were the reasons which, 
coming into play at every demand for an ex¬ 
tension of the vote : a) recalled the first con¬ 
descension which the grim and rapacious, 
sanguinary and obscene man, the King, 


deigned to show when he admitted the possi¬ 
bility of subjects’ sometimes being called to 
give an opinion upon some internal govern¬ 
ment affair, b) perpetuated the pretence that 
the electoral vote is a gracious royal conces¬ 
sion, c) produced a multitude of malicious 
and idiotic discussions between opposite par¬ 
ties : discussions which, if not malicious, 
gave proof of extreme ignorance regarding 
the fundamental conception of the Nation, 
which, we know, lies in the desired and ad¬ 
mitted connection with the State on the part 
of the born and naturalised in a given place, 
whether male or female. 

These discussions, if not malicious, gave 
proof of bovine ignorance as to the essence 
of the electoral vote, which we know is a 
bloodless, controlled and civilised use of 
men’s forces of mind, of body and of wealth 
in their struggle for government domination, 
a use constitutionally harmonised in order to 
avoid that bloody arbitrary and barbarous 
one, to which, lacking the vote, recourse 
must be had. 

These discussions being thus idiotic but 
of malicious origin, that is, promoted by fear 
on the part of the King and nobles lest they 
might lose the advantages of governmental 
domination which they eiijoyed — because 
extension of the electoral vote would have 
made the people conquer government au¬ 
thority and domination — produced these 
consequent facts. 

Women and vote. 

Women, because they had remained 
from generation to generation iniquitously 
extraneous to politics, had, fortunately for 
themselves also remained free from the 
mental limitations in matters of politics that 
had taken lodging in masculine brains. 
What in women seemed their political de¬ 
ficiencies, became, therefore, their particu¬ 
lar aptitude to look upon politics with un¬ 
prejudiced, pure, fresh and new mentality. 
Women, briefly, were those who, claiming 
the right to vote, could seek, discover and 
utter truths of political science never said by 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


41 


unfortunate men, who had remained in the 
empirical and practitioning business of poli¬ 
tics. Had women done this, they would, by 
evidencing an intellectual superiority over 
the males, have given value to their preten¬ 
sions to the vote and would have quickly suc¬ 
ceeded in winning it. 

They would have understood and have 
made the men understand that the forces of 
mind, of body and of wealth with which they 
were endowed, required the exercise of the 
vote, as a way of enabling them to use these 
forces legally and civilly instead of anarchi¬ 
cal! y and barbarously, as a way of realising 
their duty towards the laws, even when re¬ 
maining in an electoral minority and power¬ 
less to impose fresh laws. 

But women only knew how to begin 
well, in denouncing the shameful fact that 
men had not given them a right to vote for 
the same reasons that they had not given it 
to children, to the insane and to delinquents. 
After this terrible accusation it would have 
been logical for women to mistrust all the 
men’s constitutional theories and to begin to 
think for themselves. Instead, they knew 
no better than to study, memorise and repeat 
all the malicious and idiotic theories which 
they learnt from men. Thus they became 
lost in the unending discussions about the 
extension of the vote, which men were or¬ 
ganising, and gave the latter a strong reason 
for opposing the female suffrage, in that 
women had shown that they could do noth¬ 
ing but repeat men’s speeches, and conse¬ 
quently gave promise of adding nothing to 
political life but a larger quantity of useless 
talk In Parliamentary Assemblies. And thus 
they condemned themselves to not having 
the vote. Because the malicious and idiotic 
reasons invented by men for conceding the 
vote, through use, had become conventional 
falsities; had become obvious and Indisput¬ 
able — so much so as to prevent the famous 
'universal suffrage, i. e., extension of the vote 
to all mankind, and to make it seem as a- 
gainst nature to give women a right to 
vote. 


Women claimed the vote on the ground 
of the taxes that some women pay — and 
were answered that taxes are generally paid 
by the head of the familly, that is, bji men, 
and that taxes are also paid by the insane, 
by delinquents and by minors who have 
no vote. Women claimed the vote on the 
ground of literacy, namely, on the ground of 
the progress made by some women in liter¬ 
ature, in science, in poetry, and were. 1 an¬ 
swered that usually men are more learned 
and, therefore, their wise counsels regarding 
government matters could be held to be suf¬ 
ficient. Women claimed the vote 011 the 
ground that they, like men, are subjected to 
obedience to the laws, and were answered 
that it was impossible that political equality 
should exist betwmen men and women, seeing 
that nature, with the diversity of sex, had 
created a diversity of functions. So that the 
question of women’s right to vote, being bas¬ 
ed on the ground of empirical discussion, 
could not but last for ever, because of the 
equivalent erroneousness of the arguments 
for and against. 

And the misfortune was that not only 
did women remain deprived of the vote, but 
many men, continuing in ignorance of the 
positive reason for it, remained deprived of 
the vote which, through scientific feminine 
action, they might have had. 

Aiid the regrettable consequence was that 
the minds of humanity, deprived of positive 
conceptions of government, were deprived 
of a Positive Science of Government to which 
through women’s action they might have at¬ 
tained. They remained incapable of ex¬ 
amining scientifically, and thus of truly 
solving, the most terrible problems of gov¬ 
ernment, first among which is that of arma¬ 
ments and wars — inca/pabie therefore of 
avoiding this most horrible of all wars which, 
in the general ignorance produced by politi¬ 
cal empiricism, was slowly preparing. 

And the unfortunate result was that 
women remained petty, while they might 
have been the first to understand political 



42 


A WORLD CENTRE 


truths not understood by the greatest states¬ 
men and might have made themselves leaders 
in a great movement. They might have 
helped to put an end to government imbe¬ 
cilities, and to give a scientific basis also to 
politics. 

Elections. 

The convocation of electors to elections 
and of the elected to parliamentary meetings 
was considered a royal prerogative, always 
in memory of the condescension shown by the 
first King when he admitted subjects to 
consultations about the internal affairs of 
government. And not a few men in gov¬ 
ernment undertook, in the sharpest par¬ 
liamentary conflicts, to threaten the royal 
prerogative of dissolving the Parliamentary 
Assembly. 

Parliamentary representation . 

Was proportioned not to the forces of 
mind, of body and of wealth of electoral 
regions and circumscriptions, but to popu¬ 
lation — namely, to one only of the positive 
elements of government domination, that of 
the force of body. So that Parliaments be¬ 
came encumbered, in majorities, by repre¬ 
sentatives of very numerous but also very 
stupid and very poor electors, encumbered, 
moreover, by State solicitors and function¬ 
aries, capable of being brought to favour 
royal or burgher aspirations through dialectic 
allurements and unseemly perversions of 
every truth. 

Since the King proclaimed himself as 
such, not because of proud or vain desire for 
government domination, but because of di¬ 
vine right and of his obligation to obey God’s 
commands and endure the painful cares of 
State for the protection of his own people 
— so the less scrupulous meddlers with votes 
had themselves elected, not because of any 
proud and vain desire for government dom¬ 
ination, but because of the electors’ con¬ 
fidence and of their obligation to govern the 
country in the interest of its prosperity. 
And therefore electoral candidatures became 
full of hypocrisies. 


Electoral abstention. 

Was not considered as cowardice, not as 
a favour to politicians thus rendered freer 
to accomplish their political deceptions un¬ 
observed, not as a sign of ignorance that pol¬ 
itics are the science of life in government. 
Even though voting was vilely secret, as a 
safeguard against royal persecutions, electo¬ 
ral abstension was vaunted as a dignified 
reluctance to meddle in political struggles, 
which were not approved of by His Majesty, 
but rather criticised because of their being 
a sign of indiscreet interference with his 
divine power of government. 

Militarism and militarists. 

Came into existence — as a product of 
despotism, denied in word in National Con¬ 
stitutions and preserved in fact in divine 
right — as a product of the false national, 
electoral and constitutional conception. 

In Constitutional Governments, in fact, 
the militia, and more especially its chiefs, 
had the illusion that it depended not upon 
the electoral representation, namely, the 
Chamber of Deputies, as guarantee of the 
observance of national laws and as respon¬ 
sible authority over the contingencies of war, 
but really, as was written in National Con¬ 
stitutions, upon its King. It supposed itself, 
as in times of despotic government, arbiter 
with him, of the question of making wars for 
its own imperialistic ends, or for the purpose 
of imposing itself upon the deputies who, by 
refusing financial means, might think them¬ 
selves able to hinder the royal and military 
arbitrary power given by the Constitutions. 

And this illusion, deriving from ma¬ 
licious and confusing defilements of the na¬ 
tional, electoral and constitutional concep¬ 
tion — while it was the first cause of the 
birth of militarism and militarists — produc¬ 
ed another illusion which, increasing the 
confusion, became a second cause of the evil 
of militarism. This second illusion was: 
that the militia could, during National Con¬ 
stitutions, profit by the same old despotic 








POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


43 


arbitrariness, in order when it pleased, to 
make common cause with the people. An¬ 
other illusion was supported by the fact that 
electoral rights were limited to the few and 
were insignificant, that is, that the people 
could not act radically in government except 
through revolutions, as in despotic times. 
It arose also from the fact that the militia, 
almost everywhere, was still taken by con¬ 
scription, that is, by military slavery, in 
homage to the principles of a nominal dem¬ 
ocracy which, as a matter of form, demanded 
equal rights for everybody, but in fact pro¬ 
duced equal duties for everyone to die for the 
Fatherland, if unable to hide therefrom. 

And as a consequence of these causes 
and reasons for militarism, the militia, as in 
the times of despotic Kingdoms and Em¬ 
pires, continued to be the arbiter of govern¬ 
ment, therefore — when praised by some it 
was hated by others — and vice versa, when 
praised by one party was hated by another. 

Nationalisms. 

Arose, because of noisy nationalists 
who took to enlarging on the subject of 
the Nation, nationality and nationalism 
with a miserable lack of conscience and 
by means of agitations. There were those 
who said that language should be taken 
as basis of nationality; not reflecting that 
languages are formed and transformed, nor 
that, with such criteria, many Nations 
would have to be suppressed and incorporat¬ 
ed in others speaking the same language, 
while certain Nations of polyglot character 
would have to be cut up and divided among 
the larger ones which spoke their respective 
tongues. There were those who said that 
mountains and seas should mark the national 
boundaries of the several Nations; and did 
not reflect that whistling stearn engines 
mock at mountains and seas, nor that, with 
such criteria, it would be impossible to be¬ 
lieve Nations to have been variously formed 
here and there through royal conquests and 
migratory conjunctions. It would be nec¬ 
essary upon such criteria to suppose them 
to have been created by God, upon the out¬ 


line of mountains and seas, as varied as they 
appear today. There were those who said 
that the ethnical, namely, race characteris¬ 
tics of the inhabitants of the several places, 
should serve as the basis for recognising the 
various nationalities; and did not reflect that 
the people of a Nation inhabiting any given 
place have impressed upon their faces the 
mixed characteristics of all the races that 
through centuries have lived there. There 
were those who brought forward the ar¬ 
gument of religion, as the basis for nation¬ 
ality, not reflecting that, with such criteria, 
those Nations in which there is a mixture of 
beliefs, would have to be suppressed or dis¬ 
persed, or else that those national sections 
having a different religious faith from the 
larger part of their Nation would have to be 
detached and appointed to other Nations. 
There were those who found the criterion of 
nationality in the boundaries for military de¬ 
fence, forgetting that boundaries for mili¬ 
tary defence have a double value and con¬ 
venience. There were those who cried at 
the top of their voice that the criterion of 
nationality must be the will of the people, 
and did not consider the various irreconcil¬ 
able wills of the component parts of a people, 
did not reflect, in fact, that, as an individual 
in order to be born needs other individuals 
to give him birth, so a Nation, in order to 
exist, demands that the collectivity of other 
already existing Nations shall permit it to 
be. Such people did not reflect that the new 
nationality of a people may, in the present 
persistent state of anarchy among independ¬ 
ent nationalities, constitute a grave danger 
for another people. 

There were those, in short, who, lack¬ 
ing conscience in discussing the question of 
nationality and Nations, theorised and philos¬ 
ophised about anthropology, ethnography, 
historical sociology, somatologlcal character¬ 
istics (cranium, nose, skin, eyes, hair), phys¬ 
ical characteristics (intellect, sentiment, 
language, religion), natural characteristics 
(mountains and seas), military defence, pop¬ 
ular will, brotherly ties, and in this way, 
because of their lack of positive elementary 
knowledge of the essence of the State, sepa- 



44 


A WORLD CENTRE 


rated the conception of State from that of 
Nation. This they did instead of making a 
clear distinction and concretising the real 
transition from the Kingdom State to the 
Nation by rendering the empirical National 
Constitutions scientific. They united the 
conception of Nation to that of militarism; 
confused it with wars of patriotic aggran¬ 
disement which had always existed; made 
the Nation derive from the King; even in¬ 
tegrated it outright with monarchism, which 
is a survival of despotism and subjection, 
that is to say, the negation of nationalism in 
a true sense; briefly, turned the Chaotic 
Period towards becoming a political farce. 

Diplomacy. 

The old practice of war had created the 
function of ambassadors for treating of the 
question of peace. In the meantime, the 
octopus of bureaucracy had been growing. 
From the unnatural union of diplomacy with 
the octopus of bureaucracy only an ugly 
thing could be born, the go-between. Dip¬ 
lomacy was created for these objects : 

1) with the apparent task of — taking 
care of the good relations of the State with 
other States — protecting subjects outside 
the dominions of their own State — treating 
the eventual question of peace; 

2) with the actual task of — securing 
commercial advantages abroad — imposing 
taxes upon subjects of their State abroad, for 
every service they might need — weaving 
war plots against other States. 

Embassy offices therefore in reality 
were, mediation and brokerage agencies for 
commercial monopolies, spying and corrup¬ 
tion agencies for war alliances and machina¬ 
tions, matrimonial agencies for the sons or 
daughters of the King or Emperor with the 
sons or daughters of another King or Em¬ 
peror, whose relationship was thought most 
useful for monopolistic and warlike ends but, 
above all, monarchical agencies for reciprocal 
support and for the repression of democratic 
constitutionalism. Nothing therefore re¬ 


mained of the primitive function of the am¬ 
bassador. The perverse evolution had been 
complete. 

Public Debt. 

With war pretexts especially, the Public 
Debt was invented, consisting in the follow¬ 
ing delight. 

Governors and their followers, in the 
name of the State and for the greatness of 
the Fatherland, borrowed money — with 
bills of exchange that fell due upon descend¬ 
ants — and enjoyed it. 

The descendants, seeing the liability of 
these bills of exchange falling upon them 
from their glorious ancestors, could have rid 
themselves of them either by not recognis¬ 
ing them as valid, or by insisting that they 
should be paid by the rich heirs of the an¬ 
cestors who signed them, or by the heirs of 
those people who indolently and too care¬ 
lessly allowed them to be signed. But this 
would have entailed throwing the respon¬ 
sibility for them upon those who almost all, 
at the time, were in actual government. 
What, therefore, did these not less glorious 
descendants in government think of doing? 
I11 the name of the State and for the Father¬ 
land’s greatness, they borrowed more money 
- with bills of exchange falling due upon 
later descendants — and enjoyed it. 

Thus the Public Debt increased, as did 
likewise the Fatherland’s greatness. 

Colonial Wars. 

The necessity for wars of patriotic ag¬ 
grandisement continued to exist. It was 
really produced by the lasting sore of inter¬ 
national anarchy and by the need of carrying 
on such wars in order, as we know, to — in¬ 
vade neighbouring States — suppress their 
dangerous independence — extend bounda¬ 
ries — have a greater.field of riches to ap¬ 
propriate or produce through the amplified 
boundaries and outlets — provide an outlet 
for the increasing number of inhabitants — 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


45 


placate internal aspirants to government, 
now consisting principally of militarists and 
nationalists, by turning them towards con¬ 
quests and foreign domination — find abroad 
other men and women to subjugate, to ex¬ 
ploit as labourers, as soldiers or as con¬ 
sumers of produce — be able, by these means, 
with these increased forces, to live better 
and more securely in the face of conquering 
invasions from other States. And this ne¬ 
cessity for wars for patriotic aggrandisement 
continued to exist to the supreme satisfac¬ 
tion and advantage of the nobles, of the more 
practically democratic burghers and even of 
many of the populace, who were thereby 
able to satisfy their ambitions for profit and 
domination. 

But while the necessity of wars for pa¬ 
triotic aggrandisement thus lasted, the com¬ 
monplaces of democracy also remained, and 
wars had to be waged with a respect for 
democratic sensibility. 

This demanded that there should be no 
wars of patriotic aggrandisement for con¬ 
quest. So wars of patriotic aggrandisement 
were carried on for colonisation. Imperial 
domination was as eager for conquest as be¬ 
fore ; the means of military violence employ¬ 
ed in it were as ferocious, cruel, frightful and 
altogether worse than before; the slavery 
which derived from these newer wars was 
substantially the same as the old, but it was 
agreed upon that such conquering domina¬ 
tion did not exist because it was now called 
colonial expansion. The fiction, briefly, ’ 
consisted in fostering the belief that this or 
that State was subjugated for no other reason 
than of conferring upon it the benefits of 
civilisation, as if, in order to confer such 
benefits, it were necessary besides violating 
the State in question also to exploit it, as if 
civilising, like any other real benefit, could 
not be carried on with losses instead of with 
profits, as If colonists were really so stupid 
as not to understand that the good father 
dominates over his children during their in¬ 
fancy not to exploit and profit by them, but 
to educate and make sacrifices for them. 
Nevertheless, democracy was content with 


a respect for mere phraseology, and of this 
there was plenty. Colonial conquests mul¬ 
tiplying themselves, produced as of old the 
imperial greatness of the Nation that carri¬ 
ed them on, with this result, however, that 
formerly conquests were made by the King¬ 
dom with sincere ferocity, whereas now they 
were made with equal ferocity but with add¬ 
ed hypocrisy. 

Certainly colonial conquests were un¬ 
dertaken for these admirable reasons : be¬ 
cause a given State had to be conquered, 
dominated and made a colony of inasmuch 
as it did not have the degrees of civilisation 
necessary for making rules for prostitution 
and properly exercising its independence, 
w T hich is to say, was not itself capable of 
making civilising colonial conquests — be¬ 
cause the colonised State needed the civilis¬ 
ing protectorate of the colonising Nation, 
which exhausted itself in conceding it, so 
much so as to become not only the mother 
but also the father of the colony, thus Moth¬ 
er-Fatherland — because this State was to 
receive with gratitude such a protectorate 
wfith imperial militia also sent to make it 
evident — because also such militia came in 
order to save the colony the expense and 
trouble of keeping its own militia for its own 
security. Furthermore, the Mother-Fath¬ 
erland was anxious to facilitate the progress 
of theyolonial State and to help it to become 
capable of governing itself; though it was 
unable to hasten this consummation too 
much, being obliged to respect the sen¬ 
timents, morals, traditions, superstitions, 
hierarchies and vices of the heads of the col¬ 
ony and their associates. It was obliged to 
respect all these forces in homage to liberty, 
even should such respect cause the colonists’ 
lack of civilisation to endure for ever, or 
postpone to a remote future the advent of 
their civilisation, their independence, and 
the end of the protectorate. Another reason 
for imperial tutelage was to be found in the 
fact that the State, with faith in its future 
and lovingly cared for by the Mother-Fath¬ 
erland, should remain quiet as a colony and 
not lend ear to other nations which, through 
imperial jealousy, might stir it up for the 



46 


A WORLD CENTRE 


purpose of alienating it from its obedience 
and inducing it to revolutionary movements. 
Another excuse for the protraction of im¬ 
perial domination arose from the desire of 
imperial merchants and business men that 
the colony should buy the industrial products 
it needed from the Mother-Fatherland and 
should sell through the same, which would 
thus hold a monopoly there, not of course for 
the sake of enriching its dominating classes 
at the expense of the colonists, but for the 
sake of the civilising tenderness of the dom¬ 
inating classes towards the colonists and for 
patriotic aggrandisement. It is well too 
that those starving in the Mother-Father¬ 
land should have the opportunity of emigrat¬ 
ing to the colony, that is, competing in work 
with the natives of the colony, who, because 
of this competition, are constrained to worse 
pay and harder work, but are proud of such 
constraint since it is to the advantage of their 
countrymen from the Mother-Fatherland, 
namely, to the advantage of their civilisers. 
Moreover, the capital of the burgher class 
could find investment in the colony through 
the establishment of industries to exploit the 
wealth lying there and the advantage of cheap 
labour, not of course for the sake of greater 
exploitation, but for the purpose of develop¬ 
ing the colony. And finally, it is a good 
thing that the colony, because of this protec¬ 
torate and civilising service rendered to it by 
the Mother-Fatherland, should not be sub¬ 
mitted to taxes, but should for its own pleas¬ 
ure pour into the coffers of the imperial 
Capital, with a spontaneity induced by the 
governor and the patriotic militia, an annual 
tribute, convertible into beautiful coins bear¬ 
ing the impress of the Emperor’s head. 
Nor is it a less desirable thing that the colony 
in the case of the Mother-Fatherland’s going 
to war, should send, with a spontaneity also 
assisted by the governor, soldiers ready to 
fight and die for the safety and greatness of 
the Empire. 

The Press. 

Together with the very great develop¬ 
ment of industries and banks there came a- 
bout that of the press, and journalism was 


born, with very different aims from those of 
furthering civilisation, for which it was poet¬ 
ically said to exist. 

Poems upon the beneficent influence of 
the press, like all poems, contained a very 
small part of truth. The press, taken as a 
whole, was the printed paper industry, which 
was developed chiefly through newspapers 
and afforded both open and secret profits. 
The open profits were those afforded by the 
moral bent to which the readers’ minds were 
subjected and the determination of their con¬ 
sequent way of thinking and acting accord¬ 
ing to the political ambitions of those inter¬ 
ested in this industry, whether as capitalists, 
as writers or as government leaders or fol¬ 
lowers. The press was, briefly, nutritious 
food for brains, but often poisonous. So 
that newspapers were like mushrooms. The 
smaller, created with scanty means, were less 
meaty but also probably less poisonous. The 
larger ones, founded with great resources, 
were more meaty but also probably more 
poisonous. There certainly was a beneficent 
press, but it was carried on under difficulties 
that made it exiguous and not very sturdy. 
The fat and powerful press was the more or 
less evil press — the press which, in order 
better to succeed in its secret poisonous aims, 
was rich in news, in articles, in pages that 
had nothing to do with these aims, but that, 
adding to its attractiveness, helped to make 
it more widespread and authoritative. 

Those who each morning asked pant- 
ingly for their newspaper, had they known 
the greater or less deception with which 
every line, not of story only but of politics, 
was made up, had they known the price ask¬ 
ed and payed for the deceit in each of these 
lines, would have dropped the paper like a 
brain poison, would have preferred to know 
nothing of it and its news. Fortunately, the 
people were what they were, and the news¬ 
papers, together with a great deal of harm, 
did some good. School teachings were still 
so false, and most people’s heads were still 
so empty, that, had not the newspaper come 
to their rescue, they would not have known 
what to say all day and would have felt hu- 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


47 


miliated. This was especially true of the 
newspapers with most means, of those that 
were fullest of news, of articles, and of pages 
and of those with the largest circulations. 
We all know those people so eager for the 
newspaper. They open their eyes in the 
morning with their minds like a cloud and 
their tongues as if paralyzed. They ask for 
the newspaper and drink it in, and their 
minds become coloured, and their tongues 
begin to go like so many little motors. In 
cafes, in streets, in offices, in restaurants, in 
private houses, in theatres, they go talking 
knowingly about everything, about politics, 
about art, science and the news of the day. 
They go about as if under the necessity of 
ejecting what they swallowed in the morn¬ 
ing. They only stop when, late in the even¬ 
ing, they have nothing more to eject. Then 
they fall asleep and are at peace. And final¬ 
ly permit others to be at peace too. But on 
the morrow, they awaken again, with their 
minds again like clouds, and their tongues as 
if paralysed. They ask for the newspaper, 
drink it in and begin the process again. And 
with this swallowing down and throwing up 
they have no time to think <— they even say 
they have no time to stop and think. And 
in this miserable way of living, according to 
the interests they find promoted by the 
poison they have imbibed, they fight with 
those who, having opposite interests have 
preferred to drink the poison of a different 
paper. They fight, grow heated, insult one 
another, become agitated and ruin one an¬ 
other. And according to which section pre¬ 
vails, is formed the public opinion necessary 
to the printed paper traders. These persons, 
together with the government ministers, and 
in telephonic communication with the sov¬ 
ereigns, from their windows assist at this 
confusion, proud of having produced it and 
of having formed public opinion, happy at 
being able by means of this opinion to reach 
their longed for aims thereby helping the 
paper trade. 

Now — taking account of these facts, 
and putting them into relation first with the 
idiocies and falsity of which political opinion 
is made up in the Chaotic Period, and second¬ 


ly with our axiom which says : much speak¬ 
ing and writing are a sign that the speaker 
does not know what he is talking about, or 
desires the opposite of what is to be believed 
— we can imagine what fireworks of polem¬ 
ical journalism were necessarily showered 
every day upon every political argument, and 
how much the press, and journalism in par¬ 
ticular, necessarily aggravated the Chaotic 
Period. 

It must remain the work of advancing 
civilisation and humanistic effort to purify 
the press which is so powerful an organ of 
modern life. What is needed is to secure 
the advantage of the news publicity afforded 
by the press without the fatal hypnosis so 
often exercised for evil which, in the hands 
of unscrupulous men it can exert on a public 
that is only half educated. A powerful 
means for this purification would be the es¬ 
tablishment of a Central Press Bureau in the 
heart of a World Centre of Communication, 
where the authenticity of information could 
be guarded by authoritative representatives 
of all the nations, and the enormous power 
of the press be used for the good of mankind 
and for that purpose only, not to assist the 
secret political or economic activities of some 
one man or clique. 

Political Responsibility. 

There was no great or small branch of 
government into which despotic royal in¬ 
fluence did not seek to introduce itself, 
subtly and corruptingly. Not even the of¬ 
fices of the Commons succeeded in remain¬ 
ing immune from the pervasive Kwal in¬ 
fluence. Imagine then how it was with the 
high organs of State ! 

Proposals of laws were opportunities for 
tricks on the part of ministers and bureau¬ 
crats who, in the old despotic way, if they 
knew them to be displeasing to His Majesty, 
allowed them to remain unenacted, while if 
they knew them to be pleasing to His Majes¬ 
ty, had them passed at once, aware that they 
could thus last but little and cause more dis¬ 
turbance than order, besides turning the 




A WORLD CENTRE 


legislators into, not makers, but dusters of 
the law. 

Similarly the application of laws was 
often unjust because of royal influence, and 
especially so were interpretations of laws by 
judges, who thereby became irresponsible 
usurpers of the thought and power of legis¬ 
lators, in the name of His Majesty, by whom 
they were nominated and in whom, according 
to the old despotic conception, resided the 
highest judicial wisdom. 

And therefore liberty of thought, speech 
and of the press, the liberty of meeting 
and associating, which in other branches of 
science was broadly protected, in the field 
of politics and all that concerned monar¬ 
chical despotism, underwent continual jud¬ 
iciary castration. And therefore the insti¬ 
tution of the idiotic and incompetent jury 
was preserved as security against possibly 
greater evils of injustice. 

And in the meantime, the responsibility 
of government — which in the despotic sys¬ 
tem was real, because it was liable to be 
subjected to the swift justice of regicides — 
in the falsely constitutional system, belong¬ 
ed neither to the King, presumed to be ir¬ 
responsible, nor to the ministers. It did not 
belong to the ministers who hid themselves 
behind superior councils, namely, behind 
bodies whose joint irresponsibility covered 
that of the minister who inspired their de¬ 
cisions. It did not belong to the ministers 
who were ready to eclipse themselves at crit¬ 
ical moments, by bravely tendering their 
resignation and taking a little trip abroad — 
resignations and trips favoured by the suc¬ 
ceeding ministers, with indulgence for the 
faults committed. Briefly, responsibility 
was nobody’s. The High Court of Justice, 
for the judgment and condemnation of re¬ 
sponsible ministers, was a mockery. More¬ 
over, as an advantage, there was this, that 
the promised reforms and the ambitious plots 
of the aspirants to government — which in 
despotism occurred fib mu Hi frequent and 
bloody revolutions — D false constitution¬ 
alism occurred even ere frequently but 


bloodlesslv; occurred with cheerful falls and 
rises of ministries : occurred with the fall of 
ministers satisfied with having for a time 
luxuriated in government and delighted to 
be able to return, after a little rest and 
amusement, with new promises of reform 
and new plots, and to become again the 
right hand of the King. 

The Democratic Republic. 

Especial royal consideration was shown 
to the noble class, with the recondite aim of 
separating it from the burgher class, of aid¬ 
ing, through it, the return of government to 
absolute royal power, of lessening that of the 
burghers and of avoiding that ultra-demo¬ 
cratic power for which the burghers were 
shouting in order to maintain themselves. 
This they sought with threats of extending 
electoral rights and of bringing a greater 
number of ultra-democrats, namely of people 
hostile to royal power, into the Chamber of 
Deputies. 

But these threats mattered little. Roy¬ 
al intrigues and intermarriages persisted. 
Then the burghers, losing patience, depart¬ 
ed from their attitude of base acquiescence. 
Fearing for their own domination, though 
declaring that they feared a new slavery 
planned against the people, they again de¬ 
manded and again obtained, as in the past, 
the support of the popular forces, and with 
a revolutionary movement, i. e., a Coup 
d J Eiat, dismissed the King and the hered¬ 
itary Chamber of nobles. 

With another fundamental constitution¬ 
al law, they then instituted the Democratic 
Republic — a Republic different from the 
imperial one of bad despotic memory, but 
also different from the puritan one of e- 
phemeral equalitarian memory. A Republic, 
however, which had to conform to the equal¬ 
itarian democratic phraseology by which it 
had triumphed. And it did so by synthe¬ 
sizing its programme in the three words Lib¬ 
erty, Equality, Fraternity — three words 
that remained mere words and left its pro¬ 
gramme an assemblage of words. Briefly, 







POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


49 


they instituted a Republic which altered the 
overthrown monarchical constitutional gov¬ 
ernment, not by a radical representative sys¬ 
tem — owing to the lack of positive ideas 
then inconceivable — but by a much mitigat¬ 
ed despotism, still without general elector¬ 
al rights, but pruned of divine right and 
of the consequent despotic hereditary priv¬ 
ileges. The two legislative Chambers were 
retained excepting that they were both made 
elective, so as not to change the .slow habits 
of government and to give the rich a still 
greater field of vain and childish partici¬ 
pation in government. An elective President 
was put in the place of the King. Ministries 
continued to rise and fall. National inde¬ 
pendence was still fatuously exalted, since 
it profited, no longer the King, but as much 
and even more than before the burgher class. 
Imperial colonial conquests continued with 
democratic modesty, that is to say, without 
adding imperial adjectives to the label of 
Democratic Republic. Briefly, the burgh¬ 
ers continued to hold the domination of 
government in their hands and to enrich 
themselves by exploitation. And since the 
Fatherland continued to be only a little less 
rotten than before, the popular class continu¬ 
ed to be only a little less at the mercy of 
misery and charity, of prostitution and crime. 
But it had now the pleasure of reading at 
ever}^ street corner the three words, Liberty, 
Equality, Fraternity. 

In one thing, however, the popular class 
really received a decided advantage, namely, 
in freedom of speech and of the press and 
in liberty of meeting and association. The 
Democratic Republic, created chiefly by 
democratic phraseology, could deal with 
everything except the liquidation of mon¬ 
archical privileges and the abolition of the 
prohibitions of speech, of press and of associ¬ 
ation by which monarchical privileges had 
been preserved and against which the demo¬ 
cratic revolution had cried loudest. And 
such liberality in the freedom of speech, of 
press and of association — opening ever 
wider the popular mind, not only in the 
Democratic Republic, but also, by its in¬ 
fluence, in the Kingdoms which because of 


their vicinity or interests had most relations 
with it —> produced an immense civilising 
progress. It gave the populace the possibil¬ 
ity of acquiring consciousness of its own 
strength and the desire to attain to power in 
government, that is to say, to take the place 
which the burgher class had taken from the 
nobles and thus complete the natural cycle 
of dominations. 

Alternating Republics and Empires. 

The first to take advantage of the ample 
republican liberty of speech and of the press, 
of meeting and associating were those who 
had done most to hinder it — the ex-King, 
the ex-nobles and their accomplices, they 
being the most used to and able to use it. 
In the obscurity into which they had fallen, 
they found it convenient for working upon 
the people. The Democratic Republic had 
been unable to end misery, since this was 
the result of the exploiting system which had 
remained unaltered, being the vital basis of 
the burgher system. It had only been able 
to diminish it slightly, by the liberality of 
the concessions made. Similarly the Demo¬ 
cratic Republic had been unable immediate¬ 
ly to give full consciousness to the popular 
class. It had only been able to increase this 
slightly by the liberality of the concessions 
made. 

\ 

Therefore, it should have been easy for 
the ex-King, the ex-nobles and their accom¬ 
plices, using the liberty of speech, of the 
press and of association allowed by the re¬ 
publican government, to incite the people 
and make it believe that, with the return of 
royal magnificence, its misery and uncon¬ 
sciousness would cease and that the felicity 
of the people, which the younger members 
among the populace had never seen but 
might very well imagine was about to arrive, 
would return. 

And by such machinations the ex-King, 
the ex-nobles and their accomplices some¬ 
times did succeed in overthrowing the Dem¬ 
ocratic Republic by a royal revolutionary 
counter-movement, that is, by a counter 




5o 


A WORLD CENTRE 


Coup d'Etat, and in restoring the Imperial 
Kingdom, that had first been absolutely des¬ 
potic, then newly constitutional, with two 
Chambers, the one elective, the other hered¬ 
itary or for life, and with the suppression 
of liberty of speech, of the press and of as¬ 
sociating. Even if successful, however, it 
was not long before the new Imperial Em¬ 
pire was overthrown by a new Democratic 
Republic, which arose by the same means 
as the preceding one and with renewed am¬ 
ple liberty of speech, of the press, of meet¬ 
ing and association. An ample liberty which 
— as the popular mind continued to expand, 
not only in the Democratic Republic, but 
also, in the Kingdoms that because of their 
vicinity or interests had most relations with 
it, — produced a consequent immense prog¬ 
ress in the popular class. This class, more¬ 
over, acquired consciousness of its own 
strength and the desire to attain to the 
domination of government, that is to say, 
to take the place which the burghers had 
retaken from the nobles. 

Anarchism. 

By this time not only ex-Kings, ex¬ 
nobles and their accomplices knew how to 
use liberty of speech, of the press, of meet¬ 
ing and association but so did also many of 
the people. These, however, lacked posi¬ 
tive ideas of government, having, in a more 
or less puritan way, learned democratic com¬ 
monplaces and their connected aberrations 
regarding independence and liberty, equality 
and fraternity. Therefore it was natural 
that they should use phraseology with all 
possible liberality in order to unmask the in¬ 
cessant plottings of the ex-King and ex¬ 
nobles, to denounce the hypocritical burgher 
exploitations, to show that in the depositions 
and restorations of the King, in the rises 
and falls of constitutional ministries, in the 
Coups d'Etat accomplished, the same now 
monarchical now republican trickeries, for¬ 
ever the same iniquities and injustices of 
government, were always revealed. And it 
was also natural that such free and atrocious 
accusations, reaching the most impression¬ 
able and impulsive minds among the people, 


should have caused the first aberrated and 
desperate anarchical cry to break from their 
lips spontaneously and excusably — the first 
aberrated and desperate anarchical outburst, 
made up of imprecations against every gov¬ 
ernment and against the institution of gov¬ 
ernment itself. A first anarchical outburst 
that we can imagine to have been as follows : 

Down with everything and everybody! 
It is time to end government! Absolute Mon¬ 
archy, Constitutional Monarchy, Democratic 
Republic, are all one — they are organi¬ 
sations of a few for greater or less exploit¬ 
ation of all the rest. 

This shame must not last. Down with 
privileged nobles, but down also with burgh¬ 
er capitalists ! Since all have used and use 
the institution of government to usurp the 
wealth proceeding from our labour, from the 
blood of us poor exploited. Down especially 
with the burghers, who in despoiling us are 
worse than the nobles because of the decep¬ 
tion of their false popular garment, of their 
false phrases about, fraternity! Down espe¬ 
cially with property, which is robbery! 

Every rich man is a despoiler of the 
people or the son and heir of despoilers of 
the people. To this dilemma there is no so¬ 
lution. An individual’s wealth is impossible 
without present or past exploitation and em- 
poverishment of several individuals — with¬ 
out violent or astute graft by one individual 
on the wealth produced by several indi¬ 
viduals. 

But that miserable people should be 
compelled to enroll themselves into a police, 
in order to protect the rich and permit their 
enjoying the wealth thus grabbed, is too 
much. Therefore we appeal to soldiers, our 
true brothers. 

Liberty, Equality, Fraternity, these 
words that till now were republican lies, 
must now finally be made true. 

The Earth must belong to all, namely 
be nobody's property. All men must have 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


5i 


the right to work it in common and get from 
it the means of livelihood : must have the 
right to live, and have it not as a concession 
but as a natural belonging. 

The precepts of entire liberty and in¬ 
dependence, which till now were dear to 
Kingdoms, Empires and Nations, must now 
be dear to every individual, since every 
individual must be entirely free and inde¬ 
pendent. 

No government, no law must hinder 
free individual energy, under the pretext of 
directing and aiding it. 

To attain the true liberty and independ¬ 
ence of individuals, which must precede the 
liberty and independence of Nations, there 
must be a final revolution. Every govern¬ 
ment must be overthrown. 

When all have thus become individually 
free, without oppression of government, of 
law, of police, property, which is robbery, 
will be abolished, and people will live in com¬ 
munism. Everybody will work freely at 
what he wishes to, everyone will behave as 
brother to his like, will take for himself what 
he needs from the wealth the community will 
have produced. 

Thus at last, long live human brother¬ 
hood ! Long live the Commune ! 

This was the aberrated and desperate 
anarchical outburst, that rose from the lips 
of excusable and impulsive people, and 
should have been lost in space, like so many 
other incoherent cries of pain. But it was 
seized upon as an excellent point by poets 
and political windbags, delighted to be able 
to use this cry as a valuable philosophical 
and State axiom in order themselves to be¬ 
come either choristers or theorists of anarchy. 
And after having for some time with im¬ 
punity advised isolated anarchical strokes — 
which almost always fell upon the least guil¬ 
ty and least responsible ruler, because he 
was generally most in view — finally with 
impunity persuaded revolutionists to com¬ 


munistic movements. Movements which, 
unfortunately, desired by the mass of miser¬ 
able people and financially aided by those 
interested in discrediting republican insti¬ 
tutions, rarely survived their inception. 
They were often ended by the prayers of the 
same deluded mass which had desired them. 
They came to an end and led back, if not to 
a new Kingdom, then to a new Democratic 
Republic. They ceased ignominiously and 
suddenly, so great was the people’s horror of 
destruction and disorder, of trickery and in¬ 
iquity, of quarrelling and violence whereof, 
in practice, anarchism and communism were 
shown to be the promoters. These doctrin¬ 
es, in fact but reproduced the original non- 
State of anarchical barbarism from which 
men had felt the need of advancing, when 
they passed into the primitive State of Tribe. 

Socialism. 

The Democratic Republic was all that 
could be achieved for human civilisation as 
long as the baneful power of the King con¬ 
tinued to corrupt and pervert National Con¬ 
stitutions. And by finally establishing it, 
the burgher class achieved a double sal¬ 
vation. Certainly it chiefly ensured its own 
governmental domination, incessantly nib¬ 
bled at by the ex-King and ex-nobles; but it 
also ensured the .successive and final right 
to government domination on the part of the 
popular class, which would never have been 
able to approach and attain it, without the 
burghers’ Intermediate domination and with¬ 
out the force of the burghers’ ammassed 
wealth, only by means of which was there 
the possibility of facing and dominating the 
force of royal despotism. 

The full liberty of speech, of the press 
and of association, that, derived from the 
Democratic Republic, spread to surviving 
adjacent Kingdoms and Empires, caused the 
outbreak of anarchical aberrations and de¬ 
structions, but disclosed the fact that it was 
neither the Republic, nor full liberty of 
speech, of the press and of association which 
produced these aberrations and destructions. 
It showed that all these things were the ul- 



52 


A WORLD CENTRE 


timate consequences of the same three pu¬ 
ritan and heretical, independent and equal- 
itarian affirmations; 

1) from which democracy was born 
and which democracy used as an ineffective 
resistance to the rascalities of autocracy 
practiced upon it; 

2) to which the popular class could 
but continue to be partly subject, and be¬ 
cause of which this same popular class could 
reach government domination but the more 
slowly. 

In fact, anarchical horrors had succeed¬ 
ed in making clear to the popular mind the 
truth concerning the barbarism of individual 
independence and the necessity of a govern¬ 
ment which, organising individual forces, 
should give every member of the nation a 
means of working as associate in a common 
enterprise — the enterprise of human life. 
A social enterprise in which the work of the 
statesman and that of the policeman, the 
work of the scientist and that of the boot- 
black, the work of the cook and that of the 
man or woman who cleans out the closets, 
are necessary. But these same anarchical 
horrors had not succeeded in also making 
clear to the popular mind the truth concern¬ 
ing the barbarism of national independences 
and the absurdity of individual equality, 
leading consequently to talk about national 
equality. 

Therefore, the conception of the govern¬ 
ment organisation of work had; 

1) degenerated from its inception into 
the absurdity that each individual in ex¬ 
change for his work, which should be given 
under unknown rules and be considered 
equal to that of any other, should have the 
right to take according to his needs from the 
mass of wealth produced by the associated 
work; as if being member of an enterprise 
absolutely implied that all had equal rights 
and duties in it; as if there were no examples 
of flourishing companies with rights propor¬ 
tioned to the varying means of the members, 


namely, to the varying forces brought by 
them; 

2) produced the absurd' assumption 
that every Nation must have equal rights, 
whether it was composed of honest and 
earnest workers or of dishonest and lazy 
ne’er do weels, and consequently caused the 
conception of an academical internationalism 
which received support from the fact that 
there were more States organised in King¬ 
doms than in Republics. 

From anarchical aberration the popular 
class then passed to social fancies. Its pol¬ 
icy took the name of equalitarian socialism, 
to distinguish it from anarchical commun¬ 
ism. And the equalitarian inconsistencies 
with which this policy was teeming, ag¬ 
gravated by empty and persistent demo¬ 
cratic phraseology, certainly retarded the 
popular classes’ practical capacity for winn¬ 
ing government domination. 

But the delay would not have lasted long 
if popular good sense, from its experience of 
facts, had had a chance of manifesting itself, 
of doing away with equalitarian inconsisten¬ 
cies and of eliminating social fancies. 

Socialism, however, thus primitively and 
vaguely conceived, could but meet the same 
fate as that which imperils the advent of all 
new ideas, the fate that also destroyed the 
anarchical outburst. Just as this latter doc¬ 
trine was seized upon as a magnificent open¬ 
ing by those poets or political windbags who 
were delighted to be able to use it and pose 
as choristers or theorists of anarchy, so the 
primitive and vague conception of equal¬ 
itarian socialism was also seized upon as a 
magnificent opportunity by a few ingenuous 
poets and windbags who became theorists of 
equalitarian socialism, but was especially 
seized upon as a convenient chance by shrewd 
people who found equalitarian socialism, un¬ 
like anarchical communism, useful as the 
motive force of a political party of which they 
might become leaders. And, in fact, they 
became politicians of equalitarian socialism, 
that is to say, obstructors rather than pro- 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


53 


moters of the right conception of socialism 
and of the attainment of government domi¬ 
nation by the popular class. 

By their fault, socialism became neither 
passionate nor truly scientific — it became 
coldly academic, a doctrinary overcoat. 

Socialist leaders — with most noble ex¬ 
ceptions — in order not to incur the discom¬ 
forts and dangers of acting seriously, in or¬ 
der not to give up any of their superfluous 
aristocratic or burgher comforts or forego any 
of their ambitions — permissible in other 
parties with egotistic interests, but not per¬ 
missible in the socialistic party which pro¬ 
fesses altruism — in order to rise and come 
to the front, began to theorise minutely upon 
economic facts and to talk about reform or 
revolutionary tactics and tendencies. This 
thev did, blind to the fact that it is wiser to 
make reforms and to postpone calling oneself 
socialist until the reforms have made social¬ 
ism possible, that it is better in carrying on 
revolutions to plot, to take arms and to bring 
them into effect, than to content oneself with 
the title of revolutionist. 

The masses which should have been a- 
roused by the example of lives of genuine 
abnegation, which should have been drawn 
together by concepts of a true and indisput¬ 
able new Science of Government, which 
should have been clearly convinced of the 
new social order, stood for a time listening 
to criticism of the present capitalistic societjq 
to statistics of economic facts and to doctrin¬ 
ary polemics against tactics and tendencies. 
Then, seeing that socialism consisted in no 
more than this, and having perceived how 
their leaders strayed now into invidious in¬ 
coherences, novo into disconcerting contra¬ 
dictions, and were only constant to the prin¬ 
ciple that life is sacred in proportion as it is 
comfortable — thought it better to attend to 
their own business and, for the most part, oc¬ 
cupied themselves in trying to make their 
own lives also comfortable. 

In order to arouse the masses by the ex¬ 
ample of lives of true abnegation, socialist 


leaders ought not to have inscribed their 
names in the socialist party merely to have 
easier access to the electoral masses and the 
opportunity of becoming representatives, 
without waiting their turn and without over¬ 
coming the inevitable difficulties of rank in 
the other parties. Neither ought they in 
good faith to have proposed to adapt them¬ 
selves to the surroundings and little by little 
to rid themselves of selfish instincts, for it 
was to be presumed that they would on one 
occasion or another give evidence of frailty. 
They should, before proposing themselves 
as leaders and guides, have looked in the 
looking-glass, examined themselves, seen 
themselves to be by nature without selfish 
instincts and consequently superior to envy 
and vanity; able, if rich, not to reduce them¬ 
selves to poverty and helplessness, but to 
give away their superfluous income; able, 
briefly, to afford on every occasion, whether 
moral or material, real and attractive exam¬ 
ples of a self-denying life; examples that they 
could give morally by not transmitting su¬ 
perfluous wealth to their heirs. 

In order to gather together the masses, 
through concepts of a true and indisputable 
new Science of Government, socialist leaders 
should, if without selfish instincts, have no 
regard for self-love nor attachment to ideas 
formerly professed. They should under¬ 
stand t^hat capitalism is part of the old gov¬ 
ernment edifice to be torn down and recon¬ 
structed, and, in particular, the economic 
part behind it. They should understand that 
the front part, which it is most important to 
destroy and reconstruct, is the political one. 
They should, before all else, be anxious to 
pull down and rebuild that part of the old 
government edifice where there are to be 
found the libraries of erroneous books about 
autocracy and democracy, which they studi¬ 
ed in their youth and which remain impress¬ 
ed upon their minds, hindering them from, 
drawing a clear outline of the new social 
order, producing their aberrations of tactics 
and tendencies — where these were not due 
to invidious lusts after power and cunning 
attempts to avoid the hardships of genuine 
labour. They should, briefly, have given a 



54 


A WORLD CENTRE 


positive political basis to their socialistic 
party as to all other parties, and then, upon 
this real, common basis of government, upon 
positive foundations of the science of govern¬ 
ment, have led up to the concepts of their 
new social order. Which is as to say that 
they should have distinguished between party 
principles and principles of government and 
have cooperated in creating the latter such 
as to be common to all parties, and then have 
advanced to the creation of serious principles 
for their own socialistic party, thus supply¬ 
ing a reason for undertaking a serious prop¬ 
aganda. By doing so they would have reach¬ 
ed the positive foundations of government 
and positive inferences, with which we here 
conclude. They would have touched the two 
State sores and have perceived that the word 
socialism was vain without their cure, with¬ 
out the suppression of the barbarism of anar¬ 
chy abroad and of arbitrary despotism in the 
interior. They would have ceased to prom¬ 
ise a state of pacifistic social equality, which 
is an absurdity in the midst of this universe 
whose fundamental law is not identity, but 
the greatest possible variety of forms and of 
values, resulting from struggle. 

To convince the masses of the new social 
order by clear lines, the socialist leaders sho¬ 
uld not have said that it was anti-scientifie 
to draw them, because in time and through 
adaptations the lines would reveal them¬ 
selves, as an easy way of avoiding a hard task 
and of excusing their own powerlessness. 
They should, upon the basis of these positive 
foundations of the science of government, 
have prepared to codify the whole system 
of laws with which socialism, if it is to be, 
will have to begin to function as soon as it 
has become governmental authority. They 
should have attended to this arduous prepa¬ 
ration, so different from the eternal criticisms 
of present day society, made in amusing and 
profitable articles written in winter time at 
the warmth of the hearth, in summer time in 
the coolness of the mountains. They should 
have done this also in order to avoid those 
great confusions of life which are customary 
in the passing from one form of government 
to another, and which may well be imagined 


as frightful on the occasion of the passing 
of the very essence of government, such as 
the change to socialism requires, which chan¬ 
ges are to be held as causes of the restive or 
diffident adherence given it. Because, ex¬ 
cept for the legislative changes suggested by 
experience, everybody must know concretely 
where socialism leads, so that; 

1) those who already believe in it, 
knowing the concrete order arranged for, 
may feel more convinced and eager to reach 
it, or understand by the impracticability of 
this order that socialism is a chimera un¬ 
worthy of deviating so many mental activ¬ 
ities from the precious cooperation that can 
be brought by government reforms; 

2) those who do not believe in it, 
namely, the majority without whom socialism 
will remain a meaningless sensation exploit¬ 
ed by the shrewd, understanding the con¬ 
crete order arranged for, may believe in it 
and want to reach it without fear of losing a 
certainty, even though a wretched one, for 
a problematically florid uncertainty, without 
fear that, after socialism has been proclaim¬ 
ed, life will be ordered for the advantage of 
the bosses instead of for everybody’s ad¬ 
vantage. 

And as if so many defects were few, the 
socialist leaders — insensible to humanity’s 
need of religion and incapable of conceiving 
even the shadow of a new religious faith — 
added that of mockery of the masses’ old 
religious faith. Because the doctrine of the 
categorical imperative of economic facts and 
historical materialism prescribed the useless¬ 
ness of religions, even at the cost of alienat¬ 
ing the masses and in spite of the fact that 
the democratic principles of liberty, equality 
and fraternity, which equalitarian socialism 
was full of, had been derived from the same 
religious faith at which they mocked. 

All these defects — while they explain 
the incapacity of socialist leaders to be men 
of government, the bewilderment of their 
followers and the lack of success both of so¬ 
cialism and of popular government — also 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


55 


explain the socialist’s lack of influence upon 
the problem of war. 

Socialist leaders remained ineffective 
regarding the problem of war just because 
they lacked positive principles of govern¬ 
ment and because they were full of phrases 
of the old democratic jargon and were, more¬ 
over, doctrinary. The doctrinaire is, for his 
own and others’ misfortune, refractory to 
really new and efficient ideas. His mental¬ 
ity is such that, if a new idea comes to him 
from the outside and flashes inward, he can¬ 
not perceive it sharply and practically. The 
old ideas, of which he is learnedly full, pour 
like a torrent over the new one, throw it 
dowm, mix with it and only let it emerge con¬ 
fusedly academic. Thus he ends by repeat¬ 
ing the old phrases and the old political 
moves, even when he gives himself an air 
of saying new things and acting in a fresh 
and radical manner. 

Therefore, in touching upon the problem 
of war, socialist leaders knew no better than 
to make insipid speeches about pacifism, 
which we shall understand in the following 
paragraph, about disarmament, armed Na¬ 
tions’, conciliation, arbitration, federation 
and the international proletariat. But insipid 
talk does not take one far. And the social¬ 
ist leaders in all nations appeared helpless 
on the day when the most horrible of wars, 
which was bound to break out, did break out 
with a complete disregard of those who for 
years had been propagating elevated tho¬ 
ughts such as these : a We hold the concep¬ 
tion of war to be a barbarous prejudice, desire 
that in all countries, in all States, in all Fath¬ 
erlands, the conception should propagate it¬ 
self that controversies between Nation and 
Nation can be solved by arbitration, without 
recurring to arms, whose decision may give 
right to him who is wrong and wrong to him 
who is right. As there are tribunals and 
judges who pass sentences upon controver¬ 
sies between private citizens, so we want a 
tribunal of the Nations to judge misunder¬ 
standings between State and State ». Ele¬ 
vated thoughts, wherein is revealed the ab¬ 
surdity of the notion that States can regu¬ 


late their own internal affairs by themselves 
by means of struggles for government dom¬ 
ination producing successive and varied in¬ 
ternal laws, while they are not supposed to 
be able to do as much for their foreign af¬ 
fairs, preferring that these should be regu¬ 
lated by the peacemaking arbitrament of 
possibly stupid, iniquitous or irresponsible 
arbiters. What nebulous ineptitude there 
is in the supposition! So long as the bar¬ 
barous anarchy of national independence 
exists, pasted together with scraps of paper 
called treaties, so long as the authority of 
law above Nations is lacking, wars, with 
their connected espionage and treachery, are 
the only way in which foreign affairs can be 
treated positively. They are the only way 
in which he whose value is greatest can make 
himself prevail abroad. They are a bad way, 
but nevertheless preferable to that decrepit 
and corrupt one which we saw was dear to 
decadent Empires. 

It is small wonder then, though a regret¬ 
table fact, that socialist groups, through the 
fault of these their leaders, should have 
remained ignorant or, still worse, phono¬ 
graphic about the cruel problem of war, and 
should have gone on repeating that arbitra¬ 
tion is the best way to settle conflicts 
between States and that the international 
proletariat, abolishing capitalism, will a- 
bolisl^ conflicts. This was the word of those 
of their leaders who were thought to be the 
most intellectual. Indeed, if the Interna¬ 
tional could come about tomorrow with mix¬ 
ed classes, as they exist in the Nation — 
which, by the way, is advantageous to the 
popular class, not only because of the liber¬ 
al and social laws that come from it, but also 
because of the parliamentary seats that are 
there good and ready for the time when the 
proletariat will know how to occupy them 
all — the most doctrinary socialist leaders 
would oppose it, because the doctrine does 
not allow such development of the Interna¬ 
tional. The doctrine demands that, from 
the first day of its inception, the Internation¬ 
al shall be wholly proletariat, and it does not 
matter if it comes about in the year 3000, 
when, at this rate, all other classes will per- 




56 


A WORLD CENTRE 


haps have disappeared. It does not matter 
if in the year of its occurrence the represen¬ 
tatives of the international proletariat do not 
even find parliamentary benches to sit upon 
and must build them before they can make 
their international laws. 

It is not a matter for wonder but only 
for regret that socialists were unable to 
prevent the course of the most horrible of 
wars, on the day in which it broke out, large¬ 
ly through the fault of their leaders who had 
been incapable of forestalling it. For their 
veto to have been given and have prevailed, 
it would at least have been necessary, in ex¬ 
piation of so many mistakes, that the social¬ 
ist leaders had been willing to die on that 
day in the summary executions to which the 
then all-powerful military royal despotism 
would have had recourse in order to overcome 
them. And this dying in a hurry to prevent 
the great war and help the socialist cause 
was not in the programme of tactics and 
tendencies. 

It is not a matter for wonder but only 
for regret that the popular class, under the 
domination of such socialist leaders was un¬ 
able to perceive that these were moved by 
selfish worries rather than by anxiety about 
the welfare of the masses, and were jealous 
suppressors of the few really altruistic lead¬ 
ers among them who palpitated for human 
welfare. It is not remarkable that this class 
was unable to see that their authority was 
based upon a similarity to the authority of 
of aristocrats and burghers, was unable to 
undertake a rescuing movement, to invite 
them not to imitate aristocrats and burghers 
who only by death are detached from their 
captaincies. Nor could or did the popular 
class invite their leaders to resign their office 
(perhaps even pensioning them) on the 
ground that the socialist party must not be¬ 
come fossilised behind its old leaders, like all 
the other parties, but renew itself with the 
new blood of new minds. Instead, it was 
petrified under the influence of such leaders, 
that is, deprived of the sincere and vibrating 
human love which would have been neces¬ 
sary for its success. And in the meantime, 


just as the republican leaders, conscious that 
the last of the three famous words written on 
every corner was false, had not induced the 
members to say Brother A, and Brother B, 
as would have been natural and simple on the 
basis of the word fraternity, but had taken to 
saying Citizen A, and Citizen B — even if 
these came from the country — so the social¬ 
ist leaders, conscious that the advent of so¬ 
cialism was chimerical under their captaincy, 
had not dared to call themselves associates, 
nor had they induced the members to say As¬ 
sociate A, Associate B, as would have been 
natural and simple on the basis of the word 
socialism, but had taken to calling one anoth¬ 
er comrade , and to say Comrade A, Com¬ 
rade B, because they felt that their ties were 
in fact invidious and conventional and more 
suited indeed for comradeship than for the 
conquest of government domination. 

Pacifism. 

The very necessity of wars for patriotic 
aggrandisement, from which was born the 
democratic and hypocritical need for imper¬ 
ial colonies, goaded the Nation which had 
remained most attached to royalty and con¬ 
sequently the most false, i. e. unreal in its 
foundations, when its turn came to bid most 
eagerly for supreme imperial greatness, to 
despise democratic phraseology, to mock at 
it, and to prepare itself, at the propitious 
moment, for the great blow, with the same 
ferocious and frightful means of military 
violence that had been used by preceding 
Empires in their struggles for imperial 
greatness and which were still used by the 
various constitutional Nations in their co¬ 
lonial conquests. The great blow of the 
most horrible of wars of conquest, which 
was in the order of things and which con¬ 
stitutional empiricism could not prevent, 
contained in itself the accumulated momen- 
tums of other such violences. The great 
blow, therefore, was aimed for the purpose 
of conquest at all the States more or less tak¬ 
en up with colonial conquests, and with the 
intention of growing by the annexation of 
both them and their colonies. The great 
outrage of trying once and for all, and per- 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


57 


liaps successfully, to resurrect the old dream 
of Universal Empire, not unnaturally arose 
in this Nation most attached to royalty, more 
anachronistic in its system of government 
and therefore most ambitious to be the State 
having supreme imperial domination. 

And in the meantime the chaos assum¬ 
ed astonishingly tragic and comic forms. 
Because, while all the States, whether des¬ 
potic or constitutional, with grim militaristic 
pride, contended with one another, opposed 
and cheated one another, in order each one 
to enlarge its colonial Empire as much as 
possible, all, except the one meditating the 
great blow, strove to encourage and support 
one another against this State, so as to avoid 
the blow. But they did not resort to the only 
legal way by which it would have been pos¬ 
sible to succeed, because this, consisting in 
the INTERNATIONAL CONSTITUTION, would have 
entailed the cessation of anarchical and secret 
royal despotism abroad. They resorted to 
artful and stupid and hypocritical demands 
for pacifism. Which was nonsense in the 
face of warlike colony-grasping, but was the 
only stratagem to which these States could 
resort, in their powerlessness to create ar¬ 
maments and regiments in a number su¬ 
perior to those, incredibly large, of that 
State most attached to royalty and which was 
breathlessly preparing the great blow, with¬ 
out at the same time incurring dangerous 
democratic discontent and desolating min¬ 
isterial falls. 

From this time on the field was open to 
the helpful dilettantes of pacifism. They 
first appeared as supporters of armed equi¬ 
librium, as an infallible means to coniure the 
great blow. A means which was to consist 
in keeping themselves as Allied States pre¬ 
pared for war in a measure always propor¬ 
tionate to the warlike preparation of the 
strongest State : keeping themselves, brief¬ 
ly, in a state always ready for war, without 
ever making it, and in the meantime em- 
poverishing themselves. A means belied by 
the. universal law, which teaches that the 
Universe can sustain itself inasmuch as its 
various and complex forces are only tran¬ 


sitorily in the disorder of independence and 
unlimited liberty, namely, in the disorder of 
equivalent conflicts. Because the more in¬ 
tense these become, the more they compel 
the varied and universal forces to new ad¬ 
justment, to pass from disorder to a new or¬ 
der, through the domination of the greater 
over the less, through a domination which, 
if retarded, produces an aggravation of the 
final clash. A means which excited the 
derision of the State most attached to royalty 
which was meditating and preparing the 
great blow, because there followed a striving 
competition of armaments in which all the 
States had the pleasure of empoverishing 
themselves while remaining always behind 
the pacemaker. 

The supporters of the famous obligatory 
arbitration , as an infallible means of avoid¬ 
ing the great blow, came second. A means 
which was to consist in recognising this 
sublime principle — that States could cer¬ 
tainly regulate their internal affairs, with 
struggles for legal domination producing 
varied correlative laws and a varied justice 
of internal domination, but that they should 
have their foreign affairs, even the most im¬ 
portant and sacred, regulated through obli¬ 
gatory submission to the peacemaking arbi¬ 
trariness of irresponsible arbitrators, able to 
impose now iniquitous, now stupid arbit¬ 
raments, able to arrest the States’ turn of 
domination and the progress of humanity. 
A means belied by universal law, which 
teaches that life is not peace but struggle. 
A means that was also derided by the same 
State most attached to royalty which was 
meditating the great blow, because, though 
followed by ejaculations about peace, it was 
producing instead of peace mad armaments 
and a succession of warlike conflicts such as 
had never been seen in the past. 

And yet, to understand all the absurdity 
of obligatory arbitration, it would have been 
enough for its supporters to have reflected 
upon these facts. The life of individuals 
organised in a community or Nation does 
not certainly develop through gun shots, yet 
neither does it develop in peace, but through 





A WORLD CENTRE 


58 


struggle. It develops through conflicts of 
interests and moral and material, public and 
private advantages, which are regulated not 
by possibly deficient or even corrupt arbi¬ 
trators, but by strong majorities, which in 
councils or Parliaments dominate over the 
incapable. Now, if Nations are but ag¬ 
gregates of individuals, and can but have 
similar conflicts of interests and of moral 
and material, public and private advantages, 
why should they have them regulated by 
possibly deficient or corruptible arbitrators, 
rather than by the superior and able men in 
those Nations, who are able to dictate laws 
to the small and incapable or decadent ones? 
If municipal and national life develops a- 
midst struggles in which the individuals 
strongest in mind, in body and in wealth 
dominate, and dominate either in groups or 
in parties, imposing themselves by authority 
of laws, of judges and of municipal and na¬ 
tional police, thus managing their own great 
interests, sometimes entrusting to the de¬ 
cision of arbitrators only those of their in¬ 
terests that are so slight as not to be worth 
the trouble of insisting upon them with 
authoritative impositions of law, why should 
not international life develop in the same 
way? Why should it become an arbitrary 
business of arbitrators called to put into ex¬ 
ecution a few gracious treaties by which 
the great Nations deigned to assent to the 
prayers of the small? That which among 
Nations would be a paeifistic ideal might 
also become so within Nations and commu¬ 
nities. Therefore, no more communal and 
national struggles ending in the legal dom¬ 
ination of the strongest fellow citizens and 
countrymen! For all communal and na¬ 
tional affairs, arbitrators who will provide 
and give fellow-citizens and countrymen the 
joy of peacefully living and growing fat, 
without need of struggling and having laws, 
judges and police to enforce and to maintain 
order! 

But what would have and would become 
of all human progress, if it had had to and 
did depend upon the decisions of irrespon¬ 
sible arbitrators, and of pacifists made fac¬ 
totums of civilisation? 


It was, moreover, absurd to pretend that 
conflicts among States should be decided by 
obligatory arbitration — especially as it was 
evident that such a proceeding would have 
been advantageous for the large States and 
disadvantageous for the small, fattening the 
plethoric and making the anaemic lean. Yet 
this seemed to be the dream of the support¬ 
ers of obligatory arbitration — the dream 
of the Status quo, so dear to the great deca¬ 
dent Empires, because guaranteeing to their 
flabby rulers the luxury of remaining for¬ 
ever in their old posts. 

It was, briefly, absurd to pretend that 
conflicts among States could be decided by 
obligatory arbitration — a solution which 
leaves untouched the, problem of wars, al¬ 
ways still eminently possible because of 
eventual nonfulfilment of arbitration, and 
obliges the continued precaution of ar¬ 
maments and warlike preparations to go on 
as before. This doctrine is nothing but a 
negation of the natural right, belonging to 
Nations as to individuals, of living and 
dominating according to their own worth. 

It creates a lottery of those interests, 
including the most sacred, which are not in¬ 
tended to be left at the mercy of arbitrators 
and for the extreme defence of which man 
is willing to die. This nonsense of inter¬ 
national life contrasting with the common- 
sense of communal and national life, has 
done much harm, and has had a large part 
in this horrible war, by diverting so many 
honest minds from the positive study of the 
problem of war and from its true solution, 
which would have prevented this most hor¬ 
rible catastrophe. 

Actually an efficient means for settling 
controversies of slight importance, arbitra¬ 
tion was taken, with ingenuous simplicity, 
to be at the same time an efficient means for 
settling controversies of great importance. 
But no individual, conscious of the dignity 
of his being, signs a paper on which it is 
said that, as long as he lives, he will be tied 
hand and foot and will accept, as an unap¬ 
pealable sentence, the judgment that Mr A 







POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


59 


or Mr B may pass upon any controversy in 
which he may take part. Similarly, no 
Nation, not composed of cowardly individu¬ 
als but of men conscious of the dignity of 
their being, will consent to be tied hand and 
foot and sign such a paper. Losing one’s 
life — in war if there is no legal State, and 
in rebellion or revolution if there is a legal 
State —- may seem to an individual, as to 
the members of a Nation, an easy and neces¬ 
sary act, when an ideal worthy of being 
defended even by death is at stake, when 
an ideal is at stake too great to be left to the 
judgment of Mr A or Mr B, who if not dis¬ 
honest and corrupt, may be mentally limited 
and incapable of understanding the great¬ 
ness of the ideal. 

And how is it that so many minds had 
confidence in arbitration, which turns out to 
be really an aberration? We have already 
explained it. The continuance of royal des¬ 
potism drew a veil over minds, so that it 
prevented men in government from resort¬ 
ing to the true remedy for conflicts between 
States — that of a legality instituted among 
them by means of an international consti¬ 
tution. Democratic catch-words and the 
fear of ministerial falls prevented men in 
government from incurring the tremendous 
expenses for armaments and regiments that 
would have been necessary to supersede 
those of the menacing State. This tremen¬ 
dous expense, nevertheless, had to be in¬ 
curred at the outbreak of the war. There¬ 
fore, as an expedient, there was nothing left 
but to resort to the herbalists of political 
remedies, to the sentimentalists of pacifism, 
namely, to open the field to all the simpletons 
who, with their childish prattle and sen¬ 
timental appearance, might, who knows, per¬ 
haps succeed in averting the great blow by 
that State most attached to royalty of a con¬ 
quering war against the colonising States, 
while permiting the little blows of their own 
colonial conquests against colonisable States 
to go on as conveniently as ever. 

But for the folly of arbitration success¬ 
fully to impose itself it would have been 
necessary for that State most attached to 


royalty not to exist. Even though the 
decadent States, united against this one, 
carried the comedy of pacifism to the point 
of stipulating for reciprocal treaties of obli¬ 
gatory arbitration in all cases of conflict, that 
one State most attached to royalty, begged 
with a smile to be excluded from such an 
agreement, and in the meantime the more 
cheerfully prepared the great blow. 

Obligatory arbitration therefore visibly 
failed. Then the third set of sages came to 
the rescue. Truth is found in the middle 
way. This we know. Obligatory arbitra¬ 
tion was absurd, if only for the very simple 
reason that it began to be understood that 
there was no international authority capable 
of imposing the execution of arbitraments 
by force of arms. On the other hand, war 
was a horrible thing. Therefore, behold 
another infallible means for conjuring the 
great blow! Before coming to a declaration 
of war, States must lend themselves to an 
attempt at Conciliation before an Interna¬ 
tional Court. Naturally, in case the attempt 
at conciliation failed, States had to continue 
to be armed in proportion to the arming of 
their possible foes. And then, followed gen¬ 
eral commiseration for that most honourable 
proposal of conciliation ! Which, in truth, 
had the merit of being, not certainly a so¬ 
lution of the war problem, but something 
from the moral and juridical point of view. 
It afforded a curb of shame against the rapac¬ 
ities of war. 

Not foolish like the political herbalists 
were the fourth class who came to the rescue 
with the proposal of a Supreme Court of 
Justice , either at the Hague or elsewhere, 
authorised to decide conflicts between na¬ 
tions. Authorised by whom? By whose 
dominating force? This fourth class of 
prophets had the most easy bearing of all. 
They were persuaded that they could pero¬ 
rate about their discovery without knowing 
the meaning of the word justice, without 
needing to know that, as long as the anarchy 
of independent nationalities lasts, as long as 
there is lacking an international authority, 
arising from the Nations, on the basis of 




6o 


A WORLD CENTRE 


each: one’s force of domination, legislating 
over them, and coercing them, in what con¬ 
cerns international affairs, as long as, briefly, 
laws and militia of international domination 
are lacking, there must inevitably be lacking 
the International Law on the basis of which 
a. Supreme Court of Justice can exist and 
decide. So that its decisions upon the con¬ 
flict of Nations which might have consented 
to submit themselves to its judgments, would 
have had no other value than that of arbitra¬ 
tions. And naturally, the State most attach¬ 
ed to royalty had laughed to ridicule the 
idea of the authority of such a Supreme 
Court of Justice. 

There was another apparently sure 
means of averting the great blow, and with 
some pretence to statistical science, there 
presented themselves those alluded by the 
notion of having discovered a great illusion, 
those illuding themselves that they had dis¬ 
covered that wars, which are thought useful, 
are really useless. This was the new and 
true saving thought. But it did not take 
into account that wars are necessary and 
inevitable as long as Nations remain inde¬ 
pendent, namely, in the non State of anar¬ 
chy, lacking the legality and the possibility 
of their members having foreign relations 
and affairs with ordered and proportioned 
domination like that by which the3^ have in¬ 
ternal relations and affairs. It forgot that 
armaments are necessary, not only in case of 
such necessary wars, but as a means of pa¬ 
rading intellectual, physical and financial 
forces to which States can resort for their 
moral and material domination during the 
still continuing foreign anarchy and com¬ 
mercial interdependence, even as displays 
and small parades of intelligence, of physical 
strength and of money are useful to indivi¬ 
duals as ways of dominating morally and ma¬ 
terially in despotic or falsely constitutional 
social interdependence. 

This new illusory doctrine of illusion 
took into account only the small wars waged 
on an equal footing, not the great unequal 
and ferocious wars. To have had these in 
mind would have made it clear that these 


wars end, not in interdependence, but in the 
iron domination of one people over another, 
in the dependence of one people upon anoth¬ 
er. This conquering people, subjecting 
everything and everybody, inflating itself 
with wealth and power, becomes great as, 
through the centuries, the successive great 
Empires with their various civilisations and 
races became great, and so remained until 
the day of their decadence. 

1 his doctrine of the illusion of war was 
born of the illusion that in the present con¬ 
dition of so-called international civilisation, 
public opinion in the Nations has arrived at 
the point of thinking war useless. We have 
seen how nearly it had come to that point. 
But, even if public opinion in the Nations 
had arrived at thinking that, in present con¬ 
ditions of so-called international civilisation, 
war was useless, it would have had no greater 
importance than the other public opinion 
which holds thieves guilty in the present ar¬ 
rangement of national civilisation. In the 
same way as public opinion is contrary to 
thieves, and notwithstanding that the nation¬ 
al police is charged with arresting them, 
every cautious man guards against possible 
thefts or worse that may happen to him, and 
begins by locking the door of his house — so, 
notwithstanding the fact that public opinion 
is contrary to war, and the more so because 
there is no international police charged with 
preventing it, every cautious Nation would 
have continued to guard itself against pos¬ 
sible wars by bringing the largest possible 
armaments to the frontier. So the problem 
would have remained unsolved and the harm 
derived from increase of armaments would 
have been permanent. 

But this is not all. One should not con¬ 
sider only present conditions of so-called in¬ 
ternational civilisation to conclude that war 
is useless. Nothing in the world is stable. 
Civilised conditions can change all of a 
sudden for the worse because of moral or 
material causes — let us suppose among these 
a famine or other scourge. In such a case 
diplomatic relations would vanish as by en¬ 
chantment, even as in a wreck or a fire re- 







POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


61 


lations of courtesy vanish, with few excep¬ 
tions, which just because of their exception¬ 
ality, constitute heroisms. In such a case, 
present international diplomatic and com¬ 
mercial relations would retrogress towards 
those of brutal struggle. Consecpient wars 
would be as ferocious as formerly. And 
from such wars the least pacifistic Nations 
would survive — those that had been most 
careful to remain strong, those able to utilise 
compellingly, against the other Nations, 
their greater force of mind, of arms and of 
money. This might possibly happen to-mor¬ 
row, were the international constitution 
not yet made, for it alone could enable the 
voice of altruism to be heard, in the inter¬ 
national assembly, and act as an authori¬ 
tative curb. 

The new discovery of a great illusion 
ended, as it was bound to, in a miserable 
delusion. And then, to the rescue came the 
sixth class perorating about another infallible 
way of averting the great blow, that of the 
United States of Europe, of the European 
Federation, of the Federation of the World. 
But federations could no longer be treated 
lightly, as in the past when they could come 
about among collectivities having fewer op¬ 
posed or more common interests and able to 
refuse to federate or voluntarily to consent 
to federate, on the basis of having one or two 
representatives for every Canton or State, 
whether large or small, or on the basis of 
having representatives in proportion to the 
population only, namely, to only one of the 
elements of force which give the authority 
of government. The federal system, thus 
conceived and carried out — as best it could 
be in the passing from the ferocious repres¬ 
sions of despotic government to the demo¬ 
cratic equalitarian liberty of representative 
government — was doubtless better than the 
imperial system, but it was absurd all the 
same. Because it is not policy to desire a 
State whose members can, as they please, 
either make part of it and be disciplined or 
stay out and be dangerous. To understand 
what would spring from an International 
State where Nations would have this right 
to federal entry, one need but imagine what 


would spring from a City State or Nation 
State if fellow citizens or countrymen were 
allowed either to stay in and be disciplined 
or to stay out and be aggressive. There 
would spring from it the negation of the 
State, namely anarchy. Neither is it serious 
to propose an international Federal Assem¬ 
bly where the Nations should have but one 
or two representatives each — two Greek 
representatives in little skirts and two Ger¬ 
man representatives in spiked helmets — 
where the will of Greece should be worth 
the same as that of Germany, the will of 
England as that of Montenegro, the will of 
the United States as that of Switzerland, the 
will of Russia as that of Holland, the will of 
France as that of Belgium. Neither is it 
serious to propose an International Federal 
Assembly where England should have more 
votes than Montenegro in proportion to its 
population, where the United States should 
have more votes than Greece in proportion 
to its population, and thus Germany more 
votes than Switzerland, France more votes 
than Spain. In such case, look out for 
China ! Population is but one of the coef¬ 
ficients of a Nation’s power, even as mus¬ 
cular force is but one of the coefficients of 
an individual’s power. In fact, to succeed 
in war, it is not enough to have many sol¬ 
diers; one must also have great intelligence 
to discipline and lead them, and large finan¬ 
cial reserves to nourish, clothe and arm 
them. 

Given that life is not peace but struggle, 
a struggle disciplined by the domination of 
the strongest and thus become a better means 
towards life’s aim; given that Nations are 
aggregates of individuals and can but have 
similar conflicts of interests and of moral and 
material, public and private advantages — it 
is evident that the longed-for union of Na¬ 
tions is absurd without a scientific constitu¬ 
tional basis for compulsion and for the recog¬ 
nition of every Nation’s right to have a 
voice and power in the Interstate Union 
equal to that which it would employ first by 
its diplomatic influence, then on the battle¬ 
field. Voluntary federation on a footing of 
equality could subsist among States having 




A WORLD CENTRE 


more or less the same foreign interests. 
Among States having opposite foreign in¬ 
terests it is an absurdity. Understood, more¬ 
over, from a narrow point of view, as the 
United States of Europe, it sounds menac¬ 
ing to American or Asiatic ears and would 
lead to continual wars. So that neither did 
the upholders of the United States of Eu¬ 
rope, European Federation, World Feder¬ 
ation, with their superficial arguments about 
voluntariness and parity, succeed in averting 
the great blow. 

And still less did the seventh class suc¬ 
ceed in averting it. As an infallible means 
they suggested nationality according to nat¬ 
ural boundaries (those established by God, 
together with Ivmgs, founders of conquered 
races, together with professors of ancient 
history and geography) disarmament and the 
armed Nation , that is to say, a gun, even an 
old model, hung over the bed of every cit¬ 
izen. No more than that. If the menac- 
ing State had absolutely desired not to sub¬ 
mit to nationalities thus established but to 
attack them, it was at full liberty to do so. 
The citizens would have resorted even to 
stones to crush its militia. And that one 
State, which had secretly kept its 420 mm 
guns and had smiled or laughed at all the 
other proposals thinking of this one, softly 
sighing, murmured —- « Ah ! Would to God ! 
How much finer the blow ! » 

Thus all the superficial exponents of 
pacifism, not succeeding in their absurdities, 
succeeded collectively however in something 
quite different — that is to say : 

1) they succeeded in bringing the 
Chaotic Period to a climax; 

2) they succeeded in getting fabulous 
sums from philanthropists, whom they led to 
believe that they could end the scourge of 
war, while actually the former, with the help 
they gave to the propaganda of pacifistic er¬ 
rors, made it continue and become nutriment 
for a new bureaucracy — the pacifistic bu¬ 
reaucracy, incapable of understanding the 
whole complexity of the war problem, stub¬ 


born in the propaganda of peace, which we 
know is but a pause in war, supporters only 
of those ideas and initiatives that, entering 
into their shortsighted view of the war prob¬ 
lem, offered new resources for the everlast¬ 
ing and profitable peace propaganda; 

3) succeeded in leading astray those 
who would have liked to study the war 
problem honestly; 

4) succeeded in stifling, with more 
love for pacifistic compromises than for the 
victims of war, the positive voice that as 
against their pacifistic nonsense called for 
the legality of an international consti¬ 
tution, on the basis of the Nations’ several 
forces of domination, as the only means of 
conjuring the destined outbreak of the most 
horrible of wars; 

5) shared, therefore, the responsibility 
for the most horrible of wars. 

Confused meaning of political words. 

Dizzying progress was made by all the 
sciences except that of government. And in 
the meantime — in the midst of marvellous 
speeches and writings in every branch of 
learning — the speeches and writings of the 
highest as of the smallest political men were 
either stupid, or deceitful. The most illus¬ 
trious statesmen and journalists even as the 
most obscure electoral agent, continually 
used in their speeches and writings the words 
right, justice and authority, liberty and in¬ 
dependence, what was State, what Nation, 
but, if taken by the coat tail and forced to 
say what was right, what justice and what 
authority, what was liberty and what in¬ 
dependence, what was State, what Nation, 
what Fatherland, would mutter, wriggle, re¬ 
lease themselves, try to change the subject 
and go away. 

Dizzying progress was reached by all the 
sciences, except that of government. And 
in the meantime, while material life, because 
of the enormous development of industry, 
attained a fantastic wealth of delicious com- 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


63 


forts and a satanic evil of adulterations and 
armaments, moral life fell into desolating dis¬ 
comfort, partly produced by chaotic ideas 
and practices of government, but mostly by 
the general irreligious scepticism which the 
same dizzying progress had caused — a) by 
the discovery of immense new real facts, be¬ 
cause of which medicine had risen to being 
a supreme science, b ) by giving colossal new 
ideas about the philosophy of things con¬ 
trasting with the old church teachings, by 
the side of which the latter appeared gross 
deceit or error. 

This general irreligious scepticism, as 
we know, could not but be connected with a 
general unchaining of all individual egotisms 
and with decadence. But this time there 
arose, moreover, the greater hypocrisy with 
which the unchaining of individual egotisms 
occurred — an hypocrisy determined by the 
fact that the now decadent and sceptical 
religion had, as no other, been born of pre¬ 
cepts of neighbourly love, namely, that its 
believers should love and treat their neigh¬ 
bours as themselves — an hypocrisy deter¬ 
mined by the fact that these precepts, which 
still continued to have their place in the 
ejaculation of worship and in moral preach¬ 
ings, sounded the condemnation of the in¬ 
dividual selfishness that the general irreli¬ 
gious scepticism could but produce. 

And in the meantime, the Chaotic Period 
closed with the phenomenon of general de¬ 
cadence. This, while in its essence it was 
less than that of the old despotic Empires, 
because diminished by the partial cure of the 
State sore, brought about by National Con¬ 


stitutions almost everywhere adopted — in 
form was actually worse, because of the ac¬ 
companying State and moral hypocrisies. 
Briefly, the frenzied collisions of starving 
and luxurious struggles for existence, big 
and little parades of force, cunning, lies, dis¬ 
loyalty, fraud, overbearing, cowardliness, 
disputes, extortions, pride, superficiality, 
meanness, slanders, discords, chauvinism, 
personal interests preponderating over those 
of the Fatherland: all these evils of de¬ 
cadence certainly turned men and women 
into so many little tubes of malice. These 
evils made men and women so many deceiv¬ 
ers of God in whom they no longer believed 
and of their neighbours whom they no longer 
loved, but made these same men and women 
susceptible to the betterment which Nation¬ 
al Constitutions had produced by partially 
healing the internal State sore, and made 
them therefore ready to rise concordantly, 
when a grave danger of war, menacing the 
Fatherland, threatened to compromise the 
pride of renascent dignity and greatness 
which National Constitutions had awakened 
and which, because of revival of the old 
habits of imperial corruption, in the general 
irreligious scepticism, had remained de¬ 
pressed. 

Thus, as climax, the Chaotic Period clos¬ 
ed in the blood of the most horrible of wars 
- a war which, centuries before, had been 
marked out on the first day when the grim 
and rapacious, sanguinary and obscene man, 
the King, had made it inevitable by urging 
that National Constitutions should, at least 
in appearance, preserve to royal power its 
old authority. 



10 
































" ■' >r! v ; : '' , ,. : v , / : • . 




' 

* ’ • ' . ' \v : 

. 

' 

. 

. 

■ 

, 


■ 

■ 

- 

r 

' 

• t , . 






' 


' 

' 


- 

' 






















' 














- • • 

















J V 

































PART II 


LEGAL ARGUMENT 

A N D 

CONCLUSION 



'• } 































(■ 




9 


































- 







t 








































































































. 












. 














. 






















































' 









































































































< 


w 

x 

u 

in 


x 

x 

D 

U 

x 

x 

H 

Q 

z 

c 

x 

oo 

X 

O 

O 

X 

X 

x 

X 

H 

X 

cJ 

z 

c 

X 

< 

x 

X 

Oh 

< 

x 

X 

H 

z 

Q 

x 

N 

CO 

X 

X 

f- 

z 

>- 

C/3 

CO 


X 

y 

X 

£ 


r— 

x 

CO 

x 

O 

x 

z 


H 

Z 


x 

X 


a 


X 

C/3 


O 

u 


x 

x 

H 


Q 

Z 

< 

Q 

< 

O 

x 

X 

< 


>< 

X 

(J 

X 

< 

z 

< 


X 

O 


% 

x 

X 

< 

CD 

X 

< 

CD 

X 

X 

f- 




£ 

z 

X 

X 

> 

O 

0 

x 

O 

X 

U 

z 

X 

U 

X 

X 

> 

H 

X 

O 

X 

X 

O 

X 

X 

O 

£ 

X 

o 

z 

< 

s 

X 

s 

o 

X 

X 

z 

x 

X 

< 

H 


Z 


O 


z 

H 

X 

X 

Z 


o 

u 


x 

X 

O 

x 


x 

< 

Z 


x 

X 

H 

X 

X 


X 

x 

H 


X 

X 

X 

O 

X 

X 

H 

< 

f- 

X 

O 

£ 

H 

X 

X 

H 


X 

o 

X 

x 

t— 

z 

X 

z 

H 

Z 

s 

x 

H* 

o 

x 


Q 

x 

O 

x 

X 

X 

z 

X 

c 

X 

H 

m 

x 

< 

X 

X 

E- 

z 

O 

z 

E—' 

x 

X 

z 

O 

U 

x“ 

x 

O 

x 


z 

X 

X 

C-H 

z 

X 

x 

f- 


X 

X 

< 


£ 


z 


O 


X 

X 

O 

X 

X 

O 


X 

X 

z 

Z 

< 

X 

> 


<c 

z 

X 

x 

H 


x 

O 

>* 

H 

x 

x 

X 

U 

X 

z 

H 

Z 

X 

z 

a 

X 

X 

z 

O 

U 

x 

X 

E- 


Q 

z 

< 


X 

O 



















<u 

4-> 

G 

+4 

CD 

i 

a 

o 

p 

<u 

X 


<u g 
, (~! 1-1 
+3 G 
X 


CO 

a 

o 

x 

co bO 


<u 

G 

O 

a 

X 

O 


X to 

a a! 

_g 

O ^ 


g 

> 

13 

to 

r~* 

G 

<V 

X 


4 


tu 

co 

g 

X 


CD P 


G 

G 


G 

O 


co 

g 

O 

X 

bO 

G 

M 


G 

CO 

‘g 

G 

X 

G 

G 

X 

G 

X 


G 

O 

G 

& 


bo 

G 

o 

a 

g 

in 

<L> 

O 

G 

G 

X 

G 

g 

X 

G 

X 


G 

_o 

x 

g 

G 

G 

G 


G 

G 

'x 

a 

w 

o 

4-4 

G 


G 

o 

X 

G 

in 


o 


<u 


in 

G 

X 

x 

<u 

a 

G 

X 

G 

G 

to 


g 

G 

o 

in 


G 

G 

G 

G 

4-> 

G 


G 


X 

G 

CO r, 
to x 
G 
X 


x 

G 

co 

'g 

G 
bo g 

2 

O O 

t/i 


m 

Oj 

43 


CJ 

a 

t aS 


£ 2 * 


aJ 33 
- 



G 

CO 


X 

G 


4 —* 

j> 



13 


P 

CO 


* 

g 


CO 

G 


rj 

X 



4 ~> 


O 

bo 


X 


bo 

P 


p 

O 

fX 


2 

a 

G 


nd 

to 


2 

G 


c 3 

O 

G 

P 

G 

CO 

G 

O 

G 

X 

g 

G 

p 

1 - 1 

’x 

P 

G 

X 


.2 

‘g 

G 

X 

G 


X 

G 

c 

G 

y 

G 

G 


X 

r- 

13 

13 

2 

m 

X 

X 

2 

a 

bo 

r2 

p 

G 

G 

w 

o 

4-4 

X 

p 

V 

2 

G 

G 

4-> 

X 

G 

43 

X 

2 

p 

G 

X 

o 

G 


nj 


G 

8 

X 

4-> 

G 

X 

w 

X 

G 

P 

G 


X 

H 

<v 

G 

G 

X 

G 

*■+3 

on 

p 

G 


43 

X 

P 

G 

G 

X 


„ G 

w 3 


a 

.!5 

*d 


o3 

CJ 

15 

CJ 

2 


42 

2 

CTj 

X> 


Tj 

fU 

CTj 

LD 

QJ 

t U 

*cL 

a 

w 

G 

CO 


G 

a 

o 

to 

G-. 

o 

G 

G 

G 

G 


G G " 
G G X 


G 

G 


G 

G 

G 

X 


g g a 

£ ^ * 

a ? 2 

O G 

P ° 

PL G I 


G 

o 

to 

a 

G 

G 

G 


to 

G 

‘Ph 


w 


G 

.G 

H 


CO 

G 

G 

G 


G 

G 

to 

c 

_o 

X 

G 

to 


<* 

"g 


G 


G 

X 
G 
G 
G 
X 

G 

XS ^2 

bo .s 

G X 
(— 1 G 
G G 
G G 
G X 
G 

to P 
>•» ^ 
G 


to 

G 

G 

O 

to 


G 

G 

G 

G 

-G 

X 

G 

G 

G 

H 


-X 

G 

G 


X 

G 

G 

J>h 

C 

G 


to 

G 

X! 


X 

G 

G 

G 

r\ 

g 

G 

g 

to 

X 

G 

G 

X 

X 

G 

G 

X 

G 

kG 

G 

G 

G 


G 

CO 

13 


X 

G 

g 

G 

*2 

to 

G 

G 

G 


j>-, 

T3 

G 


G 

X 


co 

G 

j> 

13 

CO 


G 

X 


bo 1 

.a § 

> u 

> 


bo 


G 


G 


to 

G 

G 

G 

G 

X 

G 

G 

X 

G 

X 

G 


G 

G 

co 

X 
G 
G 

to 

§ - 

.^L KH 

m 

P G G 
4 rS . g 


G 

G 


£ X .§ 

a. o 

tuO G 

O G 


G 


G 

G 

X 

G 

G 
t n 

G 

X 


o 

G 


G 

CO 

O 

X 


G 

O 

X 

c 

G 

to 

G 

G 


X 

G 

X 

> 


u .2 
a g 
w z 


G 

'-G 

O 

G 

A~> 

CD 

i 


G 

X 


G 

G 

.2 

X 

G 

P 

G 

G 


X 

G 

CO 

•a 

G 

bO 

G 

o 

j*. 

"g 

bJO 

G 


G G 

to O 


.G 


X 

G 

P' 

to 


P 

O 

X 

G 

co 

‘o 


CO 

p 

G 

G 

g 


G 

£ 

G 

P 

G 


. P 
^ G 
X P 


G 

•4-J 

Oj 

CD 

13 


x 

G 

«3 

u 

3 


ca 


LT; 

cu 

*§) g 

X W 


o 

CO 


p 

O 


to 


G 

P 

G 

G 


G 

P 

o 

o 

H-J 

p 


X 

G 

X 

£ 


G 

G 

w 

G 

X 


o 

eg 

X 

G 

G 

G 

G 

X 

X 

G 

co 


to 

G 

X 

G 

G 

O 

CO 


G 

P 

.2 

x 

G 

P 

G 

G 

4—> 

P 


X 

G 

G 

G 

P 

G 


G 

P 

.2 

x 

G 

P 

G 

G 


P 
O 
■ G 


P- 

a 

G 

G 

o 

G 

to 

p 

G 

G 

G 

X 


G 

X 

> 


G 

G 

O 

CO 


G 

P 

G 

G 


X 

p 

G 

G 

G 


G 

P 

?—< , ( 
CU ^j 
-M CU 
X CO 
G CO 
G 
Oh 


X 
G 
G 
G 
G 
X 
Ph 

.5f) ^ 


P3 


c 

g 

O 

a. - 

bo x 

G 


G 


4*% 

X 

G 

G 

G 

13 

x 


G 

bo 

o 

to 


to 

G 


G X 


a a 

to x 


G 

X 

H 


-G 

O 

Ph 

to 

G 

X 


G 


G 

CO 

' G 


G 


G 


H to 

G 


X g G 

X 00 G 
G -J 3 gj 

bo •—j u 

« a _n 


00 

i 


i 

O' 


i 


G 

X 


< 

W 

H 

O 

CO 

w 

3 C 

H 

ex 

O 

z 

2 
E — 1 
< 
Z 
< 

CL, 

X 

CJ 


G 

x-> 

aj 

4-» 

CD 

i 

P 

o 

p 

G 

X 


G 

P 

X 


X 

p 


G 

G 

G 

X 


X 

p 

G 


Gh 

O 

X 

G 

P 


G 

P 

X 


X 

a 


bo X 
P P 
o 

a 

G 


to 

G 

+-> 


V 

u 


(f) 


m 

<u 

u 


<u 

in 

cu 

43 


G 


CO 

G 

X 


G 

G 

o 

CO 


G 

X 


in 

V 

> 

G 

G 

G 

G 

2 

OJ - 

XJ 

Cj 


X 

X 






m 

CO 

G 

X 

G 

a ; 

5 

_d 

P 

r-r—i 

o 

G 

o 


p 

o 


G 

X 

G 

G 

X 

G 


P 

o 

G 

r x 

G 

I 


G 

X 
p 
G 
Oh G 
G to 
X X 

.a ■> 


X 

"g 

h 


X 

G 

to 


G 

13 

CO 


G 

G 

o 

CO 


G 

> 


G 

G 

• T—I 

X 

b '5 

G " 

P G 
G Ph 


G 

- P 

G G 
^ X 

O G 

X ^ 

X X 

CT3 

b/} 

<v 


V 

in 

m 

c$ 

Oh 

m 

o3 

43 

in 

d 

cu 

O 

& 

u 

3 

m 


u 

w 

G 

x 


G 

X 

H 


G 

G 

X X 
G X 
bo G 
G 

-- 1 xj 

CJ 

X-i 

O 

£ CJ 

m 

O 

x-> 

C ^ 
42 

__4 

43 ^ 

O 




oS 

42 


cd 

2 

oj 


<u 

5 

f o 


OJ 

x-> 

rt 

4-» 

CD 

i 

2 

O 


(U 

43 


m 

cu 

-O 

’C 

H 


# 0 ) 
’ S3 
aS 
42 
%-• 
aj 
X 


G 

X 


CO 

G 

> 

13 

to 

a 

G 


bo 

P 

o 

a 

G 

CO 

G 

O 

P 

G 

X 

P 

G 

X 

G 

X 


G 

G 

G 

X 


X 

p 

G 

G 

G 

X 

CO 

G 

X 

'g 

H 


o 

G 

PL 

X 

I 

CO 


G 

G 

» r—I 

X 

o 

G 

G 

P 

G 


G 

G 

O 

a 

X 

u 

P 


to 

G 

X 


G 

X 


a 

G 


a 

o 

, G 


X 

G 

G 

G 

13 

• £\ 

G 

G 

O 

CO 

’g 

p 


G 


co 

G 


G 

CO 

G 

X 


G 


X 
G 
O 

CD x 

G 


X 
G 
CO 

to • — 

G 

X 


G 

X 

G 

X 


U 

B 

p 


x 

G 

to 

P 

G 

bo 


to 


G 

G 

o 

co 


G 


CO 

G 

X 


to 

G 


G 

G 

£ 

G 

P 

to 


H 


4-i 

13 

bo 

v 

o 

;> 

'g 


-h X x 
x 13 f—i 

a ^ 


x .g 

4-> ' ^ 

Jx 

n3 

w 


G 


G 


G 


G 

G 
G 
X 
X 

X ^ 

X X 

G X^ 
G X 
G T! 
P G 
G X 


G 

_G 

r-* 

G 

G 

G 

P 

G 

G 

o 

G 

+J 

G 

4-> 

CD 

P 

o 

p 

G 

X 


co 

G 


L> 

G 

o 

a 

to 

• X 

G 

G 

X 

G 

G 

X 

G 

X 


X 

G 

X 


X 

G 

to 

a 

G 

bo 

lx 

o 


a ^ 


G 

bo 

.2 

G 

G 

G 


G 

G 

o 

a 

G 

X 


p 

o 

3 

X 

I 

uo 


to 

G 

j> 

13 

CO 

a 

G 

X 

-G 

bo 

P 

o 

a 

G 

CO 

G 

G 

P 

G 

X 

p 

G 

X 

G 

X 

p 


X 

p 

G 

G 

G 

G 

X 

to 

G 


u 

G 

to 

G 

X 


G 

G 

O 


G 

P 

a 

to 

G 

X 

X 

G 

G 

2 

X 

G 

G 


'd 

a 

G 


G 

G 

G 

P 

G 

G 

[> 

‘o 

i 

G 

G 


G 

P 

G 

X 

G 

G 

X 

to 

G 

X 

G 

G 

O 

CO 


G g 

to g 

G X 

ph .a 


CO P 

G 2 
-G O 
G to 

4-> 

CD _ 

2 53 


tn <u 

JS ^ 

43 


m 

ctJ 


<u 

(J 

L+x 

Jx 

35 


H 


x 

bjQ 


XX 

o 

G 

o 

G 

G 

m 

CJ 


33 

’-2 

X 

bo 

p 

4-4 

X 

G 

jn 

2 

73 

’>>>. 

CJ 

nd 

2 

G 


o 

2 

m 

• H 

X 

w 


<u 

'> 

o 

4-4 

H 

CU 

o 

x-» 

4-4 

2 

'o 

p 

• X 


43 

x~> 

.5 

ru 

X 













CHAPTER I. 


THE LIGHT OF SCIENCE. 


The conduct of the belligerent Nations 
confirmed the fact that, in the state of gener¬ 
al barbarism in which politics found them¬ 
selves, an International Scientific Confer¬ 
ence imposed itself as the best and most 
urgent way of giving positive foundations to 
the Science of Government and of destroy¬ 
ing once for all the first and most harmful 
of the remains of barbarism, the octopus of 
royal despotism, that still possessed such 
strong tentacles of which it made constant 
use. 

The mental darkening produced by the 
Chaotic Period persisted with such intensity, 
however, that most people did not under¬ 
stand in what could consist the positive 
foundations of the Science of Government 
that such a Conference might have brought 
to light or of what use they could be. All 
those who whether cultured or uncultured, 
spoke about war in the pitiable way we saw 
in the last chapter — had never felt the need 
of knowing in a positive and scientific way, 
that is, in a very different way from that 
used in schools or churches, a few prin¬ 
ciples, a few fundamental ideas about poli¬ 
tics. Neither could they make out the ob¬ 
jection that it was absurd to speak of war, 
or of politics in general, except on the basis 
of these. Nor yet were they persuaded 
when, asked to admit that war is an illness 
of the social body just as palpitations are an 
illness of the human body, they were faced 
with these enquiries. 


Can one speak of heart disease without 
knowing definitely what the heart is? Can 
one speak of a disease of the liver without 
knowing what the liver is? Can one speak 
of pneumonia without knowing what are the 
lungs? And if this is impossible, why 
should it be possible to speak of nationality 
without knowing definitely what the Nation 
is? Why should it be possible to speak of 
international right and justice without know¬ 
ing clearly what are right and justice? Why 
should it be possible to speak of authority, 
legality, liberty, without knowing in what 
one and the other consist? 

To say, while the war went on, that it 
would be well to think of scientific research 
as a means by which war could be abolished, 
in order to have a worthy means of solving 
the present war, seemed like saying that the 
generals, dealers and assisting doctors should 
stop warring and do this scientific work 
themselves. It was not understood that it 
should be the impartial and holy task of a 
few new minds, carrying on their humane 
work of study simultaneously with the pa¬ 
triotic work of fighting carried on by gen¬ 
erals, dealers and assisting doctors. 

Understanding that it is foolish to speak 
of a body’s illness without knowing the 
structure and function of the organ that pro¬ 
duces it, Morgagni, the founder of patholog¬ 
ical anatomy, published his work DE' CASUS 
ET SEDIBUS MORBORUM PER ANATOMEN INDA- 


68 


A WORLD CENTRE 


gatis, and therewith created a revolution. 
Lie overthrew empirical medicine. Creat¬ 
ed scientific medicine. And medicine, pro¬ 
ceeding from positive anatomical research 
and bases, was able to rise to the height it 
has attained. 

That which Morgagni’s work did for 
medicine, this work intends to do for 
politics — revolutionise them. Overthrow 
empirical politics. Create scientific poli¬ 
tics. For it is foolish to try to speak of war 
or of any other government evil, outside of 
party ideas and party programmes, without 
knowing the structure and functions of the 
government organs through which the evil 
is produced. 

As no Scientific Conference — in spite 
of its urgency — has yet been called, and 
even though a scientific treatment of the 
subject seems the only radical and efficient 
remedy for the evil, we were led to the belief 
that it was better to try audaciously, even 
with only personal observations, inspira¬ 
tions and perceptions, to construct a Positive 
Science of Government. Thus comes about 
the publication of this work, which has 
many points in common with the very dif¬ 
ferent one published by Morgagni over a 
hundred years ago. 

The analogy is fascinating and convinc¬ 
ing, because of the fact that,, in treating this 
work, the two State sores productive of all 
governmental evils are disclosed, — the ex¬ 
ternal sore, consisting in the barbarism of 
anarchy abroad and in the consequent neces¬ 
sity of foreign wars — and the internal sore, 
consisting in the arbitrariness of despotism 
in the interior and in the consequent neces¬ 
sity of internal tyrannies. Two sores in 
which this whole work is synthesized, as can 
be clearly seen in the fascinating and con¬ 
vincing chart here inserted. In relation to 
it the title of this book might be changed by 
the addition of a sub-title, thus — positive 

SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT, or ANATOMY OF THE 
STATE ORGAN AND FUNCTION, ON THE BASIS OF 
WHICH THE VARIOUS POEITICAE PARTIES CAN 
MAKE IN A POSITIVE WAY THEIR VARIOUS DIAG¬ 


NOSES AND CURES OF THEIR SOCIAL EVILS, 
AMONG WHICH is war. And in this case, the 
several parts of the work should be thus 
considered — the following Positive Foun¬ 
dations of the Science of Government are 
the nerves of the State organism — the 
Positive Inferences of the Science of Gov¬ 
ernment are its muscles — the Generic 
Historical Pacts, from which the Positive 
Foundations and the Positive Inferences of 
the Science of Government were deduced, 
are its nervous and muscular functions — the 
Empirical and Greatest of Historical Facts : 
National Constitutions, through whose chan¬ 
ges the Positive Science of Government and 
State perfection are reached, are its con¬ 
nective and cutaneous system, which forms 
through changes and gives it functional form 
and perfection. 

But from analogy to analogy also an¬ 
other fascinating and convincing though 
more distant analogy can be reached, and 
that is, that this work of Positive Science is 
also a radical, efficient and urgent remedy. 
During the Chaotic Period, the shameful 
governmental stupidity was not only kept up 
by false school, church and art teachings, 
but also by false book, newspaper and party 
teachings : so that, from infancy to death, 
everything and everybody was caught in a 
net of falsehood. The Earth, in spite of its 
magnitude, lacked a locality where people 
could unite for the research of positive, un¬ 
partisan ideas of government. Every asso¬ 
ciation, club and institution was bound to the 
ideas of this or that political part}/. And 
the men and women who belonged to them 
- whether from vain pride and fear of hav¬ 
ing to admit their ideas to be false, whether 
from a tired wish not to have their way of 
thinking disturbed, whether from interest 
in the party aims and ambitions of the asso¬ 
ciation, club or institution to which they 
were bound - would not tolerate that within 
their walls researches for and affirmations of 
truth should be made, even if scientific, con¬ 
trary to their politics. Even scientific Con¬ 
gresses, so proud of their sacred mission — 
that of defending and promoting free scien¬ 
tific research — while they extended their 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


69 


activity over all knowable fields, took good 
care not to institute a Positive Political 
Science section, and this because of pru¬ 
dence, for their promoters were afraid of 
compromising royal prerogatives and were 
anxious not to be given government preoc¬ 
cupations but rather to receive from it fa¬ 
vours of chairs or honours or gratifications 
or of all these together. Briefly, in order to 
know something true about politics, it would 
have been necessary to begin by building a 
locality — where lies and falsehoods, com¬ 
edies and stupidities would have been for¬ 
bidden — where people could have gathered 
to speak seriously about war as about any 
other political fact of the day. And here 
enters the other more distant yet fascinating 
and convincing analogy that this work of the 
Positive Science of Government is also a 
radical, efficient and urgent remedy. The 
construction of this work is comparable to 
the construction of a locality for serious 
political discussions. So that the title of 
this work might also be changed by the ad¬ 
dition of another subtitle thus: POSITIVE 
SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT, or ANATOMY OF THE 
STATE ORGANISM AND FUNCTION, ON THE BASIS 


OF WHICH THE VARIOUS POEITICAL PARTIES CAN 
MAKE IN A POSITIVE WAY THEIR VARIOUS DIAG¬ 
NOSES AND CURES OF THEIR SOCIAL EVILS, 
AMONG WHICH IS WAR, or, CONSTRUCTION OF 
A LOCALITY FOR SERIOUS POLITICAL DISCUSSIONS. 
And in the case of this other analogy, the 
several parts of this work should be con¬ 
sidered thus — the Positive Foundations of 
the Science of Government are the locality’s 
foundation stones — the Positive Inferences 
of the Science of Government are its col¬ 
umns — the Generic Historical Facts, from 
which the Positive Foundations and the Pos¬ 
itive Inferences of the Science of Govern¬ 
ment were deduced, are the fundamental 
functions supporting its foundation stones 
and columns — the Empirical and Greatest 
of Historical Facts : National Constitutions, 
through whose changes the positive Science 
of Government and State perfection are 
reached, are the system of walls and rafters 
that through their connections give form, 
consistency and functional perfection to the 
locality, namely, give the possibility of 
speaking neither lies and stupidities there, 
nor yet of playing comedies, but of worthily 
holding serious political discussions. 


































■ 

' 

' 

r 

. 

i 

- 

- 

. ' . ■ " " ' 




■ 

. 

. 

' 

. 

■ 

: 


1 


, 

; 

■ 

■ 

i 

■ 


i - 

. . ' 

■ 

r i 

. 

■ 

•. .. 




























ijfcj 

' ih ' u ; 




* 


















. 










. 


■ 














. 











■ 

I 














. 






/ 

















■ 

> 
















CHAPTER II. 


FOUNDATIONS OF A POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 
DEDUCED FROM THE GENERIC HISTORICAL FACTS. 


Thus, from the historic and progressive 
facts of government generally, which 
beginning with those of Tribes and includ¬ 
ing those of imperial decadence — we have 
been grouping with sincere observation and 
reflection, there emerge the following five 
Positive Foundations of Government and 
five Positive Inferences of Government. 

The Positive Foundations of Govern¬ 
ment finally make concrete, in precise and 
concise ideas, the conceptions which every 
man and every woman, whatever be the 
class, party or faith to which they belong, 
must have; 

1) about the three forces of mind, of 
body and of wealth, with the use and increase 
of which everybody seeks to dominate in 
sexual, family, religious, professional, trade, 
artistic, commercial and social life, in order 
to live more securely and more according to 
his own will, whether egotistic and malef¬ 
icent or altruistic and beneficent; 

2) about the struggle for existence, 
which among men is barbarous as long as 
they — being in the non-State of anarchical 
liberty and independence — must keep them¬ 
selves as much armed as possible, and live 
a life which is a series of deceits, trickeries, 
homicides and wars, interrupted by brief in¬ 
tervals of insecure peace; 

3) about the passing from this non- 
State of warlike anarchy to the State of gov¬ 


ernment, through the process of multiple 
domination, which — occurring arbitrarily 
tending to despotism, —* implying the tyran¬ 
ny of slavery, of tribute, of suppressed lib¬ 
erty in thought, speech and action and of 
scientific and religious mental obscurantism, 
brought about by State schools and churches 
nevertheless produces among rulers and 
ruled a relative civilisation of laws contain¬ 
ing rights and duties; 

4) about justice, injustice and pardon, 
about equity and iniquity which are not what 
they are thought to be; 

5) about the pentalogue of legality. 

\\ I. 

THE THREE HUMAN FORCES, OF MIND, 

OF BODY AND OF WEALTH. 

Every man or woman has; 

1) a force, of mind, by which he or she 
can think, have cognition and persuade with 
greater or less ability; 

2) a force of body — divided into, 
a) force of attraction, b ) force of agility, 
c) force of pressure — by which he or she 
can attract, act or constrain with greater or 
less efficacy; 

3) a force of wealth : either in material 
conserved and useful to life, or in an equiv- 


If 


72 


A WORLD CENTRE 


alent sum of money — by which, a) he or 
she can think, know, persuade, attract, act 
and constrain with greater ease, with greater 
resources and consequently with greater a- 
bility and efficacy, a) by which he or she can 
use the forces of others, namely, pay more 
or less and induce others to think, know, per¬ 
suade, attract, act and constrain more or 
less for him or her : since the others, streng¬ 
thened by the things or money received in 
payment, will then be better able to think, 
know, persuade, attract, act and constrain. 

Every man or woman more or less con¬ 
sciously uses these three forces of mind, of 
body and of wealth, to increase them and 
make them prevail over those which, in con¬ 
flict, are used by other men and women. 
Because it is by the use, the increase and the 
successful operation of these three forces, 
that a man or woman can; 

1) have more or less sexual, family, 
professional, trade, artistic, commercial or 
social domination over other men and wo¬ 
men, that is to say, prevail and dominate 
over them; 

2) live more securely ; 

3) live according to his or her egotistic 
and maleficent or altruistic and beneficent 
will. 

II. 

The struggle for existence among men is 

WORSE THAN THAT AMONG BEASTS. AND 

IT IS BARBAROUS, AS LONG AS THEY ARE IN 

ANARCHICAL LIBERTY AND INDEPENDENCE. 

This alternate use and clash of forces, 
which men and women carry on in their 
desire to prevail, to dominate and to live as 
most interests and best pleases them, con¬ 
stitutes their struggle for existence. 

A struggle which is worse than that 
existing among the beasts, because of the 
greater forces of thought and of wealth 
which men and women can employ in it. 


Mankind, not limited by the narrow men¬ 
tality of beasts, cannot restrict itself to an 
individual and more or less local struggle for 
existence. It is by nature drawn to aggres¬ 
sions, now individual and homicidal, now 
collective and warlike, now perfidious and 
economic, that is, reinforced by money, and 
therefore likely to be more deadly. 

This struggle, moreover, is absolutely 
barbarous as long as it is conducted in anar¬ 
chy, that is to say, as long as men and women 
are in independence and unlimited liberty. 
Because the fact of all being independent 
and unlimitedly free to move and to use their 
own forces as they best think and please, 
renders their struggle fiercer on account of 
the shorter intervals between individual and 
homicidal, and collective and warlike deceits 
and aggressions. In this anarchical strug¬ 
gle, there is — no force able to insure against 
the unforeseen and sudden assault of other 
forces — no pleasure not disturbed by the 
imminence of some possible sorrow — no 
hour of life to be enjoyed in a State of 
security — no limit to the advantage of 
being always better armed — no time nor 
leisure to provide for any but the most 
urgent necessities of life. Independence, 
conferring unlimited liberty on everybody, 
reduces it to little liberty for everybody; and 
turns the life of men and women into a series 
of deceits, trickeries, homicides and wars, 
interrupted by brief intervals of insecure 
Peace. 

III. 

From the non-state of anarchy to the 

STATE OF GOVERNMENT. AUTHORITY, LAW, 

RIGHTS AND DUTIES, DESPOTISM AND TYR¬ 
ANNY, RULERS AND RULED. 

It is to withdraw themselves from this 
barbarous non-State of anarchy and struggle 
for existence, that among men and women 
who have already shown signs of sexual, 
family, professional, trade, artistic, commer¬ 
cial or social superiority, there arises the 
need for and occurs the establishment of the 
State, that is to say, there arises the need of 




POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


73 


completing and ensuring their various in¬ 
cipient dominations, by having also govern¬ 
mental domination, namely, legal domination 
and governmental authority, i. e., the faculty 
of imposing laws to curb and guide the forces 
of other men and women and thus be better 
able to live, by their own dominations, ac¬ 
cording to their own egotistic and maleficent 
or altruistic and beneficent wills. 

And how precisely does this occur? 

Through an understanding among those 
who in collective aggressions, namely, in 
wars, are strongest and dominant. The 
few men arid women who are strongest in 
wars, namely, better endowed with one or 
another of those three forces or with all of 
them and are capable of dominating, come to 
an agreement, through a process of multiple 
domination — to abolish independence and 
limit liberty — to organise themselves and 
subject others, that is, to render subject — to 
constitute themselves as authority of State 
and of government — to oblige one another 
hierarchically and to oblige the many weaker 
men and women to use their own forces in 
moves of a struggle for existence that must 
take place within prescribed limits. 

The many weaker men and women are, 
briefly, by force, constrained by the few 
strongest to have done with independence 
and to curtail their unlimited liberty accord¬ 
ing to a few rules, a) which in part constitute 
their duties — duties correlative to the rights 
assumed by the rulers, b) which in part con¬ 
stitute their rights — rights conceded them 
by the rulers, either because of altruistic 
regard for them, or because of a considera¬ 
tion of forces that it is as well to conciliate 
— rights correlative to the duties which the 
rulers have assumed, c) which together form 
the laws of common life. From wars, and 
by a process of multiple domination, among 
men and women there thus arises the au¬ 
thority, the State, the government. And 
the barbarism of anarchy ceases. And the 
struggle for existence, which was absolutely 
barbarous, begins to be civilised. And civ¬ 
ilisation begins. 


But the progress of multiple domination 
of the few rulers must be more particularly 
explained. 

One, who in wars dominates strongly by 
means of one of those three forces or by all, 
imposes himself upon the few who in wars 
dominate less strongly, by means of one of 
those forces or by all, and, a little by fair 
means and a little by foul, proposes to them 
the following; 

i ) to struggle in common against the 
many who are inferior in war, in order to 
subject them to his and their authority, and 
thus curb and guide their forces; to reduce 
their liberty of action and render them 
inoffensive ; to render them also useful, by 
service or tribute and by eventual possible 
sacrifice of life for the requirements of the 
exercise of their authority; 

2) to recognise him, the propounder 
of the plan, as first authority, and in turn, 
for the same end and in his name, to impose 
themselves as second authorities over the 
other few who in wars dominate a little and 
over the many who are inferior to them in 
war. 

Or these few, who in wars dominate less 
strongly and who have adhered to the in¬ 
vitation in the name of the Head, each one, 
as second authority, imposes himself upon 
the few others who in wars dominate a little, 
and, partly by fair means and partly by foul, 
proposes : 

1) to struggle in common against the 
many who are inferior in wars, in order to 
subject them to the authority of the Chief as 
well as to their own, and thus curb and guide 
their forces; 

2) to recognise the Head or Chief as 
first authority and themselves as second au¬ 
thorities, and in turn, for the same end, in 
the name of the Head, to impose themselves 
as third authorities over the few others who 
in wars dominate less and over the many who 
are inferior in them. 



74 


A WORLD CENTRE 


These other few, who in wars dominate 
a little accept the invitation, and in the name 
of the Head, and each one as third authority, 
act in the same way towards the other few 
who in wars dominate less. 

This process of multiple domination is, 
truly, positive, but only in part and there¬ 
fore not wholly scientific. It is only par¬ 
tially positive, because it is certainly based 
on the victorious results of war, namely on 
the value of the forces employed in and aris¬ 
en from war, yet is so based in an arbitrary 
way, that is, without regard to the forces 
that were not but could have been employed 
in war. x 4 nd because thus only partially 
positive and therefore only partially scien¬ 
tific, such process constitutes despotism and 
makes the first government a despotic gov¬ 
ernment. 

Nevertheless, it is by such proceedings 
that the first government can rise out of 
anarchy. It Is thus that, according to the 
need, the number of the few strong rulers 
capable of subjecting the many weak ruled 
increases more or less and that the submis¬ 
sion and the subjection of the many governed 
comes about. 

This despotic subjection of the ruled who 
are now converted into subjects, must, how¬ 
ever, also be more particularly explained. 

The imposition of the strongest rulers 
over the inferior rulers and over the ruled 
succeeds because; 

1) it is Initiated by despotism, i. e., by 
the process of multiple domination, which 
we know occurred in an arbitrary way; 

2) it is accompanied by disarmament , 
protection and penalty, that is, by : a) obli¬ 
gation on the part of the governed to give up 
arms which are not permitted, because leav¬ 
ing arms in the hands of the ruled facilitates 
their struggle against the rulers, b) defence 
of the rights of the ruled against anyone whe¬ 
ther ruler or ruled, who seeks to leave the 
permitted ways of struggle for existence, so 


as to offend and disturb the rights upon which 
rulers and ruled have regulated their own 
existence and property, c) infliction of suf¬ 
fering or death upon whomsoever disobeys; 

3) it is pursued through these means 
of tyranny — a) service of the inferior ruled 
made slaves, that is, reduced to forced mili¬ 
tary or labouring work and to eventual pos¬ 
sible sacrifice of life, b) tribute from the su¬ 
perior ruled rendered free, that is, permitted 
to carry on professional, trade, artistic or 
commercial free work, and taxed, c ) suppres¬ 
sion of liberty, for all, in thought, speech 
and act capable — of letting loose the forces 
of mind, body and wealth either of the in¬ 
ferior rulers or of the ruled — of deflecting 
such forces from obedience to the laws — of 
favouring inferior rulers and ruled in revolu¬ 
tionary tendencies, that is, in tendencies to 
overthrow the rulers and their lav/s, to dom¬ 
inate and to impose themselves, with new 
laws, as rival rulers, d) monopoly of schools 
and churches, charged with teaching pre¬ 
cepts of suffocated science and arranged 
religion, that is, charged with thus forming 
the morals of boys and girls who will be fu¬ 
ture men and women (let us remember that 
morals means nothing but habitual, custom¬ 
ary, way of thinking and acting: a way 
consequently variable from epoch to epoch) 
— charged namely, with moulding their 
brains and accustoming them to think and 
act as pleases the rulers, so that they may 
grow disposed to lend their forces of mind, 
of body and of wealth in favour of the will 
of the rulers and may become less in need 
of governmental compulsion, so that, briefly, 
they may grow naturally disposed to respect 
the rulers’ authority, to obey their laws, to 
refuse to lend ear and aid to those who would 
become rival rulers and make other laws and 
produce other morals. 

From all of which emerges the fact that 
despotism is not to be confused with tyranny. 

Despotism consists — in the govern¬ 
ment’s being of an arbitrary and not scien¬ 
tific character — in the lack of control of the 
forces of the individuals who compose the 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


75 


State —- in the uncertainty as to whether 
those who have risen to power, as despotic 
rulers, are still really the strongest in the 
face of whose authority the ruled and the 
aspirants to power will find it advantageous 
to remain in subjection. 

Tyranny consists — in the capacity of 
such despotic government, on account of its 
arbitrary character, to exist only by means 
of measures giving too great liberty to the 
rulers and too little liberty to the ruled 
in the more or less onerous services and in 
the more or less grave prohibitions imposed 
upon the ruled under penalty of suffering or 
death. 

When one perceives this difference, it is 
easy to understand that despotic government 
can, be more or less tyrannical. 

But a still more important explanation is 
necessary, and this is with regard to the dis¬ 
armament of the ruled. The disarmament of 
the ruled is the supreme condition for ruling. 
Rulers alone must have arms (and the in¬ 
ferior must present them to the superior), in 
order to be able with even a small show of 
force to compel respect for their authority 
and their laws. In fact, compulsion is easier 
inasmuch as the arms which remain only in 
the hands of the few rulers constitute an in¬ 
crease of their bodily force, and the arms 
taken away from the many ruled constitute 
a decrease of their bodily force. This is the 
only positive way of reducing armaments 
that the rulers can effect. When the ruled 
are not permitted to keep arms — which 
moreover are less necessary to them since 
the cessation of the anarchy which, for every¬ 
body’s defence and offence, once rendered 
the greatest possible number of weapons in¬ 
dispensable — it is evident! that few arms 
in the hands of the rulers, held with hierar¬ 
chical obligation of presenting them, suffice 
to render the mass of the ruled obedient. 

This mass, half reluctantly, half willing¬ 
ly, submits to such impositions of govern¬ 
ment, because It knows that it is losing the 
unlimited use of its forces of mind, body and 
wealth, and looks enviously upon the large 


part of these things going into the hands of 
the rulers, who, with despotic arbitrariness, 
have taken them for themselves; but, on the 
other hand, it understands that in issuing 
from the non-State of anarchy, it has ac¬ 
quired greater potentiality. It loses the in¬ 
dependence and unlimited liberty which it 
had, and which — because of the inherent 
series of deceits, trickeries, homicides and 
wars was, unconsciously to itself, reduced 
to a very limited liberty; but in exchange 
it acquires securely the little liberty allowed 
and protected by law. In exchange for the 
duties to which it is constrained, it acquires 
securely certain rights which it did not have 
at first. 

A mass of ruled begins by Being a herd; 
and remains such as long as its government 
is pastorallv despotic. It then degenerates 
into a mob, according as the despotic govern¬ 
ment degenerates. Finally it becomes a 
people, according as its intellectual develop¬ 
ment promoted by the aspirants to govern¬ 
ment for altruistic or selfish ends, but pro¬ 
moted with the support of the same mass’s 
forces — leads it to develop better its forces 
of mind, of body and of wealth, to organise 
itself, to reduce tyranny, to extend liberty, 
to become less in subjection, to abolish des¬ 
potism and to regenerate government. 

A\ mass which, as long as it is not a 
people, is colourless, formless, ignorant, ob¬ 
tuse, cunning, childish, impulsive, dissem¬ 
bling, sordid, generous, awkward, incoher¬ 
ent, fun-loving, snarling, chattering, grum¬ 
bling, and patiently lends itself to the im¬ 
positions of government, which it obeys, now 
for its own advantage, now from laziness and 
now from fear. But this mass, nevertheless, 
always possesses its latent forces and uses 
these now for asking, now for menacing, now 
for disobeying, now for insurrecting by the 
following graduated and gradual means of 
resistance : — claims, petitions, adverse pro¬ 
paganda, demonstrations, insult, damaging 
revenge, injurious revenge, mortal revenge, 
rebellions and revolutions. And using these 
its forces and these its means of resistance, 
it compels the rulers not to abuse its patience. 




7 6 


A WORLD CENTRE 


This mass stands between the rulers in 
power, on the one hand, and the aspirants to 
power on the other, who consist of — a) those 
subordinated rulers who ill tolerate the au¬ 
thority of their superiors and aspire to exer¬ 
cising it, having a despotic proud conscious¬ 
ness or a despotic vain pretension them¬ 
selves to possess the greatest force of mind, 
of body and of wealth, and who desire strong¬ 
ly to become rulers themselves by means 
of a brilliant career, without waiting their 
turn or time. The mass of the ruled, being 
thus in the middle of these two classes of 
persons, spies upon both and bends its enor¬ 
mous weight, now towards one and now 
towards the other, according to the illusory 
or obvious advantage held out to it. And 
thus registering the actions of the rulers and 
alternating the current of its own influence, 
it operates along with the factions of the two 
classes of rulers to the end that so-called 
politics can exist. For politics are precisely 
this opposition and compromise which the 
rulers in power, the rulers in aspiration and 
the mass of the ruled together make of their 
own forces of mind, of body and of wealth, 
for these aims : — a) for increasing and mak¬ 
ing them prevail, b) for curbing and guiding 
more or less the forces of others, or for with¬ 
drawing their own forces as far as possible 
from such restraints, c) for having more 
domination or undergoing less, d) for living- 
more securely, e) for living more according 
to their own egotistic and maleficent or al¬ 
truistic and beneficent wills. 

The mass of the ruled, from fear or from 
laziness, inclines more towards the rulers in 
power, and less towards the selfish aspirants 
to pow r er and still less towards the altruistic 
aspirants to power. These last, sincerely 
anxious to help the mass and unwilling to 
deceive it, speak to it in terms of crude truth, 
nor do they deceive it as do the selfish aspir¬ 
ants to power with their exaggerated prom¬ 
ises of greater rights and fewer duties. And 
even though thus inclining less towards the 
aspirants to power, it obtains successive ad¬ 
vantages. Because the selfish aspirants to 
power — if successful in their attempt for 
power, must in part maintain the promises 


made — if defeated, they cause the rulers 
who remain in power, in order not to fall, to 
concede within a little while some part of 
what was promised by the aspirants to their 
places. The mass, therefore, out of fear or 
out of laziness, inclines generally more to¬ 
wards the rulers in power. But these can 
count upon its lazy and timorous faithful¬ 
ness, upon these three conditions - 

1) if they are egotists, on condition 
that they repress the intellectual develop¬ 
ment of the mass and aggravate their own 
tyrannical deprivation of liberty of thought, 
speech and act; 

2) if they are altruists, or if they are 
shrewd egotists — who perceive the intellec¬ 
tual development of the mass in spite of re¬ 
pressions — on condition of promoting the 
intellectual development of the mass and of 
alleviating their own tyrannical deprivation 
of liberty of thought, speech and act; 

3) whether they are egotists or al¬ 
truists, on condition that their laws — a) are 
not too iniquitous, in regard to work , whe¬ 
ther forced and badly remunerated, or free 
and too highly taxed, b ) are applied with 
justice, that is, with scrupulousness, L e., 
■without violation of the rights, however 
slight, and without aggravation of the du¬ 
ties, however burdensome, in consideration 
of which the ruled have subjected them¬ 
selves, on the basis of which they have reg¬ 
ulated their life and by the force of which 
they feel their life secure, no matter how 
maimed and miserable this may be. And it 
is by adhering to this double third condition 
that the rulers suffer the slight deprivation 
of liberty and independence which they must 
nevertheless submit to, in consideration of 
the many deprivations of liberty and in¬ 
dependence to which they oblige the ruled 
to submit. 

IV. 

Justice, injustice and Pardon. 

The value of agreements. 

The application, therefore, of the rights 
and duties prescribed in the laws — if sera- 







m COOK 01 JUSTfCi 





















































: 

. 





. 






































■ 





■ 
















* 

















































































' 








' 


































' ' 




< 6 ? 








- 









































POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


77 


pulously carried out, constitutes justice — 
if unscrupulously carried out, constitutes in¬ 
justice. The iniquity or equity, namely, the 
badness or goodness of laws, has, therefore, 
nothing to do with their justice or injustice. 
As the law may be bad today and good tomor¬ 
row, or viceversa, according to the badness 
or goodness of the men and women who, 
being in government, create iniquitous or 
equitable rights and duties and make in¬ 
iquitous or equitable laws — so justice can 
today be bad and tomorrow good, or vice- 
versa, according to the iniquitous badness or 
the equitable goodness of the rights and 
duties contained in the laws. That which is 
absolutely necessary, in order that the State 
may exist, is that justice shall function; that 
justice, whether good or bad, according to 
the equity or iniquity of the laws, shall be 
scrupulously, publicly and punctually ren¬ 
dered. 

An iniquitous law, until it is abolished, 
must be so applied. Indeed, such appli¬ 
cation is the best way to rouse against it the 
anger of the mass or the agitation of those 
who aspire to rule, and to induce the rulers 
to abolish it. A judge, who for reasons of 
equity did not apply or distorted such a 
law, would, besides being unjust, be even 
iniquitous. He would mitigate the irrita¬ 
tion necessary for its abolition, and would 
leave other subjects in the possibility of hav¬ 
ing it applied by judges less compassionate 
and less inclined to equitable excuses or miti¬ 
gations. Against too harsh a justice there is 
the remedy of pardon , which is particular 
declared injustice, that is, a particular and 
declared inapplication of the law, willed by 
the government itself, through particular 
statements of law and for the government’s 
convenience. 

r 

Briefly, law, until it is abolished, must 
be sacred. There can be no authority, no 
State, no government, if security is lacking- 
regarding the enforced application of laws. 
And for this reason, and only in this sense, 
is justice the basis of every government. 
And for this reason the Palace of Justice as 
presented in the plans of the World City, is 


logically conceived as being even more ma¬ 
jestic than the Legislative Palace; for law, 
which in its prescriptions is perishable and 
subject to the changing will of legislators, 
must remain firm and sovereign in its ap¬ 
plication . 

In a Palace of Justice occupying the 
place of greatest prominence in a Centre 
where are gathered the world’s chief in¬ 
terests, a just application of existing laws 
can bring clearly to the minds of all peoples 
a knowledge of the equity, iniquity or de¬ 
ficiency of these laws. Through the legis¬ 
lative facilities furnished by a World Centre 
of Communication the people of all nations 
will be able through their representatives, so 
to alter existing laws and create new ones as 
to form a true code of international equity, 
for the enforcement of which it will depend 
only upon themselves to create the necessary 
authority. 

Since therefore law, as we have said, 
until it is abolished must be sacred, it is in 
this sense that the old erroneous precept — 
law is equal for all — is to be transformed. 
This precept, badly conceived and badly ex¬ 
pressed, as a reaction against despotic per¬ 
versions, is to be transformed thus — respect 
for law is equal for all. Thus the precept 
clearly means that a law, until repealed, 
must be respected by whomsoever has a duty 
prescribed in it, corresponding to the relative 
right of another. In the old erroneous ex¬ 
pression, the precept dimmed the essence of 
law, which is impository by the domination 
of some over others. It sounded — as if law 
were productive of equal effects, namely, of 
equal rights and duties for everybody — as 
if the respect of a law which one has imposed 
were the same as the respect of a law which 
has been imposed upon one — as if to respect 
a law could not be inconvenient and unpleas¬ 
ant for the one upon whom it has been im¬ 
posed but as convenient and pleasant as it is 
for the one who has imposed it. 

And what about rights and duties born 
of agreements? What shall we think of the 
value of agreements? 



78 


A WORLD CENTRE 


The value of agreements is effective, 
if there exists a governmental authority 
which, dominating over the contracting par¬ 
ties — by law has authorised and regulat¬ 
ed such agreements — by law has submitted 
them to its judicial agents, charged with ex¬ 
amining and enforcing them in case of con¬ 
flict — by law has entrusted them to its 
militia, charged with having them executed 
according to judical decisions and imposi¬ 
tions. Therefore the value of agreements is 
null, if there exists no governmental auth¬ 
ority that dominates over the contracting 
parties. 

In .short — agreements contracted within 
a vState are valid if they are legally authoris¬ 
ed by the State which dominates over the 
contracting parties — agreements contracted 
among several States are valid, if they are 
legally authorised by the Interstate author¬ 
ity which dominates over them — agreements 
stipulated by several independent States are 
null, as are those stipulated by individuals 
without State, because, since in one case they 
lack the domination of an Interstate author¬ 
ity and in the other case they lack the 
domination of a State authority, they lack 
legal authorisation and consequently value. 

But are not morals equivalent to an 
obligation for the contracting parties to 
fulfil their agreements? Moral obligations 
are regulated in scholastical and ecclesiasti¬ 
cal edifices and are of voluntary execution. 
Legal obligations are regulated in judiciary 
and military edifices, and are of enforced 
execution. If it pleases several States to 
remain in the free and anarchical barbarism 
of independence in order to be able on oc¬ 
casion to use this, let it also please them to 
run the risk of the free and anarchical fulfil¬ 
ment or nonfulfilment of the agreements 
stipulated for in the turbidity of their bar¬ 
barous independence. But let those States 
and peoples who are tired of and disgusted 
with the anarchical uncertainty as to the ful¬ 
filment or non-fulfilment of stipulated agree¬ 


ments, unite to create the Centre which will 
permit them to bring their governments into 
a legal State such as will protect all countries 
and people, and facilitate their development 
and prosperity by those who are capable of 
bringing order out of anarchical chaos, and 
maintaining it securely by the authority of 
all peoples representatively united in a com¬ 
mon Centre. 

V. 

The pentaeogue of the positive foundations 

OF GOVERNMENT. 

These positive foundations of govern¬ 
ment need a pillar to rivet them. And here 
it is in this pentalogue. 

1. There is no justice, if there is no 
scrupulous application of rights and duties. 

2. There are no rights and duties, if 
there is no law which has predetermined 
them. 

3. There is no law, if there is no auth¬ 
ority which has dictated or written it, mak¬ 
ing abrogation of rights and imposition of 
duties, making concession of rights and as¬ 
sumption of duties. 

4. There is no authority, if there are no 
men and women who, have succeeded in im¬ 
posing themselves as rulers and in compell¬ 
ing other men and women to live as ruled 
under their law T s. Which may be either in¬ 
iquitous and bad or equitable and good. 

5. There is no equity and goodness in 
authorities, in laws, rights, duties and justice 

- a) if men and women rulers, because of 
their insensible organic conformation, are 
still egotists, b) if men and women ruled, 
because of their insensible or covrardly or¬ 
ganic conformation, do not know how to use 
their forces of mind, of body and of wealth 
against the rulers to compel them to act with 
due altruism. 









CHAPTER III. 


POSITIVE INFERENCES OF GOVERNMENT DERIVED FROM THE 
POSITIVE FOUNDATIONS OF GOVERNMENT. 


The Positive Foundations of this Science 
of Government have clearly defined the true 
essence of the principle of authority. It was 
indispensable that this should, before all 
else, be positively ascertained, in order that 
the function of government might be finally 
purged of that satanic notion of divine right, 
which hitherto has defiled it and has consti¬ 
tuted the worst of all the outrages perpetrat¬ 
ed against God, having sought to make God 
responsible for all the crimes of government. 

These same Positive Foundations of 
Government have therefore clearly taught 
us that governmental authority belongs to 
those who, united in the struggle for exist¬ 
ence, are strongest in mind, in body and in 
wealth — since, on account of these greater 
united forces, they secure victorious domina¬ 
tion in war, so, by these same greater unit¬ 
ed forces, and through the proceeding of 
multiple domination, they assume legal dom¬ 
ination in peace. 

The Positive Inferences of Government, 
derived from these Foundations, finally rivet, 
with other precise and concise ideas, the com¬ 
pletive conceptions which every man and 
every woman, whatever be the class, party 
or faith to which they belong, must have — 
i) about liberty and force, which are 
the two supreme words of government — a- 
bout the triple significance which the word 
force must have, in order not to be ambi¬ 
guous and erroneous; 


2) about civilisation, which is a pro¬ 
gressive word of progressive government, ac¬ 
cording to whether this is local only or world¬ 
wide, and according to whether, in being 
local or world-wide, it is less egotistical and 
less violent, both on the part of rulers in the 
use they make of their domination, and of 
the ruled in the use they make of their dec¬ 
alogue ; 

3) about war and peace, which are 
words of anarchical barbarism and impos¬ 
sible justice in contrast to the words legality 
and revolution, which are words of govern¬ 
mental civilisation and possible justice; 

4) about Fatherland, which is the 
sacred word of government, as long as it is 
not degenerate and corrupt; 

5) pentalogue of the Positive Infer¬ 
ences of Government. 

I. 

Liberty and Force are the two supreme 

WORDS OF GOVERNMENT. 

These are words “which must first of all 
be understood exactly, if we are to be able 
to speak seriously of even the slightest po¬ 
litical event. If in our time there are still 
so many political mystifications, meaningless 
speeches, scribblings and infamies, the rea¬ 
son is largely because humanity has not a 


12 


8 o 


A WORLD CENTRE 


clear idea of the meaning of these two words 
which therefore remain supremely ambig¬ 
uous. 

Life is movement in struggle. Natu¬ 
rally, therefore, liberty must be supremely 
dear to everybody, in order to be able to move 
and struggle as seems best and most pleasing. 
But civilised coexistence is impossible with¬ 
out government, that is, without reduction 
of liberty for everybody, although this reduc¬ 
tion operates very much less for the rulers 
and very much more for the ruled. There¬ 
fore they are wise who aim at not too much 
liberty for the riders and not too little liberty 
for the ruled, i. e., at much liberty for every¬ 
body, compatibly however with the good 
functioning of government. And they are 
unwise who still speak of national independ¬ 
ences not knowing that they use a foolish 
phrase — a worn out tool. 

As primitive men and their near descend¬ 
ants saved themselves from the unlimited 
liberty of anarchy, bv organising their strug¬ 
gle for existence in a despotic and tyrannical 
government, so their more distant descend¬ 
ants, with greater cerebral superiority, ex¬ 
tricated themselves from the too much and 
too little liberty of despotic and tyrannical 
government, by organising their struggle for 
existence into a constitutional government, 
at first not scientific but empirical, i, e., ex¬ 
perimental, and not world-wide but local, 
only afterwards scientific and world-wide. 
That which it is urgent to note here, in con¬ 
firmation of our assumption, is the existence 
of certain proportions or relations between 
classes. For instance wdxere there is either 
anarchical or tyrannical liberty existing, then 
the life of the ruled, because of their little 
liberty is only slightly superior to that of 
beasts in breeding slavery, and the life of rul¬ 
ers, because of their too much liberty is only 
slightly superior to that of authoritative in¬ 
sects arrived at the stage of government. 

The conditions of States and their gov¬ 
ernments depend on their relation and degree 
of liberty, as well as on the following factors 
— the extent to which the population is 


subjected to enforced military service and 
labour, which render the life of the majority 
now fatiguing, rationed and guarded, now 
suppressed, and thus deprived of reason for 
and possibility of spontaneously developing 
individual faculties of thought and beauty — 
the freedom or lack of freedom from vex¬ 
atious and overtaxed work, which renders 
the life of the majority breathless, precarious 
and strangling, and thus deprived of time 
for self development — the existence or 
non-existence of governmental or wealthy 
leisure, which renders the life of a minority 
parasitical, cruel and full of reason for and 
time to develop individual faculties of vice 
rather than of thought, and produces in 
many of the rich a stupidity equal to that 
of many of the poor, so that, many of the 
rich pay for their superfluities at the dear 
price of vicious stupidity, produced by fatty 
degeneration, while many of the poor pay 
for their misery at the dear price of vicious 
stupidity, produced by rotten degeneration. 
In proportion to the existence or action of 
these factors men and women — 

1) can be capable of a less insect-like 
and more human government; 

2) can enjoy government scientific 
rather than empirical, world-wide rather 
than local; 

3) can become always less brutish, 
always more civilised, always more human. 

Liberty, therefore, must be much for 
everybody, although more for the rulers 
than for the ruled — that is to say, not the 
unequally distributed liberty of tyranny, and 
especially not the unlimited liberty of anar¬ 
chy. Because this, leaving all men and 
women independent and unlimitedly free in 
the exercise of their forces — permits the 
gross man to rob and to kill, if there is not 
a stronger one to stop him — permits the 
dirty little man to allow himself unseemly 
licence in the street and to infect the air for 
everybody, if he finds nobody to drive him 
away — leaves everybody, in fact, without a 
moment of real liberty and tranquillity, and 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OE GOVERNMENT 


81 


subject to the clash of opposing volitions — 
leaves everybody continually subject, to con¬ 
fusions, disputes, violences, deriving not 
only from the struggle for existence, but 
also from simple dissensions inherent to co¬ 
existence — renders everybody powerless to 
rise above the life of beasts, but forever con¬ 
strained to provide for the urgent require¬ 
ments of existence amidst continual deceits, 
offences and defences, without leisure to 
turn the mind toward superior, vital and 
pleasant occupations beyond that of the ur¬ 
gent struggle for existence, without pos¬ 
sibility to develop individual faculties of 
thought and beauty in the civilised indus¬ 
tries of trade, art, medicine, family and 
religion. 

Thus we have well understood the word 
liberty. And it is because of having thus 
well understood it, that we can now examine 
thoroughly the word force, which is a still 
more supreme and ambiguous word. 

Force is a more supreme word. Be¬ 
cause life is force. Because coexistence is 
a conflict of forces, and government is the 
ordered domination and predomination of 
forces. Because liberty itself is possible in¬ 
asmuch as there is a greater force capable of 
guaranteeing it. Because violence, as it is 
a most important concrete means by which 
a good and courageous man or woman can 
prevent another man or woman from com¬ 
mitting a bad action — as it is a most impor¬ 
tant concrete means by which rulers can 
triumph over anarchy, enforce their laws 
and inflict the punishments threatened in 
these against rebels or revolutionists, against 
the insane or ignorant who attempts to resist 
— so it is a most important concrete means 
by which the ruled can rise against and resist 
the iniquitous laws or the injustices of rulers. 

But force of body is not the only one; it 
is one of the three forces of which men and 
women dispose and of which both rulers and 
ruled can but dispose. An authority which 
does not dispose of the force of thought is 
absurd, and if it makes a sporadic appear¬ 
ance, soon disappears in derision. An auth¬ 


ority which does not dispose of force of 
wealth is absurd, and, if it sporadically ap¬ 
pears, is soon rendered impotent. An auth¬ 
ority which does not dispose of force of body 
to compel obedience by violence, is inchoate 
and ridiculous and, if it arises, is soon remov¬ 
ed. So soon that, even if it disposes of the 
other two forces of thought and of money, 
it will have no time to use them in the fury 
of the onslaught to which it will be subjected. 
On the other hand, the ruled who from fear 
of undergoing the penalties to be inflicted, 
do not dare to use their forces of mind, of 
body and of wealth, even with violence, a- 
gainst the iniquities or injustices of gover¬ 
nors, deserve to be daily oppressed by these 
governors and whipped for their amusement. 
It is for this that, at bottom, governing can 
be defined as the science of violence employ¬ 
ed for the bettering of co-existence, with the 
assistance, be it understood, of the forces of 
thought and of wealth without which the 
violent force of body cannot long function. 

Force, therefore, besides being a su¬ 
preme word, is also an ambiguous word, be¬ 
cause till now only the force of the fist which 
strikes blows or of the firearm which ex¬ 
plodes, has been vulgarly thought of as force, 
to the exclusion of that of the mind which 
moves bodies, fists and firearms, and that of 
wealth, which moves minds, bodies, fists and 
firearms. And yet it would not have been 
difficult to expose the error in this wide¬ 
spread vulgar opinion. It ivould have been 
enough to say : — Remain seated and hold 
in your hand a hundred dollar bill, saying 
that in return for it a case must be moved or 
a rascal thrown out. Your arms and legs 
will remain placid, but many arms and legs, 
instead of yours, will at once begin to stir 
and in a few T moments the case and the rascal 
will be thrown out together. Here your 
force of money has transformed itself into 
force of body. Similarly you may be poor 
and ill, but intelligent, in the midst of foolish 
people who do not know how to escape a 
danger. Make a gesture, say a few words, 
suggest quickly from your intelligence how 
the danger is to be averted by the use of 
a little money. Immediately pocketbooks 




§2 


A WORLD CENTRE 


will open before you, as if you, who are poor 
and ill, were a colossal brigand who had said, 
« Your money or your life », and a mingling 
of arms, legs and bodies will obey your ges¬ 
ture. Here your force of mind, has trans¬ 
formed itself into force of wealth and of 
body. Finally, you may have but little 
egotistic force of mind, little force of body 
and little force of wealth, but an immense 
altruistic love which shows your firm and 
heroic intention of sacrificing your life for 
the suppression of that of a tyrant or evil 
person. You will see many forces of mind, 
of accomplices and of means organise them¬ 
selves enthusiastically about you. You will 
see as many other trembling forces arrayed 
as decrees and as spies, as guards and as am¬ 
munition organise themselves against you. 
The tyrant and the guards will not sleep, 
being under the constant stimulus of fear. 
Your accomplices and friends will sleep but 
little, having to prepare the plot and the 
means of their escape. And you, ingenuous, 
exhausted, poor, with only the force of your 
true intellect of love, will have become the 
hope of some and the terror of others, you 
will have moved according to your will so 
many forces of mind, of body and of wealth. 

Popular misconception of the word is af¬ 
ter all natural, for the swinging of arms and 
fists are things that can be seen — often 
felt — so that it was easy for even the most 
obtuse to recognise that there was force in 
them. The reflections of the cerebral cel- 
lulae, correlative with the received and stor¬ 
ed sensorial vibrations, are not seen, neither 
are the impulses seen that they give to the 
speaking tongue or to the pugnacious arm. 

What is not natural is that the modern 
man, presumptuous in his intellectuality and 
culture, should not have created for himself 
a political science — a science of government 
founded on the domination and predomi¬ 
nation of the forces of mind, of body and of 
wealth among coexisting peoples. 

It is at this we aim, and we can already 
consider the word force as rehabilitated in its 
great triple significance. That the force of 


government has till now often been in more 
or less unworthy hands, that it is, even now, 
in the hands of more or less egotistic rulers, 
is no reason to believe that it will not finally 
reach the worthy hands of altruistic gover¬ 
nors. Nor is it a reason to pronounce the 
word force with disdain or terror. If we 
imagine Christ not as redeemer, formulating 
moral precepts (be if understood of habitual 
ways of thinking and acting), and with these 
influencing rulers and ruled ; if instead we 
imagine him as statesman, full of intellect 
and goodness, but also armed, in one hand 
with a sack of gold coins, in the other with 
a machine gun to make goodness prevail over 
the wickedness of egotistic wretches — we 
shall feel sympathy and fascination for the 
word force, and be able to conceive how much 
better Christian people would have become 
if such had been the case, instead of remain¬ 
ing as they have done so full of imposture. 
Therefore enough of prejudices and miscon¬ 
ceptions. 

Force is the greatest of all words, the 
word which governs the universe, regulat¬ 
ing it in the movement of the stars as of 
molecules, and regulating it the more beauti¬ 
fully the more its varied and complex forces 
develop not in independence and unlimited 
liberty, but in dependence and limited liber¬ 
ty, that is, the order of the domination of the 
greater over the less. Force is the word 
which binds the universe. And the universe 
— just as it falls into disorder when its forces, 
with their inherent instinct to varify them¬ 
selves in the prodigality of life, clash, balanc¬ 
ed and equivalent, in temporary indepen¬ 
dence — so it returns to order only when in¬ 
dependence ceases and a new dominance of 
greater forces, in varied and more or less 
progressed form, imposes itself with a new 
beauty over the lesser forces. 

To render the force of men and women 
ever less barbarous and more civilised, to 
render it ever more beautiful, there is noth¬ 
ing better therefore than to give it a scien¬ 
tific state. It is at this we aim. It is at this 
that together we must arrive in the disorder 
and from the disorder of the present war. 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


33 


II. 

Civilisation is a progressive word 

OF PROGRESSIVE GOVERNMENT. 

Civilisation, we know in fact, begins 
with the passing from anarchy to govern¬ 
ment — from anarchy which renders men 
and women’s struggle for existence bar¬ 
barous, to government which renders it or¬ 
ganised, that is, brought within prescribed 
limits and ways, and therefore not continual, 
and therefore not thick with deceits, trick¬ 
eries, homicides and wars. Because it is 
derived from the passing from the unorganis¬ 
ed struggle for existence, it can but begin 
by being rude in its essence and ways. Civ¬ 
ilisation, therefore, which in the beginning 
is necessarily rude, in proportion to the 
rudeness of sensibility, of conduct and of 
struggle of the men and women who con¬ 
stitute the first government, and in propor¬ 
tion therefore to the rude form of this first 
government, cannot help progressing and 
becoming always more refined in proportion 
as, first the men and women who constitute 
the rulers, then the men and women who 
constitute the ruled, become refined in sen¬ 
sibility, in ways and in struggle; in propor¬ 
tion therefore as the form of government 
itself becomes refined. 

Consequently, the progress of civilisa¬ 
tion moves naturally in relation with the 
way in which men and women conduct their 
struggle for existence. This struggle for 
existence, as we know, ceases to be barba¬ 
rous, begins to be civilised and generates civ¬ 
ilisation, when it ceases to be anarchical, 
when it begins to be organised and when it 
generates government. 

Civilisation is therefore, in strict relation 
with the struggle for existence and with gov¬ 
ernment. Consequently — a) it is local only, 
as long as the struggle for existence is or¬ 
ganised only among separate groups of men 
and women, that is, as long as only local 
governments exist, b ) it becomes world-nnde 
when the struggle for existence becomes or¬ 
ganised, when all the men and women of 


the earth, not only in their aggregates but in 
their totality, have ceased living in anarchy, 
have organised their struggle for existence 
— when, that is, they have produced a com¬ 
mon world-wide government for their com¬ 
mon affairs, namely, for their affairs that are 
not of the State only but interstatal, c) being 
only local, that is to say, not yet world-wide, 
it becomes ever more refined, ever more hu¬ 
mane, in proportion to the following prog¬ 
resses made by men and women in their 
struggle for existence : — 

1) in proportion as men and women, 
whether rulers or ruled, in making use of 
their forces, conform to ever more equitable 
conceptions, that is, to conceptions ever less 
egotistic and ever more altruistic ; 

2) in proportion as men and women, 
whether rulers or ruled, renounce disloyalty 
in the use of their force of mind, renounce 
ferocity in the use of their force of body, 
renounce prostitution in the use of their force 
of wealth; 

3) in proportion as, either on account 
of rulers’ rivalry, or of revolutions of the 
ruled — a) despotism, with its inherent tyr¬ 
anny and slavery, is diminished and finally 
abolished, b) vain pretences to govern with¬ 
out real supremacy of force are diminished, 
and finally suppressed, by means no longer 
of blind but of conscious and controlled par¬ 
ticipation of the mass in the governmental 
process of multiple domination, and con¬ 
sequently by means of agreed constitutional 
rules, which cause the authority of govern¬ 
ment to be always in the hands of those who 
at the time are really strongest, i. e., who at 
the time really have greater force of mind, 
of body and of wealth and therefore greater 
reason for governmental domination, c) equi¬ 
ty triumphs in the laws, and justice rules 
the State — in proportion as, the organisa¬ 
tion of government becomes such as to 
facilitate the development of the highest 
human faculties, and to raise human life. 

The statement that in proportion as the 
use of disloyalty, ferocity and prostitution 



A WORLD CENTRE 


84 


is renounced so does government become 
more civilised, does not mean therefore the 
exclusion of the use of these things in the 
function of government. As long as the 
rulers and ruled are, by their egotistic and 
base natures, induced to make rise of disloy¬ 
alty, ferocity and prostitution, it is natural 
that they should make use of these and that 
government should function by means of 
them, producing a State of civilisation cer¬ 
tainly base, but always preferable to the non- 
State of anarchy and barbarism. 

Similarly with regard to ferocity, we do 
not mean to suggest that rulers and ruled 
can renounce the use of violence. We know 
that this forms part of the force of body and 
is a most important concrete means — a) by 
which authority can triumph over anarchy, 
enforce its laws and execute the penalties 
threatened in them against the rebel or 
revolutionist, the insane or ignorant who 
may try to resist, b ) by which the ruled can 
rise and resist against the iniquitous laws 
and injustices of rulers. But — as ferocity 
remains excluded from violence, in propor¬ 
tion as men and women render their struggle 
for existence less brutish and more humane 
— so violence can remain latent and inactive 
in government, in proportion as men and 
women continue to refine their civilisation. 

Similarly, since rebellion and revolution 
are the two violent and extreme means of 
resistance in the hands of the governed, it is 
natural that, in proportion as civilisation be¬ 
comes refined, they .should be used after the 
other means, — a) after those means which 
are not violent and not extreme, such as 
claims, petitions, adverse propaganda, de¬ 
monstrations, have been used, b ) after those 
means which are less violent and less ex¬ 
treme, such as insult, damaging revenge, 
injurious revenge, mortal revenge. And it 
is natural that insult, because consisting of 
merely oral violence, should be used before 
either damaging, or injurious or mortal re¬ 
venge, in which violence becomes material 
and increases; while it is also natural that it 
should be used with the full abundance that 
language offers. 


If the history of all the truths which 
humanity today holds indisputable could be 
written, it would be perceived that the pro¬ 
ceeding in these matters was always the same 
and approximates to the following conclu¬ 
sions : — 

1) obstinate resistance on the part of 
some — lovers of truth in word, but, in fact, 
lovers only of such crumbs of truth as are 
not contrary, but rather profitable to their 
own interests; 

2) avalanche of bad words, poured out 
first by a few, then by many, then by very 
many against those who, undone and an¬ 
nihilated, eventually disappear beneath it, 
while truth, with effort, imposes itself in¬ 
disputably. 

If such a history of truth could be writ¬ 
ten, oral violences would have to be prais¬ 
ed as having been very useful to human 
learning. 

And if the history of politics could also 
be written, oral violence would be praised as 
having been beneficial also to human civi¬ 
lisation. Because we should have to agree 
that insult, as the first degree of only oral 
violence, has often served in governmental 
struggles to favour justice and equity, and 
to avoid greater material violences, such as 
damage, injurious or mortal revenges, and 
such extremes as rebellions and revolutions. 
We should have to deplore the fact that 
the ruled (not even the Germans) had not 
thought of organising a sort of public insult 
service against the rulers who were either 
iniquitous in their laws or unjust in applying 
them. A service by which such rulers, day 
and night, in their offices, in streets, restau¬ 
rants and theatres, at every moment of their 
daily lives, should be subjected to vituper¬ 
ation. Such a service, at the disposition of 
the organised masses, would have produced 
more valid results than vituperation by in¬ 
dividuals and isolated insults. It would 
have persuaded many men in government to 
withdraw and relieve the country of their 
nullity or unworthiness. 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


85 


III. 

War and peace are barbarous words, that 

IS, WORDS OF BARBAROUS ANARCHY AND OF 

NONEXISTENT GOVERNMENT. 

War and peace are barbarous words. 
They are words related to the independence, 
to the unlimited liberty and to the 11011-State 
in which men and women or their aggre¬ 
gates, still find themselves. Appropriate 
words when men and women’s struggle for 
existence is not yet carried on in govern¬ 
ment and! civilisation, i. e., when it is 
still carried on in anarchy and barbarism. 
Words, therefore, which begin to have no 
reason for persisting as soon as men and 
women emerge from the primitive non-State 
of anarchical barbarism. 


From the moment in which men and 
women group themselves in the State of gov¬ 
ernment, rear and peace, the two words of 
their anarchical struggle, give way to legal¬ 
ity and revolution, which are the two opposite 
words of governmental struggle. 


Legality and revolution are therefore 
civilised words, in contrast to the words war 
and peace which are barbarous words. Both 
sets of words explain themselves by their 
distinctive circles here arranged. 


Circle of the struggle for 
existence in anarchy. 

War 

peace 

war 


Circle of the struggle for 
existence in government. 
Legality 
revolution 
legality 


In anarchy — war is continuity, peace is 
transitoriness — war is the normal way of 
daily violence, by which men and women can 
and do struggle; peace is the abnormal way 
of suspended violence, by which men and 
women, because of a stipulated trace, can 
and do struggle. 


In government — legality is continuity; 
revolution is transitoriness — legality is the 
normal way of laws, sentences and compul¬ 
sion, by which men and women can and do 
struggle; revolution is the abnormal way of 
recurrent anarchical violence, by which men 
and women, because of a pause in legality, 
can and do struggle. 


The peaceful pause in war occurs not by 
law but by autonomous and, uncoercive a- 
greements, for among belligerents an auth¬ 
ority is lacking from which alone can pro¬ 
ceed a law giving validity to agreements and 
rendering them coercive. Therefore peace 

— occurring not by lav/ but by invalid and 
unenforceable agreements — does not pro¬ 
duce either rights or duties in a positive 
sense, and therefore much less can it produce 
justice. 

The revolutionary pause in legality oc¬ 
curs against the authority of the governors 
and tends to overthrow the validity of the 
laws — paralyzes the rights and duties con¬ 
tained in the laws, which only in case of a 
revolutionary victory can become void, and 
therefore also paralyzes justice. 

The peaceful pause in war occurs — 
either for the convenience of the victorious 
combatant and because of the resignation 
of the other, who, while he accepts the peace 
which is a pause in war, prepares himself 
for the renewal of war — or because of the 
exhaustion of both combatants, who agree to 
the restoration of peace in order, sooner or 
later, to renew the war. Therefore peace, 
occurring among anarchists, contrarily to re¬ 
volution, which occurs among legalitarians 

— is underlaid by rights and duties that are 
void, and moreover ends by not producing 
justice. 

The revolutionary pause in legality oc¬ 
curs — with defence of legality and justice 
on the part of the assailed governors, who 
are interested in having the rights and duties 
contained in their violated laws respected — 
with tendency toward legality and justice on 
the part of the governors in aspiration, who 
are interested in obtaining respect for the 
rights and duties to be contained in their 
various laws proposed in conformity with 
the aims of the revolution. Therefore re¬ 
volution, breaking out among legalitarians, 
in contradistinction to peace which occurs 
among anarchists — is underlaid by rights 
and duties in existence or in embryo, and 
ends by producing justice. 



86 


A WORLD CENTRE 


The peaceful pause in war, briefly, prom¬ 
ises little observance of peace agreements, 
because — a) it lacks rights, duties and jus¬ 
tice in a positive sense, b) because from peace 
war must sooner or later be re-created, and 
the peace agreements entered into may prove 
ruinous to one or other of the combatants or 
to both : ruinous for the continuation of war. 
Which, in spite of peace and friendship 
phrases, was interrupted only in order to be 
taken up again sooner or later, and can be 
more advantageously renewed precisely by 
not observing the peace agreements. To be 
at peace, that is, to be in a state of pause from 
the normal non-State of war, means to be in 
latent anarchical enmity, that is, to have no 
ties producing a comprehensive sense of the 
adversary’s anguish; it means to be barba¬ 
rous friends in order later to be barbarous 
enemies. And toward the future barbarous 
enemy, with whom one had, one has and one 
will have no real ties, one does not like to use 
acts of respect, such as the observance of 
agreements. One may wish to use them, 
provided that -when used they do not turn 
to his advantage in future war : provided 
that in future war they do not become a dis¬ 
advantage to the observer of them. Because 
disadvantage in war means almost certain 
death. And almost certain death means 
renunciation of the aim of war, which is that 
of suppressing the adversary’s life in order 
to preserve one’s own and to have the great¬ 
est possible anarchical domination. 

The revolutionary pause in legality, on 
the other hand, promises great observance of 
the revolution agreements, because legality 
was interrupted during the revolution only 
to be taken up later, and can be so much 
better taken up through the observance of 
the revolution agreements. To be in revo¬ 
lution, namely, in a pause of the normal state 
of legality, means to be in latent govern¬ 
mental friendship, that is, to have ties pro¬ 
ducing a comprehensive sense of the adver¬ 
sary’s anguish; it means to be civilised en¬ 
emies in order later to be civilised friends. 
And to the present civilised enemy, with 
w T hom one has not, but one had and will have 
real ties, one likes to use acts of respect, such 


as the observance of agreements. One can 
use them even if, when used, they turn to 
his advantage in future legality : even if, in 
future legality, they turn to the disadvantage 
of him who uses them. Because disadvan¬ 
tage in legality does not mean almost certain 
death, like disadvantage in war : it means 
danger of failure in the aim of the revolution 
— which is that of overthrowing the adver¬ 
sary’s authority in order to substitute one’s 
own and to have the greatest possible govern¬ 
mental domination. 

He who first said that peace treaties were 
scraps of paper, showed himself clever in af¬ 
firming the fact, because, enlightened by 
success, he had produced in himself a relief 
from false teachings, and intuitive compre¬ 
hension and sincerity of speech, but he did 
not show to advantage in his explanation of 
the fact, because, obscured by the subsequent 
failure, he had reproduced in himself the 
weight of false teachings, dullness of compre¬ 
hension and hypocrisy of speech. 

As long as the barbarous system of wars 
lasts, peace treaties, which pretend to prevent 
them, in reality are nothing but scraps of 
paper. 

First of all, because they are framed be¬ 
tween independent States, namely, among 
States which, still being in anarchical bar¬ 
barism that is, not yet having above them 
an international authority disposing of inter¬ 
national laws, judges and militia, and by 
these conferring legal value upon their agree¬ 
ments — are in the non-State of declared or 
latent aggression and in the possible neces¬ 
sity of violating their agreements. These 
latter consequently, have not a legal value 
such as private contracts acquire from State 
laws : they have, from their origin, a bene¬ 
volent or moral or null value, that is, they 
are from their origin what private contracts 
become on the day when a revolutionary out¬ 
break overthrows the State authority, with 
all its laws, judges and militia, rendering con¬ 
tracts valid or not valid according to the 
good or ill will of the contracting parties, ac¬ 
cording to whether they find it convenient 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


87 


to respect them or necessary to repudiate 
them. 

Then, because they occur after wars or 
under the menace of wars, they should 
more properly be called knife peace agree¬ 
ments or dagger treaties. And it is not to 
be wondered at that, endured by the weak 
under such impositions, such treaties are by 
these same people, upon the first suitable oc¬ 
casion, violated with sublime treachery, by 
means of a new war, which may give them 
the means of dominating over their adver¬ 
saries and of reconquering the advantageous 
conditions lost or of conquering more advan¬ 
tageous ones. One should, moreover, be 
glad that it is thus with peace agreements 
and treaties, for one should rejoice that the 
weak and conquered and subjected should feel 
ambitious to become strong and powerful. 

As long as, briefly, the barbarous system 
of wars lasts, every man who is not abject, 
every militarist who is not a mere fop, must 
certainly desire his own people’s victory; 
but, for the honour of the human species, he 
must also desire to see the conquered people 
quiver for vengeance and at a suitable time 
succeed in taking it; he must desire his own 
people to be again victorious, and the alter¬ 
nation of victories and defeats to be perenni¬ 
al among peoples. 

Someone once wrote a History of Peace 
Treaties, and it could only have been a pro¬ 
fessor who would undertake such a task. 
Otherwise the author would have demon¬ 
strated that the only real value of peace a- 
greements and treaties is always that of be¬ 
ing the delineators of future wars, and he 
would have done better to entitle his work 
The History of Peace Perjuries. But with 
such history he would not have made his ca¬ 
reer, and if he had written it before gaining 
his chair, he would certainly not have obtain¬ 
ed it. 

From all this the antithesis between the 
words war and peace, legality and revolution 
becomes clear. The word peace is a tran¬ 
sition from one war to another war. The 


word revolution is a transition from one le¬ 
gality to another legality. The fact that the 
peaceful transition takes place with a blood¬ 
less struggle and the revolutionary transi¬ 
tion occurs with a bloody struggle, does not 
render ephemeral peace preferable to prob¬ 
able revolution. Peace leads certainly to the 
anarchical and barbarous bloodiness of war, 
and the word peace must be despised for this 
reason, as well as for the foolish interpre¬ 
tation given to it of absence of struggle, 
which we know exists only in death. Revo¬ 
lution leads certainly to the governmental 
and civilised bloodlessness of legality, and 
the word revolution must be esteemed for 
this reason, as well as for its wise meaning 
of extreme resistance against the govern¬ 
mental iniquities and injustices which caus¬ 
ed it. After all, the word revolution is al¬ 
ready esteemed. As it leads to bloodless 
legality, and permits respect among its actors 
who are not barbarous enemies but enemies 
already more or less civilised, it takes place 
in practice with much less violence than war. 
It operates with a violence which, from the 
fact of its being less than the violence of war 
rather than from the fact of its occurring a- 
rnong fellow-citizens, has caused revolution to 
be commonly considered and called civil war, 
that is, a war very different from war proper¬ 
ly so called. This, arising among enemies 
in barbarous anarchy, is and must be atro¬ 
cious,, that is, carried on with every means 
likely to secure the victory for one side or 
the other in order to attain its aim and not 
allow it to be reduced to a ridiculous duel. 

And from what we have so far under¬ 
stood, it is also clearly to be seen that, whe¬ 
reas war can be abolished, revolution can 
only be avoided. 

War can be abolished, and will be, when 
upon earth there will be no more men and 
women in anarchy, that is, when finally 
humanity will have succeeded in creating 
an International Centre, an International 
Authority, an International Government 
which — by International Laws applied 
through sentences, and by an International 
Army and Navy commissioned to make 


13 



88 


A WORLD CENTRE 


them respected — will impose International 
Rights and Duties, will create International 
Legality and Justice, will bring into being, 
besides local government and local civili¬ 
sation, also world-wide government and 
world-wide civilisation. Which, if in the 
beginning it is but little humane, can later 
become always more so. 

Revolution cannot be abolished, as re¬ 
bellion cannot be abolished, as homicide 
cannot be abolished. Because, for the ex¬ 
istence of homicide one person who kills 
another is enough;; to create rebellion one 
man who, with reason or madness, rises 
against the Head or an agent of the auth¬ 
ority, is sufficient; to produce revolution a 
few governors or aspirants to government 
suffice. For this purpose a few rulers who 
abuse power, either by iniquitous laws, or 
by injustices, among which is that of prevent¬ 
ing the ruled from using their forces, within 
the permitted limits, suffice. Likewise a 
few aspirants to government who, either be¬ 
cause of secret influence, or because of the 
public welfare, think their rise to govern¬ 
ment urgent, believe their forces to'( be 
superior to those of the rulers and imagine 
themselves able therewith to go beyond the 
permitted legal limits, in order to drive such 
rulers from government and substitute them¬ 
selves in their stead, will be found to be suf¬ 
ficient to create the condition of revolution. 
Revolution, like homicide and rebellion, can 
certainly be avoided. Homicide is in fact 
avoided, through better education of the 
masses, through greater equity and just ob¬ 
servance of the laws. Rebellions can also 
be thus avoided. Revolution, therefore, can 
also be thus avoided, and especially through 
the observance of these two conditions : 

1) by taking care that the government¬ 
al authority — through observance of the 
rules concerning it which may have been es¬ 
tablished — shall always be in the hands of 
those who at the time are really strongest, 
that is, who at the moment really have the 
greatest force of mind, of body and of wealth; 

2) by taking care that the rulers in 
power do not abuse their superior force, that 


is to say, by ensuring that they behave with 
such wisdom and such equity as to cut short 
every impatient and violent impulse in those 
who aspire to government, and avert their 
every temptation to substitute themselves in 
government through more hasty means of 
authority than those agreed upon for the 
ascertainment of forces and recognition of 
authority. 

IV. 

Fatherland is the sacred word 

OE GOVERNMENT. 

Fatherland is a sacred word. Human 
civilisation, whether local or world-wide, 
is inconceivable without the conception of 
Fatherland, even as family, which is an 
element of civilisation, is inconceivable with¬ 
out the conception of father. The word 
Fatherland — which is connected with the 
word father, because the father has already 
imposed his paternal domination over his 
family when he prepares to impose his gov¬ 
ernmental domination over his neighbours — 
is, in short, comprised in the first degree of 
civil-governmental organisation, and is as 
sacred as the word father. 

Civilisation, in fact, is born of a few 
strong men and women, who certainly or¬ 
ganise themselves in governing domination 
to put an end to the barbarism of their neigh¬ 
bours’ anarchy and to impose upon them the 
duties of subject obedience, but who, at the 
same time — partly because of altruistic 
regard felt toward them, partly in consider¬ 
ation of latent forces in these subjects to be 
held in restraint — assume toward them du¬ 
ties of support and protection. Civilisation, 
in fact, is born of the same few strong men 
and women, who, a little earlier in the his¬ 
torical development of man, had united in 
parental domination, to put an end to the 
barbarism of sexual promiscuity and to im¬ 
pose upon women and children duties of 
wifely and filial obedience, but who at the 
same time — because of altruistic regard felt 
toward them, more than in consideration of 
their latent forces to be possibly kept docile 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


89 


— had assumed toward them duties of sup¬ 
port and protection. 

There is, therefore, no civilisation with¬ 
out Fatherland, and there is no Fatherland 
which does not exercise reciprocal functions 
similar to those of a father. 

A father who exerts his authority over 
the members of his family and draws profit 
from their obedient services, but does not 
provide for the living of all in a way gradu¬ 
ally proportioned to his own, is a selfish 
father who does not deserve respect and obe¬ 
dience. Similarly a Fatherland that exer¬ 
cises its authority over its children and draws 
profit from their obedient services, but does 
not provide for the living of all in a way gra¬ 
duated and proportioned to that enjoyed by 
those who impersonate its heads is a selfish 
Fatherland, which does not deserve respect 
and obedience. 

A father who in the hour of defence or 
aggrandisement of his interests, declares it 
is a question of defending and aggrandising 
the interests of his sons, and calls them 
first authoritatively with fatherly domin¬ 
ation, then tenderly one by one by their 
names, who clothes and arms, feeds and 
caresses them, exalts their family devotion, 
and with promises of common welfare in¬ 
duces them to sacrifice their work, their af¬ 
fections and their lives, but who then after¬ 
wards, when the hour of sacrifice is past, 
denies them, abandons them and their women 
and their children to lack of work, of clothing 
and of food, is an imposter, a false and cor¬ 
rupt father. Similarly a Fatherland whose 
government in the hour of defence or aggran¬ 
disement of the interests of rulers and their 
adherents, declares authoritatively that it is 
a question of defending and aggrandising the 
interests of the governed, and calls them first 
authoritatively one by one by their conscrip¬ 
tion names — that is, belonging to their res¬ 
idual slavery — then conjures them with 
words of faith and clothes and arms and feeds 
them, provides them with hoods and gloves 
against the cold, with sweets and cigarettes 
as tit-bits, exalts their patriotic devotion, and 


with promises of common welfare induces 
them to sacrifice their work, their affections 
and their lives, but afterwards, when the 
hour of sacrifice is past, denies them, aban¬ 
dons them with their women and children to 
lack of work, of clothing and of food (unless 
they later make themselves recognised as 
criminals and can enjoy these things in pri¬ 
son) is an imposter, a false and corrupt Fath¬ 
erland. 

The Fatherland, in a true sense, ensures 
domination to those strongest in mind, body 
or wealth, who conquer it in government; 
ensures domination to those, strongest in 
mind, body or wealth, who conquer it in 
professions, trades, arts and commerce; but 
it does not tolerate that its dominators and 
rulers, whether governmental or private, 
shall live with superfluous wealth — while 
some of its subjects, boys and girls, seeds of 
God, lack the necessary care to become men 
and women — while men and women, chil¬ 
dren of God, lack work, are deprived of ne¬ 
cessities, are compelled to the shame of 
miserj? and charity, of prostitution or crime, 
compelled to be an uneducated and rough 
mob, which must remain in spirit eternally 
base. A Fatherland which has a govern¬ 
ment that produces and tolerates such a state 
of things, is a Fatherland inferior to that 
tyrannical first degree of civilisation, born 
through patriarchal domination over sup¬ 
ported and protected slaves. And those who 
create such Fatherlands by their egotistic 
greed, are less civilised than the first bar¬ 
barians who took the earliest steps towards 
organised existence. They offer to the peo¬ 
ple a government, certainly, in place of an 
anarchy, but a government monstrously rich 
with patriotic rights and monstrously poor in 
patriotic duties. 

V. 

Pentalogue of the positive inferences 

OF GOVERNMENT. 

These positive inferences of government 
also need a pillar to support them. And here 
it is in this second Pentalogue. 



go 


A WORLD CENTRE 


1. Life is not peace, but struggle — un¬ 
like death which is peace. 

2. Domination by the strongest is the 
way in which the struggle for existence can 
develop best, and the end of life be best at¬ 
tained. Because domination means ruled 
order, which imposes itself upon anarchical 
disorder. 

In fact, the universal struggle for domi¬ 
nation begins, a) among the heavenly bodies, 
where the greater dominate the lesser, com¬ 
pelling them to move as much as possible 
within the orbits allowed them, b ) ends among 
the cells of which the various bodies living 
upon the heavenly ones are formed, their 
strongest cells being those which dominate 
over the others. 

3. The strongest bodies, among those of 
which a State is composed, are those which, 
by universal law, must dominate and do 
dominate over the others — over the wretch¬ 
ed ones incapable of prevailing — over the 
decadents who are condemned to be subjected 
or to disappear as a penalty for their vices. 

Similarly, the strongest States, among 
those of which humanity is composed, are 
those which, by universal law, must dominate 
and do dominate over the others — over the 
wretched who may never hope to rise to im¬ 
portance — over the decadent, condemned to 
be subjected or to disappear as penalty for 
their deterioration. 

4. If with serene scientific observation, 
the elements are analyzed by which the gov¬ 
ernment of a city or nation — as much after 
a civil war, i. e., after a despotic struggle, as 
after an election, i. e., a representative strug¬ 
gle — reaches the hands of those persons who 
attain to government, it will be perceived 
that they, at the moment, comprise within 
themselves the greatest collective force, a) of 
mind, honestly or dishonestly, directive, b ) of 
bodies, disciplined and actively supporting, 
c ) of financial means, openly or covertly used. 
It will be perceived that they can, by armed 
violence of laws, of judges and of militia, 


dominate and impose themselves as governors 
over all other persons who, having relatively 
less force of mind, of body, of money, must 
resign themselves to remain submissive as 
governed until they are able to rise to greater 
force of mind, body and wealth, and so domi¬ 
nate and impose themselves in their turn by 
armed violence of laws, of judges and of 
militia, as new rulers. 

In the force of mind, of body and of 
wealth lies, therefore, the positive basis for 
authority and function of government. And 
the Science of Government is nothing but 
the science of domination, that is, at bottom, 
the science of violence. This is iniquitous 
and demoniacal or equitable and holy, accord¬ 
ing to the egotistic or altruistic nature of 
those who represent the government, and 
who, whosoever they may be — cause the 
struggle for existence to develop better in 
order than in disorder. 

5. The words a force, struggle and domi¬ 
nation » are therefore the most scientific of 
all in matter of government. They show us 
that, as in the past egotists struggled against 
altruists and dominated governmentally, be¬ 
cause they were strongest in mind, in sup¬ 
porters and wealth, so in the future altruists 
will struggle against egotists and dominate 
governmentally, because they will know how 
to make themselves strongest in mind, in 
supporters and in wealth, by making better 
use of the 10 means of resistance which the 
ruled will have against the rulers. For it is 
by these ten listed means, graduated through 
various degrees of violence from not-violent 
to extremely violent, combined with the 
means of enforcing penalties, that the relative 
civilisation attained by men and women 011 
earth has been produced. Claims, by mak¬ 
ing known to the rulers a need or an injustice 

— petitions, by indicating to them the mea¬ 
sure thought advantageous for the need or 
against the injustice — adverse propaganda, 
by weakening their governmental authority 

— demonstrations, by giving them the oppor¬ 
tunity of counting their visible adversaries 
and calculating their invisible ones — insults, 
by poisoning their life — damaging revenges, 




POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


91 


by impoverishing it — injurious revenges, by 
endangering it — mortal revenge by remov¬ 
ing them from life — rebellions, by lessening 
the authority of their government — revolu¬ 
tions, by overthrowing their governments 
and themselves — all of them constitute the 
half score means of resistance which have 


greatly aided and will aid in opening the 
minds of rulers, in curbing their egotism, in 
urging them towards the passing of more 
equitable laws and juster applications of 
them, for a better human coexistence and a 
higher human civilisation for mankind in 
the future. 
















. 

■ 



' 


. 








' 


■ 


. 





















CHAPTER IV. 


SCIENTIFIC NATIONAL CONSTITUTIONS. 
THE INTERNATIONAL CONSTITUTION. 


The State cannot for ever remain defiled 
by its two original malignant sores. It is 
impossible that the States should not finally 
be cured of them, by means of these or of 
other new and positive conceptions of govern¬ 
ment, which, penetrating into the mind of 
humanity, will produce, like a miraculous 
serum, the great and much sought-after 
cure. 

Given, therefore, that governmental 
domination — or rather legal domination and 
governmental authority — belongs to those 
who are in fact united and strongest in mind, 
in body and in wealth; 

given that despotism is only a partially 
positive and scientific way of governing, the 
more so if it mocks at God and uses the 
Satanic discovery of divine right; 

given that — as it is profitable for 
dominators to be assured of their domination 
— so it is profitable for the dominated to be 
conscious that their present submission is op¬ 
portune ; 

given that it is profitable for civilisa¬ 
tion, that legal domination should be develop¬ 
ed with greatest possible securities and guar¬ 
antees ; 

granting all this, it becomes evident 
that the function of government can and must 
be rendered positive and scientific by these 


Statutes of a national constitution, includ¬ 
ing as a natural development, the inter¬ 
national. 

I. 

The satanic idea of divine right is sup¬ 
pressed. Hence, royal despotic arbitrariness 
ceases, with its inherent tyranny and slavery, 
with its vState monopolies of churches and 
schools, charged with upholding this tyranny 
and slavery by false teachings of suffocat¬ 
ed science and obscurantist religion. And 
hence, the time of Kingdom States with their 
relative subjects is ended. 


From this day dawns the era of Nation 
States, i. e., the era of State connections be¬ 
tween the native-born and the naturalised of 
a given place. Who — through controlled 
and bloodless electoral struggles, rather than 
through the process of representative mul¬ 
tiple domination, rather than through the 
process of despotic multiple domination — 
through parliamentary discussions and votes, 
rather than through violent warlike imposi¬ 
tions — according to electoral and parlia¬ 
mentary results, that show in a positive way 
which among these native-born and naturalis¬ 
ed are the strongest in mind, in body and in 
wealth, to whom governmental domination 
belongs — together contend for this domina¬ 
tion and cede it to one another. 


94 


A WORLD CENTRE 


III. 

The representatives — elected, because 
strongest among the native-born and natural¬ 
ised components of the national State, and 
authorised to treat national affairs of State by 
the force of majorities, or rather, to create 
rights and duties, with national laws imposed 
by the strongest among them — will treat 
national affairs of State in a public National 
Assembly : — 

1) so that, from an oral clash of ideas 
of government, the truest may develop and 
predominate; 

2) so that, by the public speaking of 
altruistic representatives, who support equi¬ 
table measures, the power of overbearing 
mutely and secretly, without giving account 
or reason, may be taken from egotistic repre¬ 
sentatives, who sustain iniquitous measures; 

3) so that government injustice may be 
open to denunciation, while guilty governors 
may be punished; 

4) so that the ugliness of despotic gov¬ 
ernmental arbitrariness, which is naturally 
mendacious besides being tyrannical, may be 
replaced by the beauty of controlled represen¬ 
tative government, which is naturally truth¬ 
ful besides being liberal; 

5) so that, in short, the old malignant 
internal State sore may be cured, and the 
State may reach the pure sensation and ac¬ 
tuation of all those equities whereby civili¬ 
sation becomes complete and the Fatherland 
again becomes sacred. 

IV. 

The National Assembly is the depository 
of governmental domination, by assignment 
from all the native-born and naturalised com¬ 
ponents of the Nation, who, before elections, 
have this authority in their hands. 

The President of the National Assembly, 
elected by the representatives — a) directs 


its discussions, b) confirms its decisions, c) as¬ 
signs to the Prime Minister, designated by 
the Assembly itself, the execution of the laws 
of the government, d ) orders the Head of the 
Militia, designated by the Assembly itself, 
to direct the hierarchical military functions 
and to carry out, by compulsion if necessary, 
the Prime Minister’s whether personal or 
delegated measures. 

V. 

In treating national affairs the National 
Assembly can divide itself into parties, ac¬ 
cording to principles or occasional conflicts. 
But every party distinction and nomenclature 
presupposes that natural one, which is as 
durable as its presentation by physical or¬ 
ganisms. This natural division consists 
of : — 

1) on the one hand the brutish, i. e., 
those representatives organically so egotistic, 
as to exceed in greed even the greediest be¬ 
asts, and whose laws cause some men and 
women in the Fatherland to enjoy superflu¬ 
ities — while at the same time there are boys 
and girls, seeds of God, deprived of the ne¬ 
cessities for becoming men and women — 
while in it are men and women, children of 
God, in penury of work, deprived of all the 
necessities, constrained to the shame of char¬ 
ity, of prostitution and of crime, constrained 
to be uneducated, rough plebeians and to 
remain in spirit eternally base; 

2) on the other hand the humane, i. e., 
those representatives organically so altruistic 
as to surpass primitive men in their renun¬ 
ciation of superfluities and even of neces¬ 
sities. This class will never desist from com¬ 
bating the brutish representatives. 

VI. 

The proposal and drawing up of a law 
must be done singly by one or another of the 
representatives — so that its conception and 
drawing up may be planned with organic per¬ 
fection — so that the Assembly in its discus¬ 
sions and decisions may freely, without 






POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


95 


ministerial compulsion, accept it if worthy, 
or reject it if unworthy. 

And to the Assembly of Representatives 
belongs the interpretation of obscure laws 
— so that administrative or judicial function¬ 
aries may not place themselves above the 
legislators, with interpretations contrary to 
the spirit of the law. Otherwise, the repre¬ 
sentatives may become legislators, knowing 
nothing of laws and unfit to give them pre¬ 
cision, to reform them, to repeal them, to 
keep them in harmony with the times and to 
perfect them with their progress. 

Thus the right of pardon, i. e., to a par¬ 
ticular injustice declared and desired for the 
convenience of government, belongs to the 
National Assembly. 

VII. 

The Prime Minister and the Ministers 
appointed by him must therefore not be med¬ 
dling lawmakers. They must only be just 
executors of the laws. Their responsibility, 
foi their own acts, as for those of their subor¬ 
dinates, must have no other basis and sphere 
than that of justice or injustice. Politics 
must be extraneous to them, belonging prim¬ 
arily to the mass of electors and then to the 
representatives in Assembly. 

The administrative officers and the jud¬ 
ges of conflicts among individuals or societies 
must, nevertheless, upon their own respon¬ 
sibility and upon the supreme responsibility 
of their Minister, apply the laws with justice 
until they are repealed, drawing attention 
when needful to their inconveniences. 

VIII. 

7 he military force depends on principle 
solely upon the National Assembly, and the 
Head of the Militia , whom, through its 
President, the Assembly invests with power, 
provides for all the hierarchical military 
functions. Only when the President of the 
Assembly orders that compulsion be given to 
the Prime Minister’s whether personal or 


delegated measures, only then, and only in 
regard to what belongs to compulsion for 
such measures, does the Head of the Militia 
become dependent upon the Prime Minister. 

The militia nevertheless cannot, in a 
representative government, be slaves of con¬ 
scription, as they must be in a despotic gov¬ 
ernment. In a representative government 
the militia are volunteers, who proudly, at 
the risk of their persons and lives, assume 
the high task of being impartial depositaries 
of the legal violence of government, to guar¬ 
antee the observance of the laws and the 
progress of civilisation. 

It is for the representatives, who in the 
National Assembly have legal domination 
and the authority of government, to promote, 
and obtain voluntary supporters of their pol¬ 
icies and their laws. Failure in this is a sign 
that they are not the strongest, that they 
do not constitute the parliamentary majority, 
that the elections were not truthful in design¬ 
ing them as the representatives to whom legal 
domination and the authority of government 
belong. 

To the militia, thus no longer instru¬ 
ments of despotic arbitrariness, but impartial 
supporters of representative laws, belongs 
the gratitude of all the native-born and nat¬ 
uralised citizens who constitute the Nation. 

A 

IX. 

In order to render the functions of gov¬ 
ernment more liberal and less complex, but 
more connected and disciplined, especially 
with regard to the use of armed force : — 

i. As long as civilisation remains local 
and not also world-wide, because of the per¬ 
sistent anarchical barbarism of national in¬ 
dependences, which took the place of royal 
independences, and are productive of illegal¬ 
ity among the various States — the National 
Assembly, a) delegates to elective Communal 
Assemblies the jurisdiction of all those af¬ 
fairs which, concerning the inhabitants of a 
given community, are by it defined as purely 


14 



96 


A WORLD CENTRE 


local interests, b) determines the proportion 
of arms and militia to be allowed to the 
various communities, for guaranteeing the 
observance of their communal laws, under 
the orders of a Commander who, like the 
Commander of national militia, depends for 
his authority upon the President of the Com¬ 
munal Assembly. 

2. When civilisation becomes world wide, 
because of having suppressed the anarchical 
barbarism of national independences and of 
having introduced legality among the various 
States, by means of an international con¬ 
stitution, every National Assembly of the 
already existing Nations that adhere to the 
international constitution, cedes to the In¬ 
ternational Assembly of the international 
institution the following powers : 

1) Power to constitute itself, by means 
of the plenipotentiaries sent to the inter¬ 
national assembly by every already existing 
Nation adhering to it — Plenipotentiaries 
sent in proportion to the various provisional, 
and agreed upon, average forces that each 
Nation possesses in its industry, its popula¬ 
tion and its public and private wealth, which 
are fundamental for governmental authority, 
since they are the factors of victorious dom¬ 
ination in the homicidal furies of war, as of 
governmental domination in the homicidal 
intervals of peace; 

2) power to constrain existing but not 
adhering Nations to take their part in the in¬ 
ternational CONSTITUTION; 

3) power to recognise the nationality 
of those native-born and naturalised men and 
women who, with due reason, desire to be¬ 
come a Nation; 

4) power to establish the number of 
Plenipotentiaries which each separate pre-ex¬ 
isting or new Nation has the right to elect, in 
proportion to the varying average of its for¬ 
ces, and send to the international assembly ; 

5) power to reconsider the average of 
these forces from time to time, and conse¬ 


quently, according to the variations in the 
average, to maintain, increase or diminish 
the number of each Nation’s Plenipoten¬ 
tiaries ; 

6) power to begin to define — which 
affairs are to be considered affairs of com¬ 
munal interest, to be treated by Communal 
Assemblies — which of national interest to 
be treated by National Assemblies and which 
of international interest, to be treated by the 
international assembly ; 

7) power to determine the proportion 
of arms and militia which every Nation may 
possess and distribute among its commu¬ 
nities, for the observance of national and com¬ 
munal laws; 

8) power to appoint the international 
prime minister who shall look after the just 
application of the international laws, by 
means of supreme judges chosen by him, 
with the approval of the international as¬ 
sembly, as also by means of functionaries; 

9) power to determine, according to 
the number of a Nation’s Plenipotentiaries 
sent to the international assembly, the va¬ 
rious amount of arms, militia and financial 
contributions which every Nation represent¬ 
ed in the international assembly must fur¬ 
nish thereto for the purposes of the Inter¬ 
national Army, to ensure the observance of 
international laws; 

10) power to appoint the international 
commander who, deriving his authority from 
the PRESIDENT of the international assembly, 
directs the hierarchical functions of the In¬ 
ternational Army, and enforces execution of 
the measures passed to secure the observance 
of international laws, that may be commu¬ 
nicated personally to him by the President 
or by the President be delegated to the In¬ 
ternational Prime Minister. 

So that therefore : — 

by delegation from the National As¬ 
sembly, there will be the community, which 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


97 


will treat communal affairs — in a Commun¬ 
al Assembly of Communal Councillors — 
with communal ministers, judges and officers 
— with voluntary communal militia to ensure 
the observance of communal laws; 

by function of the National Assembly, 
there will be the nation, which will treat na¬ 
tional affairs — in the National Assembly of 
National Representatives — with national 
ministers, judges and officers — with volun¬ 
tary national militia, to ensure the observance 
of national laws; 

by cession from the National Assem¬ 
bly, there will be the international which 
will treat international affairs in the inter¬ 
national assembly of International Plenipo¬ 
tentiaries — with international ministers, 
judges and officers, with voluntary interna¬ 
tional militia to ensure the observance of in¬ 
ternational laws. 

As the president, the premier and the 
commander are the highest authorities of the 
Nation — so the Community has in its Pres¬ 
ident, its Premier and its Commander its 
miniature but highest authorities — so the 
international has in its President, its Pre¬ 
mier and its Commander its most important 
and actually highest authorities. And both 
in Communal Assemblies and in the inter¬ 
national assembly, the parties, the functions, 
the procedures are similar to those of the 
National Assembly. 

There will thus be the community, the 
nation and the international, for the civ¬ 
ilised coexistence of humanity. And the 
Nations will be the several sources of these 
governmental authorities, producing civilis¬ 
ed human coexistence. The several sources 
which — while springing from the vitality of 
the native-born and naturalised who form the 
nations — .spreading out, give life to the 
rivulets of communities — flowing together, 
give life to the stream of the international. 

X. 

The Nations must be personified, so that 
they may upon occasion be represented sin¬ 


gly. Constituted as it is of the native-born 
and naturalised who bring to mind the sub¬ 
lime maternal function of nativity, the Na¬ 
tion will therefore be symbolically represent¬ 
ed by a woman who, rising by sublime virtue, 
will have been elected by the National As¬ 
sembly. 

Her name and official title will be simply 
this — THE nation. And her stay in office, 
except in cases of demerit and deposition, 
will be for life. 

Her duties will be the following — to 
represent the Nation on all occasions when 
her presence is desired — to give, in the most 
intense political conflicts, counsels of mater¬ 
nal equity — to assume the possible tran¬ 
sitory function of government, in eventual 
revolutionary subversions that arrest the le¬ 
gal functioning of the powers of the State. 

As to the personification and single re¬ 
presentation of the Community and the in¬ 
ternational — the one, because of the sim¬ 
ilarity of its elements and the simplicity of 
its functions, will be personified by the Pres¬ 
ident of the Communal Council, the Mayor 
— the other, because of the dissimilarity of 
its elements and the complexity of its func¬ 
tions, will be personified by an expressly 
elected delegation, composed of one repre¬ 
sentative for every Nation and by the nation¬ 
al flag. 

These are the first Ten Statutes of a 
NATIONAL CONSTITUTION by which the function 
of government can and must be made posi¬ 
tively scientific, by which politics can and 
must cease being the vulgar empiricism 
which they are. In explanation of these 
there are but a few ideas to be added regard¬ 
ing parliamentary-electoral struggles and 
nationalities. 

Elections are the organised, controlled 
and therefore positively scientific, as well as 
most civilised way, by which coexisting peo¬ 
ple use their forces of mind, of body and of 
wealth in order — to make that imposition 
of multiple domination which we know to be 



98 


A WORLD CENTRE 


necessary — to complete and ensure the 
various dominations in the sexual, family, 
professional, artistic, commercial and social 
fields and to live more according to the dic¬ 
tates of their own will. That imposition, as 
we saw in anarchical barbarism, i. e., in the 
absence of government — occurred through 
warlike victory — affirmed itself with ar¬ 
bitrary proceedings — existed in tjwannical 
despotism — and ended with frequent revo¬ 
lutions on the part of the governed, persuad¬ 
ed to such a step in good or bad faith, and 
convinced that they were the strongest and 
had the right themselves to make the same 
imposition of governmental domination, to 
complete and ensure their various sexual, 
family, professional, trade, artistic, commer¬ 
cial and social dominations, and be able to 
live more according to the dictates of their 
own will. 

The constitutional electoral system of 
representative government in short, causes 
governmental domination to fall into the 
hands of those who are really strongest, i. e., 
— those who, being more intelligent, have 
known, with sincerity or deceit, how to per¬ 
suade or to capture more electors, even as 
they would have captured more combatants 
on the battle field — those who, being more 
attractive, more agile, more robust, have 
known with seduction, with quickness, with 
every kind of effort how to attract or con¬ 
strain more electors, even as they would have 
incited or compelled more combatants to aid 
them on the battle field — those who, being 
richest, have known with more means how 
to entice and induce more electors, even as 
they would have armed and led more com¬ 
batants on the battle field. So that the elect¬ 
ed — looked upon as representatives, are the 
electors strongest in mind, in body or in 
wealth or in all together, who, by the use of 
these greater forces, have known how to 
dominate more electors and civilly to conquer 
more potentiality for legal domination, for 
governmental authority, for faculty to create 
rights and duties in laws, and to live at the 
head of their own electors, more according to 
their will, whether egotistic and maleficent 
or altruistic and beneficent. 


All those native-born and natiLralised in 
the Nation, both men and women, except 
those belonging to the only two excluded 
categories, must have the vote — a) in order 
to be able to develop their forces legally rath¬ 
er than arbitrarily, b) in order to be reason¬ 
ably punished if they violate a law made not 
despotically and independently of them, but 
as a consequence either of the great force 
they used in imposing it or of the little force 
they possessed to prevent it. And the only 
two excluded classes comprise — a) men and 
women not yet arrived at their majority or 
at the use of their full forces of mind, body 
and wealth, b) men and women who, un¬ 
dergoing the penalty of imprisonment, are 
removed from the possibility of using their 
forces in electoral struggles, even as they 
would be unable to use them in warlike 
struggles, if these had not been substituted 
by the equivalent electoral struggles. 

Electoral struggles, being civilised and 
equivalent substitutes for barbarous warlike 
struggles, require that the vote be public. 
As, in warlike struggles, men and women, if 
not abstentionists, participate with the forces 
of mind, body and wealth that they may 
bring, and their warlike participation does 
not take place hiddenly but openly — so, in 
the electoral struggles, men and women, if 
not abstentionists, must participate also with 
the forces of mind, body and wealth that they 
may bring, and their electoral participation 
must take place not by means of a secret but 
by means of a public vote. 

He who, not prevented by unavoidable 
circumstances, abstains from voting, deserts 
the electoral field, where the vote is public, 
in order to escape responsibility, would 
similarly desert the field of warlike strag¬ 
gle, if this had not been substituted by the 
electoral one. He is one who out of coward¬ 
ice renounces taking part in politics, that is, 
in the government struggles, and is satisfied 
to submit to the laws, whatever these may 
be, that are imposed upon him by the elected 
representatives. He therefore, in case he 
violates the laws, having done nothing to 
prevent their creation, has no right to mit- 



POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


99 


igations of his punishment. And in the 
meantime, for the service he receives in be¬ 
ing governed without giving himself any 
trouble, he will pay a tax as voluntary 
subject. 

The electoral vote must be single, both 
for men and women, since each one — ac¬ 
cording to his force of mind, and of the malef¬ 
icent or beneficent ideas which in speaking 
or writing he is capable of using in favour 
of this or that programme or representative 

— according to his force of body, and of the 
attraction or agility or tenacity that he may 
adopt for the propaganda and victory of this 
or that programme or representative — 
either votes singly with his own vote, if he 
is poor in forces, or joins his suffrage to the 
votes of those whom by his greater force he 
has induced to vote in his way. 

Elections being the organised, control¬ 
led and therefore positively scientific as well 
as most civilised way, by which coexisting 
peoples use their forces in order to make 
that imposition of governmental domination 
which in anarchical barbarism occurs with 
arbitrary despotic proceeding; electoral and 
parliamentary struggles being the civilised 
and equivalent substitute for barbarous war- 
dike struggles; the Hall of the National As¬ 
sembly being the civilised and equivalent 
substitute for the barbarous battlefield — the 
number of national representatives must be 
in proportion to the average of the factors by 
which in war victory is secured, and which 
are mentality, arms and money. It must 
therefore be proportioned to the average 
force of mind, body and wealth, of which an 
electoral region or district is composed. It 
must be proportioned, in short, to the la¬ 
boriousness, the population and the public 
and private wealth of the various electoral 
regions and districts of the State. And this 

— both because every region must be repre¬ 
sented in the National Assembly and dom¬ 
inate in its control of national affairs accord¬ 
ing to the forces it would employ, with which 
it would struggle and win or lose in war — 
and because the revision of the number of 
representatives, which from time to time 


must take place, will incite the native-born 
and the naturalised of any given place to 
progress rather than to become decadent in 
its capacity for laboriousness, in its popu¬ 
lation and wealth, so that it may hope to have 
the number of its own representatives in¬ 
creased rather than diminished, so that it 
may hope to prevail in the National Assembly 
in a greater and not a less degree. 

He who is conscious of being able to 
prevail to the extent of being able to dom¬ 
inate in the affairs of State as representative 
and to have governmental domination, must, 
without hypocrisies regarding invitations 
and appeals, vigorously prosecute his can¬ 
didature. 

Electoral struggles, or rather elections, 
must from time to time be renewed, so that 
governmental domination may always be in 
the hands of those who at the time are really 
strongest instead of in the hands of those who 
were so a little time before. 

The parliamentary-electoral system com¬ 
prises, in a more civilised form, all the posi¬ 
tive foundations of the Science of Govern¬ 
ment and is based upon them. It does not 
exclude but organises and controls the use of 
force. And because the use of mental force 
is superior to that of bodily force, the par¬ 
liamentary-electoral system, in opposition to 
that of arbitrary despotism, is summarised 
in this positive pivot of human civilisation : 
before compulsion, the law of the strongest; 
before law, the free Parliament. 

This is a summary explanation of the 
principles of parliamentary-electoral strag¬ 
gle. As to nationalities, the explanations are 
also brief and concise. 

We have declared that the Nation is the 
fact and symbol of connection between the 
native-born and naturalised in a given place. 
These men and women — through controlled 
and bloodless struggles, rather than through 
uncontrolled and bloody warlike struggles — 
through representative multiple domination, 
rather than through despotic multiple dom- 




IOO 


A WORLD CENTRE 


ination — through parliamentary discussions 
and voting, rather than through warlike im¬ 
positions and violences — according to the 
electoral and parliamentary results, which 
prove in a positive way who among them are 
the strongest in mind, body and wealth, to 
whom governmental domination belongs — 
contend together for and cede such domin¬ 
ation to one another. But this does not mean 
that a Nation can arise because of the caprice 
of a few native-born and naturalised persons 
in a given place. The civil function of gov¬ 
ernment is impossible, as among individuals 
so among States, without the suppression of 
anarchy, which is the negation of govern¬ 
ment and civilisation, without legal domin¬ 
ation, as of some individuals over other in¬ 
dividuals, so of some States over other States. 

This premised, and well understood be¬ 
fore we touch on the question of nationality, 
we can come to a better understanding of the 
argument. 

Kingdoms and Empires, although des¬ 
picable, because of having deepened their 
internal sore of arbitrary despotism, have 
had the merit, not through benevolence but 
through necessity, of reducing their external 
sore, consisting in the barbarous anarchy of 
independences, in the best way they could, 
that is, by means of armed conquests for the 
greatness of the Fatherland and by the legal 
submission of the conquered and absorbed 
States. Having lacked the possibility, as 
well as the will and capacity, of constitut¬ 
ing among themselves a representative and 
parliamentary international government, by 
means of an international constitution, 
based on positive electoral conceptions; hav¬ 
ing sought to cure their external sore of anar¬ 
chical independence by the whim of Univer¬ 
sal Empire, that is, in the only way that their 
little minds and great distances could sug¬ 
gest — it was natural that they were inclined 
to suppress rather than concede State inde¬ 
pendence, as each separate State in itself 
represented the menace of an enemy’s lair 
and the possibility of an offensive w r ar. Be¬ 
cause it was natural that every aggregate of 
individuals should be inclined to constitute a 


separate State, and to become inebriated with 
patriotic independence and the far away 
dream of becoming a Kingdom and then, per¬ 
haps, even a Universal Empire. This had 
to be. And this will have to be until the day 
when the difficulties of communication and 
intercourse among the various States have 
ceased to exist. That is to say — until there 
exists an International Centre of Communi¬ 
cation where all nations may meet upon neu¬ 
tral ground, discuss their common affairs 
with all the conveniences of permanence 
settle their disputes in a World Court of 
Justice empowered to enforce its decrees by 
the authorit}/ of the combined Nations, enjoy 
the benefits of a Scientific Centre radiating 
the world’s latest discoveries to all parts of 
the universe, as well as of an International 
Press Bureau whose mission it will be to edit 
news not in the interest of certain cliques 
but in the interest of humanity. 

Until then, we must postpone the joy of 
having a legal world wide civilisation rather 
than only a local one. Until the difficulties 
of communication and intercourse are over¬ 
come, we must resign ourselves to the con¬ 
tinuance of wars for patriotic defence and 
patriotic aggrandisement, which the external 
sore of the barbarism of anarchy abroad ne¬ 
cessitates. * 

But, on the day when a World Centre of 
Communication is built, when it stands in 
stone and steel with doors open to the people 
of the world, when through its gateways all 
classes and conditions of men can come to a 
central point of intercourse, see the latest 
world products, give and gain freely and un¬ 
limitedly, on that day the various Nations 
which have given themselves a National Con¬ 
stitution will be easily persuaded to give 
themselves also an international constitu¬ 
tion, that is, to create the international as 
an emanation from the various classes form¬ 
ing the Nations, and to have also Internation¬ 
al Representatives who in majorities will 
prevail in the international assembly by the 
forces of mind, body and wnalth of the Na¬ 
tions, and who will exercise legal domination 
over international foreign affairs. 




POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


ior 


% 


Then — elections being the organised, 
controlled and positively scientific as well as 
most civilised way in which coexisting peo¬ 
ples use their forces in order to make the 
imposition of governmental domination; elec¬ 
toral and parliamentary struggles being the 
civilised substitutes for barbarous warlike 
struggles; the international assembly Hall 
being the civilised field substituted for the 
barbarous battlefield — the number of inter¬ 
national representatives will also be propor¬ 
tioned to the average of the factors by which 
in war victory is obtained and which are, 
mentality, arms and money. It will there¬ 
fore be proportioned to the average force of 
mind, body and wealth of which each Nation 
is formed. It will be proportioned, briefly, 
to the laboriousness, the population and the 
public and private wealth possessed by the 
various Nations of the international. And 
then, because international affairs are no 
longer resolved by means of barbarous wars, 


but parliamentarily, in the international as¬ 
sembly, with combination of majorities va¬ 
riously renewed according to the cases of con¬ 
flict and of international laws; Nations being 
able to obtain and conquer for themselves 
boundaries and outlets, for exploitation and 
enrichment and for vent of population, par¬ 
liamentarily according to their national for¬ 
ces, rather than by war — they will have no 
more reason to want to be big or to refuse to 
concede nationality to other States. They 
will, instead, be inclined to concede nation¬ 
ality within reasonable limits and to divide 
themselves, if large, into so many small Na¬ 
tions, in order to become more sensitive, 
more equitable, more disciplined, more civ¬ 
ilised in their internal affairs of government 
and to preserve themselves from the danger 
of national decadence, which, in our histor¬ 
ical survey, we saw arose from too great an 
extension of boundaries and inevitably led to 
demoralisation and death. 







« 


■ ■ 


















1 















. 

■ ' 

■ 

' 

■ 

■ 

. 


■ 

■ 

' 

■ 

. 

■ 

S I- 

. 

* 








. . 


n 


. 






















i' 

















■> 






' 








• 

* 


■ 


























































































& 


b=i 

& 

s 

r~j 

rr^ 

u 

d 

a 

< 


•uJ 

O 

o 

es 

e* 


P 

a 


p 

o 


< 

c=J 


a 

?< 

£ 

u 


t*A 

0 

Ltl 

i-i 

u: 



o 

1 

' 





\ 


l 

< 





















































CHAPTER V. 


THE TRUE INTERNATIONAL STATE. 


How much the word International was 
feared when it had no significance — when 
it meant the darkness of the void in the minds 
of those who uttered it, a darkness obscurely 
threatening the annihilation of civilisation. 

And what happiness this same word In¬ 
ternational brings, now that, illumined by 
the Positive Science of Government, it means 
the greatest and simplest of things: the 
Scientific International State, brought about 
by the international constitution among 
the former Tribe, City, Kingdom, Empire 
States, become scientific Nation States. For 
how much happiness may this word Inter¬ 
national be responsible, now that we under¬ 
stand by it the Constitution of civil legality 
among all the men and women of the earth; 
a legality which is no longer local only but 
also world-wide, no longer only communal 
and national but also international. What 
joy this word affords now that it means in¬ 
ternational governmental domination, by 
means of which all the men and women of 
the earth, in proportion to their forces of 
mind, body and wealth can more widely and 
more completely ensure the sexual, family, 
religious, professional, trade, artistic, com¬ 
mercial and social dominations, which were 
already less extensively assured them in pro¬ 
portion to these same forces, by their com¬ 
munal and national dominations. 

The massacre caused by the most hor¬ 
rible of wars had to be perpetrated in order 


that the light of a Positive Science of 
Government might, shine and lead to this 
civilised perception! Such horrors were 
necessary. For every great human good 
has always been the outcome of immense ef¬ 
forts, made because of some vast evil to be 
escaped from. The great harm done by 
those who desired this frightful war, as well 
as that done by those who neither knew how 
to avoid it in past years nor how to end it 
after its proved futility : these two conjoined 
evils were necessary for stimulating the great 
efforts of thought required in order — to bury 
the many political prejudices that still per¬ 
sisted — to give birth to the many positive 
political ideas that were lacking — to make 
the fact understood that false Public Right 
was the first cause of the war — to transform 
the word International from an obscure ideo- 
logism into an immense civilised light. 

The attacked Nations : — 

1) because incapable of seeing or fol¬ 
lowing the smooth and beautiful constitu¬ 
tional way out of this most horrible of wars; 

2) because they were not instructed in 
this way by the socialist leaders, (who had 
confirmed themselves as being the dull doc¬ 
trinaires that they were, and who, because 
incapable of seeing this constitutional way 
and of uniting in following it, had disbanded 
into two factions — one consisting of the in¬ 
terventionists, who favoured warlike resis¬ 


ts 


104 


A WORLD CENTRE 


tance, without, however, taking pains to 
come to an agreement upon the future In¬ 
ternational Constitution with the royal gov¬ 
ernments that used them and mocked them 
with vague promises of future civilisation 
and durable peace — the other consisting of 
the neutralists who, worse than the former 
faction, opposed warlike resistance, while 
remaining indifferent to the victory which, 
without resistance, the aggressive Nation 
might have won, and who did nothing to 
avoid the disaster that humanity would have 
undergone by falling under that Nation’s 
domination); 

3) because not intending to end the 
war, as they said, in such a truly civilised 
way that it could never be repeated, and in 
such manner that the death of so many youths 
might bear fruit for their distant descendants 
in a heritage of true civilisation; 

4) because being determined to end 
the war in the old barbarous way, that is to 
say, to their own advantage and to the agres- 
sive Nation’s disadvantage, which is as much 
as to say, by victory on the one side and a 
desire for revenge on the other, which would 
leave to their sons the heritage of worse wars 
in the future; 

5) because, briefly, wishing to murder 
and despoil the aggressive Nation, as the 
latter had tried to murder and despoil them; 

6) consequently — with the lying and 
menacing inducement that victory would be 
immediately attainable by the intervention 
of this neutral Nation, and then by the 
intervention of that neutral Nation, and 
then again that victory would be inevi¬ 
tably certain by the intervention of yet ano¬ 
ther neutral Nation — drew into the abyss 
of war one after another of the neutrals who 
had been reluctant to enter it (reluctant be¬ 
cause sure of being finally conquered by the 
aggressor), with the folloAving results : — 

They sacrificed these neutral Nations, 
which, as they themselves had foreseen, 
were in fact conquered by the aggressor. 


They gave the aggressive Nation fur¬ 
ther opportunity of confirming the great 
supremacy of its military power, since it was 
able to resist successfully against almost the 
whole of humanity, while making at the same 
time successive secondary conquests. 

They made it clear that they were led 
by petty statesmen, incapable of realising 
that the}" should have kept to the smooth and 
beautiful way leading to this constitutional 
outcome in order to prevent the increase of 
the aggressive Nation’s military power, as 
well as to avoid the slightest possibility of 
falling a prey to its victory and under its 
domination. They said, in their political 
jargon, «The Allied Powers are risking 
everything for democracy and European 
liberty ». Real statesmen, had there been 
any such — after the aggressive Nation had 
failed to secure a rapid success and had ex¬ 
pressed its crafty desire to end the war with 
any kind of a peace — would, with fewer 
speeches and less talk, have shrewdly kept 
to this smooth and beautiful way, and in this 
fashion would have crushed positively not 
only the aggressive Nation’s militarism but 
all militarism, and would have given the lie 
to the accusation that they, the attacked 
Nations, were contrary to the aggressive Na¬ 
tion’s militarism only inasmuch as this had 
become stronger than and threatened their 
own militarisms, which they sought to de¬ 
fend and preserve. 

They eliminated, or at least retarded, 
the danger of being conquered by the ag¬ 
gressive Nation. 

They, for the time being at least, saved 
humanity from the uncivilised retrogression 
into which it would have fallen if, through 
offering too slight a resistance to the enemy, 
it had fallen under the authority of the 
mediaeval aggressive and conquering Nation. 

But destiny held that the lives of so many 
innocent youths — destroyed by two mon- 
struous Christian groups in rapacious strug¬ 
gle — should serve a higher aim of human 
welfare. It was fated that the attacked Na- 








POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


105 


tions, continuing in the sorry game of incit¬ 
ing other Nations to warlike intervention — 
instead of following the constitutional way — 
should be constrained to the humiliation of 
having to implore the material and moral aid 
of America and of having to beg for its inter¬ 
vention; although America in the past had 
disdained European political contact, and had 
reduced to the utmost its relations with the 
royal European authorities. 

No victors and no vanquished! — cried 
over the ocean the puritan spirit of the 
American President in answer to the first 
European appeals for intervention. With 
an honest perception of faults, he had seen 
that there were some on both sides. With 
cautious and patient notes, he for months 
and years had kept from mixing his country 
in these errors. With an equitable vision of 
peace, he now consented to give the begged 
for intervention, but on condition that it 
should be a factor in really ending wars. 
But this cry of « no victory and 110 vanquish¬ 
ed » sounded ill in the ears of the attacked 
Nation’s royal diplomacies which, lusting for 
victory and vengeance, tried confusedly to 
smother it and contradicted one another. 
Because the durable peace, which they as¬ 
sured one another they wished to achieve 
later, would only be possible with the adhe¬ 
sion of the aggressive Nation, which the 
latter could only give it if it was neither con¬ 
queror nor conquered. 

No annexations and no indemnities, and 
a civilised adjustment of the Nations! — 
again cried out over the ocean the puritan 
spirit of the American President. Then roy¬ 
al delegations from the attacked Nations 
crossed the ocean — to surround the man — 
to take from his hand the megaphone which 
his pure spirit had urged him to use — to 
cavil about annexations : whether or not they 
should be made; about indemnities : should 
they or should they not be allowed — to 
guarantee their impunity from the conse¬ 
quences of their own faults — to safeguard 
the profits of vengeance to be gained by their 
victory — to postpone till later the civilised 
organisation of the Nations. 


No more autocracies! — finally cried 
across the ocean the pure spirit of the 
American President, knowing the incredible 
malice with which old European autocracies 
had succeeded in subverting the democracies 
to their own ends and in preparing the con¬ 
ditions for the outbreak of this war. And 
the royal diplomacies illuding themselves 
that they had detached from his purpose, 
surrounded and captured the man, illuding 
themselves that they had suborned him from 
his pure spirit, repeated in chorus — Yes 
indeed — that the mission of democracy 
was very beautiful because of having known 
how not to abolish but to moderate royal 
autocracies; that to the modernising func¬ 
tions of the democracies, humanity owed all 
the delights of civilisation which it enjoyed 
in the time before this most horrible of wars 
broke out, owing to the immoderate lust of 
the aggressive Nation’s autocracy. This 
autocracy required precisely American in¬ 
tervention in order that it should be — not 
suppressed but democratised as other auto¬ 
cracies had been. It was consequently like¬ 
wise to be called to maintain humanity in 
such delights of civilisation as those it enjoy¬ 
ed before the war in the Chaotic Period, 
itself the product of democratised royal au¬ 
tocracies. 

But destiny held that the lives of so 
many innocent youths — destroyed by two 
monstrous Christian groups in rapacious 
struggle — should serve a higher aim of 
human welfare. 

New men, risen from the popular class¬ 
es of the attacked Nations, with eyes open 
at last to the sunny light of a Positive Science 
of Government, and able to see the abyss 
towards which the governments were ad¬ 
vancing, likewise appealed to America for 
intervention^ but in a very different tone. 
As will be seen from the following. 

Americans, you are children of those 
who immigrated, not because they abandon¬ 
ed or did not love their native countries, but 
in order to escape the shame of obeying roy¬ 
al autocracies they were unable to overthrow. 



io6 


A WORLD CENTRE 


Americans, the royal successors of those 
who obliged your fathers to emigrate, now, 
to help them against a stronger autocracy 
than their own, call you back to those same 
ancestral lands! 

Come, as the reincarnated spirits of your 
fathers, no longer impotent but most power¬ 
ful ! Come to accomplish the task and the 
destiny that they, because defeated, had to 
leave undone! Come to suppress not only 
one but all royal autocracies ! 

Americans, this war cannot end in the 
usual way. It must not finish with another 
peace treaty. Such a treaty would only be 
the guarantee of its beginning again sooner 
or later. See to it that this war ends in a 
new and in a worthy way. Give to your 
President — loosened from royal bonds and 
girded with the popular will — the strength 
to guide the decisive events of this war in 
such manner that: 

It will be recognised that the popular 
class’s turn for governmental domination 
has come. This turn, however, should be 
settled not violently but equitably, and there¬ 
fore sympathetically aided by the most al¬ 
truistic members of the two formerly su¬ 
perior classes. 

In spite of all the scholastic and political 
chatter of the past, these elementary politi¬ 
cal principles, forming a synthesis of the 
Pentalogue for the Positive Science of Gov¬ 
ernment should be finally recognised and 
spread. 

I. 

Domination is the fundamental law of 
the various and complex universal forces, 
which can only remain transitorily in the 
disorder of independences and equivalences. 

II. 

The progressive life of the stars, the 
plants, the beasts, of man and of the cellu- 
lae of which these bodies are formed, is 


carried on by means of struggles, which have 
as their basis the universal law of domina¬ 
tion. So that life is struggle for domination, 
in contradistinction to death, which brings 
peace to the body. 

III. 

Every man or woman, whether for self¬ 
ish and evil or for altruistic and beneficent 
ends, struggles in fact until death by means 
of his or her forces of mind, body and wealth 
— the three human forces — in order to in¬ 
crease them and to have by their means more 
or less sexual or family, or religious or pro¬ 
fessional or trade or artistic or commercial 
or social and, moreover, governmental dom¬ 
ination, that is to say, the legal authority 
that ensures all other dominations. And 
government authority belongs precisely to 
those who, being united in the struggle for 
existence and strongest in minds, bodies and 
wealth — as, because of these greater united 
forces, they attain victorious domination in 
the homicidal furies of war — so, because of 
the same greater united forces, and through 
the process of multiple domination, assume 
governmental domination in the homicidal 
intervals of peace. 

IV. 

Nations, being nothing but aggregates 
of individuals, cannot but likewise struggle, 
with their collective forces of mind, body 
and wealth, in order to ensure to their com¬ 
ponent parts these same dominations not only 
in the interior but also abroad, and for the 
same selfish and evil or altruistic and be¬ 
neficent ends. 

V. 

As National Constitutions, although 
empirical, ended the barbarous anarchy of 
individual independences and of continual 
individual assassinations, of communal inde¬ 
pendences and of continual intercommunal 
wars, much better than did the absolute au¬ 
tocracies, because, a) they gave to every man 
and woman, in proportion to his or her forces 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


107 


of mind, body and wealth, the possibility of 
having controlled and parliamentary govern¬ 
mental domination in individual, communal 
and national affairs, b) they afforded the con¬ 
venience of treating these affairs by the op¬ 
position of real and new ideas to erroneous 
and false ones, giving the lie through public 
and equitable reasons to secret and iniquitous 
reasons, denouncing and repressing indivi¬ 
dual, communal and national injustices — so, 
only the international constitution, the 
more so because scientific, can end the bar¬ 
barous anarchy of national independences 
and of continual international wars, because, 
A) it gives to every man and woman in pro¬ 
portion to the forces of mind, body and 
wealth possessed by them and by their Na¬ 
tion, the possibility of having controlled 
parliamentary governmental domination in 
international affairs, B) it affords the con¬ 
venience of treating these affairs by the op¬ 
position of real and new ideas to erroneous 
and false ideas, giving the lie through public 
and equitable reasons to secret and iniquitous 
reasons, denouncing and depressing inter¬ 
national injustices. 

It will be admitted that the attacked Na¬ 
tions, who pretended to be so civilised, had 
been guilty of not having even in the most 
recent times, banished the satanic deception 
of governmental divine right. They had 
been guilty of not having already long ago 
abolished the anarchy of national indepen¬ 
dences among themselves, and consequently, 
of not having abolished the necessity of dom¬ 
inating by means of wars for patriotic de¬ 
fence and aggrandisement. They had been 
guilty of not having created among them¬ 
selves the legality of an international con¬ 
stitutional government for foreign affairs. 
They had been guilty of not having put an 
end to the necessity of dominating in foreign 
affairs as much as possible by means of the 
secret intrigues of diplomatic domination, 
and then by means of the disloyal compacts 
of victorious warlike domination. 

We may admit that the aggressive Na¬ 
tion, who likewise pretended to be so civilis¬ 
ed, and not any the less refined because of 


its comparative youth, had been guilty — 
though with the attenuating circumstances 
of the bad example given it by the more 
ancient attacked Nations, and of its greater 
youth and less refinement — of having a- 
bused the satanic conception of governmental 
divine right. It had been guilty, in the 
anarchy of national independences and in 
the necessity of dominating by means of wars 
for patriotic defence and aggrandisement, of 
imitatively attempting the great war for 
Universal Empire. It too had been guilty 
of neglecting to create the legality of an in¬ 
ternational constitutional government for 
foreign affairs. It had erred in not having 
made its own domination therein possible 
parliamentarily and civilly, according to its 
own forces, as in internal affairs. It had 
been guilty of not having put an end to the 
necessity of dominating in foreign affairs by 
means of the secret intrigues of diplomatic 
domination, and then by the disloyal com¬ 
pacts of victorious warlike domination. 

The full cure of the internal State sore 
and of the social evils that derived from it, 
will be postponed till after the full cure of 
the external State sore. The latter, con¬ 
sisting of the barbarism of national indepen¬ 
dences, that is to say, in the barbarism of 
anarchy abroad and in the consequent ne¬ 
cessity of wars for patriotic defence and ag¬ 
grandisement, has to be cured positively first 
and to be cured now — now that internatio¬ 
nal communication no longer presents the 
same difficulties as at the time when National 
Constitutions were introduced. 

The Ninth of the Ten Statutes of a 
Scientific National Constitution should be¬ 
come especially well known and receive the 
adherence of sovereigns, rendered the more 
complete by the shortsighted resistance of 
only some mentally and morally deficient 
Majesty. 

New men will rise to government, for it 
becomes evident that the most horrible of 
wars would never have happened if there had 
not been, on the one side an evil intent in 
preparing for it, and on the other side inade- 



io8 


A WORLD CENTRE 


quacy in taking steps to prevent it. It be¬ 
comes clear that all the men in government 
who in the past years were actively or p: 
sively, evil promoters or inadequate preven¬ 
ters of the war, and who now accuse one 
another reciprocally of being solely respon¬ 
sible for it, must be dismissed or put aside. 
It becomes clear that it is dangerous to leave 
these same men in government — for these 
men, besides having no receptivity for new 
ideas, nor ability for the political reforms 
that are so urgently needed, since, as they 
have brought about this war either through 
evil intent or incompetency and have con¬ 
ducted it with evil intent and more or less 
incompetency, so they may end it with a final 
peace act that will be mathematically the 
product of their evil intents and their incorn- 
petencies. 

The actual statesmen’s stupid cunning 
arouses pity. They do not see the necessity 
of prosecuting the war without hysterical 
rage to the end of securing a wise peace. 
They do not see the necessity of carrying it 
on to remove the possibility of the aggressive 
Nation’s victorious despotic domination, and 
to end it by a simultaneous and positive so¬ 
lution of the war problem. Instead, they 
become hypnotised with the folly of being 
obliged to carry on the war to victory, with 
the hope of coming by means of reciprocal 
massacres and the tearing away of regions 
and provinces, to a civilised adjustment of 
the Nations, which should abolish war and 
bring about durable peace. Their behaviour 
is like that of ignorant doctors who, instead 
of studying and discovering the real cause 
of an illness (the illness of war) and the real 
cure to be made of it, both in general and in 
the special case (the present war), continue 
to cure it by old remedies as empirical as they 
are useless, thus endangering the life of the 
patient (the life of the Nations). Their con¬ 
ceptions overlook the fact that the people of 
the aggressive Nation have not been con¬ 
strained to the war, but, through a vicious 
education, have been made accomplices in it, 
to such an extent that, in the case of the vic¬ 
tory of their foes, defeat would not only be 
considered defeat of the sovereign, but of the 


whole people. And the entire people would 
be inclined not to attempt to settle accounts 
with their own King, but to make common 
cause with him once more for a common 
revenge by all the devilish means imagin¬ 
able. Their behaviour fails even to take 
account of the experiences of menageries, 
where the wild beasts may be docile until 
their meal appears, but ferocious enough af¬ 
ter having sniffed and tasted it. Experience 
teaches us analogously that a Nation which 
by victory has bitten into a region or prov¬ 
ince, will not let it go for the love of peace. 
The behaviour of these statesmen therefore, 
is shrewdly but idiotically confusing. For 
certainly it would be a fatal error to end the 
war without solving the war problem, and to 
let conditions remain more or less as before. 
Even children can see that if the war is not 
ended before a final victory has been secured, 
infernal revenge rather than an adjustment 
for permanent peace will be the subject most 
spoken of. The behaviour of these folk, in 
short, confirms the fact of their evil intents 
and of their greater or less inadequacy. It 
discloses their determination — not to dis¬ 
please Kings — to preserve at least a part 
of their own autocracies — to postpone to a 
distant future the international constitu¬ 
tion, which would soon settle all these ques¬ 
tions — to leave things, after the war, more 
or less as they are, excepting with the add¬ 
ed advantages of victory for themselves and 
the disadvantages of defeat for the most ag¬ 
gressive Nation. 

It will be agreed that the most horrible 
of wars — thenceforth outlining itself as The 
GREAT WAR OF GREAT IGNORANCE — ill order to 
come to a satisfactory end and to conclude 
in such way as would never lead to its repe¬ 
tition, should not end either militarily or 
diplomatically, nor by means of violences or 
intrigues. It should end in a new way, wor¬ 
thy of the times which have been dishonour¬ 
ed by it, and which finally rise against it. 
It should not end by the usual peace treaty 
but in a scientific and legal way, by the in¬ 
stitution of the true international, really 
productive of the impossibility of its recur¬ 


rence. 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


109 


And therefore the new rulers of the at¬ 
tacked Nations — will be delighted not to be 
obliged, like the actual ones, to run hither 
and thither for the sake of making speeches, 
useless to their hearers but precious to their 
enemies, who draw from them councils for 
action. They will be delighted not to be 
obliged to run to and fro for the buffoonery of 
meetings, visits, toasts and good wishes for 
victory, to which they are impelled by their 
numerous inter-ally Conferences — Con¬ 
ferences made necessary by the need of pro¬ 
viding, as well as may be, for unified military 
action during the war without displeasing 
their sovereigns. That is to say, they avoid¬ 
ed as long as possible the international con¬ 
stitution, which would have created real 
military unity, would have aroused really 
civilised enthusiasms and really produced 
victory, but would have put an end to all au¬ 
tocracies whether of the aggressive or attack¬ 
ed Nations. These new rulers will be en¬ 
chanted not to be obliged to go about, like 
the actual ones, plotting here and there 
measures for economically overpowering the 
enemy now, and also during the famous dur¬ 
able peace after the war. They will be over¬ 
joyed to be able to repudiate those miserable 
war solutions for which, undaunted by the 
horrors of war, the actual ones have groped, 
calling them by the usual peace formulae — 
exactly as if things should remain as they 
were before the war, to the good fortune of 
wars to come. 

The new rulers of the attacked Nations 
will be happy indeed to be able to enter trpon 
the very smooth and beautiful constitutional 
way. A way which could have been adopted 
by the attacked Nations from the very be¬ 
ginning of the war — if their former rulers 
had had a human sense of repentance for 
their own faults, had felt human sorrow for 
the unhappy destiny which overtook the 
aggressive Nation and had felt human love 
for this great and unhappy people’s need of 
aid, rather than of defeat, by offering them 
the treasures which are to be found upon this 
constitutional way. This way would have 
been adopted from the beginning of the war, 
if the earlier rulers had not been prevent¬ 


ed from seeing and taking it — prevented 
by Their Majesties’ tentacles, prevented by 
burgher opportunism, prevented by Chris¬ 
tian hypocrisy, prevented by the ordure of 
governmental ignorance. 

And entering upon this smooth and 
beautiful way, which was already marked 
out, the new rulers : — 

1) between them, with the consent of 
the most modern among the Kings, will liq¬ 
uidate the anarchical and barbarous royal 
autocracies. Their Majesties should be, in 
fact, so well persuaded, that they even aid 
the conversion of that residuum of the micro¬ 
cephalous, who would feel uncomfortable if 
they were not obliged to curve their backs 
as subjects (the Nation could be maternal¬ 
ly and beautifully represented, according 
to the last of the Ten Statutes) to the puppet 
of a Constitutional King, whether he be intel¬ 
lectual or idiotic, evil or benignant, straight 
or crooked, or however he might have come 
from the genital urinary organs; 

2) between them and their Allies they 
will create a provisional international con¬ 
stitution — abolishing their anarchical and 
barbarous national independence — allowing 
each of the internationally constituted Na¬ 
tions a number of Plenipotentiaries in the 
proportion that we have already seen — 
using their national armies as a provisional 
collective international army — thus giving 
birth to international legality; 

3) they .will arrange that their respec¬ 
tive Plenipotentiaries, forming a provisional 
true international, should begin to meet in 
an international assembly, for the purpose 
of legally organising the international, and 
for treating their respective international af¬ 
fairs. These Plenipotentiaries should pro¬ 
claim the great dilemma in regard to the war : 
Either immediate consent on the part of the 
adversaries to enter the international con¬ 
stitution, with Plenipotentiaries in propor¬ 
tion to their forces, first of all to treat the war 
conflicts legally, (a treatment which should 
proceed simultaneously with the prosecution 



I 10 


A WORLD CENTRE 


'of the war, so that the one, because of its civ¬ 
ilised domination of forces, might render the 
other useless, and thus end the war in a civ¬ 
ilised way). Or vigorous prosecution of the 
war for the purpose of obliging the adver¬ 
saries to enter the international constitu¬ 
tion, constraining them by every imaginable 
means of coercion and destruction, since the 
peoples of these inimical Nations, by refus¬ 
ing to enter into the international consti¬ 
tution, really would show themselves to be 
the true barbarians. Barbarians who would 
cause the external State sore — that is, the 
barbarous anarchy of national independences 
and the consequent necessity of foreign wars 
— to continue. Barbarians who should be 
sterilised, like malignant microbes. Bar¬ 
barians the battles against whom, would be 
true and holy, civilised, enthusiastic and vic¬ 
torious battles, not interested, barbarous and 
artificial such as are those waged, not for the 
purpose of establishing the international, 
but for destroying Prussian militarism, while 
awaiting a future Society of Nations to ap¬ 
pear perhaps, according to the famous ar¬ 
bitration of ignorant pacifism; 

4) they will cause — by this their sup¬ 
pression of anarchical barbarism abroad — 
civilisation, which hitherto, even though suf¬ 
fering from tyrannical despotism, has existed 
only in the interior of States, to begin to 
exist also abroad. 

The true international thus barely 
sketched out will grow by the adherence of 
neutral Nations. It will fascinate the neu¬ 
tral Nations, and convert the aggressive Na¬ 
tion, so much so as to induce it to dare to do 
what otherwise it would never have dared to 
do and thus to merit an oblivion of its faults, 
which was indispensable in order that the 
functioning of the international might begin 
at its height of civilised equity. It will im¬ 
pose itself over the few Nations that still 
might pretend to remain independent and 
oblige them to submit to international gov¬ 
ernment, that is, to form part of the interna¬ 
tional constitution. It will constrain them 
to submit to government, as every national 
government constrains its riotous individuals. 


The solution of all the confused war con¬ 
flicts — achieved much better by means of a 
civilised domination of forces in the INTER - 
ternational assembly than by the violence 
of war and diplomatic intrigues — will make 
evident the fact that the time has come to 
take them away from the hands of soldiers 
and diplomats. They will be taken over 
definitely by the elected International Pleni¬ 
potentiaries. These, proclaiming in Na¬ 
tional Assembly the complete and civilised 
advent of the true international — and now 
providing fully for the whole of its immense 
legal organisation, including the formation 
of the reduced international army — will 
settle the details of the now ended war, by 
calm, pondered, public exercise of the inter¬ 
national's parliamentary function of treat¬ 
ing international affairs. 

They will regulate these affairs through 
the creation of successive international laws 
and rights — through decisions, which can 
be accepted by the unsuccessful Plenipoten¬ 
tiaries without the shame and rancour of de¬ 
feat, and which can be serenely accepted 
by them in the same way as the verdicts of 
majorities are accepted every day by minori¬ 
ties in National and Communal Assemblies. 
For, like these, they have publicly exposed 
their reasons and, like these, there still re¬ 
mains before them the perennial possibility 
of becoming in turn the majority and of 
thus enjoying a civilised rather than warlike 
revenge. 

•They will concede nationality to several 
would be Nations, whose pretensions for¬ 
merly, while international anarchy persisted, 
were absurd and, moreover, dangerous to 
concede. The concession of nationality has 
become the bitter kernel of the war, for which 
rivers of blood would still flow over the 
battlefields and rivers of talk over the green 
table in the reunion hall where would meet 
the diplomats charged with making the new 
peace treaty. The concession of nationality 
— a subject which caused so many follies to 
be uttered about the concept of the Nation 
and, in particular, the folly which declared 
that peoples should have the free right to 





POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


111 


constitute themselves into a Nation — will 
become the easy affair of the international 
assembly. Here many more nationalities 
will be created than could formerly have 
been imagined, for it will be understood — 
in the light of Positive Science of Govern¬ 
ment, and especially through the last expla¬ 
nation added to the Ten Statutes — that too 
great an extension of boundaries loosens the 
bonds between rulers and ruled and is first 
cause of the putrid formation of the internal 
State sore. The moral superiority and gen¬ 
eral prosperity in the past of small Nations 
in comparison with great ones is thereby ex¬ 
plained. With the coming of the interna¬ 
tional constitution, the internal anarchy — 
which obliged every Nation to preserve itself 
from the danger of being conquered, by it¬ 
self conquering and reducing to the smallest 
possible number the independent Nations 
capable of conquest — will disappear. 

Moreover, several large Nations, recog¬ 
nising themselves as being made up of peo¬ 
ples who, because of language, sentiment 
and customs, are more unlike than the peo¬ 
ples forming other distinct Nations, will find 
it natural and convenient to detach from 
themselves this or that region which seem 
fit to constitute a separate Nation and to be 
bound thereto by spontaneous political ties, 
by means of which, in the international as¬ 
sembly, they could exercise better and more 
vigorous concordant political action. 

The already existing and the newly 
created small Nations will not be obliged to 
submit, as in the past, to the shame of being 
protected by the large ones, of being kept 
by them. In the international they acquire 
the dignity of their own life — a weaker life 
than that of the large Nations who have 
a greater number of Plenipotentiaries, but 
one capable, nevertheless, of becoming even 
stronger in the international assembly than 
theirs, by means of their persuasive oratory, 
or by the attractiveness of their aims to many 
other small or even large Nations. 

Colonies will become Nations — not in¬ 
dependent, for now no Nation is that, but no 


longer dominated and made still more bar¬ 
barous by this or that Mother-Fatherland, 
which has been, though with a pretence of 
conferring civilisation, their hypocritical and 
ferocious exploiter, and then their frightened 
courtier full of promises, of fraternally fed¬ 
eral concessions — promises stimulated not 
by love but only by the danger incurred dur¬ 
ing the great war of seeing these colonies 
rebel and claim an inimical independence. 
Colonies, therefore, will become Nations par¬ 
ticipating in the international and dominat¬ 
ed and civilised by the international assem¬ 
bly. This Assembly will prescribe by law : 
— which of their affairs should be communal 
and which national, in homage to local liber¬ 
ty ; and which should be international, in the 
interests of the colonies’ own real civilisa¬ 
tion, in the interests of the Nations having 
dominion over them in the international as¬ 
sembly, and in the collective interest of the 
whole of humanit}^. All of which conces¬ 
sions will not prevent those colonies that 
genuinely feel grateful and affectionate to¬ 
ward the former Mother-Fatherland, from 
maintaining close relations with it, in the in¬ 
ternational assembly — ties which, as vol¬ 
untary ones, will be better than the earlier 
enforced unions. Thus also, as dignified 
Nations instead of as abased colonies, they 
will be able to share with it a community of 
international political action. 

Briefly, eventual conflicts among States 
will cease to cause war, because internation¬ 
al anarchy is at an end and the civilised dom¬ 
ination of the Nations begins. From now 
on disputes are settled — 

1) by sentences of International Courts 
of Justice — Courts composed of supreme 
Judges nominated according to the IXth of 
the Ten Statutes — if the subject of con¬ 
flict is regulated by international laws al¬ 
ready issued from the international as¬ 
sembly ; 

2) by new international laws, emanat¬ 
ing from the international plenipoten¬ 
tiaries, if the subject of conflict has not been 
regulated by already issued international 


16 



I 12 


A WORLD CENTRE 


laws and requires new international political 
decisions to regulate it. 

Nevertheless, as legality among the cit¬ 
izens of a Nation does not exclude the pos¬ 
sibility of some of them, in case of conflict, 
rebelling against the national government by 
means of a national revolution, so legality 
among the Nations of the international does 
not exclude the possibility that some of them 
may, in case of conflict, rebel by means of an 
international revolution — withdrawing from 
the international their own Plenipotentia¬ 
ries and their own arms and militia and at¬ 
tempting a revolutionary movement against 
the Nations that remain united in it — a re¬ 
volutionary movement bearing no compari¬ 
son, as we saw, with the barbarism of war. 

But — as National Constitutions, the 
less they were based upon empirical princi¬ 
ples and the less false they were, the more 
they reduced national revolutions to rare 
cases of conflict, condemned to probable fail¬ 
ure — so the international constitution, 
based upon scientific principles, reduces the 
possibility of international revolutions to very 
rare cases of conflict, condemned to more 
than probable failure — 

1) because, with the international, 
every Nation, however small — having a 
voice in the international assembly — can 
not as formerly be over-powered by secret 
arts of diplomacy or by arbitrary declarations 
of war — but can, by means of its Plenipoten¬ 
tiary or Plenipotentiaries, expose its reasons 
publicly, have the support of such and such 
Plenipotentiaries of other Nations, besides 
that of fully informed public opinion, and 
thus have no cause for useless revolutions; 

2) because, like the citizens of Nations, 
the Nations of the international can have no 
more arms than are permitted them by the 
INTERNATIONAL assembly, so that, for revolu¬ 
tionary purposes, they have to count upon 
those that can be procured at the time — by 
their own genius which if capable of so much, 
will show them to be authorised by world 
destiny to dare a revolutionary movement 


for domination — if incapable of so much, 
will persuade them to respect international 
legality and by this means exercise their own 
share of international domination. 

The civilising of less refined peoples has 
only been possible, as history shows, through 
the governmental domination of more civilis¬ 
ed conquering peoples — and therefore it 
must be admitted that for this reason wars 
were often beneficial. The civilising of peo¬ 
ples who were less refined than their con¬ 
querors, through no fault of their own, was 
practicable only by means of putting the 
mark of subjection on the foreheads of the 
conquered. From now on all peoples have 
a greater or less but, at an}^ rate, associated 
national existence and international repre¬ 
sentation, very much preferable to the old 
anarchical, barbarous and illusory national 
independences. There is therefore nothing 
humiliating in the fact that a Nation less 
refined in matters of government, should 
voluntarily call from other Nations men and 
women known as experts in government, to 
form part of its own internal government, 
even as in the preceding times of conquered 
subjection the people from the conquering 
Nations have not disdained calling to form 
part of their religious, artistic, trade, profes¬ 
sional or commercial culture men or women 
of the subjected races known as experts in 
these matters. The difficulty of civilising a 
country’s inhabitants — which often lay in 
the fact that its rulers needed to be civilised 
first, and also in the fact that this could only 
happen with the shame of the Nation falling 
under the domination of a more civilised for¬ 
eign government — will be overcome by the 
advent of the true international. 

Thus the dream of Universal Empire, 
conceived by the small minds and colossal 
egotisms of ancestors, vanishes before the 
civilised experiment made by individuals, 
who passed from barbarous anarchy among 
themselves to the civilised State of Tribe; by 
Tribes that passed from barbarous anarchy 
among themselves, to the civilised State of 
City; by Cities that passed from barbarous 
anarchy among themselves to the civilised 




POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


State of Kingdom, by Kingdoms that passed 
from barbarous anarchy among themselves to 
the civilised State of Empire. The dream of 
Universal Empire, which the small minds 
and colossal egotisms of earlier men had con¬ 
ceived in the darkness of the despotic or em¬ 
pirical and falsely representative govern¬ 
ments of their time, will vanish. The dream 
of Universal Empire, which was all that the 
small minds and colossal egotisms of these 
ancestors were able to conceive as the cure 
for the external State sore, will vanish. The 
gross dream of Universal Empire vanishes, 
because the pure logic of the true interna¬ 
tional takes its place and is given concrete 
form within the walls that rise to receive it 

— within the walls of the international city, 

THE WORLD CITY, THE CITY OF HUMANITY. 

If the idea of Universal Empire had not 
been a dream but could have been made real, 
the Capital of the Empire become Universal 
would have concentrated universal move¬ 
ment in itself, and would naturally have be¬ 
come Universal City, that is, centre of uni¬ 
versal legality, centre of universal affairs, 
centre of universal civilisation. But, as the 
pure logic of a true international opposes 
itself to such a dream, it is equally natural 
that no national capital could be transformed 
into an international city, for this would 
give it advantages and would cast disadvan¬ 
tages upon the other national capitals that 
participate in the international. It is nat¬ 
ural that the Nations forming the interna¬ 
tional, in enacting the international con¬ 
stitution should — choose a place most 
accessible to them all — internationalise it 

— submit it to the civil and military auth¬ 
orities which the international assembly 
nominates and to the laws which this assem¬ 
bly issues, or which they adopt from the 
nearest State, for the co-existence of its in¬ 
habitants — should thus, in fact, found the 
authoritative international seat. 

And in considering the choice of site, it 
is natural that Belgium should appear as of 
very great! value. Here occurred the first 
miracle of heroic resistance, which, giving 
the unprepared attacked Nations time to 


113 


prepare themselves, prevented the victo¬ 
rious domination under which humanity 
would have fallen and retrogressed. This 
heroic resistance thus smoothed the road for 
the glorious advent of the true internation¬ 
al. There were already many reasons in 
favour of such a choice, such as those of ac¬ 
cessibility for all the Nations, since it lies 
near to France, to Germany, to England, 
and is connected with all the oversea coun¬ 
tries. And there was the reason of Bel¬ 
gium’s priority in earlier attempts at con¬ 
centrating civilised international relations. 
But the principal reason for this choice is 
that of honouring the heroic Belgian people. 
No oath that « the old Belgium should be re¬ 
paired, restored and not allowed to suffer 
permanently from the invasion of her free¬ 
dom )>, no attestation of gratitude, 110 stereo¬ 
typed verbose praises could be worth this 
homage that unified humanity would render 
to Belgium. And the aggressive Nation’s 
people, which will become converted, in the 
joy of the international's advent — and bet¬ 
ter than any other having had occasion to 
prove Belgian greatness — also will feel that 
so high an honour is due to this small yet 
noble people. 

But, whether this or another site should 
be chosen as seat for the international, 
upon the site first of all will rise two supreme 
buildings — that of international Legisla¬ 
tion,' where the international assembly, 
constituting the supreme international poli¬ 
tical authority, will sit — and that of inter¬ 
national Justice, to house the Courts of in¬ 
ternational Justice, which constitute the 
supreme international judiciary authority. 

Near these two supreme edifices, then, 
gradually will uprise buildings for the inter¬ 
national army — offices for the international 
functionaries — palaces for the representa¬ 
tives of the Nations — structures for local 
civil and military authorities — for banks — 
for all the professionals and industrials re¬ 
quisite for carrying on international affairs 
and who were obliged to be near the seat of 
international government — hotels and hous¬ 
es for the comfortable living of the people in 



A WORLD CENTRE 


114 


all these offices, which thus together will 
form the walls of the international, the 
structure of the world city. This City, thus 
no longer a dream of poets and philanthro¬ 
pists, will grow as all cities in the past grew, 
because of the affluence of peoples and the 
concentration of interests there where a 
nucleus of men imposed themselves with 
forces of governmental domination. It will 
become the centre of common internation¬ 
al civilisation and, consequently, of science, 
of art, of education. It will become the 
goal whither converge all the ideas of hu¬ 
manity — ideas which, developed in the 
City, pass out again towards all humani¬ 
ty. And we may say that this idea of a 
World Centre is no longer only a prophecy, 
the projections of the idealistic imagination. 
It has been concretised and planned, pre¬ 
pared, modelled and arranged by architects 
and artists, so that nothing remains but the 
word of the world, the concurrence of the 
dominating intelligence of humanity to bring 
it into actual being. It realises, in short, 
the admirable plan prophesied and designed 
by the seeing spirit of an American, the 
American Hendrik Christian Andersen. 

Laws of international polities and sen¬ 
tences of international justice will be the 
highest spheres in which international le¬ 
gality begins to dominate over the peoples 
of humanity and finally to produce the beau¬ 
ty of a true world civilisation. 

But, if one thinks of — Boundaries and 
Frontiers — Submarine Cables — Post, Te¬ 
legraph and Telephone — Timetables — 
Weights and Measures — Monetary Agree¬ 
ments — Tunnels — Railroads — Naviga¬ 
tion and Aviation — Copyright — Trade¬ 
marks — Patents — Public Hygiene — 
Customs Tariffs — Industrial Production — 
International Terminology — the White 
Slave Trade and the Protection of Young 
Girls — International Statistics — Explora¬ 
tion — Official Documents — Consular Ju¬ 
risdiction — Passports — Arrests — Ex¬ 
tradition — Rogatory of the Sentenced — 
Verification of Notary and Death Docu¬ 
ments — the Red Cross — Works of Art — 


Fisheries and Hunting — Contraband — 
Repatriation of Expelled Paupers and of 
Foundlings — Witnesses and Experts — 
Verification of Societies — Legalisation of 
Public Acts — Antiphylloxera Conventions 

— Free Advocacy — Harbour Inspection — 
Exchange of Legislative Publications — Ex¬ 
change of Civil Deeds — Agreements for 
Cattle and Agricultural Product Transit — 
Exchange of Census Data — Aid to the In¬ 
digent and Sick — War and Peace Hague 
Conventions — Geodetic Conventions — 
Conventions for Marriage, Divorce and Tu¬ 
telage of Minors — Verification of Heirs — 
Succession Settlements — Hospital Ships 
Conventions — International Institute of 
Agriculture Conventions — Sea Explora¬ 
tion Conventions — Agreements for Ar¬ 
bitration Tribunals — Obscene Publications 

— Alcoholic Drinks — Measures against 
Opium — Seismology Stations — Missiona¬ 
ries — Indemnities and Assistance to the 
Shipwrecked — Preservation of certain Spe¬ 
cies of Animals — Use of Saccharine and 
Analogous Substances — Automobile Cir¬ 
culation — Emigration and the Legal Pro¬ 
tection of Labourers — if one thinks of all 
this troop of collective interests for which, 
in the times of still persisting international 
anarchy and increasing international com¬ 
munication, the governments of the various 
Nations have been obliged to provide by 
means of agreements, without authoritative 
legal force — one can understand how vast 
will be the other spheres in which interna¬ 
tional legality will begin to develop by legis¬ 
lative and administrative international meas¬ 
ures. Let us remember that every Nation 
has been obliged, without authoritative legal 
force, to treat each one of these affairs direct¬ 
ly with the other Nations, by means of 
proposals, answers, difficulties and replies 
regarding treaties, conferences, conventions, 
agreements. Moreover imagine the waste 
of energy involved and the scarcity of results 
in comparison with the saving of energies 
and the magnificence of the results obtained 
through a concentration of all these inter¬ 
national measures in the legal and author¬ 
itative attributions of the international as¬ 
sembly. 




POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


”5 


Nor is this all. There is also the troop 
of private international activities which, in 
spite of the persisting international anarchy 
and the falsity of National Constitutions, 
scholars, industrials and peoples felt to be 
indispensable for their growing need of hu¬ 
man unity, and which the easy means of 
communication now made possible. There 
are the Scientific Institutes in general — 
Bibliographical Institutes — Press and Pe¬ 
riodical Associations — Academy of Acade¬ 
mies — Medical Associations and Congresses 

— Psychical Research Societies — Moral 
Culture Unions — Religious Associations 
and Congresses — Sociological Institutes — 
Labour Organisations — Cooperation and 
Mutuality Leagues — Free Trade Congress¬ 
es — Law Leagues and Congresses — As¬ 
tronomical Associations — Administrative 
Sciences Congresses — Popular Education 
Bureaus and Institutions — Chambers of 
Commerce Congresses — Philological So¬ 
cieties — Physics and Electricity Societies 

— Chemistry Societies — Geological So¬ 
cieties — Anthropological Societies — Bio¬ 
logical Societies — Botany and Zoology So¬ 
cieties — Artist and Engineer Associations 

— Agricultural Societies — Zootechnical, 
Hunting and Fishing Societies — Domestic 
Economy Societies — Stenography Societies 

— Topographical Societies — Waterways So¬ 
cieties — Book-Keeping Societies — Chem¬ 
ical Industries Societies — Manufactures 
and Crafts Societies — Historical and Geo¬ 
graphical Societies — Fine Art Societies — 
Societies for Sports. There is this other 
troop of private international activities, 
which — scorned by the cannibalistic pre¬ 
parations for that most horrible war — be¬ 
fore its outbreak were here and there de¬ 
veloped by scholars, industrials and peoples, 
in wandering, disorganised, discordant meet¬ 
ings, accordings as opportunities offered, and 
which can now be permanently, organically 
and concordantly developed in the interna¬ 
tional. The international city conse¬ 
quently, by the force of legality, in a short 
time will become not only the centre of in¬ 
ternational affairs, but the true centre of 
human civilisation, for which the whole 
world is preparing. 


All this miracle of civilisation will be 
possible because the light of a true Science 
of Government revealed the fact that the 
cure of the external State sore, the barbarism 
of Kingdom, Republic and Empire indepen¬ 
dences, i. e., the barbarism of their anarch¬ 
ical non-State, could not end in the old un¬ 
scientific way, by the expansion of the legal 
organisation of these Kingdoms, Republics 
and Empires into a single Universal Empire. 
Universal Monarchy , in the light of the Pos¬ 
itive Science of Government, showed itself 
for what it was — a dangerous poetic fancy 
and a brigandly kingly lust. It has become 
evident that the decadence of Empires, civ¬ 
ilisations and races was the result of treating 
the external sore in this way. It also has 
become evident that the cure of this sore, the 
cessation of the barbarous anarchy among 
Kingdoms, Republics and Empires, and of 
their internal wars for patriotic defence and 
aggrandisement, can only come about by a 
new arrangement of forces —only by achiev¬ 
ing truly amplified civilisation — only by 
giving an international constitution to all 
the States and by organising them into the 
State of international. 

Therefore the true international will 
triumph, consecrating the fact that the last 
war has been the great war of great igno¬ 
rance. 

A 

And the benefits derived from this true 
international will not cease, but spread to 
the whole of humanity — as a reparation for 
all the brutalities suffered during the last 
war — as an apotheosis of all those soldiers 
killed or mutilated in it — as shame to all 
those leeches of business men who scandal¬ 
ously profited by it — as accusation of all 
those statesmen who conspired to make the 
great war end in a great trick, that is, in the 
usual way, by another underhand peace trea¬ 
ty, calculated only to imitate afresh the 
mockery of reducing armaments and of 
obligatory arbitration. 

The coming of this true international 
will have for humanity the importance of a 
true new era, and humanity indeed will be- 



A WORLD CENTRE 


116 


gin to make a true and common numeration 
of years from the first day of its advent. 

International Law will cease being a fan¬ 
tastic and immutable professorial stupidity, 
having become an authoritative and mutable 
imposition of International legislators. 

People will laugh when thinking of those 
statesmen of past times, whose monuments 
still encumber the high roads and who gov¬ 
erned when foreign politics were still a far¬ 
cical and sanguinary affair. In those times 
the handling of foreign affairs fell, in fact, 
first to the shrewd disloyalty of diplomatists, 
then to the heroic sacrifice of soldiers. The 
latter knew perhaps nothing about foreign 
affairs, but — when called upon to handle 
them on an arduous battle-field, in the place 
of their ambassadors and ministers of For¬ 
eign Affairs, who were only good at entan¬ 
gling affairs in their commodious offices — 
they were obliged by law to lend themselves 
thereto as patriotic soldiers. And this they 
did. Great were the sacrifices they made, 
regardless of the encomiums of their bravery 
which ambassadors and ministers of Foreign 
Affairs — looking from afar through opera 
glasses upon the scenes of the theatre of w r ar, 
that is, upon devastated fields heaped with 
corpses — addressed to them in rhetorical 
speeches, to which all the patriotic magnates 
who had stayed at home looking after their 
own affairs, provided a chorus. 

The soldiers of the International Army 
— unlike those of the earlier royal and na¬ 
tional armies, who were the instruments of 
inhuman aggression, at the service of rulers 
who exploited them and urged them to heroic 
sacrifices by a deceptive play upon the sacred 
word « Fatherland » — will be sentinels of 
the coercive compact of legal human union, 
sentinels of the coercive compact of the in¬ 
ternational CONSTITUTION. 

The several Nations’ gigantic warships 
and airships will be — in part, turned over 
to the International Militia and appointed to 
travel the seas under the international flag, 
for ensuring the observance of international 


laws — in part, stripped of their cannons and 
appointed to travel the seas under their na¬ 
tional flags, for the purpose of extending 
commerce and civilisation, much better than 
could be done before. 

The international FLAG, created as sym¬ 
bol of the Nations’ union, will keep visibly 
and perennially a space for the new nation¬ 
alities which the international assembly 
has always the power to create. 

The phrase « human brotherhood » has 
often caused a smile when uttered. But with 
the international it becomes a possible fact, 
because it has there its seat and its command. 

The internal State sore, consisting in the 
arbitrariness of despotism and in the conse¬ 
quent necessity of tyrannies in the interior, 
(which the empirical constitutional unguent 
had certainty assuaged but made fetid) — 
now that the external sore has fully recover¬ 
ed, can also be wholly cured. Because the 
governmental science which serves the inter¬ 
national constitution, will penetrate also 
into National Constitutions — purify them 
of all the Chaotic Period’s dross of arbitrary 
despotism and intrigues — ennoble them by 
equitable laws of representative domination, 
upon the basis of which parties will be clari¬ 
fied, and socialism, ceasing to be egotistic, 
polemical, doctrinary and opportunistic will 
become altruistic and concrete, if capable of 
being so. 

And the day when the internal State sore 
also is cured and disappears — that day of 
human glory and of liberation from the in¬ 
finitude of evils that this sore has produced — 
will be commemorated by all the Nation in 
a collective monument to the man who, for 
thousands of years, kept it open and fetid in 
all the States. With the money made by the 
sale of all the ugly statues to royalty that for 
centuries disfigured the streets and squares 
of cities in all countries, the Nations will 
erect in the international this monument of 
colossal proportions to the baneful man — in 
the centre, he, the grim, rapacious, sangui¬ 
nary and obscene man, the King, drunk, with 



POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT 


his crown crooked, and in his hands the em¬ 
blems of his power by divine right — at the 
sides of the monument four groups, repre¬ 
senting his chief creations : misery, charity, 
prostitution, crime. 

Americans, the most deceptive error in 
the declaration and conduct of the war, has 
been the belief that its solution could be the 
usual one of utilitarian peace. The greatest 
difficulty in finding an exit from the war lies 
precisely in this : that instead of seeking an 
unusual way of ending and solution, suited 
to the fact that this war developed under ab¬ 
normal conditions and by abnormal means — 
for unusual cases, unusual remedies — peo¬ 
ple continue to circle around the customary 
ideas of peace, themselves incapable of pro¬ 
viding the solution, and continue to postpone 
until after a consequently impossible peace 
the new radical adjustment of the Nations, 
that should first be sought for, since in this 
direction is the only true and worthy way of 
exit to be found. 

This absurd conduct of the men who on 
one side or on the other are at the head of the 
belligerent Nations, certainly shows the nar¬ 
row egotistical intention of ending the war 
to their own advantage, thinking it problem¬ 
atical — or intending to make it so — whe¬ 
ther after the war the so often promised and 
repromised international adjustment will be 
made. But there is also the fact that radical 
solutions, such as are needed in order to give 
the Nations a new civilised adjustment, de¬ 
mand minds free from prejudice, in the pres¬ 
ent case free from the sins of royalty and 
from imperialistic lusts; minds capable of the 
superhuman energy which the case demands. 
And this is the supreme reason of our appeal 
to you, Americans, who, being already a peo¬ 
ple freer from prejudices, are in this case also 
free from royal and imperial sins and capable 
of the superhuman efforts needed to lead to 
the INTERNATIONAL constitution, and to the 
creation of the International Centre of Com¬ 
munication. — This, while it is really a great 
and worthy way of exit from the war, is at 
the same time an open road toward human¬ 
ity’s true civil progress. 


117 


Such true progress will be impossible till 
humanity has once for all been purged of the 
political prejudices which, existing abun¬ 
dantly in European States, are also to some 
extent to be found in your own American 
States, since you carried them over with you 
in the customs you received from the higher 
classes of Europe. The fact of your being a 
people originally descended from workers 
certainly makes your minds less contorted 
and less inclined to sophistry. But take care, 
however. Because of your excusable fault 
of having been too much absorbed in forming 
for yourselves a rich basis for existence; be¬ 
cause of your excusable fault of having had 
to accept blindly a great deal of Europe’s 
morality, that is, to receive without having 
time to discuss them many ideas from the 
fields of science and religion, of family and 
of art; because of your excusable fault of not 
having been able, consequently, to become 
sublime and paramount in those old prejudic¬ 
ed fields as you have become in the virgin 
ones of mechanics and electricity; because of 
all these your excusable faults, there is a 
great deal of empiricism in your political in¬ 
stitutions — even in your Monroe Doctrine 
itself — unworthy of your new and positive 
understanding of life. And this will make 
the effort on behalf of which we appeal to you 
the greater; the effort of becoming the lead¬ 
ers in this new and great civil enterprise : 
the international constitution. 

Americans, the effort required to reach 
this goal is titanic, and it is natural that you 
should become its centre of propulsion and 
through your impulse, unite, save and enrich 
the States of the Earth. 

To be the propelling centre of such an 
immense effort, which shall give to this hor¬ 
rible war an extraordinarily noble solution, 
and turn humanity toward true civil prog¬ 
ress, this, O Americans, is the great and glo¬ 
rious task to which destiny calls you and for 
which your intervention is indispensable — 
a solution fine enough to win forgivemess for 
the war as having been a calamity without 
which the attainment of so much good would 
have been impossible. 



A WORLD CENTRE 


i x8 


The time is past when one conquering 
State can moralise and civilise the rest. The 
elevated consciences of peoples are todaj? 
such that new morals and a better civilisation 
can only be the result of international im¬ 
pulses flowing from the heart of the most 
cosmopolitan and freest people towards those 
of all other peoples and thence again to this 
heart. You are the most cosmopolitan and 
freest people. You, therefore, are predes¬ 
tined — with hearts throbbing, to give the 
first impulse toward the new human morality 
and civilisation — and to be responded to by 
the throbbing hearts of all other peoples. It 
is for you to< attract those who have most 
genius in the various Nations, to call to your 
side those who are longing to blend their in¬ 
novating fecundity with your own, and to 
raise yourselves in all Nations, together with 
them, as guides of governments and of hu¬ 
manity — by modern rather than by media¬ 
eval domination; by moral rather than by 
conquering or imperialistic dominations; by 
the domination of new ideas and human ab¬ 
negations that have not a foreign but a cosmo¬ 
politan character, while at the same time re¬ 
taining an American charm. 

Since, briefly, one Nation’s turn of 
greatness was lost to it — a turn of economic 
and moral domination, which seemed durable 
and which would have been durable if the 
people who created it by marvellous work 
had not been betrayed with real high treason 
— since this turn failed, Americans, if able 
to grasp it, your turn has come for true great¬ 
ness. Not that of the past — the rapacious 
and barbaric greatness of regional bounda¬ 
ries. That of the new era — the legal 
and civil greatness of human ties, hy which 
civilisation begins to take the whole Earth 
as basis; ceases to be local, dwarfed hypocri¬ 
tical, farcical as it has been till our times. 


May the magnificent work of salvation, 
which humanity so urgently needs — in the 
midst of such shameful barbarism and such 
cruel massacres — be promoted by you with 
strength, with generosity, with all that elec¬ 
trical energy which is yours and for which 
the world admires you. 

In the sublime task before 3/011, O Amer¬ 
icans, lies everybody’s salvation — even your 
own, for over you hangs the catastrophe of 
decadence, which would be brought about 
first of all by the armaments made necessary 
in greater numbers than those of Europe. 
« I hate war », said one of your ex-Presidents 
in presenting his candidacy at the last elec¬ 
tions, « but the only way of avoiding it is ac- 
tively to prepare for it». After what has 
been said, it is to be hoped that 3^ou do not 
believe this to be the only way. Germany 
also said that it actively prepared for war in 
order to avoid it. This was a conventional 
way of speaking and signified «in order to 
make it». 

In the task before you, O Americans, 
there is the same nobility and purity as lay 
in the task which moved your Puritan Fa¬ 
thers when they set sail towards your uncor¬ 
rupted soil. Fulfil it with the same pride 
that so many of your noted people have 
shown since the beginning of the war by 
sending public messages of sympathy and 
expressions of solidarity to the attacked na¬ 
tions. Fulfil it with the pride that ran 
through your President’s words and acts. 
But fulfil it without vague aspirations, with¬ 
out vague protests, without vague and il¬ 
lusory hopes of peace. Fulfil your task, O 
Americans, in a positive way; so that the 
present calamity really cannot be repeated, 
and that this may be ensured by the only real 
guarantee , that of constitutional law. 





TABLE OF CONTENTS. 


Part I. 

GENERIC HISTORICAL FACTS OF GOVERNMENT. 

PAGE 

CHAPTER I. — From Anarchy to Government — From the Barbarism of Individuals 
in the non-State of anarchical Independences among themselves, to the Primitive 
Civilisation of these Individuals here and there legally organised into Tribe States . 3 

CHAPTER II. — From the Barbarism of Tribes in the non-State of anarchical Indepen¬ 
dences among themselves, to the amplified Civilisation of City, Kingdom, Empire 


States here and there legally organised. 7 

CHAPTER. III. — The Two State Sores. n 

CHAPTER IV. — The Kings. 15 

CHAPTER V. — Greatness and Decadence of Empires, Civilisations and Races ... 21 

CHAPTER VI. — Empirical National Constitutions.31 

CHAPTER VII. — The Chaotic Period.q 7 


Part II. 

THE LIGHT OF A POSITIVE SCIENCE OF GOVERNMENT. 

CHAPTER I. — The Light of Science. 

CHAPTER II. — Foundations of a Positive Science of Government deduced from the 
Generic Historical Facts. 

I. 

The Three Human Forces, of Mind, of Body and of Wealth. 

II. 

The Struggle for Existence among Men is worse than that among Beasts. And it 
is Barbarous so long as they are in Anarchical Liberty and Independence . 


l6 










120 


INDEX OF THE CHAPTERS 


III. 

From the non-State of Anarchy to the State of Government. Authority, Law, Rights 


and Duties, Despotism and Tyranny, Rulers and Ruled.72 

IV. 

Justice, Injustice and Pardon. The Value of Agreements.76 

V. 

The Pentalogue of the Positive Foundations of Government.78 


CHAPTER III. — Positive Inferences of Government derived from the Positive Foun¬ 


dations of Government.79 

I. 

Liberty and Force are the Two Supreme Words of Government.79 

II. 

Civilisation is a Progressive Word of Progressive Government.83 

III. 


War and Peace are Barbarous Words, that is, Words of Barbarous Anarchy and 


Non-existent Government.85 

IV. 

Fatherland is the Sacred Word of Government.88 

V. 

Pentalogue of the Positive Inferences of Government.89 


CHAPTER IV. — Scientific National Constitutions. The International Constitution . . 93 

CHAPTER V. — The True International State.103 


















PART II 


A WORLD CENTRE 


COMMUNICATION 
ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 

A REPORT COMPILED 

BY 

JEREMIAH W. JENKS, PH. D„ L. L. D. 


FORMER PROFESSOR OF GOVERNMENT 

AND DIRECTOR OF THE DIVISION OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS, NEW YORK UNIVERSITY 
MEMBER OF THE UNITED STATES IMMIGRATION COMMISSION 
















' 




. 




















\ 





















































Natatorivm 


5tadiva\ 




iggtefMfE 

raiMl \fya fe^Diaiai^ 
pTJUiMlini'D Qft 


'^PrnH^RSO^daoHf 1 jjgj f i"»!aiiioPdfiS'q^lir^OTF 
Un R&RlRh§ Q uttaaB& Si" Mm^aa jDg^®jP4ia0pi 
gy ^uppgapdS&.'SI'* n» #rp.:Hs7/j5 m^SSflDPPsrf 

3 iganoS^U 5 ^^?a r S <^3 jpBgg^g §@5 
aO □gSPsBdqc ^pqg □oaii® □ Da n 

□ a ao" ggab 1 AEfiy "V >rti \ Vft'au acpngcj □eiUI 

pg§ig§ 0 isi : ir^ss|a 8 S!ffl 0 il 

% “al mE^iSiS?® siMfetHj §sp Rfi 

,.t^ras«H8lQD! fO.’”; 5C =-? Jj □#• •vc<@««K.ai 

! aJ la 1 

ig 5 i«sffiSs 4 is ‘ 


Port* 


;m; 


r« 

Try 




Vn Centre ;;f . 

International 

SN ScHE/HATIQVE BE l./ 
• VlLL-E 


LEANEST. j*\ .HiPiR^AKD - Architects 




































































































































I 

























































CHAPTER I. 


A WORLD CITY, A PRACTICAL IDEAL. 


The thought of a city that should develop 
and perfect humanity is as old as civilisa¬ 
tion. But the conception has changed with 
the changing ages. 

Plato in his Republic dreams of a city 
of perfect justice. In it the wise men, the 
philosophers, would make and enforce the 
laws and, guided by their wisdom and the 
perfect morality springing from their wis¬ 
dom, would so govern as to facilitate the 
greatest possible happiness for all. And yet 
Plato’s perfect city state contemplated only 
freedom of thinking and acting for the favour¬ 
ed intellectual few. The great masses were 
still to toil to make possible the life-giving 
thoughts of the philosophers. 

The great Christian poet of the prophetic 
vision of the Revelation, had likewise his vi¬ 
sion of the perfect city. Its perfection he pic¬ 
tured in material terms of streets of gold with 
gates of a single pearl, but to it he also attrib¬ 
uted moral and Spiritual perfection. For 
the redeemed of all the earth were to be its 
inhabitants and, free from care, were to join 
in singing praises to the perfect God who had 
created the city for their enjoyment, and who 
at the same time had created an abode of hor¬ 
ror for those of mankind controlled by their 
lower natures. Probably the great apocalyp¬ 
tic poet was picturing a city of another world. 
It is by no means clear, however, that his 
perfect city was not intended to be merely a 
city of the future, of which the site should 


be an earthly location as definite as Rome 
or Constantinople. In any event, the vision 
of this city was intended to awaken in men 
a desire for a better and nobler life which 
should lead the poet’s fellow-men toward a 
purer, more beautiful, more nearly perfect 
civilisation. 

And again at the beginning of modern 
days, the Italian philosopher Campanella in 
his City of the Sun, and the great Lord Chan¬ 
cellor of England, Sir Thomas More, in his 
Utopia, with many others earlier and later, 
have given rein to their imaginations. By 
their pictures of an ideal city they have in 
turn attempted to fire mankind with nobler 
purposes. They have hoped that these no¬ 
ble purposes might work out practically 
through some form of civic organisation 
which should subdue the evil passions and 
stimulate the beneficent motives of individ¬ 
uals, that there might little by little be realis¬ 
ed a perfecting of humanity. 

Those great inventions of modern days 
— the steamship, the railroad, the telegraph, 
the telephone, which have served to bring 
all civilised mankind into close touch — the 
thought and purpose of each being instanta¬ 
neously given to his fellow half the world 
around — have broadened the conception of 
this city, which should be an uplifting force 
for all humanity. Almost from the date of 
the publication of Hugo Grotius’ great work 
on War and Peace in 1625, the minds of think- 


4 


A WORLD CENTRE 


ing men have been turned toward the idea 
of world unity. This unity should not spring 
from a world domination like that of ancient 
Rome, nor from purely ideal conceptions like 
those of the poet philosophers. It should 
be practical. It should be capable of ulti¬ 
mate realisation through the development of 
the idea of justice among nations and arrange¬ 
ments made between the rulers of different 
states. Influenced by these ideas, the great 
philosopher, Immanuel Kant, even before 
the day of modern inventions, had dreamed 
of a form of organisation and communion be¬ 
tween states which should lead to perpetual 
peace. 

Again, it is the pen of a poet, Alfred Ten¬ 
nyson, painting pictures of the future, which 
has made common to all the English-speak¬ 
ing races, a conception of a world unity. 
This new conception is not based primarily 
upon the idea of building throughout the 
world model cities, inhabited by perfect be¬ 
ings. It is the practical conception that 
through international agreements regarding 
political activities, modern statesmen might 
in fact bring about a « parliament of men, a 
federation of the world, » which from its very 
nature would do away with wars. With war 
abolished, the rapid growth of industry, the 
multiplication and diffusion of wealth, toge¬ 
ther with the moral uplift naturally resulting 
from such changed conditions, should lend 
an impulse to the development of the best in 
civilisation which would give us in no distant 
future, not indeed a Paradise like that of the 
vision of Revelation, but a greatly improved 
everyday world where normal human beings 
with their qualities of strength and weakness 
might dwell in happier state. 

It has remained, however, for a man of 
our day to think out and work out the detail¬ 
ed plans for a World Centre of civilisation 
that is not merely a vision, but is practicable; 
that does not deal primarily with future gen¬ 
erations but with the present one; that does 
not require a world wide intellectual or ethi¬ 
cal education of the masses, but merely the 
studious attention of a few broad-minded stat¬ 
esmen. It is only necessary that these stat¬ 


esmen be willing to give a few days of study 
to understand the practical methods by which 
the plan is to be developed, and then to take 
prompt action, such as they are in the habit 
of doing from month to month, from day to 
day. For this project is no more difficult 
than the everyday work of cutting canals, 
planting forests, building railroads, erecting 
great public buildings and planning the or¬ 
ganisation of administrative commissions for 
the promotion of literature and art and scien¬ 
ce and politics. 

In the first volume of the present work : 
« Creation of a World Centre of Commu¬ 
nication )> which has been presented to the 
Rulers, Parliaments, libraries and univer¬ 
sities of the world, are found detailed des¬ 
criptions and explanations of the plan con¬ 
ceived by the author for the World Centre 
and great city in which there should be 
brought together, for purposes of comparison 
and study and education and inspiration, the 
works, the thoughts, the associated personal¬ 
ities of the leading thinkers in all lines of 
human activity. In that volume is indicated 
the way in which all the qualities of mankind 
— physical, intellectual, artistic, moral — 
would be stimulated, to the great benefit of 
humanity. Its author has shown how, 
through international association within this 
great central city, the progress of society will 
be furthered and civilisation ennobled. 

The purpose of the present report is less 
attractive, but perhaps no less necessary in 
bringing about the establishment of a World 
Centre. Business men and statesmen must 
be shown that the ideal is practical, that it 
will pay economically. No business man 
will care to influence his government toward 
the establishment of the World City, unless 
he sees clearly the prospect of a good return 
to his business and to his countrymen. No 
respectable minister of state will recommend 
to his legislature or parliament the action 
necessary to the cooperation of his state with 
others for the establishment and maintenance 
of such a centre, until he is convinced that 
the people of his state are to receive a benefit 
from this World Centre that will liberally 







ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


5 


compensate them for all the effort and wealth 
expended. 

The purpose of this report, then, is not 
primarily to stimulate the hope of a rapid 
furtherance of international justice, nor even 
of universal peace, although these objects may 
be, indeed, it is hoped they will be realised. 
Its aim is rather to show how international 
cooperation has, in the past, improved man¬ 
ufactures, attracted capital and labour to 
countries whose resources were unknown, 
and extended and created markets; and how 
the World Centre, as a focus of world science 
and culture and a permanent world exhibi¬ 
tion, will produce all these effects in a higher 
degree. It aims to show further that the 
World Centre, by furnishing a central meet¬ 
ing place, and a central point for the collec¬ 
tion and dissemination of information, will 
hasten the solution of all those problems, 
moral, governmental, scientific and commer¬ 
cial, which affect business more or less di¬ 
rectly. The reader must look in this volume, 
not for an eloquent presentation of ideals, but 
for a compact, definite statement of facts and 
results. 

A Clearing House for the World's Best. 

The World Centre is to be a centre of 
business, science and intelligence, hbused in 
special buildings and located within the 
boundaries of a model city. Works of art, 
scientific discoveries and new inventions 
will be shown, thus forming an intelligent 
centre of ideas, methods, exchange, relations 
and propagandas, and a material centre of 
collections and of persons devoted as much to 
the study as to the management of affairs 
having a world-wide and universal character. 
It will be the world clearing-house for all that 
is best in civilisation. 

The basis of material progress, both in¬ 
dividual and national, is economic success. 
In the World Centre, therefore, will be held 
a permanent exposition illustrating the latest 
developments, not’ only in art, but also in 
science, agriculture, mining, manufacture, 


transportation, trade and commerce. The 
exhibits will be kept up to date, furnishing 
the best possible opportunity for comparative 
study and a constant incentive to progress. 
All the best that the world knows and does 
will be concentrated here. 

The Centre as planned embodies two 
distinct ideas perfectly welded and finely 
executed one within the other : an Interna- 

4 

tional Centre, situated at the heart of a model 
city. 

This city proper will be a modern city 
divided into residential, business and indus¬ 
trial quarters, very much like other cities. 
But it will be so planned that daylight, elec¬ 
tric light, air, ease of circulation, comfort and 
convenience, as well as hygiene and sanita¬ 
tion will be everywhere studied. Everything 
that science has done and everything that ex¬ 
perience has taught as being of service will 
be incorporated in the International City. 

In the stately and beautiful buildings of 
the centre, all human interests will have their 
place. Art, religion, education, jurispru¬ 
dence, philosoph}/, all the sciences, physical 
culture and business, will have their halls 
and exhibitions, wherein may gather the best 
minds of the world. The nations will have 
their national buildings in which to present 
their topography, samples of their natural 
products, their commerce and industry, and 
thus aid the solid development of their pros¬ 
perity. 

In the field of jurisprudence we now have 
established several international organisa¬ 
tions of importance, such as the Inter-Par¬ 
liamentary Union and the Hague Tribunals. 
But we need greater concentration and more 
enduring effort than has yet been established. 
A coherent system of international law, per¬ 
haps even of criminal law, might best be 
planned and carried out only by a body of 
jurists sitting continually. Should an In¬ 
ternational Constitution finally be adopted, 
the International Assembly’s natural seat 
would be in the heart of the World Centre, 
whose most prominent feature is a World 
Court of Justice. 




6 


A WORLD CENTRE 


The Temple of Religions will afford a 
sort of central headquarters where represen¬ 
tatives of all religions may study religious 
symbols and literatures collected in its mu¬ 
seums and libraries, and take cognisance of 
the truth of each system. Differences in reli¬ 
gion are no longer the main causes of inter¬ 
national wars with their attendant economic 
and social losses, but undoubtedly differen¬ 
ces of creed and ideal still lead to suspicion 
and alienation. The supplementing of one 
another’s faith, the growth of tolerance, per¬ 
haps even the establishment of a common ap¬ 
proach to a common God, will undoubtedly 
lead to a closer communion of the world, to 
freer international intercourse and trade and 
to a closer cooperation for world-wide uplift 
and progress. 

The Halls of Progress, of Philosophy, 
and of the Sciences, theoretical and applied, 
within the Centre will afford sanctuary for 
the scientific spirit; they will be visible sym¬ 
bols of human achievement, and by encour¬ 
aging research and investigation into the real 
truth of things, will give wings to a passion¬ 
ate quest which will extend beyond self and 
nation to the world and wdiich shall, in virtue 
of world-wide cooperation and study, permit 
discovery and the adaptation of knowledge 
to practical ends without waste, and so con¬ 
tribute to world progress. 

The universal Museums of Art, Music 
and Literature will be veritable sources of 
inspiration for both the layman and the pro¬ 
fessional, forming a meeting place for the lov¬ 
ers of beauty. The ample opportunity af¬ 
forded for study, for the display of a great 
work of art, or for the production of a new 
and unheard opera, should do much to pro¬ 
mote these fundamental components of pres¬ 
ent-day culture, stimulating producers to 
greater effort by offering them an ever ready 
opportunity to present their work before the 
world’s best juries, and to have it circulated 
thence, when so desired, through the leading 
cities of the world. 

The Centre for Physical Culture will unite 
all efforts toward physical perfection. Tak¬ 


ing athletics out of the hands of professional 
speculators, its aim will be to gather all 
knowledge that will help toward the rational 
development of the human body and to offer 
not only a vast meeting ground for world 
athletics, but also facilities for the training of 
teachers who shall set higher standards and 
carry back to all parts of the world the results 
of the best thought and effort from every 
country. 

The Institution of Higher Learning will 
answer a growing need : that of international 
education, taking into account all parts of the 
world in their relation to one another. It 
will afford an opportunity for gathering to¬ 
gether, coordinating and diffusing the results 
of scientific investigation carried on in any 
part of the world, and will form a centre of 
unification for knowledge and a point of de¬ 
parture for new progress. 

Moreover, it will afford opportunity for 
the educationalists of the world to meet, ex¬ 
change ideas, compare scholastic systems and 
devise methods for answering the needs of 
the increasing masses of the Barth’s popu¬ 
lation, who multiply with such rapidity that 
to combat ignorance and adequately to supply 
instruction has become one of the greatest 
problems of the age. 

From such a Centre, open moreover to 
students and graduates from all national ins¬ 
titutions by a system, as it were, of irrigation, 
the experience and constructive efforts of the 
best minds in all nations will flow back into 
the universities, colleges and schools of every 
country, however far removed from the Cen¬ 
tre, facilitating, with an immense saving of 
time, labour and money, the ever changing 
and urgent problem of keeping pace with the 
people’s need for education. 

In the field of business the World Centre 
will serve with even greater effectiveness. 
There is no doubt but that the problems of 
capital and labour are rapidly becoming the 
acutest of our age and are tending to absorb 
all other economic and political issues. As 
they arise, they inevitably assume a more or 




ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


7 


less international character. The problems 
of transport, communication, foreign ex¬ 
change, marketing, finance, banking, insur¬ 
ance and the like, are also becoming of inter¬ 
national import and can no longer be handled 
strictly on a national basis. In fact, many 
business activities are now represented by 
international associations or gatherings and 
many more need only a slight impulse to 
effect similar organisations. Their efforts, 
like their headquarters, are not centralised, 
and their work is not always the most effi¬ 
cient. 

At the same time, the consciousness of 
their common interest has drawn workers to¬ 
gether. They have become aware of the ne¬ 
cessity for cooperation; means of communi¬ 
cation and widely diffused information have 
tended to standardisation and today there is 
slowly emerging a truly international class 
of men, who follow employment the world 
over, who mine gold now in America, now in 
Australia, who follow the sun from hemis¬ 
phere to hemisphere, harvesting the crops 
both north and south of the equator, who are 
equally at home in Italy or Argentina, and 
who are gradually losing every trace of spe¬ 
cific nationality but the name. Thus capital 
on the one side and labour on the other, are 
rapidly broadening in significance until today 
their reciprocal position has become an issue 
as vital as the lives of nations themselves, and 
containing, if not satisfactorily expressed and 
determined, a grave danger for civilisation. 
The World Centre will provide a spot where 
problems of labour and the more specific 
questions of communication, finance, and the 
marketing of products can be best discussed 
by competent men who will endeavour to find 
satisfactory and equitable solutions. 

This Centre will be a vast clearing house 
of information, an international headquarters 
for the compilation and dissemination of in¬ 
formation concerning all the sciences, both 
pure and applied, a veritable statistical cen¬ 
tre for the world, a world research laboratory 
and university, a world meeting place for 
mind and facts in the search for greater truth 
and justice. 


Whatever is gathered there will be per¬ 
manent. For the World Centre will proba¬ 
bly be located on neutralised territory outside 
the jurisdiction of any single nation and un¬ 
der the protection of them all. The build¬ 
ings and collections housed therein will be 
free from attack in case of war; and no fear 
need be felt that the important records, li¬ 
braries and exhibitions of art and natural 
history, whose permanence is so desirable, 
will be destroyed by invading armies. The 
stability of the city and of all the work housed 
therein will thus be guaranteed. The assur¬ 
ance of such permanency should lead to great¬ 
er efforts towards assembling information 
and material available for the promotion of 
the world’s progress, and .should ultimately 
result in the establishment of the world’s 
greatest collection of material for human 
knowledge. 

This concentration of the elements of 
progress will realise an ideal toward which 
man has struggled throughout his history. 
From time immemorial, man and nature have 
been waging a conflict —man, weak and help¬ 
less in respect to physical power, and na¬ 
ture, a group of unflinching and irresistible 
forces. But man has learned to use nature; 
his intelligence enabling him to direct her 
forces. He toils in the earth in order to pro¬ 
duce food, he builds himself cover, from clay 
or wood or stone, and erects temples unto the 
deities whose anger he desires to avert, and 
whose esteem he aims at wooing. 

Religion, science, invention, art, music, 
the drama, architecture, literature and the 
movement toward physical and mental edu¬ 
cation as well, have been by-products of man’s 
instinctive and intelligent reaction to his en¬ 
vironment. The primitive wants which have 
guided him in this struggle with nature have 
led to modern civilisation. 

Soterios Nicholson in a book entitled : 
« The World City of Civilisation, » traces 
this process of the unifying of human endeav¬ 
our to the next logical step — the creation 
of a World Centre, where in physical space 
and time human forces can meet. He points 



A WORLD CENTRE 


out that, from the beginning, man has been 
forced, in his conflict with external, natural 
forces, to collect available forces and system¬ 
atise their employment. Thus has proceed¬ 
ed the slow and patient movement toward 
human organisation, united efforts and coop¬ 
erative action. ((Families, tribes, nations — 
spiritual and secular hierarchies, cities and 
states, all forms of political groupings in fact, 
have been steps in the progression ». Exist¬ 
ing differences should not be submerged 
with the end of producing a uniform type, 
but, on the contrary, these differences 
should be coordinated in terms of a common 
aim and a true unity realised through the co¬ 
operation in equal degree of each constituent 
part in the whole. 

Human, forces must be concentrated a- 
gainst the forces of nature; we can no longer 
be obsessed by the fallacious conviction that 
man is his own enemy. The battle of hu¬ 
manity is to subdue nature and make her a 
ready servant in the satisfaction of our in¬ 
most and highest ideals. Bonds of sympathy 
and love which will cement individuals 
together into compact and coherent social 
groups must be knit; mutual jealousies 
and recriminations must cease to be; the 
wastage of human energies must be prevent¬ 
ed. To accomplish these ends, humanity 
must be organised in terms of physical unity. 


The physical energies of men, in other words, 
should be so correlated as to spend themselves 
in common work, with the least waste and 
with the largest results. Certain men have 
done much to bind humanity in a closer unity. 
They have invented the, telegraph, the tele¬ 
phone and wireless telegraphy; they have 
constructed the ship to span the seas, and the 
locomotive to cover the land, and the postal 
service to reach to the ends of the earth. 
Why should these movements toward greater 
mutual approach stop where they are? — 
Why should not men find other and better 
means of drawing yet closer to their fellows, 
preparing the way for the day when human 
solidarity will be a fact and not an ideal? 

Whatever affects the welfare of the var¬ 
ious peoples is a matter of economic impor¬ 
tance ; whatever tends to hasten the concen¬ 
tration of the attack upon the world’s prob¬ 
lems — moral, governmental, or scientific 
increases the well-being of the world. 
Business itself, therefore, will be an impor¬ 
tant interest of the World Centre. The Cen¬ 
tre will provide for the study of business prob¬ 
lems, the collection and dissemination of 
business information, and the furnishing of 
business men with the means of extending 
their markets. These functions of the 
World Centre are the main concern of this 
book. 






CHAPTER II. 


GROWTH OF INTERNATIONALISM AND NEED FOR A WORLD CENTRE. 


No longer is the world’s progress meas¬ 
ured by the individual progress of the sev¬ 
eral nations considered separately. Men of 
many nations, and nations themselves, have 
united in their efforts to improve econo¬ 
mic and social conditions, to devise ways and 
means of carrying out in a concerted manner, 
their plans for transforming all that to-day 
appears halting or deficient. Cooperation in¬ 
creases efficiency and efficiency is the ideal 
of the age. When men finally discovered 
that disease and deformity might be grad¬ 
ually eradicated, that they themselves might, 
after ages of blind groping, consciously 
direct the course of their own development 
and lend a hand to make the wheel of evolu¬ 
tion turn more rapidly, a new era began. 
But conscious action by all the inhabitants of 
the globe would barely suffice to give the de¬ 
sired result. The small group now striving 
to direct evolution must be enlarged. Co¬ 
operation knows no territorial limits. 

The past has laboriously evolved many 
forms of associations, local and national; 
some few have taken on yet broader aims. 
In certain instances men are now working 
upon a world basis, forgetting national boun¬ 
daries and racial prejudices and will be oblig¬ 
ed to do so more than ever in the future. 
Though the abstract ideal of a world state has 
apparently been neglected, world-wide coop¬ 
eration in all human activities, each interest 
extending its influence to all corners of the 
globe, that is the tendency of today and the 


master-word of tomorrow. Universal coop¬ 
eration is filling the void between the individ¬ 
ual and humanity left by the disappearance 
of the old cosmopolitical ideal. It is creating 
living institutions organised to meet world¬ 
wide economic and social needs. 

For generations men have been accustom¬ 
ed to think in terms of national sovereignty. 
They have found in national life the ultimate 
end of human endeavour. Before the eight¬ 
eenth century world unity was a poetic 
dream to be indulged in by a few unpracti¬ 
cal and somewhat unpopular philosophers. 
Cosmopolitanism, as the creed of a man with¬ 
out a country, was despised. The few who 
talked of the world state above and dealt 
with the rational individual below, found 
nothing and made nothing to bind so vast a 
structure. The old cosmopolitans, noble 
minded as they were, lacked true construc¬ 
tive force because they were not tolerant 
of conditions as they found them. They 
brought forth only a rational ideal, to which 
they expected their fellowmen to adhere. 
They did not recognise the principle that 
man’s nature must be raised gradually 
through the many stages of life, finally to 
be turned from selfish individualism to more 
comprehensive aims of civilisation. 

World unity is real. There is a growing 
consciousness of this fact in the minds of pub¬ 
lic spirited men. Our economic structure 
is being centralised. World’s markets for 


A WORLD CENTRE 


IQ 


money and produce have been established. 
The press and the theatre are producing psy¬ 
chological unity. The great inventions in 
the field of transportation and communication 
have actually girdled us into a physical unity. 
The genius of the world and the resources 
of the world are no longer exclusively for the 
nation within whose borders they are found. 
Now-a-days no nation reckons them other¬ 
wise than for the world at large. Psycholog¬ 
ically, mentally and socially, human unity 
is a fact. The great currents of feeling, 
which from time to time have passed over vast 
sections of the globe, the barbarian emigra¬ 
tions, the Crusades, the strange and amirable 
« wander lust» which led to the discovery of 
the American Continent and the sea route 
from Europe to the East, were not restricted 
to single nations. For centuries scientists, 
chemists and physicists in laboratories and 
astronomers upon mountain tops, have been 
linked the world over and have felt them¬ 
selves bound by the knowledge that only 
through their united efforts could their task 
be crowned with success. Art, literature, 
commerce, philosophy, law; none are nation¬ 
al or the product of a single nation. 

Numerous scientific associations and un¬ 
ions, world wide in their operations, have 
made international organisation an accom¬ 
plished fact. The number of public unions 
formed shows how much the nations realise 
the importance of international activities. A 
number of these unions have been listed (Ap¬ 
pendix I), many of them having a corporate 
organisation through which- they affect all of 
the functions of government. 

These various associations are establish¬ 
ed in order to secure a mutuality of advan¬ 
tage to the citizens of the various states, to 
provide for a world-wide regulation of world¬ 
wide interests or' to secure uniformity, either 
in control or in operation. In the practical 
and theoretical sciences, in art, in commu¬ 
nication, in labour legislation, in the develop¬ 
ment and protection of agriculture, in the 
protection of use of patents, in the admin¬ 
istration of criminal and sanitary science — 
in all of these fields the full advantage of in¬ 


ternational cooperation lias long been under¬ 
stood and an effort toward it made, since each 
country realised its need of the others. In 
these fields the sovereign state has been forc¬ 
ed to humble itself before the advantages 
offered by international organisation. It is 
no longer believed that any isolated state can 
gain for its citizens all the advantages of civ¬ 
ilisation. Nations rise and sink on the waves 
of time, and the crest of culture is found now 
in one, now in another land. Acting alone, a 
state cannot offer to its citizens the protection 
and incentive which can otherwise be obtain¬ 
ed. In the present state of world-wide civ¬ 
ilisation and intercourse, international coop¬ 
eration is an ethical duty arising from our 
interdependence. And this duty is not based 
upon a theoretical ideal, but upon the exist¬ 
ence of practical conditions which demand 
its specific action. It is therefore both nec¬ 
essary and permanent. The realm of in¬ 
ternational organisation is an accomplished 
fact. 

It is largely because of the development 
of these international associations and, 
through them, of a world consciousness, that 
a considerable effort has been made to have 
the World Centre erected. Within the past 
fifty years there has grown up a new concep¬ 
tion of the essential solidarity of the parts 
into which the human race is divided. Un¬ 
til recently, social action halted when it reach¬ 
ed that synthesis which we call the nation. 
But now, freed from the shackles of narrow 
provincialism, grasping and believing in the 
standard of a practical world unity, men of 
all races and nations are harmonising and 
combining their efforts toward social better¬ 
ment. 

John Culbert Faries, in his book, The 
Rise of Internationalism (tables i & 2 in Ap¬ 
pendix II are reproduced from his work), has 
presented graphically the extent to which in¬ 
ternational cooperation has progressed among 
the sovereign states of the world. 

A partial analysis of the governmental ex¬ 
penditures of the United Kingdom, France, 
the United States, Belgium, Italy and Ger- 




ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


11 


many (table 3, Appendix II, compiled from 
official government reports, indicates the na¬ 
ture and variety of these expenditures for the 
6 countries named) shows what vast sums of 
money are spent annually by the various gov¬ 
ernments for the conduct of these interna¬ 
tional associations and for the promotion and 
development of international activities. 

But large as are the functions of public 
international unions and congresses, private, 
unofficial congresses have ventured into far 
broader and more interesting fields. Com¬ 
menting upon this Mr Faries says : 

’’There is not a department of thought 
or endeavour of any considerable group of 
men in any civilised country that does not 
reach into the international field of discussion. 
There is no occupation nor profession, not 
strictly local, but has relationships which 
cross many state lines. The doctor and his 
patient, the lawyer and his client, the minis¬ 
ter and the church member, the teacher and 
the student, the merchant and the craftsman, 
the trust magnate and the labour agitator, the 
reformer and the criminal, the artist, the ath¬ 
lete, the philanthropist, the scientist, the suf¬ 
fragist, all these and more, find the topics 
that interest or concern them discussed in 
congresses where men from all parts of the 
world come together ». 

Mr Faries has carefully compiled a table 
(Table 2, Appendix I) of these unofficial, pri¬ 
vate associations, conferences, etc., which in¬ 
dicates, even better than any description 
could, how extensively the field of human 
endeavour has already been organised on an 
international basis. 

With part of the field covered by private, 
unofficial associations, other parts by sporad¬ 
ic, official congresses, the need for a perma¬ 
nent World Centre, officially recognised, is 
plain. The erection of such a central insti¬ 
tution will enable these numerous associa¬ 
tions and congresses to aid each other to 
support and coordinate their efforts and to 
gain better fulfilment of their tasks than 
is possible today when, their headquarters 
are scattered throughout the world. Al¬ 
most/ every important city of the world is 


now the seat of the permanent organisa¬ 
tion of some international activity. How 
can cooperation among the various organ¬ 
isations be possible? The blood in the veins 
of internationalism is cooperation, yet there 
is no means available at present for the com¬ 
plete development- of the cooperative spir¬ 
it. Societies must furnish their own office 
buildings, equip their own libraries, prepare 
and distribute their own propaganda, and, to 
almost an equal extent, conduct their own 
researches. Much of the benefit to be derived 
from these organisations is undoubtedly lost 
thereby. Multiplication of expense and serv¬ 
ice cripples them and narrows the scope of 
their activity. The erection of the World 
Centre would render duplication vain and 
give the associations the possiblity of that 
far-reaching activity and that great and ef¬ 
fective work for which they were founded. 

It is not possible to set forth statistically 
the total loss due to these duplicated services 
and multiplicated expenses, but with so many 
organisations working independently, it must 
be enormous. In the matter of compilation 
of statistics and the founding of suitable libra¬ 
ries alone, much money must be squandered 
annually. In the World Centre a universal 
library can be established larger and better 
than any now in existence. Copies of all of¬ 
ficial and private publications can be deposit¬ 
ed there and made available for all students. 
A single building would house and a single 
staff, selected from among the world’s best 
librarians, would man a single library. 

The reception, entertainment and trans¬ 
portation of delegates to international con¬ 
gresses could be accomplished more economi¬ 
cally and more effectively than is at present 
possible. 

A World Centre with its constantly 
changing and ever up-to-date international 
expositions, its vast libraries, museums, gal¬ 
leries, universities, reception halls, auditor¬ 
iums and places of amusement will afford an 
ideal meeting place for these organisations 
and will secure better and more interested at¬ 
tendance. 






12 


A WORLD CENTRE 


Only when international associations are 
centralised can they secure the public inter¬ 
est which is essential to vitality. The World 
Centre once located and erected will soon be¬ 
come the natural destination of tourists and 
the common meeting ground for all the peo¬ 
ples of the world. The public could, there¬ 
fore, at a single place, study world condi¬ 
tions, come into contact with the organisers 
of the various international activities, view 
and judge the work, resources and achieve¬ 
ments. of all the nations, and secure in a sin¬ 
gle visit a knowledge of world conditions 
which could not otherwise be obtained ex¬ 
cept by travelling to all parts of the globe 
and studying in all important centres. The 
World Centre would thus make it easier for 
one to acquire that knowledge of internation¬ 
al conditions and affairs so essential to the 
development of broader sympathies and a 
wider outlook. A single city could thus fur¬ 
nish to the traveller as large a proportion of 
the advantages for study as the whole world 
furnishes now. 

International associations organised to 
promote progress and better understanding 
along all lines of international interest, such 


as art, science, religion, economics, and so¬ 
cial conditions, will maintain headquarters 
here, will come to this centre for their meet¬ 
ings and will so gain more intimate con¬ 
nection with life. 

Thus, through bringing together the 
headquarters of the societies and organisa¬ 
tions now established or later to be establish¬ 
ed, the World Centre will, in time, come to 
be the recognised source for all statistical in¬ 
formation lying within the scope of the activ¬ 
ities of such societies. Particularly will it 
be able to serve the public by compiling sta¬ 
tistics of the international conditions of trade 
and commerce, production, in all its bran¬ 
ches, finance and demography. Various in¬ 
ternational organisations are now working in 
many branches of these fields, but as yet no 
concerted action is possible because of the 
lack of concentration of these organisations. 
Much of their work overlaps; who can say 
how much can be gained through their coop¬ 
erative activity? To the business man, the 
value of reliable statistical information con¬ 
cerning the conditions of business throughout 
the world would be inestimable. 










CHAPTER III. 


PROBABLE INFLUENCE OF A WORLD CENTRE 
ON INTERNATIONAL PEACE. 


At the present time, the world is expe¬ 
riencing the greatest war in history. Never 
before has such a contest of arms been seen; 
never have such resources, mental and ma¬ 
terial, been employed in a work of slaughter. 
Today one cannot gauge the total loss to the 
human race such a war will entail; the loss 
of human life is incalculable; the destruction 
of property, the employment of capital in 
unproductive machinery of war, defy the 
economist, in proportion as the tenacity of 
the nations flouts his predictions as to how 
long such a hellish state can endure. With¬ 
out considering motives, we may say that 
today the world realises that merely from 
the economic viewpoint, the prevention of 
War is among the greatest of present day 
problems. 

The losses of war do not fall upon the 
belligerent countries alone. Each nation is 
interested in and affected by the wars of other 
nations. Its growth is retarded, its com¬ 
merce interrupted and its financial machin¬ 
ery crippled. Hence, each nation is vitally 
interested in the prevention of war, whether 
that war directly concerns it as a participant 
or indirectly concerns it as a neutral with its 
international rights unrecognised. 

But however great the desire and how¬ 
ever large the resources expended to prevent 
war, the professional pacifist has always 
found to be abortive many plans which seem¬ 
ed most promising to him. Perhaps the 


only success achieved by pacifism up to the 
present time, is the demonstration that one 
of the greatest causes of international fric¬ 
tion is the lack of understanding and trust 
among nations. Accordingly, there) arises 
the necessity of encouraging all projects 
which will contribute to bring those nations 
desirous of amicable relations with their 
neighbours, into contact so that misunder¬ 
standings may be dispelled and conflicting 
ambitions smoothed away. 

The world needs to have the effort to 
bring people of all callings in the different 
nations into associations wdth one another, 
systematised, in order that such an effort may 
finally achieve something in the domain of 
the real. Such a coordination of fraternal 
aspirations should come as a result of govern ¬ 
mental initiative. Peoples now distrust one 
another because they do not understand one 
another. For this reason the seas are alive 
with battleships and the frontiers bristle with 
cannon. And the nations are rightly suspi¬ 
cious. So long as international anarchy is 
accepted as a normal condition and each na¬ 
tion credits the others with its own worst 
imaginings, a nation can trust only its own 
virtues and strength and must distrust those 
of the others. 

The advantage of closer intercourse be¬ 
tween the nations cannot be over-estimated. 
Knowledge of the different peoples will dis¬ 
sipate fear, with fear will go suspicion; hu- 


H 


A WORLD CENTRE 


man nature will no longer admit the need for 
these great armaments on land and sea. The 
great nations spend in time of peace approxi¬ 
mate^ half of their revenue to support a bur¬ 
den which will then appear unnecessary; a 
murderous load upon the shoulders and the 
conscience of the whole human race will be 
lifted, the cost of living will be reduced, and 
the poor man made less poor. 

There can be no doubt but that in the 
past international associations, extensive 
travel and expositions where national and 
private activities, resources and genius have 
been freely displayed, have tended to pro¬ 
mote a better understanding, and thus have 
promoted friendship and peace. They have 
tended to keep nations from going to blows 
hastily and foolishly. International discus¬ 
sion of questions by those best informed 
and most interested in them, has undoubt¬ 
edly conduced to this result. International 
expositions have today come to be recognised 
by all the civilised nations of the world. 
Thus, narrow suspicions and secret aggres¬ 
sive diplomacy may gradually give place to 
public confidence and public discussion. 

The establishment of the World Centre 
will be the natural culmination of such a 
movement and will lead to the more complete 
development of internationalism. Even in 
times of peace, national boundary lines are 
fast vanishing, almost against the will of 
many nations, and it may well be conceived 
that when the World Centre is fully estab¬ 
lished, the borders between the states will 
gradually be reduced to conventional lines 
useful for local self government, and all the 
nations will be as free in the interchange of 
products and activities as are the different 
States in the United States and Germany 
today. 

Any arrangement having for its object 
the lessening of the burdens and dangers of 
all, should have the cooperation of military 
men and pacifists alike. When the interna¬ 
tional city will be established in good faith, 
the world will find its work and influence a 
great protection for all the territorial and po¬ 


litical rights of every nation. With the vast 
amount of property and human life thus sav¬ 
ed from destruction and devoted to con¬ 
structive work of every kind, it will not be 
long before a different world will result. 
When some international force is established 
which will prove to the world that order and 
security for all the rights of all nations can 
be maintained without armed strife, people 
will no longer be willing to bear the heavj^ 
burdens for the support of vast military estab¬ 
lishments, and reduced armaments will fol¬ 
low as a natural result. 

President Eliot, formerly of Harvard 
University, (U. S. A.) in his address at the 
New York Peace Congress in 1907, dwelt 
with great seriousness on the dense ignorance 
of peoples concerning each other and show¬ 
ed how the distrust which results from 
ignorance is a common cause or antecedent 
condition of war. tie urged as one of the 
things which we ought next to do, the taking 
of practical steps toward increasing interna¬ 
tional publicity. « It would be better, » he 
said, «if the civilised nations of the world 
would unite in carrying on an international 
bureau of publicity, just as a few civilised 
nations united to keep blazing the great light¬ 
house of Cape vSpartel, when the govern¬ 
ment in whose territory the light is situated, 
would not undertake the duty of maintaining 
it. If we could extend the cooperative mode 
of action, so that there would be in every 
capital of the world, in every port where the 
exports and imports of two or more nations 
are constantly exchanged, in every great 
frontier city, and every great centre of dis¬ 
tribution, an impartial, intelligent, expert 
agent for international publicity, reporting 
steadily and with dispatch to a central publi¬ 
cation office, an effective security would be 
provided for international peace. We al¬ 
ready know the way to organise and conduct 
such an enterprise. The news agencies of 
the commercial world have shown us how; 
the press of the world, the dailies, the week¬ 
lies, and the magazines, have shown us how. 
If the nations will not thus combine, four or 
five rich men, public spirited, humane, de¬ 
siring to serve their countries or the world, 




ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


*5 


could do it without national aid of any sort. 
I would undertake to name four or five Amer¬ 
icans who together are capable of doing this 
great service to the whole world)). 

The World Centre would be an effective 
means of bringing about this publicity con¬ 
cerning which President Eliot spoke so for¬ 
cibly. Plans have been made for housing a 
great international press and news syndicate, 
to which the press of the various nations will 
be asked to adhere. This need for a reliable 
distributing centre of news has come to be 
felt with increasing intensity. Today, in 
this moment of crisis, the international mon¬ 
ey market depends for the information ac¬ 
cording to which it fixes values for the entire 
world, upon an unreliable press service. 
Governments will indeed continue for a long 
time to « use » the press of their respective 
countries, but greater and greater becomes 
the need for a distributing centre of true in¬ 
formation. More and more the public in 
enlightened countries is becoming disgusted 
with falsehood and slander at the expense of 
other countries, for which those responsible 
for the newspapers and periodicals are not 
themselves to be blamed, since they are mere¬ 
ly victims of disorganisation in the news¬ 
paper world. The world needs a point 
whence government statements and interna¬ 
tional news items can be distributed all over 
the globe, uniform in wording and free from 
any tampering by interested persons. The 
press is too essential an activity, too terrible 
a weapon, to be left in the hands of a limited 
number of individuals, who exploit public 
credulity for mean personal ends. Sooner 
or later an international impersonal news bu¬ 
reau, which all governments will have an 
interest in maintaining untainted, will come 
into being. This organisation will not sup¬ 
press the various private agencies and news 
services, but will complete them, and prevent 
any one of them from playing practical jokes 
upon the public of a given country. 

In the World Centre space has been pro¬ 
vided in the Towner of Progress for press bu¬ 
reaus and offices, completely equipped com¬ 
posing, printing and disseminating rooms. 


The Tower will be topped by a great wireless 
station at the disposal of all, but upon which 
the world press will have certain particular 
claims. 

Not only will the World Centre hold 
the machinery for disseminating information 
to enlighten the nations about each other, but 
its great expositions will enable the people 
of the different nations to make independent 
and individual studies for themselves. There 
is so much evidence which leads us to 
believe that international expositions in the 
past have been strong factors in promoting 
peace and friendship, that we are forced 
to the conclusion that the establishment 
of the World Centre will have the same 
effect. 

Patrick Geddes, writing in the Contem¬ 
porary Review (Vol. 78, P. 666-669), con¬ 
cerning the Paris Exposition of 1900, says 
with regard to the influence of that exposi¬ 
tion on peace : 

« That this, by far the vastest and most 
representative gathering of men and of 
'things, of all kindreds, kingdoms, nations 
and languages in the entire course of history, 
should have come and gone almost without 
accident, without disorder, without any evil 
fairy at the feast, is much; that it should have 
brought together some representation of 
well-nigh all thei forces of material, intel¬ 
lectual and even moral, progress is more; 
that it should have so multiplied personal re¬ 
lations, so strengthened general good feeling 
and international amity, is most of all. Yet 

this is but.a case of the increase of good 

understanding, which has been so manifest 
amid the changing crowds of all nations, in 
their relations with each other, and, of 
course, most of all with the nations and city 
which have so richly spread the feast, so ad¬ 
mirably and courteously fulfilled the part of 
host amid the many cares and tasks and trials 
inevitable in such a colossal and motley 
gathering. And though wars may disturb or 
threaten, and peace may still for a time stag¬ 
ger under her armour, it is much that there 
should be henceforth in our generation 






i6 


A WORLD CENTRE 


these millionfold witnesses to the essential 
and organic unity, the true internationalism, 
of civilisation and progress ». 

The World Centre was conceived in or¬ 
der to gather together the essential interests 
of all peoples and to facilitate the rapid ful¬ 
filment of their highest aims and aspirations. 
The establishment of an international Court 
of Justice in the midst of a scientific and eco¬ 
nomic centre will undoubtedly further the 
step already taken toward better interna¬ 
tional economic relations. 

Moreover, such a centre would afford an 
opportunity for bringing together all inter¬ 
national organisations, and would harmonise 
the numerous associations which, though 
vivified by similar intentions, cannot, be¬ 
cause they lack a central meeting place, coop¬ 
eration and coordination, accomplish their 
task with all the desired amplitude. It 
would bring the nations together in a peace¬ 
ful way to discuss and further science, phi¬ 
losophy, art, law, religion — thus furnishing 
a tremendous impetus to the progress of the 
world. It would result in many economies 
through cooperative activity. 

The development of mutuality, of the 
spirit of international cooperation on lines 
of particular interests whether economic, 
scientific, social, aesthetic or religious can¬ 
not fail to result from the establishment of 
such a World Centre. Regardless of race, 
or politics, men will be united in the pursuit 
of a common end which binds them together. 
Friendship, sympathy and a spirit of cooper¬ 
ation raise themselves from the depths of 
human consciousness and overcome differ¬ 
ences of race, speech and custom. A spirit¬ 
ual unity develops which harmonises the 
physical differences of the world. World¬ 
consciousness supplants nationalism. 

When men have caught such a world- 
vision, even though it be along only a single 
line of activity or progress, they will not tol¬ 


erate its envelopment in the smoke of con¬ 
flict or the dust clouds of misunderstanding. 
Sectionalism, nationalism must give way to 
broader, larger things. The new interests 
abhor war because it interferes with progress 
in the lines fostered by them, because it en¬ 
genders hatred where mutuality prevailed, 
because it hinders the work of the human 
race. 

The World City may not prevent war, 
but will hinder it, and will make it less se¬ 
vere and bring a quicker and more lasting 
peace, because it will enable internationalism 
to attain a fuller growth. And the only way 
to remove the conditions which bring about 
the periodical occurences of wars, is to build 
up an international consciousness. Such a 
consciousness cannot be created out of noth¬ 
ing — there must be back of it a feeling of 
real unity of purpose. 

The question of war will take care of it¬ 
self if only we continue to develop these in¬ 
ternational organisations and interests. As 
they grow in strength, the world will de¬ 
mand that they be exempted from the in¬ 
fluence and ravages of war. And if war 
come, in the common interests of mankind, 
its horror and dangers will be confined to the 
active combatants, as they should be. 

Excluding the Balkan and present wars, 
the cost in money of all the important wars 
during the last century and a quarter, the 
number of men engaged and the number lost, 
are indicated in Table 6 of Appendix II. 
These are not official figures. They are 
estimates, but estimates made by trained 
scholars and statisticians; and they can after 
all represent only a small part of the loss of 
life and treasure. Twenty-three billion dol¬ 
lars expended in the direct costs of war! 
More than five million lives lost! That 
these figures have already been surpassed by 
the present war alone, is evident. The mon¬ 
ey cost already exceeds ninety billion dol¬ 
lars or enough to build over a hundred World 
Centres on the scale of the one proposed. 








CHAPTER IV. 


PUBLIC ADVANTAGES OF THE WORLD CENTRE. 


It is to the interest of all nations to be 
known to one another in order that they may 
learn how they can best contribute to the 
general progress. Only by such interchange 
of knowledge can they appreciate what 
services they can render to other nations and 
what services other nations can render to 
them. 

Up to the present time such knowledge 
has been spread abroad sometimes by pam¬ 
phlets and articles and more rarely through 
the agency of government exhibits at In¬ 
ternational Expositions. The growth of in¬ 
ternational relations has been rather the 
result of blind necessity than of conscious and 
scientific effort. There exist works on com¬ 
parative politics and administration, but 
these are scarcely comprehensive in their 
scope and soon become out of date. 

Only the countries in which the exhi¬ 
bitions have been held have presented really 
comprehensive exhibits, as their temporary 
character and the cost of transportation were 
obstacles too great for other countries to 
overcome. Owing to its permanent and 
comprehensive character, the exhibition in 
the World Centre will be somewhat different 
from any previously held. Each nation will, 
of course, be free to show what it likes; but 
it is hoped that exhibits of permanent value 
to the world will be gathered, rather than 
those which would profit single producers or 
manufacturers. Thus geological, geogra¬ 


phical, mineralogical and agricultural charts 
of each country, showing the rock strata, 
topography, mineral deposits and the areas 
suitable for growing various products, with 
accompanying statistics telling the amount 
and development of production, the com¬ 
parative population, the areas open for de¬ 
velopment etc. of each country might well 
serve as a beginning for the exhibits. Fur¬ 
ther than this, the nations might specialise. 
England might exhibit methods of cotton 
spinning and weaving, or of shipbuilding, 
with suitable models. Germany could offer 
illustrations of its national organisation and 
the fruits of patient toil. France of luxuries 
and of inventions. Russia of mineral oils, 
Japan of silks, porcelains and fancy wares, 
the United States of grains and practical im¬ 
plements. Thus all the real achievements 
of the nations would be at the disposal of 
any who cared to take advantage of them. 
Owing to international organisation, in¬ 
ventors might exhibit without fear of having 
their patents stolen. Through comparison 
the best product of the human brain would 
rightly prevail over inferior types. 

Demonstrations of administrative and 
governmental organisation, of habits, laws 
and customs would greatly benefit the world. 
In proof of this a few illustrations only need 
be cited. In some of these instances, gov¬ 
ernments were able to take quick advantage 
of experience in other countries, in others 
only after the lapse of some time. All, how- 


18 


A WORLD CENTRE 


ever, show the advantage to one country of 
watching the spread and adoption of new 
ideas in neighbouring states. 

Initiative and Referendum 

The principles of initiative and refer¬ 
endum in law making were introduced in the 
Swiss Cantons shortly after the revolutionary 
movement of 1830 and throughout the Swiss 
Federation in 1874. Even as late as 1888 the 
nature and - - to most people — the very name 
of the referendum were unknown in America, 
and it was not until 1898 that the initiative 
was incorporated into an American state 
constitution. 

In 1913, direct legislature was in force in 
all the Swiss Cantons, except Freiburg; in 
the Commonwealth of Australia; in Norway; 
and in some nineteen of the American States. 

Had there existed some central clearing 
house of information concerning govern¬ 
mental activities, such as the proposed 
World Centre, it would not have required 
nearly threequarters of a century to make 
known to progressive states the system of 
direct legislation. Failing such an organi¬ 
sation, the spread of information concerning 
this new method of legislation has been slow 
and activity in this field has been retarded. 

Workingmen's Compensations 

Workingmen’s compensation was intro¬ 
duced in Germany in 1884, in Austria in 
1887 and in Norway in 1894. Since the a- 
doption of the principle by Norway, the de¬ 
velopment of legislation providing for work¬ 
men’s compensation for industrial accidents 
in Europe and throughout the world has been 
extremely rapid. 

In fact, it may be doubted whether any 
subject of labour legislation has ever made 
such swift progress or gained such general 
acceptance for its principles throughout the 
world in so brief a period. In 1914, forty- 
one countries — and the number includes all 
of Europe except Turkey — had introduced 


some form of workingmen’s compensation 
for industrial accidents. In the United Sta¬ 
tes what might be called the period of in¬ 
vestigation and education began late as com¬ 
pared with European countries, but since its 
inception, the investigation and study have 
been followed by quick legislative action. 
This was brought about largely through the 
existence of an international association. 

Here, again, because of lack of some 
central agency through which improvements 
in governmental practice could be made 
known, legislative measures of great eco¬ 
nomic value have been slow of adoption. 

Income Tax 

An income tax was introduced into 
England in 1799 and lasted until the end of 
the Napoleonic Wars. It was revived in 
1842 and has been an important part of the 
British financial system since that time. 
The income tax was adopted by Italy in 1864, 
by Prussia in 1891, by Holland and New 
Zealand in 1893, and is now enforced in over 
sixty countries, states, colonies, and depend¬ 
encies. The experience of the American 
States is particularly instructive. The tax 
has been raised in America since the colonial 
period and at various times has been incor¬ 
porated in the financial systems of at least 
twenty-one States. It exists now in only 
about one-third of the States where it has 
been tried. The State income tax has never 
produced any considerable amount of reve¬ 
nue, except where the practice of Europe 
has been followed and the administration 
centralised. 

In recent years, the income tax has be¬ 
come a part of the financial mechanism of 
the federal government of the United Sta¬ 
tes. This income tax law bears the imprint 
of European experience, particularly that of 
England and Prussia. 

Had there been established a central 
agency charged with the duty of collecting 
and disseminating information concerning 
taxation methods, experiences and results, 





ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


19 


it is probable that many American States 
would have been saved the trouble and ex¬ 
pense incident to the passage and repeal of 
income tax laws. Without the advantages 
of such information, costly and annoying 
blunders were made. 

Rural Credit 

Land credit was first introduced into 
Prussia in 1769. For three-quarters of a 
century the existence of the Landschafts was 
scarcely known outside the kingdom. In 
1826, when the French farmers and land own¬ 
ers were on the verge of bankruptcy, a prize 
was offered for the best solution of the agri¬ 
cultural land and investment problem. I11 
1839, thirteen 3/ears later, an essay was sub¬ 
mitted to the Academy of Moral and Political 
Sciences which gave France her first infor¬ 
mation concerning the German system of 
land credits. The Government was so im¬ 
pressed with this that it sent a commissioner 
to study the plan at first hand. 

In the first report the commissioner said : 
a It will be difficult for me to express the 
astonishment which I felt at Stettin and 
Breslau, where the Landschaft has existed 
for more than three-fourths of a century and 
has placed in circulation more than 30,000,000 
debentures, upon learning that public offi¬ 
cials and wealthy citizens were unable to give 
me any information about the association 
which they hardly knew by name. ” 

Here was an old and powerful institution 
performing a great service for the farmers 
of the country, unknown to the public officials 
and wealthy citizens of the several commu¬ 
nities and to the agricultural officials of the 
neighbouring country. Other committees 
were appointed in conference, investigations 
were made and detailed, comprehensive re¬ 
ports submitted. The result was the passage 
of the law of 1852 — twenty years after the 
farmers and land owners stood on the verge 
of bankruptcy and eighty-three years after 
it was first practised in Prussia. 

Land credit was introduced into Sweden 
in 1831, and Denmark in 1850, into Hungary 


in 1853, into Austria in 1865 and into Italy 
in 1866. It is not only confined to older and 
more thickly populated countries in Europe. 
It was first introduced in Chili in 1863, in 
Mexico in 1882, in Victoria in 1890, in West 
Australia in 1895, and in New South Wales 
in 1899. 

The history of cooperative credit was 
very similar to the history of land credit. 
Cooperative credit was introduced in Ger¬ 
many in 1850, in Austria in 1858, in Belgium 
in 1864, in Italy and Russia in 1886, in Hun¬ 
gary and Servia in 1887, in France in 1893, 
in Holland and Ireland in 1895, in Canada 
in 1900, in the United States in 1908, in Japan 
in 1909 and in Egypt in 1910. 

Now it is practised in all European coun¬ 
tries except Norway, Denmark, Luxemburg, 
Monaco and Greece. It has been introduced 
into Africa, Asia, America and some Island 
Colonies. 

Anyone familiar with agricultural con¬ 
ditions will not question the long standing 
need for some form of rural credit, either 
land or cooperative, not only in Europe but 
also in the new and less thickly populated 
areas. It has, however, been nearly a cen¬ 
tury and a half since the new comprehensive 
plan was devised and tested by experience, 
and even now it is neither world-wide nor 
perfect. 

Rural credit is one of the great agricul¬ 
tural problems confronting the world. There 
can be no question but that there is need for 
rural credit and that the need has been of 
long standing. Each country has attempted 
to work out its own problem in its own way. 
If rapid and permanent progress is to he 
made, the experience of all nations must be 
recorded, good parts adopted and weak and 
dangerous parts rejected. This can best be 
done by means of a central agency like the 
World Centre. 

It cannot be successfully argued that 
there was no need of this legislation until it 
was actually introduced in the different coun- 






20 


A WORLD CENTRE 


tries. Industrial education did not begin 
with the first needs for special training; 
workingmen's compensations with the first 
injury, or cooperative credit with the first 
need for cheap long time credit for the farm¬ 
er. The remedy oftentimes comes long after 
the evil which it is destined to cure, in whole 
or in part, has forced itself on the attention 
of the sufferers. 

It is not maintained that the method of 
handling any one problem is perfect in any 
one country, but it takes no great wisdom to 
recognise that some countries have advanced 
farther toward a given ideal than others or 
have had special and unique experiences 
that, if known, would be beneficial to all the 
world. Neither is it maintained that an ex¬ 
perience, no matter how successful, can be 
taken up root and branch and transplanted 
in another country. The German system of 
cooperative credit may not be acceptable in 
its entirety to America; or the English in¬ 
come tax to France. Differences of race, 
ideals, temperament, and the traits and char¬ 
acteristics. of peoples must be recognised. 

Granting all this, it is maintained that 
all essential experiments should be made in¬ 
ternational property, because it is difficult e- 
nough to find the proper solution when all 

the facts are known. And there should be 

■« 

complete, harmonious and effective cooper¬ 
ation among all nations in the solution of 
problems common to the people of all the 
world. 

What is needed is some central agency ^ 
where the experience of all the nations of the 
world can be brought together, compared 
and tested with a view to the introduction of 
the adaptable features in other countries. 
A World Centre such as the one proposed 
will fulfil every requirement. It will greatly 
reduce the number of costly and useless ex¬ 
periments and will aid in bringing about 
more efficient government. It will ensure 
the same service at less expense, or a greater 
service at the same expense, to the individual 
tax payer. 


Exhibitions, educational or economic, 
have always been followed by tangible re¬ 
sults, some of which can well be cited here 
in proof of what is averred. The Centennial 
Exposition of 1876 led to the introduction of 
manual training in the public schools of the 
United States and to the introduction of 
shop work as a part of the curriculum of 
technical schools : two features in education 
that have made for superior mechanical 
training and have rendered possible a rapid 
advance in arts and crafts. The Paris Expo¬ 
sition of 1878 resulted in the entire reorgan¬ 
isation of primary education in France, while 
the United States Educational Exhibit at the 
Paris Exposition in 1900, has led to the send¬ 
ing of many students to this country for the 
purpose of studying and investigating its 
industrial and commercial methods. 

The great International Exhibition held 
in London in 1851, the first one of its kind, 
gave early evidence of the great advantage 
of expositions to the various nations. Com¬ 
menting upon this fact, Sir Henry Cole. 
K. C. B., says of this exhibition, that, fore¬ 
most among the immediate and most prac¬ 
tical of the international results of the exhibi¬ 
tion should be ranked the consent, the eager¬ 
ness, of all countries to discuss and revise 
their system of postal communication. The 
Postage Association was formed during the 
exhibition. It arose out of the conviction 
which men of all countries entertained con¬ 
cerning the vital importance of a perfect and 
easy interchange of thought by means of 
writing, and of their sense of indefensible 
impediments which then prevented it. 

The beginning of the reform of patent 
laws, for the recognition of the rights of in¬ 
tellectual labour, which have had great in¬ 
ternational results with regard to industry, is 
due to this exhibition. Almost as soon as 
the exhibition was announced, every one was 
sensible of the manifest absurdity of inviting 
inventors to display the fruits of their intel¬ 
lectual exertions, while at the same time 
they should be subjected thereby to pillage. 
So the legislature promised inventors that 




ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


2 I 


they should not incur the risk of being rob¬ 
bed, at least, until the exhibition was over, 
and a law was made to keep men from picking 
and stealing for a few months. Wonderful 
honesty ! — found to be so consistent with 
common sense that the law was renewed for 
a few months longer. Imperfect as this law 
was, it had important results with regard to 
industry, and affected inventive rights, more 
or less, over the whole world. 

During the preparations for the exhibi¬ 
tion, France invited the nations of Kurope, 
each to send one of its most eminent hygie¬ 
nists with a consul to Paris to discuss the 
question of quarantine. England, Austria, 
Spain, Portugal and the Italian States, joined 
in this congress. To ask men of science to 
discuss points of science was a novel advance 
upon the old bureaucratic plan of treating 
medical questions. An admirable example 
on the part of France, it was not forgotten 
on future occasions, and has been attended 
with beneficial results. 

The London Exhibition of 1851 contrib¬ 
uted much to the various nations participa¬ 
ting, through the lessons learned from each 
others’ exhibits. 

Viewed in its general and social aspects, 
the first exhibition was considered to have 
done good by bringing together thinking 
men of all nations, and effecting something 
toward valuable reforms in postal intercom¬ 
munication, in the laws of patents and copy¬ 
rights, in quarantine laws, in the passport 
system, in international commercial laws, in 
sanitary economy, and in the endeavour to 
establish a little uniformity in the coins, 
weights, measures and scientific numeration 
of the principal European countries. Work¬ 
ing men were afforded an opportunity of 
profiting by many things which they saw in 
the palace of glass. As one of the lecturers 
expressed it: ((For the first time has been 


placed within their grasp a knowledge of 
what has been done, and is doing, and by 
whom — inventions which have so often en¬ 
gaged the attention of the ingenious mechan¬ 
ic, who, ignorant that he is doing that which 
has long been successfully performed, sus¬ 
tains a real injury; while the talent and in¬ 
dustry possessed by him are totally lost to 
other causes which, with better information, 
he might have successfully embraced ». 

Other evidences of the lasting advan¬ 
tages to be derived by governments from the 
establishment of the World Centre are to be 
gained from the results of other expositions. 
A lesson of much importance to all nations, 
which was learned from the earliest exposi¬ 
tions, has obtained almost universal recog¬ 
nition through the amendment of patent laws 
and the establishment of international patent 
agreements. The report by Archdyle Regn- 
ier, President of the Imperial Commission, 
reporting on April 15, 1873, as to the desir¬ 
ability of an international congress for the 
consideration of the question of patent protec¬ 
tion, bears sufficient evidence. In part it 
reads : 

a The Vienna Exposition of 1873 called 
for embodiment of universal progress in cul¬ 
ture, which would seem more peculiarly 
adapted to pay tribute to the spirit of in¬ 
vention even from the standpoint of modern 
legislation and to form the starting point for 
a new universal codification of the rights of 
inventors. Had there been any doubt of the 
connection of this right with the aims and 
ends of such an Universal Exposition, pre¬ 
vious exhibitions would have solved it. The 
recent patent legislation of England is the 
immediate result of the London Expositions 
of 1851 and 1862, while the Paris Expositions 
of 1855 and 1867 produced, as is well known, 
temporary protection laws which it was 
thought expedient to imitate, in the prepara¬ 
tory acts, for the Vienna Universal Expo¬ 
sition of 1873 )). 






























I \ 




■ 

' 

r; 

■ 

■ 

■ 

■ ' 

. 

■ 

. 

' 

■ 

■ 

’ 

■ 

■ 

! i 

■ u 

■ ■ . ■ 


■ 

. . h 

- - 

: ■' . - ■ i ■ s . 

■ 

. 

. 

■ 

'm ■ ; ' 1 ■ ■ ' - • 1 

- 

- 

. 














■ 

■ 


■ 



; 

' • 

. 

1 - 

, 

- 

■ ' 

. 









































CHAPTER V. 


ADVANTAGES OF A WORLD CENTRE IN DISSEMINATING 
INFORMATION CONCERNING AGRICULTURE. 


Agriculture was one of the the first oc¬ 
cupations of humanity, but it still remains 
one of man’s activities whose condition is 
most backward. There is need for improve¬ 
ment in quality and methods of production, 
in the quality of the product and the system 
of marketing. 

Scientific production is a world problem. 
On this subject there is need for more and 
more information and better distribution 
than that already at hand. Each nation is 
in a position to contribute something and 
each nation would benefit by others’ contri¬ 
butions. 

Until recently, particularly in the newer 
countries little thought has been given to soil 
fertility, crop rotation, animal and plant 
breeding; introduction of newer types of 
plants, or the improvement of those already 
cultivated. The result has been that many 
farms have been exhausted and abandoned. 
Entire areas have been reduced to temporary 
poverty by the continuous cultivation of a 
single crop. Much money has been lost by 
keeping inferior animals and cultivating poor 
and unproductive plants. Yet exhausted 
soil can be built up and all soil made more 
productive. Animals may be improved and 
made more serviceable to mankind, plants 
may be made to yield a greater return; new 
types may be introduced and old types im¬ 
proved. 

The radiating centre for all knowledge 
tending toward the amelioration through 


human intelligence of agriculture and stock 
raising, already exists in the International 
Institute of Agriculture. Of this Inter¬ 
national Institute more .should be known, for 
it constitutes not only a unique example of 
how the nations of the world, casting aside 
suspicion, may cooperate for the common 
welfare, but an organisation which is already 
jnatured and which will fill an important 
place in the World Centre. First conceived 
as a brilliant idea by an American, Mr. David 
Lubin, it was realised through the intelligent 
action of the present King of Italy. Victor 
Emmanuel III listened to Mr. Lubin, and 
wrote to the then Prime Minister, the Hon. 
Giovanni Giolitti, a letter which ran as 
follows : 

« Dear President, 

Mr. Lubin, a citizen of the United 
States, has made a proposal to me, with all 
the ardour of sincere conviction, and it 
seems to me both wise and useful, and I 
therefore recommend it to the consideration 
of my Government. 

Farmers, who generally form the most 
numerous class in a country and have every¬ 
where a great influence on the destinies 
of nations, cannot, if they remain isolated, 
make sufficient provision for the improve¬ 
ment of the various crops and their distribu¬ 
tion in proportion to the needs of consumers, 
nor protect their own interests on the market, 
which, as far as the more important produce 
of the soil is concerned, is tending to become 


24 


A WORLD CENTRE 


more and more one market for the whole 
world. 

Therefore, considerable advantage might 
be derived from an International Institute, 
which, with no political object, would un¬ 
dertake to study the conditions of agriculture 
in the various countries of the world, period¬ 
ically publishing reports on the amount and 
character of the crops, so as to facilitate pro¬ 
duction, render commerce less expensive and 
more rapid, and establish more suitable 
prices. This Institute, coming to an under¬ 
standing with the various national offices 
already existing for the purpose, would also 
supply information on the conditions of 
agricultural labour in various localities, so as 
to serve as a safe and useful guide for emi¬ 
grants; would promote agreements for mu¬ 
tual defence against diseases of plants and an¬ 
imals, where individual action is insufficient, 
and, finally, would exert an action favourable 
to the development of rural cooperation, 
agricultural insurance and credit. 

The benefits attained by means of such 
an Institute, a bond of union between all 
farmers and consequently an important in¬ 
fluence for peace, would certainly be man¬ 
ifold. Rome would be a suitable place for 
its inauguration, at which the representatives 
of the adhering States and the larger Asso¬ 
ciations concerned might assemble, and har¬ 
monise the authority of Governments with 
the free energies of the farmers. 

I am convinced that the nobility of the 
aim will suffice to overcome the difficulties 
of the enterprise. 

And in this faith I sign myself 

Your affectionate cousin, 
Victor Emmanuel ». 

Rome, January 24th. igo^. 

The Italian Government took up the 
project and invited the nations of the world 
to an International Conference at Rome. 
Most of them accepted the invitation. The 
result was the Treaty of June 7th. 1905 which 
authorised the founding of the Institute. 


The letter has been well described as the first 
practical trial of official internationalism. 

For the International Institute of Agri¬ 
culture is a State institution, and is so pro¬ 
claimed in the Treaty of 1905. The founders 
realised the advantages of State control, one 
of the greatest of which is the obligation for 
the adhering States to carry out, each in its 
own sphere, decisions made by general 
assemblies or by Permanent Committees. A 
supernational will has come into existence 
superseding, in matters within its scope, 
the various national wills. 

The aim of the Institute is, in brief, to 
further the betterment of agricultural con¬ 
ditions in the different countries in the inter¬ 
est of world agriculture. But as defined in 
full, in act. 9 of the Treaty : 

« The Institute, confining its operations 
within an international sphere, shall: 

(a) Collect, study and publish as 
promptly as possible statistical, technical, or 
economic information concerning farming,, 
vegetable and animal products, the commerce 
in agricultural products, and the prices pre¬ 
vailing in the various markets; 

( b ) Communicate to parties interested, 
also as promptly as possible, the above infor¬ 
mation ; 

(c) Indicate the wages paid for farm 

work; 

( d ) Make known new diseases of vege¬ 
tables which may appear in any part of the 
world, showing the territories infected, the 
progress of the diseases, and, if possible, the 
remedies which are effective; 

(e) Study questions concerning agricul¬ 
tural cooperation, insurance, and credit in 
all their aspects; collect and publish infor¬ 
mation which might be useful in the various 
countries for the organisation of works con¬ 
nected with agricultural cooperation, insur¬ 
ance and credit; 

(/) Submit to the approval of the Gov¬ 
ernments, if there is occasion for it, measures 
for the protection of the common interests 
of farmers and for improvement of their con- 




ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


2 5 


ditions after; having utilised all the neces¬ 
sary sources of information, such as the 
wishes expressed by international or other 
agricultural congresses, or by congresses of 
sciences applied to agriculture, or agricul¬ 
tural academies, learned bodies, etc. ». 

The Institute has already done much in 
carrying out its programme. An agricul¬ 
tural library has been founded which prom¬ 
ises to become the most complete in the 
world; information is widely gathered and 
as widely diffused, communications are peri¬ 
odically issued through the press to the fifty 
or more nations which have adhered to the 
Treaty. 

The World Centre will be the natural 
home for such an organisation, whose records 
would nowhere be better kept or whose 
knowledge better distributed than in an 
international city which is certain to become 
the distributing centre of information for all 
cooperative activities. 

One of the best ways of improving agri¬ 
cultural products is to demonstrate what has 
been done and how it has been accomplished. 
The farmer, either alone or through his 
association or his government, has held a 
large place at local, national and great inter¬ 
national exhibits and world’s fairs. It has 
been a paying investment. The World Centre 
would offer an even greater incentive and 
a greater opportunity. Even alone though 
more often through their associations and 
their governments, the farmers could main¬ 
tain a continuous exhibit at this permanent 
World Centre. To those who exhibited it 
would mean new markets for their seeds and 
grains, their animal and vegetable products; 
and to those who viewed the exhibit it 
would mean an incentive to improve their 
products. 

Abundant testimony can be produced to 
show what can be accomplished through more 
organised production. . Denmark in partic¬ 
ular is a good example. Half a century ago, 
Denmark was a barren waste of sand dunes 
and many of her people were in poverty. 


Since then, she has undergone an agricul¬ 
tural evolution and to-day is one of the most 
prosperous countries of all Europe. Her 
farms are fertile and productive, her people 
are well educated, industrious and pros¬ 
perous. 

The value of introducing new plant types 
and determining their proper location is well 
illustrated in the work of Doctor Wiley con¬ 
cerning the development of the sugar beet 
industry in the United States. 

His task was to find out over what variety 
of areas the sugar beet could be grown; it 
was a climatic study dependent upon chemis¬ 
try . He made thousands of analyses of sugar 
beets grown all over the country, and finally 
located the regions and published a map 
indicating where it was possible to grow the 
sugar beet. To-day every beet-sugar factory 
in the United States is within the limits of 
that belt. Manufacturers use the map as a 
guide for locating their fields. The annual 
saving resulting from the investigation of the 
sugar-beet and the thousands of analyses 
made is estimated at '$ 1,000,000. 

Investigation in the same country has 
resulted in the production of new types of 
pineapples, especially adapted to certain sec¬ 
tions of Florida, and which have characteris¬ 
tics which enable them to be shipped. 

\ ' 

The finest pineapples previously grown 
could not be shipped, as they were so delicate 
in flesh that they spoiled in transit. But 
these recently developed types have all the 
aroma and the characteristics of the finer and 
yet can be shipped. The tangerine orange, 
the tangerine grapefruit, and the new species 
of pineapples will be worth at least $ 150,000 
annually to the fruit growers of Florida. 

Each year the farmers of the world lose 
millions of dollars’ worth of property by the 
ravages of plant and animal diseases and 
pests. 

In no country in the world do insects 
impose a heavier tax on farm products than 



26 


A WORLD CENTRE 


in the United States. The losses resulting 
from the depredations of insects on all the 
plant products of the soil, both in their 
growing and in their stored state, together 
with those on live stock, exceed the entire ex¬ 
penditures of the National Government, in¬ 
cluding the pension roll and the maintenance 
of the Army and Navy. 

Statistics of agricultural products for the 
year 1889, of the Twelfth Census, and for 
subsequent years, gathered by the Bureau of 
Statistics of the Department of Agriculture, 
indicate an annual value of all the products of 
the farms, of about $ 5,000,000,000. To 
one familiar with the work of the chief insect 
pests on the important agriculture products 
entering into this total, it is comparatively 
easy to approximate the probable shrinkage 
due to insects. The detailed consideration 
of this shrinkage indicates that it will rarely 
fall below 10 per cent, and in years of ex¬ 
cessive insect damage, may amount to 50 per 
cent or even more of the important staple 
products of the farm. This total comprises, 
however, only losses suffered by the growing 
and maturing crops and annually by live 
stock, and does not include two very consid¬ 
erable and legitimate items, namely, the loss 
occasioned by insect pests to farm products, 
chiefly cereals and forage crops in storage, 
and to natural forests and forest products; at 
least #100,000,000 must be; assigned to 
each, making a total annual tax chargeable 
to insects of # 70,000,000 for the United 
States alone. 

These pests and diseases have been 
spread from country to country without 
thought of the consequences and, where laws 
and administrative measures have been re¬ 
sorted to, it has usually if not always, been in 
self defence. It is only after Pandora’s Box 
has been opened and the evil done that re¬ 
strictions are imposed; but in this field 
also the agency of the International Institute 
of Agriculture is proving its value. 

Habitually, however, when the pest or 
evil has been established and has destroyed 
or proved its capacity to destroy millions of 


dollars worth of grain and fruits, the country 
in question passes legislation forbidding the 
importation of infected substances and 
products. This only goes to prove the lack 
of success which attends any attempt to im¬ 
prove the situation by confining attention to 
one country alone. In the matter of the farm 
insect, as well as in meeting other agricul¬ 
tural problems, the most thorough coopera¬ 
tion betiveen different countries is needed. 

The need for cooperation is exemplified 
by the attempts of threatened nations to seek 
the experience of other countries and to so¬ 
licit such aid as they are able to give. 

According to the annual report (1909) of 
the Secretary of the Department of Agricul¬ 
ture (United States), during that year an 
American agent was sent to Russia, the Chief 
of the Bureau of Entomology visited various 
European countries and the different Euro¬ 
pean governments as well as the government 
of Japan cooperated through their official ex¬ 
perts, while several private entomologists 
also cooperated in a hearty manner. The 
result was that more parasitic material was 
received during the year than ever before. 
The best results came from France and 
Japan. 

During that year twelve species of in¬ 
troduced parasites and predatory insects were 
discovered in the fields, indicating a reason¬ 
ably certain establishment of these pests in 
the United States. The close of the year 
found twice as many species of imported 
parasites in the fields as were present the 
previous j^ear. Many of them scattered over 
extensive districts, one species being found 
over an area of 500 square miles. 

News was received from Italy that Amer¬ 
ican parasites of the mulberry scale insect, 
sent to that country in return for similar 
favours done to the United States, had estab¬ 
lished themselves in certain regions in such 
numbers that the danger from the scale was 
considered past. Certain ladybird beetles 
were sent by the Department of Malaga, 
Spain, for the purpose of preying upon a spe- 






ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


27 


cies of mealy bug. Parasites of scale insects 
were sent to Peru. A species of tick parasite, 
occurring upon the dog tick in Texas, was 
sent to South Africa. The exportation of 
bumblebees to the Philippine Islands for the 
purpose of fertilizing clover, was reported to 
have been fairly successful, and American 
bumblebees were found in certain regions in 
the Philippines during the year. 

Work on insects affecting vegetables, 
crops and stored products has been continued 
along the same lines. 

Insects affecting the sugar beet have 
been studied with care, and a special inves¬ 
tigation has been made of a leaf hopper 
affecting this crop in Utah, Idaho, and Col¬ 
orado. 

Many other insects of this group have 
been under careful observation, and results 
of great value have been obtained. The saving 
annually effected by the use of measures 
based upon the work of the Bureau of En¬ 
tomology against insects affecting vegetable 
crops and stored products, is estimated at 
# 3,000,000. 

Some years ago the United States im¬ 
ported a little ladybird beetle from Aus¬ 
tralia, an enemy of the white scale, and the 
result of that was to save the orange and 
lemon growing industry of California, which 
was threatened with extermination by the 
scale insect. The little beetle multiplied to 
such an extent that it almost exterminated 
the scale insect. The money saved annually 
from the introduction of the Australian lady¬ 
bird beetle will be about # 5,000,000. 

Several years ago the Department of 
Agriculture imported a little parasite fly into 
Southern California from South Africa, with 
the result of its establishment and diffusion 
and the almost complete destruction of the 
black scale, which is a very serious pest, af¬ 
fecting the olive crop, the oranges and 
lemons, as well as certain shade trees. The 
annual saving from the importation of 


the black scale parasite is estimated at 
# 250,000. 

At the hearings before the Congressional 
Committee on Appropriations, Alonzo D. 
Melvin, Chief of the Bureau of Animal In¬ 
dustry in the United States, testified that 
his Bureau must be credited with introduc¬ 
ing the successful treatment of actinomy¬ 
cosis, or lumpy jaw, in cattle by means of 
iodide of potassium, thereby effecting a sav¬ 
ing of $ 250,000 annually. The work done 
by his Bureau in the eradication of foot rot 
of sheep and cattle is worth # 150,000 an¬ 
nually. 

But it would be idle to multiply further 
instances of preventable diseases in plants 
and animals. What is needed most of all is 
complete and comparable information con¬ 
cerning the experience of all countries, not 
only with animal and plant diseases but with 
pests and their symptoms or habits, and the 
cures and remedies applied. This experien¬ 
ce can easily be obtained when each nation 
will supply to some single agency, such as 
will normally be maintained at the World 
Centre, all the information relative to con¬ 
ditions in its own territory. With this in¬ 
formation in the hands of a single central 
agency, the area covered by each and every 
disease and pest, whether of plant, animal or 
human being, can be clearly indicated and 
the cure and remedy as practised be ascer¬ 
tained. This experience can then be dissem¬ 
inated to all parts of the world and used to 
combat all diseases and pests. Trade and 
commerce in affected products as in affected 
regions, can be regulated. 

The organisation for the control of the 
disease and pests would only then be com¬ 
mensurate with the evil to be controlled. 

Particularly in the matter of marketing 
farm products, can the World Centre be of 
great advantage to the world at large. 

When animals, plants and seeds are 
produced and saved from the ravages of pests 






28 


A WORLD CENTRE 


and diseases, the producers’ task is not yet 
completed. The product must be sold. In 
some countries agricultural products are 
marketed in the best possible conditions and 
at a very low cost. In other countries the 
cost and wastes of marketing are enormous. 
Secretary Wilson, of the United States De¬ 
partment of Agriculture, estimated that for 
food for which the consumer paid one dollar, 
the farmer received less than fifty cents. 
The experience of all countries should be 
ascertained and made known to the rest of 
the world. Under .such a system, the best 
methods would soon prevail throughout the 
whole world and the result would be that 
the producer could get more for his product 
and the consumer would receive his com¬ 
modities at a lower price and in better 
condition. 


In certain countries, particularly in Eu¬ 
rope, the farmers are cooperating in the 
production and marketing of their crops. 
This has resulted in increased production, a 
better product and a market for all that is 
produced. Cooperation among producers 
is being tried in other sections, sometimes 
with success, sometimes with failure. What 
is needed most of all is a central agency 
where the experience of all nations can be 
gathered together, classified and disseminat¬ 
ed for the use of even? country wishing to 
practise cooperation. By the use of such a 
method, sound economic principles would 
rapidly become known and would be univer¬ 
sally practised, and the benefits now accruing 
to particular countries, would be spread to 
all sections where the principles of cooper¬ 
ation are applicable. 







CHAPTER VI. 


THE WORLD CENTRE WILL IMPROVE INDUSTRIAL CONDITIONS. 


Among its many features, the World 
Centre is to contain a series of governmental 
buildings which will extend along the Avenue 
of the Nations, and each one of which will 
be erected and maintained by one of the 
leading nations of the world. These build¬ 
ings will consist of exhibition halls, in which 
each nation and its citizens can make known 
to the world at large the latest developments 
in art, science, agriculture, mining, manufac¬ 
turing, transport, trade and commerce. It is 
contended that the exhibits shall be changed 
frequently and kept up to date, furnishing 
the best opportunity for comparative studjf 
and constant incentive for progress both in 
individuals and nations. 

More than forty great world’s fairs have 
been held during the past 65 years. Table 4 
of the Appendix shows the amounts expend¬ 
ed by Great Britain, France and the United 
States from the public moneys of those gov¬ 
ernments for the various world’s fairs. 
These figures have no reference to the total 
cost of the fairs, but indicate only the amount 
of contributions made by three of the leading 
governments. The total contributions from 
private individuals, local governments and 
the receipts from admissions, concessions 
etc. (Table 5.) would make these figures look 
ridiculously small. They represent only the 
participation of national governments and 
are set forth to show the rapid development 
of internationalism, where the development 
has affected directly the treasuries of the 


leading nations. The direct expenditures of 
these three governments are in excess of 
thirty million dollars. 

We need look to only a few of the world’s 
fairs, from the first one held in Great Britain 
in 1851, to the Panama Pacific International 
Exposition held in San Francisco in 1915, in 
order to see that a permanent maintenance of 
the chief features of these temporary ex¬ 
positions would be of inestimable value 
in standardising products and prices, in 
introducing new machines and business de¬ 
vices, in advertising and selling over wider 
markets, in improving labour conditions and 
returns, in stabilising production and in de¬ 
veloping international trade. These, in the 
main, are the economic advantages which we 
are to consider for the present and upon 
which rests largely the justification for this 
project, as far as it concerns business. 

The compelling force which attracts the 
public to an exposition is its educational 
value. The magnificent parks, majestic 
palaces — gorgeously decorated and brilliant¬ 
ly illuminated — representing the supreme 
achievements of the world’s best engineers, 
architects, artists and artisans form merely 
an empty shell, an artistic background. Life 
and force are infused into this stupendous 
creation by the exhibits. The State and 
foreign pavilions, with banquet halls and ball 
rooms, the amusement features, the bands, 
parades and pageants are for the entertain- 


3° 


A WORLD CENTRE 


ment of those who come to study the ex¬ 
hibits. Who would journey to Europe or 
the Orient, how many would cross a conti¬ 
nent or even a State to see parks and palaces, 
to banquet, to dance or to be amused? With¬ 
out exhibits there could be no exposition 
and with them an exposition could — if neces¬ 
sary — be held in the open. 

The exhibit is one of the most effective 
forms of practical education. In the early 
stages of civilisation, festivals and fairs were 
held for the purpose of exchanging goods. 
The modern international exposition de¬ 
veloped, as the scope of these fairs was 
transformed from an exchange of goods to 
an exchange of ideas. An important feature 
of this evolution has been the growing re¬ 
cognition of the educational value of ex¬ 
hibits. Today a temporary exhibit is as¬ 
sembled at almost every congress conven¬ 
tion. The habitual thesis reader is finding 
it more and more difficult to secure an au¬ 
dience at these gatherings, because the mem¬ 
bers feel that a study of the exhibit is more 
profitable and more interesting. Many na¬ 
tional organisations now maintain perma¬ 
nent museums and travelling exhibits. In 
some cases the local branches of these or¬ 
ganisations have made such demands that 
it has become necessary to manufacture and 
keep for sale specialised exhibits. Likewise, 
museums have found it necessary to keep 
for exchange or sale, special exhibits for 
the use of colleges, schools and museums. 
Several exhibit bureaus have been establish¬ 
ed for the purpose of determining exhibit 
values by experiment and furnishing free 
information and advice to exhibitors. The 
exhibit has taken its place among education’s 
best recognised tools. 

The capitalist, by travel through various 
countries, and by intercourse with the scien¬ 
tific and industrial classes in many lands, 
may acquire the knowledge necessary for the 
profitable conduct of his own affairs. The 
workingman has no such opportunities for 
the cultivation of his faculties; to enable 
him to benefit by the labour and skill of 
others, their productions must be collected 


for his inspection; and it is scarcely possible 
to estimate too highly the importance to the 
industrial classes of such exhibitions as that 
which is now proposed. It is most important 
that we should enable our artisans to observe 
the works of other men and other countries 
than their own; and to discern the methods 
employed in accomplishing results with 
wffiich they are familiar, but which they have 
attained by different processes. The know¬ 
ledge they thus acquire will advance their 
skill and improve their taste. 

From the mere fact that hundreds of 
thousands of men have observed the products 
of other nations and found them superior to 
their own, great strides in industry have 
been taken. In discussing the International 
Exposition of 1862, William Hawes, in the 
Royal Society of Arts Journal, shows how 
this is, pointing out that the inspection of 
foreign products in their various stages of 
manufacture is the only way the workman 
can improve his own methods, and that 
workmen do attend the expositions in large 
numbers. 

«No mechanic institution», he says, 
« can give him such useful knowledge, no 
teaching in the Department of Science and 
Art can give him such instruction, as he will 
derive from a few hours spent inspecting the 
work, in its various forms, of his foreign 
rivals. To the intelligent and skillful work¬ 
man, an International Exposition is an in¬ 
dustrial college, teaching in the most prac¬ 
tical manner — educating the eye, the hand, 
and the taste — stimulating industry and 
ingenuity — removing prejudices, and, by 
enlarging the sphere of observation and giv¬ 
ing new ideas, making better ’workmen. 

And he goes on to show the effects of the 
distribution of high and low price admission 
tickets to the Exposition of 1867. He con¬ 
cludes : « So that the working classes of 

Paris at four sous each, paid more than the 
five franc and two franc admissions together, 
and besides being visited by more than 
2,000,000 of people paying but four sous each, 
the Exposition was open free 011 one Sunday 





ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


3 1 


before it closed, when a vast number were 
admitted who would not otherwise have seen 
it. The numbers then admitted were 
enormous, but no account was taken of them. 

« I have drawn this comparison because I 
conceive it to be true and just, and necessary 
to illustrate the view I take of the proper 
mode of making use of these most valuable 
modern institutions. Their object is un¬ 
doubtedly to disseminate information among 
the great mass of master manufacturers and 
men in all countries, to improve their taste 
and stimulate their industry ». 

England has sent large delegations of 
artisans to the expositions at Paris, and, in 
turn, France has sent many workmen to 
London in order that they might profit, as 
the master manufacturers did, from the ex¬ 
hibits collected from all over the world. 
Many other nations have officially recognised 
the educational value of expositions to the 
industrial classes. 

Not all persons, of course, can visit the 
World Centre, any more than they can all 
attend a world’s fair. It is proposed, how¬ 
ever, that as a part of its general educational 
work, the World Centre will serve as a dis¬ 
tributing agency for travelling exhibits of 
art and industry and education. Its facilities 
as an exposition centre will be made available 
to the remotest parts of the world, where 
collections of matter of general interest to 
citizens of any community can be prepared 
and forwarded to that community, thus ena¬ 
bling the people of all the world to derive 
a direct educational benefit from its estab¬ 
lishment and growth. These travelling 
exhibits can be routed through the different 
countries on regular schedules and at small 
expense to the various communities inter¬ 
ested, much as Chatauqua features or theat¬ 
rical productions are now routed. Any com¬ 
munity or local organisation anywhere, can 
thus have brought to its very door the best 
efforts of the world’s best producers. 

The travelling exhibits of Agricultural 
Colleges, of the forestry and fisheries service, 


of the leading American railroads, all of 
which are designed to improve conditions in 
the extractive industries of the United States, 
have met with general enthusiasm among the 
public and have done much to improve the 
conditions in the industries thus represented. 
But the perfection of the world’s enterprise 
is a world problem, and should be undertaken 
on an international basis, under the auspices 
of such a permanent international organi¬ 
sation as the World Centre. 

No one nation is supreme in commerce 
in all its branches. Each excels the other in 
some special field of endeavour; each can 
learn from the others many lessons by a 
comparison of products. Those who have 
carefully studied the several expositions 
know how inferior the products of some na¬ 
tions are, compared to others; how easily the 
producers of the inferior goods could learn 
from other exhibits to improve the quality 
of their output and develop higher standards 
of production. 

From the first, this profitable borrowing 
from the productive methods of other nations 
has been the most outstanding benefit of the 
world’s fairs. Sir Richard Cole wrote of it 
in regard to the London Exhibition in 1851. 
In his book, « Fifty Years of Public Work, >> 
he tells how he observed at the fair an ingen¬ 
ious German machine for turning out por¬ 
celain. A friend had remarked to him that 
only by having seen the machine in operation 
could the potters of Staffordshire be induced 
to abandon their antiquated methods. 

The English exhibition of 1851 had the 
effect of demonstrating that Great Britain 
was far inferior to continental nations in the 
arts of design, just as it demonstrated to the 
continental nations their inferiority to Great 
Britain in agricultural implements, in mach¬ 
inery and in all branches of the iron and steel 
industry. The British government at once 
established schools of design throughout the 
empire, while the continental nations took 
steps to improve their iron works and machin¬ 
ery and develop their mineral resources. 
The exhibition of 1862 in London demon- 




32 


A WORLD CENTRE 


strated the remarkable fact that in all the 
textile industries, in pottery and in metal 
work requiring aesthetic training and know¬ 
ledge, Great Britain had overtaken, if not 
gone ahead of her continental rivals, while 
she had beaten Germany in her own strong¬ 
hold by casting steel so far in advance of 
Krupp’s best results that her guns and wheels 
and tires were regarded with a wonder and 
admiration approaching incredulity. It is 
impossible to estimate the enormous pecuni¬ 
ary value of this progress to England and 
to Germany. 

The first exposition in England led 
quickly to another in France in 1855, with 
similar benefits to French industry. What 
contemporary observers thought of the effect 
of these expositions, may be learned from the 
Electric Magazine of - Foreign Literature, 
Science and Art, in 1862. A contributor 
wrote : « Prince Albert well knew that the 
British manufacturer and handicraftsman, 
though excellent in many things, was not 
perfect in all. In details of design, of form, 
of colour, of taste, and of proportion, there 
was still great progress to be made, and this 
truth needed to be drilled into the minds and 
memories of our employers and workmen to 
guide and stimulate them. The result has 
been very apparent. In no decade of our his¬ 
tory has general improvement, in matters in 
which the British workman was admittedly 
deficient, been so apparent as in the epoch 
from 1851 to 1861. Within twelve months 
after the first International Fair, this effect 
was so apparent that the French Emperor 
and Government resolved to* follow in the 
wake of England, and to inaugurate an In¬ 
ternational Exhibition at Paris, in 1855. 

« There can be no doubt that the French 
Exhibition of 1855, effected in its way nearly 
as much benefit for France as that of 1851 
did for England. Since the period we speak 
of, the French have applied themselves more 
and more to the arts that are most useful and 
necessary to man — arts in which they were 
formerly deficient — and have made sensible 
improvements in machinery, cutlery, cottons, 
pottery, hardware, carriages, and railway 


plants; while we, long excelling in these 
handicrafts, have applied ourselves success¬ 
fully, during these last eleven years, to the 
production of articles combining taste, form, 
colour and intellect, thus proving that the 
ideas and conception of the original founder 
of the scheme of 1851 were excellent and 
practicable... » 

« Similar observations apply in an emin¬ 
ent degree to Belgium, who learns and com¬ 
bines from both France and England; and 
the same may be said in some degree of other 
surrounding nations. Nor is this surpris¬ 
ing. Inventions, combinations, discoveries, 
improved methods and processes spring to 
light simultaneously in many fertile minds, 
and in many localities of all countries, but 
the knowledge is slow in spreading itself 
into general use. Its diffusion is quickened 
by international gatherings and exhibitions ». 

That the governments were not slow to 
appreciate these advantages arising from the 
earlier expositions, is apparent. The Presi¬ 
dent of the United States saw fit to include 
in a formal message, a report by Mr. Beck¬ 
with, on the value of the Paris Universal 
Exposition of 1867. After pointing out the 
usefulness of models and specimens in incul¬ 
cating industrial ideas, he said : « The util¬ 
ity which experience ascribes to this method 
is indicated in France by a comparison of 
the provisions made for the exhibition of 1854 
with those making for 1867. The first was 
entered upon timidly, the government rely¬ 
ing chiefly on private capital and enterprise, 
011 which the labour and risk were thrown. 
The latter has been taken up boldly as a 
business of state, and projected on a larger 
scale, contemplating an expenditure of twen¬ 
ty millions of francs, of which twelve millions 
are to be supplied from the public funds, 
leaving eight millions as the probable con¬ 
tribution of visitors ». 

Thus, even at this time, the industrial 
quickening resulting from the first world 
expositions was so obvious that the govern¬ 
ments concerned were anxious to give their 
most serious thought to the exhibitions. 





ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


33 


Beneficial results were far from being 
conferred solely on tlie nations most nearly 
concerned in these expositions. For in¬ 
stance, at the date of the French Exposition 
of 1867, the manufacture of Bessemer steel 
had begun to assume great prominence in 
Europe, but was only introduced into one 
establishment in America where its practice 
was comparatively crude and unprofitable. 
One of the ten scientific commissioners ap¬ 
pointed by the United States to study and 
report upon the Exposition, was assigned to 
the subject of iron and steel. As commis¬ 
sioner, every private establishment in Eng¬ 
land and France was open to him and he 
was thus enabled carefully to study the 
processes of manufacture, now so familiar 
but then so unknown to American metallur¬ 
gists. Through this study and through in¬ 
troductions which he was enabled to arrange 
for American mechanical engineers, there 
was brought over a knowledge sufficient for 
the successful establishment of this business. 
In less than ten years, the United States had 
a manufacturing capacity for more than half a 
million tons of Bessemer steel annually; steel 
rails could be manufactured to compete with 
foreign rails, without regard to the tariff. 

To the Centennial Exposition in Phil¬ 
adelphia, 1876, Carrol D. Wright, once com¬ 
missioner of the United States Department 
of Labour, ascribed not only the industrial 
acceleration of his own country, but improve¬ 
ments in the manufactures of England and 
Germany. 

A nation that possesses the best tools and 
the best processes, will be the most powerful 
economically and probably the most highly 
civilised. That all improvements can be 
detected, described and imparted, is essen¬ 
tial. With this information disseminated 
throughout the world by competent experts, 
industrial progress would be universal. 

There can be no doubt that the disse¬ 
mination of such knowledge would lead to the 
quick adoption of all improvements worth 
while, to the standardisation of products and 
processes of production and through these to 


the standardisation of prices, which, in their 
final analysis, when made under conditions 
of international competition, are dependent 
upon costs of production. Through the 
process of elimination, which would follow 
such a condition, the inefficient, those having 
high costs of production, those slow to learn, 
would drop by the wayside, turning their 
attention and their energies to the production 
of things for which thejr were better adapted, 
leaving the most efficient to produce for the 
world’s markets those things which they can 
prepare at the lowest cost and of the highest 
quality. Such a condition of adjusted in¬ 
ternational production and trade would nor¬ 
mally result from the establishment of the 
World Centre, and its achievement would 
justify many times over the entire outlay of 
capital necessary to carry out this idea. 

One aspect of expositions is the recogni¬ 
tion which they bring to the artist and pro¬ 
ducer as distinct from the merchant. An 
object of such exhibition is to call forth a 
universal competition and emulation among 
the artists of the world. What a wonderful 
influence it has in stimulating their powers 
and leading them to excel both in the concep¬ 
tion and execution of their industries! 

We may well expect that an emulation 
so powerfully excited may give a great stim¬ 
ulus to inventions, and that many new ideas 
and new contrivances may yet be brought 
to light; but it must be remembered that such 
systems of exhibitions trench more and more 
into that secrecy which has heretofore form¬ 
ed the chief capital stock of inventors. It 
becomes, in fact, their interest to bring to 
light whatever discovery they may have 
made, so that they may also obtain the benefit 
of the advance made by others in the same 
path. And thus inventions which it would 
have required many years to perfect and 
render available, are now, by the mutual aid 
of the inventors of all countries, brought 
speedily to practical use. 

John Francis Macguire has summed up 
the stimulating effect of exposition on indus¬ 
try in this eloquent paragraph : 





34 


A WORLD CENTRE 


u Is it of no advantage, » I would ask, 
« to awaken intelligence, to excite emulation, 
to impart knowledge? Is it of no advantage 
to exhibit the gradual progress of a nation 
in the arts of civilised life, and urge the mind 
of a country to bolder efforts, and more 
glorious achievements ? Is it of no advantage 
to educate the masses in a practical school 
of illustration, in which the object, and the 
use to which it is applied, are both explained, 
and in which every improvement is traced 
in the elegant arts, step by step, from the 
first rude effort, to the last approach of per¬ 
fection? Is it of no advantage that the artist 
should be stimulated to a severer study of 
his profession, or inspired to nobler triumphs 
in his art — that the manufacturer should be 
roused to greater exertion, and to a juster 
view of his position in the field of enterprise 
— that the mechanic should receive new 
ideas, by which his labour might be enlight¬ 
ened, his skill assisted and his tastes refin¬ 
ed?... What the Olympian games, and other 
public festivals of Greece were to the poet, 
the historian, or the sculptor, of former days, 
the exhibitions of modern times are to the 
inventor, the manufacturer and the artisan. 
Fame and honour are no longer confined to 
him who produces a poem, a tragedy, a 
history, a picture, or a statue; they are equal¬ 
ly conferred, in these more practical days, 
upon him who adds to the comforts, or min¬ 
isters to the material wants of the human 
family. » 

Universal expositions furnish the anal¬ 
ogy for another of the great advantages to 
be derived from a World Centre : the chance 
for each nation to exhibit to all the world 
those resources for the development of which 
she needs capital or labour, and in the devel¬ 
opment of which capital and labour can be 
most profitably employed. Economical pro¬ 
duction throughout the world depends upon 
the right distribution of capital and labour. 
Only when the capitalists of all countries are 
fully informed as to where the best opportu¬ 
nities for investment lie, and when the la¬ 
bourers of all nations know where labour is 
scarcest and wages highest, will production 
be economical. 


World’s fairs in the past have assisted 
toward the realisation of this ideal. They 
have exhibited the unknown natural resour¬ 
ces of new lands and attracted capital and 
labour where both were needed. In a per¬ 
manent exhibition such as the World Centre, 
properly arranged, would contain, this result 
could be more fully attained. The World 
Centre would indeed become the great clear¬ 
ing house, of information as to large busi¬ 
ness opportunities throughout the world, 
regulating the flow of productive means this 
way and that as the demand might arise. 
Each nation would benefit, since each na¬ 
tion would be able to secure that which is 
most needed for a rounded economic develop¬ 
ment. A perpetual display of the miner¬ 
al, agricultural, and industrial resources of 
the tvorld would do this. For this reason 
alone, the governments of the world could 
well afford to expend large sums in the 
founding of a World Centre. 

In such an exposition, not only would 
the national government maintain exhibits. 
Each section and province has natural ad¬ 
vantages of its own, which with proper ar¬ 
rangement of display could be made compre¬ 
hensible. Cities would show their attrac¬ 
tions —whether these were natural resources, 
advantages of climate, or transportation fa¬ 
cilities. The work now done by chambers of 
commerce, and often done poorly, could be 
effectively and economically performed by 
an exposition in the World Centre. 

In addition to the Government exhibits 
of natural resources and business opportuni¬ 
ties at the World Centre, individuals, cor¬ 
porations, industries and even localities and 
sections of the country might exhibit their 
respective products. Every country has 
some natural advantage; some are rich in 
mineral resources, and some have large forest 
areas, while others have an abundance of 
water power or large and fertile fields well 
adapted to agriculture. The ownership va¬ 
ries, but in many countries the ownership is 
in the hands of private individuals and firms. 
The owners often advertise the advantage of 
their holdings in order to interest capital and 






ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


35 


labour and bring about a more rapid develop¬ 
ment of the properties in question. 

There is no central agency for the col¬ 
lection and distribution of such information ; 
there are no statistical means of comparing 
the business opportunities of one section with 
the business opportunities of another or the 
labour opportunities of one section with the 
labour opportunities of another. The result 
is that capital is often invested and labour 
employed in comparatively unproductive 
enterprises. The service of the World City 
need not be confined to exhibits. Informa¬ 
tion could and should be collected ' and made 
accessible to all interested. This would 
mean the investment of capital in the most 
productive enterprises, an opportunity for 
labour to find employment and invest its sav¬ 
ings to the greatest possible advantage. 

A change in the flow of capital and immi¬ 
gration has so often taken place as a result 
of universal expositions, that the develop¬ 
ment of natural resources has been a prom¬ 
inent motive behind the appropriations of 
governments toward these fairs. Through 
the Universal Exposition of 1867 France 
showed the world the conditions of her indus¬ 
trial resources, and the world unquestionably 
was impressed. She did not a little to devel¬ 
op fresh markets for her wares, especially in 
the East and in South America. She suc¬ 
ceeded in diverting from London to Paris a 
great deal of business with the eastern na¬ 
tions. Many complaints were heard in Lon¬ 
don to that effect. On the whole, it is prob¬ 
able that, looking at the matter from a pure¬ 
ly commercial standpoint, no nation ever 
made a better investment of a million and a 
half dollars than France did with this exhi¬ 
bition. She got her money back twenty-five 
or thirty times over in six months. She ob¬ 
tained a magnificent advertisement, and she 
started a large amount of fresh business of a 
profitable and improving character. 

In that Exposition, the Governments of 
Spanish America saw their opportunity and 
voted a large sum for their representation 
there. They got their money back with in¬ 


terest. The development of their countries 
has been affected to a considerable extent 
through French agencies and by French 
capital, and the profits have gone largely to 
France. The Paris Exposition of 1867 cer¬ 
tainly raised the industrial prestige of France. 

Canada received so great an impetus in 
the development of her resources from the 
fairs of 1851 and 1855, that her people anx¬ 
iously petitioned the government for repre¬ 
sentation in 1867. A part of their argument 
ran : 

« That as the result of the position taken 
by Canada in the Great Exhibition held in 
London in 1851, and in Paris in 1855, a know¬ 
ledge of the vastness of the resources of this 
country has been spread throughout Europe, 
and large investments of capital have been 
made here tending to the rapid development 
of these resources. That this is evidenced 
alike by the high credit which the provincial 
securities have always since enjoyed, by the 
vast sums embarked in our railways and by 
the multiplication of agencies for the lending 
to Canadians of transatlantic capital for the 
improvement of real estate. It has been e- 
vinced by the establishment in this country 
of foreign consulates, and the development of 
its foreign trade as well as by the efforts made 
(in France especially) through those consu¬ 
lates further to develop and extend our com¬ 
mercial relations with other countries. It is 
also evidenced by the success of recent post¬ 
al conventions with foreign governments, 
which, previously to 1851, did not believe 
Canada to be a country of sufficient resources 
to establish and maintain separate transat¬ 
lantic postal communications. » 

All of these are advantages that obviously 
would flow still more abundantly from a per- 
mament exhibition with bureaus of informa¬ 
tion at a World Centre. 

One of the United States Commission¬ 
ers to the Exposition of 1867, wrote to 
Congress that « the efficiency of western ex¬ 
hibitors has been vitally important in sav¬ 
ing the nation from failure. As it is, we 





36 


A WORLD CENTRE 


shall have splendid triumph, and we shall 
owe it exclusively to the West, and its 
wonderful products. Then, too, the enor¬ 
mous gain to this western continent by im¬ 
migration. Who gets it but the West? » 

Congressman Kelly’s predication con¬ 
cerning the advantages sure to accrue to cer¬ 
tain parts of America from displaying the 
nation’s resources at the Vienna Exposition, 
in 1873, has come true. Immigration has 
filled up the districts he names. He said : 
« The Exhibition offers them an opportunhy 
to make known to the industrial and oppress¬ 
ed people of eastern Europe the fact that 
we have unequalled deposits of all the min¬ 
eral elements of manufactures lying in the 
midst of bodies of free lands, which may be 
occupied under the homestead law or bought 
at our minimum rates. Let me bring to the 
notice of the gentlemen a single fact in 
connection with a local fair recently held in 
Kansas City, Missouri, at which were ex¬ 
hibited as productions of the Indian territory, 
Kansas and Western Missouri, more than 
three thousand specimens of lead ore drawn 
from different deposits, or which had the 
ingredients in different association or degree. 
Make these facts known to the manufactur¬ 
ing people of eastern Europe and you would 
tempt an immigration of skill, of science 
and of capital, of which there would be no 
part of the valley of the Missouri that would 
not feel the benefit. » 

These predictions have been fulfilled — 
the crowded populations have responded to 
the lure of empty lands and the piled up 
capital has flowed into the undeveloped 
fields. It took no prophetic vision to see 


these things. The need for an outlet was 
there; given a glimpse of the outlet, the re¬ 
sult was inevitable. And yet the work of 
populating, developing and exploiting the 
scarcely inhabited parts of the globe has but 
barely commenced. South America, Can¬ 
ada, South Africa, Australia, are as yet 
sparsely populated. Turkey, Asia, Meso¬ 
potamia, Egypt, Libya, French North 
Africa, were far more flourishing two thou¬ 
sand years ago than they are today, when 
our means of exploitation are larger and our 
grip on the earth forces immeasurably more 
secure. Today, large parts of undeveloped 
Africa might be colonised and developed. 
The Balkans might at last be thrown open to 
men of peace, after so long experiencing the 
rude hands of warriors. Siberia might well 
become the source of enormous economic 
wealth, were only its mineral deposits un¬ 
covered and its fertile plains cultivated. The 
broad table-lands of Central Asia, thought 
by many the birthplace of our race, must 
once have supported a population far greater 
than today. Let only these lands be thrown 
open to the public : only place before the 
eyes of all men a chart of riches untouched 
and opportunities neglected : the opening of 
the closed lands will surely follow and the 
civilised man will become the master of all 
the earth. 

No less certain are the beneficial results 
in the distribution of the world’s capital and 
labour which would come from the estab¬ 
lishment of a World Centre. Only here, 
organised on a permanent and world-wide 
scale, the dissemination of information would 
not be left to chance. The adjustment of 
means to needs would be perfect. 






CHAPTER VII. 


CREATION OF NEW MARKETS AND STIMULATION OF BUSINESS. 


The most instantaneous, most seemingly 
magical effect of international expositions, 
has been seen in the introduction, almost 
immediately afterward, of certain kinds of 
merchandise into regions where they had 
not previously been offered for sale. Ex¬ 
hibition at a world’s fair brings any new 
article or kind of goods before the world’s 
gaze; if it come forth victorious from the 
hard test of comparison with its rivals, its 
merits obtain world wide advertisement. 

Since the first exhibition at London, in 
1851, the great advantages obtainable by 
introducing new inventions or recently 
patented devices at a public exhibition have 
been recognised. I11 the years following 
1851 many productions, among which the 
American reaper, began to be known. Today 
a great part of the civilised world would 
not be able to subsist as it now subsists, 
were it not for the mechanical reaper, which 
is bought in many forms and styles, but 
which remains practically the same, and is 
known almost wherever grain is cultivated. 

Indeed, a practical country like the U- 
nited States has well nigh paid its debt to 
Europe with the labour saving devices which 
its citizens have invented. Europe has sent 
to the United States twenty-five million em¬ 
igrants in the last seventy-five years but 
there were in 1907 enough American har¬ 
vesters in the fields of Europe to do the work 
of eleven million men. 


World expositions give the good article 
its due and make the best and cheapest pre¬ 
vail throughout the world. Our axes, spades, 
scythes, locomotives, steamships, are better 
today than they were years ago, in large 
part because of competition and comparison 
at expositions. Conservative merchants 
whose goods had long since ceased to be 
superior, but who continued to trade on their 
name, found themselves suddenly confronted 
with a host of rivals, unknown competitors 
from all over the world; and the older mer¬ 
chants and manufacturers found themselves 
constrained to improve their products and 
cheapen their prices, under penalty of losing 
all their trade. Without expositions, old 
prejudices could not so quickly be conquered 
by new* goods. 

Certain nations seem to have a peculiar 
talent for the invention and constant amel¬ 
ioration of some one type of article. The 
more artistic nations lack practical utilita¬ 
rian insight. Expositions enable the art 
loving nation, skilled in exquisite crafts, to 
exchange methods and products with the 
nations excelling in the rough and ready 
appliances of every day — to export fine lace 
and import washing machines or carpet 
sweepers. And both the lace makers and the 
manufacturers of washing machines, profit 
through having their goods made known to 
the entire world. For a market conquered 
in international competition is a steady mar¬ 
ket; the peasant who has once used an im- 


38 


A WORLD CENTRE 


proved steel hay fork, will never willingly 
abandon it for the wooden one which his 
father used. 

Addressing the Royal Historical Society 
in reference to the Exposition of 1873, an 
Englishman, F. G. Moccat, said : 

«Speaking of the exhibitions as then 
conducted, I remarked that no person who 
had watched the gradual development of 
public taste and the consequent increase of 
personal comfort in all that relates to the 
application of art and science to the purposes 
of every day life, can have failed to perceive 
how well the exhibition of 1851 had done its 
work, and how vast a debt of gratitude all 
civilised nations owe the illustrious and ac¬ 
complished author of that landmark in the 
history of the present time, and indeed of all 
time ». 

There is no doubt that the great ex¬ 
position of 1851 awakened all nations to new 
life and set before them new objects of am¬ 
bition, and a wider field for active life than 
had ever been dreamed of before. If so 
much could have been accomplished by this 
new expedient of civilisation at the outset of 
its career, retarded by the friction of a fresh 
start, what may we not expect to see a few 
years after the establishment of the World 
Centre? 

Sometimes it is not manufactured but 
agricultural products which gain a wide use 
through world’s fairs. A United States con¬ 
sul general, commenting on the Paris Ex¬ 
position of 1867, expressed his regret that an 
exhibition could not have been made of the 
variety of ways in which Indian corn may 
be prepared for food. Fruitgrowing regions 
the world over need but the opportunity to 
expose their products in order to create a 
steady demand for them. Certain tropical 
fruits, well appreciated today but unknown 
in the temperate regions a few years ago, 
well illustrate the value of such publicity. 

But we do not have to look to these 
periodic international expositions alone for 


evidence of the fact that the proposed World 
Centre will be economically advantageous. 
The national and local exhibition, or 
«shows» as they are frequently called, 
where a certain product or line of industry 
is represented, have many times over demon¬ 
strated their effectiveness as advantageous 
means for introducing new commodities. 
The annual horse shows, now so popular in 
many large centres throughout the world, 
have afforded many opportunities for in¬ 
troducing new breeds of horses for various 
purposes. Dog shows have done much to 
popularise certain breeds of dogs, which 
were but little in popular favour before being 
thus publicly exhibited. 

But more important than these various 
exhibitions of animals are the modern ones 
displaying industry. For example, at one 
of the world’s largest cities within a few 
months, were held chemical, electrical, mo¬ 
tor-boat, hardware, automobile, jewelry and 
business-device exhibitions, where many 
new inventions were first brought to the at¬ 
tention of the public and where capitalists 
were afforded numerous opportunities of 
ascertaining the merits of suggested invest¬ 
ments. 

Similar shows are held in the leading 
cities throughout the world, and everywhere 
is heard expressed the greatest enthusiasm 
for the advantages of such exhibitions in 
introducing new commodities designed to 
satisfy existing wants or readily to create new 
ones. 

The national and individual commercial 
advantages gained from such exhibitions 
cannot be estimated in money. The World 
Centre because it will be centrally located 
and permanent, will afford a perpetual op¬ 
portunity to inventors and promoters of all 
nations, and will thus prove to be an unri¬ 
valed stimulant to that constant amelioration 
of product which means steady markets and 
prosperous times. 

Closely allied to the opportunity for in¬ 
troducing new machines and devices to the 







ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


39 


investing and consuming public, is that of¬ 
fered for advertising and selling in broader 
and newer markets, goods of established 
reputation and merit. 

The incidental pecuniary advantages 
arising from an exposition consist chiefly in 
the new impulses given to commercial life 
through the advertising advantages offered 
and the resulting sales. Human nature 
covets that which it sees and likes. With 
skilful advertising, the goods will create the 
demand. This is always true. So from an 
exposition many new wants arise, many new 
and almost unthought of desires are stimulat¬ 
ed into being and the aggregate of these start 
the dull pulse of commerce with new and 
healthy throbs or quicken the actions of al¬ 
ready active commerce. 

It is not to be doubted that the World 
Centre would furnish a better opportunity 
for the training of salesmen and the develop¬ 
ment of new sales methods than now exists. 
It would enable sales representatives from 
all nations to meet in convention for the dis¬ 
cussion of sales principles and methods 
peculiar to the various nations or the various 
lines of goods sold. At present, there is but 
little opportunity afforded to the commercial 
interests of the world for discussing and prof¬ 
iting by one another’s experiences in the 
selling of goods in foreign markets. While 
it is not maintained that sales representatives 
for competing lines will give to one another 
information gathered from experience, there 
is a large field for the exchange of such 
information among noncompeting concerns 
whose goods supplement or complement each 
other. It is in this field that the maintenance 
of centrally located representatives should 
prove of great economic value. 

Such an exhibition — placed in a World 
Centre and thereby brought into contact with 
the best endeavour of all nations — would 
tend to stimulate demand and production 
upon lines of actual utility, rather than upon 
those of creating artificial demands and 
supplies. 


The probable advantages of the World 
Centre plan in introducing new products 
were exemplified on a smaller scale at the 
recent Panama-Pacific Exposition. There a 
personal investigation was conducted for the 
purpose of this report. At the Palace of 
Horticulture were found exhibits of many 
new and wonderful flowers and plants, ex¬ 
hibits maintained in some cases at the cost 
of many thousands of dollars. Florists, 
herbalists, and botanists were announcing to 
the world for the first time, an improvement 
in or perfection of both useful and ornamen¬ 
tal products of nature. Many men, trained 
in the science of plant and flower life, were 
spending much time studying the exhibited 
works of others so that they too might get 
ideas and prepare for later exhibitions, still 
newer and more wonderful varieties. 

But more particularly, in the Palace of 
Varied Industries, Liberal Arts, Manufac¬ 
tures and Mines, were the big industrial im¬ 
provements to be noted. The exposition was 
primarily a commercial one, permitting the 
display of modern products only, goods 
manufactured or produced within very recent 
years. Everywhere wonderful inventions 
and discoveries were at hand, arranged and 
exhibited to attract investors and consumers. 

One of the largest copper mining com¬ 
panies in the world maintained an exhibit 
at the cost of about # 100,000 for the purpose 
of making known to its many stockholders 
who might visit the exposition, the nature 
of its products, its sources of raw materials, 
and the location of its chief plants. To the 
consumer, it demonstrated new and varied 
uses for its products. 

The Witwatersrand Gold Fields were 
exhibited by the Transvaal Chamber of Mi¬ 
nes, Limited, of Johannesburg, Union of 
South Africa, partially for patriotic reasons, 
partially as a compliment to California min¬ 
ers, but also as an appeal for American ca¬ 
pital to assist in the development of the won¬ 
derful mining resources of that as yet insuf¬ 
ficiently known district. 



40 


A WORLD CENTRE 


To a certain comparatively little known 
company of inventors, the Panama Pacific 
Exposition offered an opportunity which 
they could not have developed in many years 
for promoting one of their inventions into a 
successful enterprise. 

Several large international companies 
maintained exhibits costing approximately a 
quarter of a million dollars. They would 
not have done so unless they had felt certain 
that exhibition at an international exposition 
pays. 

In order to ascertain the general con¬ 
sensus of opinion among the men actually on 
the ground, the representatives of hundreds 
of well known concerns, manufacturing 
goods sold throughout the United States and, 
in some cases, throughout the world, were 
interviewed at the Panama Pacific Exposi¬ 
tion. Almost without exception these men 
were extremely enthusiastic as to the advan¬ 
tages accruing from their respective ex¬ 
hibits. There were, it is true, a few disap¬ 
pointed exhibitors. These few disappoint¬ 
ments were not hard to explain. In some 
cases, the exhibits were not well located; in 
others, there was a lack of a proper regard 
for the psychology of advertising. The ex¬ 
hibits were not so arranged as to attract the 
eye of the passer-by or hold the attention of 
the observer. In other words, they were not 
properly arranged to sell. 

Many concerns producing novelty goods 
to be sold at a low price were reaping a rich 
harvest out of their exposition advertising. 
They were not dependent upon the indirect 
influence of the exhibit but were selling 
direct to the prospect and, in many cases, 
were delivering from the booth the goods 
sold. Typical of this class were the sculp¬ 
tors from Europe, many importers of Orien¬ 
tal and European novelties, producers of 
novelty mineral products, patented surgical 
appliances and the like. 

Other concerns, manufacturing a wide 
range of useful household devices, tools, in¬ 
struments, food products, toilet articles and 


the like, were taking orders for goods to be 
shipped from the factory. These do not re¬ 
present so much the bazar type of selling as 
do the other class, and their experiences are 
more valuable. 

There was still another class of exhibi¬ 
tors who did not expect direct results from 
their exhibits, whose returns were indirect 
and harder to check, but whose enthusiasm 
for an exposition as a means for stimulating 
commerce in their goods was as great if not 
greater than that of representatives of either 
of the other classes. In this class must be 
included the manufacturers of farm machin¬ 
ery, mill and operative machinery, engines, 
motors, iron and steel, hardware and tools, 
leather and cork goods, oil products, auto¬ 
mobiles, chemicals, paints and explosives, 
appliances for public utility companies, pub¬ 
lishers, office devices such as cash registers, 
multigraphing and adding machines and 
typewriters, plumbing and steam-fitting ap¬ 
pliances, electrical goods, including motors, 
dynamos, heaters, stoves and miscellaneous 
utensils, furniture, athletic goods, pool and 
billiard tables, clocks, watches, silverware, 
jewelry and a wide variety of manufactured 
and prepared food products. 

Representatives of concerns in this class 
reported that the exposition possessed splen¬ 
did advertising advantages. Some of them 
at the time they were interviewed had been 
notified by the home office of large sales re¬ 
sulting directly from the exhibit, sales which 
otherwise probably would not have been 
made. Many of the concerns had exhibited 
at earlier fairs, trade shows and the like and 
considered that the results warranted further 
participation at this most recent exhibition. 

It cannot be doubted that they could 
reap the same or greater advantage through 
participation in the proposed World Centre, 
where expositions will be less fleeting in 
their nature, better regulated in the award¬ 
ing of merits, and in their selection of exhi¬ 
bitors and commodities of exhibit, and such 
benefits naturally apply to exhibitors of all 
nations. For the World Centre would serve 






ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


4i 


in an unmistakable manner to stimulate in¬ 
ventions of all sorts. Any inventor will 
there have the opportunity of exhibiting an 
invention of merit in such a way as to attract 
the attention of the whole world. The com¬ 
mon spectacle of inventors dying poor be¬ 
cause of inability to secure the necessary a- 
mounts of capital, indicated the importance 
of stimulating invention in this manner. 
While there are now many splendid ways 
for bringing meritorious appliances of all 
kinds to the attention of the public, for the 
most part they are both slow and expensive 
and far beyond the means and patience of 
many men. As a consequence, inventive 
genius is not properly fostered and the eco¬ 
nomic progress of the world is held in check. 
Immediate and universal recognition of gen¬ 


ius and merit will result from the realisation 
of the World Centre plan and will prove of 
inestimable value to the business world. 
The World Centre as it is now projected will 
(afford better opportunities than now exist 
for the accomplishment of all these pur¬ 
poses. The buildings will be permanent; the 
exhibitions will be under the general control 
of the national governments; competition, 
because it is world-wide, will be keener; the 
appeal to investor and consumer will be 
stronger, because of its enlarged scope; the 
returns will be greater. The manufacturer 
may show his goods to a world-market — al¬ 
most instantly a new product may come into 
world-wide use, and no longer need inventor 
and manufacturer wait for the slow process 
of conquering one market at a time. 



6* 






■ 

' 

' 

' 

. ' : 511 ' v., O ' ' 0; T 

■ 

'■ . - % , ■ ' . 

■ 

«. '■ '■ . H j ■ :;j r ' 

j 

" 

■■ •; ■ 


■ 

' : • ■ . 

lo 

■ ■ ■: .0 ■ : '• 

i ■ 

■ 

■ ■ - ' ■ fcj 

' ■ 

oil 

■ 

.... 

j ?' 1 i ■"'* • , - : : ’ ' il - 

- ■ 

' ' • : 1 

■ ■ - - 









" ' •; £ 'V 1 '’ ■: «**, B 

- 


■ ■ 






t 


. 

. 

. 





























■ 

. 


■ 












































. 


























■I ' ■ 















■ 


. 
















. .. 






■ 




. 

.. 


. 










■ 


- 
































n 




V 





\ 
























" 

■ 

. 




















. 








































■ 

















































■ 

. 



















































■ 














- 



















































- 

m 


■ 






















































































































































































































































































































































































































































. 

. 

. 





































































' 




























































. 

. 


■ ,, 

■ 


. 















































.... .f 

. 




v 










. 




















■ 

■ 




■ 


' 












■ ■ 





































































CHAPTER VIII. 


COMMERCIAL ADVANTAGES OF THE WORLD CENTRE. 


The continual growth of permanent 
trade associations and temporary expositions 
gives reason for predicting the construction 
at a not distant date of a carefully planned 
World Centre. Evolution toward perma¬ 
nent organisation seems inevitable. In the 
United States it is instanced by the Field 
Museum, which is an outgrowth of the 
World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago in 
1893, and by the Philadelphia Commercial 
Museum, developed from the Centennial Ex¬ 
position of 1876. This latter museum, until 
recently, has been the most powerful single 
factor in the United States for the de¬ 
velopment of export markets for American 
products. 

The Imperial Institute. 

But the greatest example of a temporary 
exhibition which has led to the development 
of a permanent trade organisation, is afforded 
by the experience of India. Because of the 
light that this experience may throw upon 
the desirability of a World Centre it may be 
well to consider it somewhat in detail. 

The Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 
1886 was very successful; in particular, it 
revealed so thoroughly the immense wealth 
of Great Britain and created such wide¬ 
spread interest that the late King Edward, 
then Prince of Wales, placed himself at the 
head of the public movement for the es¬ 
tablishment in London of a permanent ex¬ 
hibition of Indian and Colonial products. 


When the question of a suitable jubilee 
memorial of Queen Victoria’s reign was 
discussed, in 1887, it was decided that an Im¬ 
perial Institute, permanent in its nature and 
erected by means of voluntary contributions 
from the people of the British Empire, would 
be the best and most useful form for the 
memorial to take, more especially as it was 
announced that the Queen herself desired it. 

Accordingly, the Imperial Institute was 
erected at South Kensington. It was official¬ 
ly opened by the Queen in May 1893. 

The principal object of the Institute is 
to promote the utilisation of the commercial 
and industrial resources of the Empire : first, 
by arranging comprehensive exhibits of nat¬ 
ural products, especially of the Dominions, 
the Colonies and India; and secondly by 
providing for the obtaining, collection, and 
dissemination of scientific, technical, and 
commercial information relating to them. 

As originally outlined, the purposes of 
the Institute were as follows : 

The formation and exhibition of col¬ 
lections, representing the important raw 
materials and manufactured products of the 
British Empire and of other countries, so 
maintained as to illustrate the development 
of agriculture, commercial and industrial 
progress in the British Empire, and the com¬ 
parative advance made in other countries; 


44 


A WORLD CENTRE 


The establishment and promotion of 
commercial museums, sample rooms, and in¬ 
telligence offices in London and other parts 
of the Empire; 

The collection and dissemination of 
such information relating to trades and in¬ 
dustries, to emigration, and to the other pur¬ 
poses set forth as may be of use to the sub¬ 
jects of the British Empire; 

j • . 1 - ; i 

The promotion of technical and com¬ 
mercial education and of the industrial arts 
and sciences; 

The promotion of conferences and 
lectures in connection with the general works 
of the Institute and the facilitating of com¬ 
mercial and friendly intercourse among the 
inhabitants of the different parts of the Brit¬ 
ish Empire; and 

The doing of anything incidental or 
conducive to carrying into effect all or any 
of the foregoing purposes. 

The work of the Imperial Institute is at 
present carried on under four principal divi¬ 
sions : — firstly, the colonial and Indian col¬ 
lection, consisting mainly of raw materials, 
the primary manufactures displayed in the 
public exhibition galleries, and including the 
central stand for receiving inquiries and dis¬ 
tributing publications; secondly, the scien¬ 
tific and technical research department, 
comprising a special staff, and research lab¬ 
oratories occupying the second floor and 
basement; thirdly, the reference library, 
containing a large collection of works of 
reference relating to the Dominions, the 
Colonies and India, together with the prin¬ 
cipal periodicals and newspapers of these 
dominions or colonies; fourthly, the Bulletin 
of the Imperial Institute, a quarterly publi¬ 
cation containing a record of the work of the 
Imperial Institute in its various branches, 
as well as special articles on progress in tro¬ 
pical agriculture and industries, and the 
commercial utilisation of the natural re¬ 
sources of the Dominions, the Colonies and 
India. 


Until the end of 1902, the Imperial In¬ 
stitute was managed by a governing body, of 
which the Prince of Wales, (afterwards Ed¬ 
ward VII) was president, and an executive 
council, including representatives of the In¬ 
dian Empire and of all the British colonies 
and dependencies. 

But, after some other changes, on Oc¬ 
tober 1 st, 1907, in virtue of an arrangement 
made with the Board of Trade and with the 
approval of the Secretary of State for India, 
the management of the Imperial Institute 
was transferred to the Secretary of State for 
the Colonies, subject to the responsibility of 
the Board of Trade under the act of 1902. A 
committee of management of three members, 
one nominated by each of the three govern¬ 
mental departments chiefly concerned, was 
appointed. 

The staff of the Imperial institute in¬ 
cludes officers with special qualifications, in 
the sciences of chemistry, botany, geology, 
mineralogy and technology in their relation 
to agriculture and the commercial utilisation 
of economic products. 

The following British Dominions, Col¬ 
onies and Dependencies are represented by 
collections, which are in charge of technical 
superintendents — Canada, Newfoundland, 
Jamaica, Turks and Caicos Islands, British 
Honduras, British Guiana, Bahamas, Trini¬ 
dad and Tobago, Barbados, Windward Is¬ 
lands, Leaward Islands, Bermuda, Falkland 
Islands, New South Wales, Victoria, Queens¬ 
land, Tasmania, South Australia, Western 
Australia, Papua, New Zealand, Fiji, West¬ 
ern Pacific Islands, Union of South Africa, 
Rhodesia, Nyasaland, St. Helena, Gambia, 
Sierra Leone, Gold Coast, Nigeria, East 
Africa Protectorate, Zanzibar and Pemba, 
Uganda, Somaliland, The Anglo-Egyptian 
Sudan, Malta, Cyprus, Ceylon, Hong-Kong, 
Mauritius, Seychelles, Straits Settlements, 
the Federated Malay States and the Indian 
Empire. 

Special arrangements are made to con¬ 
duct parties from schools through the Colo- 





ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


45 


nial and Indian collections, for educational 
purposes. 

A central stand for publications and an 
inquiry office in the main gallery facilitate 
the supply of general information and the 
distribution of literature. Handbooks, pam¬ 
phlets and miscellaneous circulars containing 
information relating to the commerce, agri¬ 
culture, mining and industries of the princi¬ 
pal British Colonies and also in regard to 
emigration, are available for gratuitous dis¬ 
tribution or to be sold. The publications of 
the Emigrants Information Offices, establish¬ 
ed by the Colonial Office, may also be ob¬ 
tained ; lists of publications available for sale 
or distribution are provided, and the princi¬ 
pal colonial and Indian newspapers may be 
seen on application. An officer of the In¬ 
stitute is in attendance at the central stand, 
which is in telephonic communication with 
the departments in the main building. 

In 1913, the public galleries were visited 
by 214,900 persons and 19,910 colonial and 
Indian publications were distributed to in¬ 
quirers. 

The Scientific & Research Department. 

The research laboratories and work¬ 
rooms of this department were established in 
order to provide for the investigation of new 
or little-known natural products from the 
Dominions, the Colonies and India and of 
the known products from new sources, with 
a view of their utilisation in commerce. The 
department also furnished trustworthy scien¬ 
tific and technical advice on matters con¬ 
nected with the agricultural trade and indus¬ 
tries of the different countries of the British 
Empire. 

The work of this department is chiefly 
initiated by the Home and Colonial Govern¬ 
ment and the Government of India. Arrange¬ 
ments also have been made by the Foreign Of¬ 
fice whereby British representatives abroad 
may transmit to the department, for inves¬ 
tigation, such natural products of the coun¬ 


tries to which they are appointed as are likely 
to be of interest to British manufacturers and 
merchants. 

Materials investigated by the research 
laboratories of the department are afterwards 
submitted to further technical trials by 
manufacturers and other experts, and finally 
are commercially valued. 

A reference sample room is maintained 
in this department in which are arranged 
samples of the principal materials which have 
been investigated and valued commercially 
during recent years, and as to which full in¬ 
formation is available. 

If these temporary expositions have 
brought forth the great need for and have 
led to the establishment of such vast perma¬ 
nent commercial organisations, whose in¬ 
fluences have been world wide and whose 
value no one doubts, how much more good 
might result from the establishment of an 
international series of such enterprises, cen¬ 
trally located and grouped so as to facilitate 
the quick interchange of intelligence? Imag¬ 
ine a sort of Imperial Institute from each 
country, grouped in one city, with certain 
features in common. The efficiency of each 
would be greatly heightened by the mere 
presence of its neighbours. Information, 
statistics, new products and processes would 
be disseminated throughout the entire world 
as rapidly as the British Imperial Institute 
can today spread them throughout the British 
Empire. 

Such a perpetual exposition, established 
in a World Centre, supplemented by bureaus 
for the gathering and dissemination of com¬ 
mercial information, and by travelling ex¬ 
hibits to carry the advantages home to the 
nations of the world, will hasten the eco¬ 
nomic progress of the world. By no other 
method than the comparison in such an ex¬ 
hibition of the manufactured products from 
different countries can the improvement of 
methods of manufacture be so rapidly foster¬ 
ed. This international expositions have 
shown to be true. 



46 


A WORLD CENTRE 


Here, at one point, the nations of the 
world may show their natural resources, in¬ 
forming capitalists in what country and in 
what industry the largest returns are to be 
gained, and attracting immigration where 
the labour is scarce and wages are high. 

Utilisation & Protection of Labour. 

The World Centre will afford, through 
the maintenance of central information bu¬ 
reaus, a clearing house for all intelligence 
concerning the utilisation and protection of 
labour. Government reports concerning 
labour in all its aspects will be transmitted 
to and collected here for ready reference and 
research purposes. International labour or¬ 
ganisation maintaining permanent head¬ 
quarters can better keep track of labour op¬ 
portunities, over-supply and prevailing wage 
and operative conditions, thus enabling the 
officials to direct intelligently the general 
movements of the floating supply of labour 
away from underpaid and over-crowded dis¬ 
tricts to places affording larger opportunities 
for work and better wages. The work that 
is now carried on in many countries on a 
district or national basis can be extended, 
becoming international in its scope and cor¬ 
respondingly more effective in its operation. 

In the same way, promoters of new en¬ 
terprises requiring the employment of large 
labour forces, can report their demands to 
this central headquarters, thus better assur¬ 
ing themselves of the supply of labour need¬ 
ed. While it is true that unofficial reports 
are now generally circulated concerning such 
opportunities for labourers, these reports are 
not official and frequently are emitted from 
unreliable sources, working injury and hard¬ 
ships upon the labourers affected. Official 
reports, from a central agency possessing a 
detailed knowledge of labour conditions, 
would prevent the evils now frequently aris¬ 
ing from the circulation of false information. 

It is not maintained here that an ideal 
distribution of labour will result. But it is 
believed that the ideal can more nearly be 
reached through the development of the cen¬ 


tral agencies at the World Centre than would 
otherwise be possible. 

Employers of labour would find, through 
this central office, a better means for receiv¬ 
ing or circulating information concerning 
improvements in the utilisation of labour, 
means but scantily afforded now in some 
countries and not at all in others. Scientific 
management, for example, has been develop¬ 
ed rapidly in the United States, through the 
interest of private individuals. But no of¬ 
ficial central agency to furnish information 
concerning its adaptability, its shortcomings 
or its development is in existence. The 
growth of scientific management has un¬ 
doubtedly been hampered because of this 
fact. 

Other means for increasing the efficiency 
of workmen have been suggested from time to 
time. Many of these have exerted but little 
or no influence, because there was no official 
way of bringing them to the attention of 
employers and others interested. The 
World Centre will provide such means and 
will thus enable labour to enlarge its con¬ 
tribution to the total production of the world, 
perfect its producing processes, and increase 
its just reward. 

Of much importance also to both labour¬ 
er and employer is the advantage offered for 
studying, developing, and promoting various 
kinds of helpful welfare work, designed to 
improve the conditions under which the 
workmen labour. Without a central clear¬ 
ing house for the dissemination of such 
useful information, many praiseworthy ef¬ 
forts or schemes for strengthening the bond 
between the two classes must go unheralded 
and unnoticed. Organised to furnish any 
employer or labourer information concern¬ 
ing any and every phase of welfare work, to 
keep abreast of labour conditions and their 
improvement, such a bureau would be of 
inestimable value to the industrial world. 
The labouring men not only in the more in¬ 
dustrial countries but throughout the world, 
need such a bureau. It should be establish¬ 
ed. It can best be established and made 







ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


47 


effective as a part of a general scheme, such 
as is here proposed. If organised independ¬ 
ently by either industrial class, it would be 
met with suspicion by the other and so be 
limited to narrower and less useful work. 

Stabilising Production. 

Still another important commercial ad¬ 
vantage offered in the plan suggested lies in 
the possibility of preventing over-production 
and in the consequent checking of depres¬ 
sion, through the interchange of information 
gathered from all nations by an international 
organisation studying trade conditions and 
activity on a world-wide basis. Many panics 
and nearly all commercial depressions are 
the result of over production in certain fields 
of industry during periods of prosperity — 
over-production brought about by overcon¬ 
fidence in the continuation of favourable 
trade conditions. 

While it is neither contemplated nor 
suggested that any bureau should have con¬ 
trol over production, limiting it at will, it is 
believed that a fuller knowledge of the con¬ 
ditions of trade, a knowledge which could be 
obtained and imparted by a competent bureau 
of trade experts, would lead to caution and 
curtailment of production whenever these 
were necessary. As it is now, with no such 
central bureau investigating these condi¬ 
tions, it is necessary for each manufacturer, 
farmer, miner and banker to determine them 
independently, relying upon such informa¬ 
tion as he is able to secure in an independent 
manner. Economic history teaches that 
this system has not been effective; panics 
and depressions occurring at more or less 
regular periods of time, rather than being 
prevented. 

This condition is undoubtedly brought 
about by the ever increasing complexity of 
business, which now makes it impossible for 
a single individual to grasp a knowledge of 
all the essential conditions which must be 
taken into consideration. Working alone, 
each one necessarily over-estimates the im¬ 
portance of conditions which immediately 


confront him and neglects those about which 
he has no information. Being unable to 
gather information from all international 
sources and guided by local domestic con¬ 
ditions, he becomes over optimistic during 
periods of prosperity and over pessimistic 
during periods of depression. This exag¬ 
gerated condition, on the one hand, leads to 
accumulated over-production while, on the 
other hand, it leads to continual depression 
and underproduction. 

Among the many features of the scheme 
proposed, is the creation and maintenance of 
an international bureau of trade and trans¬ 
port which would be equipped with the 
facilities for studying these conditions of 
trade and commerce over the entire world 
and for furnishing the information thus gath¬ 
ered to all persons interested. The know¬ 
ledge of the conditions affecting both pro¬ 
ducer and consumer, which could be collected 
by a bureau of this kind properly equipped, 
would be sufficient to protect the world 
against over production and speculation and 
to check the effects of a period of depression. 

One international panic prevented or one 
period of general depression shortened would 
more than compensate for the total cost of 
erecting the World Centre. The opportuni¬ 
ty offered to perform this possible service 
should lead all business men , all producers 
and all consumers to favour the establish¬ 
ment of the World Centre and to contribute 
their taxes liberally for its support. 

Development of International Trade. 

Another important commercial advan¬ 
tage and, from the standpoint of the indi¬ 
vidual business man and tax payer, perhaps 
the most important advantage to be gained 
from the establishment of the World Centre, 
will be the influence exerted and opportunity 
offered for the development of international 
trade. 

That international exhibitions are effec¬ 
tive means for developing such trade, is well 
illustrated by the fact that Japan first gained 




4 8 


A WORLD CENTRE 


a foothold in American commerce at the 
World’s Columbian Exposition held in Chi¬ 
cago in 1893, that the Philippine Islands first 
introduced an extensive line of native 
products at the Louisiana Purchase Expo¬ 
sition at St. Louis in 1904, that the South 
American countries found both of these and 
the Pan-American Exposition at Buffalo 
valuable mediums for the introduction of 
their commodities, and that the United Sta¬ 
tes has found, as already suggested, that the 
more important expositions in Europe have 
been the means for large increases resulting 
in its foreign trade with the leading Euro¬ 
pean nations. 

Testimony is everywhere at hand to 
prove that, in the past, expositions have fos¬ 
tered between nations trade which other¬ 
wise would have been much slower in de¬ 
veloping or would not have developed at all. 

Peter Lund Simmons, writing in the 
Royal Society of Arts Journal of November 
29, 1861, summarised the advantages of the 
Exhibition of London, 1851, as follows : 

((To Great Britain, the International 
Exhibition of 1851 certainly opened a wider 
range to customers from the more intimate 
appreciation that followed of the quality and 
cheapness of the manufactures she produced. 
Instead of being flooded, as was anticipated 
with cheap foreign goods, a greater vent for 
British manufactures has been afforded in 
the last ten years than at any former period. 
In every direction our foreign trade has been 
more than doubled. To South America our 
exports have risen from six million pounds 
in value to twelve and one half million; to 
China, from under one million to nearly 
three; to African States, in about the same 
ratio; to the North American Republic, from 
under 15 millions to 21,613,000; to the States 
of Europe, from 25,200,000 to 46,000,000. 
And as regards the continent, and indeed, 
most other quarters, it is those very nations 
which took most active part in the Great Ex¬ 
position of 1851, that show the greatest in¬ 
crease, and have become our best customers, 
such as France, Prussia, Russia, Holland, 


Germany and Turkey. Our general trade 
has doubled. The real value of the external 
trade of the Kingdom (imports and ex¬ 
ports) last year reached the large sum of 
£ 276,319,296, of which £ 210,648,643 was in 
imports. The extension of commercial re¬ 
lations with various countries, the more 
thorough knowledge of our productive re¬ 
sources and the quality of our manufactures 
by foreigners, has had much to do with the 
increase. And certainly, the British ex¬ 
hibitors will, I think, be able to show next 
year that there has been no retrogression; 
that science and skill have been largely de¬ 
veloped, and that even the education of our 
workmen has not been neglected, thanks to 
the labours of the Department of Science 
and Art... 

(( The total declared value of our exports 
to foreign countries in 1850 was £ 52,739,246, 
and in i860, £ 117,988,399. Although it 
cannot be assumed that this immense prog¬ 
ress is entirely attributable to the better ap¬ 
preciation of our wares by foreign countries, 
and the new markets opened up to our 
manufacturers by the Great Exhibition of 
1851, yet I think that it will not be denied 
that great benefits resulted from the inter¬ 
change of ideas in 1851. Our friendly re¬ 
lations with many of the nations of Europe 
have been more closely cemented. In Hyde 
Park and in the Champs Elysees we demon¬ 
strated what we could do in the way of ex¬ 
cellence and cheapness. Enterprise has 
been stimulated — commerce extended; our 
principal manufactures have been enormous¬ 
ly increased; steam and sail have carried the 
products of our industry into regions before 
unopened to trade ». 

Commenting in Congress upon the ad¬ 
vantage to the United States of exhibiting at 
the French Exposition of 1867, Mr. Grinnel 
said : 

(( Now, Sir, pass this bill, give dignity to 
this enterprise and encouragement to the 
people; and what will be the effect? Why, 
Sir, from my own state there will go more 
than one hundred sheep that will be purchas¬ 
ed to improve the finest flocks of Germany, 





ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


49 


Spain, and France. The American plow 
and axe and shovel and hoe and spade will 
again bear off the palm. The reaper from 
the West, with its modern improvements, 
will again excite the envy, the admiration, 
and the wonder of Europe. And, Sir, our 
machinery, with its improvements made dur¬ 
ing the war, will convince Europe that we 
are not only greatest in war, but that even 
in the midst of war, we are still greater in 
the arts of peace. » 

In support of the expositions of 1889, 
«M. Le Rapporteur» said in the French 
Chambre des Deputes : 

« A long time ago they said that the time 
for expositions had passed; they even said it 
at the very close of the Exposition of 1867, 
and Mr. M. Le Play himself did not believe 
in the success of the Exposition, since he 
proposed the creation of permanent general 
museums. 

«Nevertheless, the Exposition of 1867 
was very beautiful; it succeeded admirably 
from the point of view of finance. There was 
held then that of 1878, which was incontest¬ 
ably as an exposition and independent of the 
question of expenses, a very great and a very 
magnificent national success. Well, I am 
convinced that for other reasons the Ex¬ 
position of 1889 will be a still greater success 
than those which have preceded it. 

«It cannot be disputed that when ex¬ 
positions are held in a country like France, 
they have for their results an incontestable 
increase in manufactures and in commerce ». 

Among the reports on the Vienna Uni¬ 
versal Exhibition of 1873, contained in the 
British Parliamentary Papers, is the follow¬ 
ing suggestive paragraph : 

« Her Majesty’s Commissioners are in¬ 
formed that the customs duties paid on the 
English goods exhibited at Vienna, and sold 
at the close of the Exhibition for the Austro- 
Hungarian Empire, exceeded those paid by 
any other country. There is no question that 


the Exhibition has had the effect of making 
the specialities of British manufacture more 
widely known in Austria, and even in 
Eastern markets, and it appears to us beyond 
doubt that its direct results upon the industry 
of the British Empire have been such as fully 
to justify the expenditure incurred by this 
country, while considerable advantages may 
be expected to accrue to our producers 
beyond those more immediately resulting 
from the exhibition. » 

From the report of the Superior Com¬ 
mission appointed by the French Govern¬ 
ment to investigate the Universal Exposition 
of Vienna in 1873, the following two par¬ 
agraphs are significant: 

« Perhaps as a consequence of the cir¬ 
cumstances under which the exposition of 
1873 was opened, as a consequence of finan¬ 
cial disasters which have overtaken the ex¬ 
position at Vienna from the first month of its 
opening, as a consequence also of exaggerat¬ 
ed reports of an epidemic which has not up 
to the present presented a character truly 
serious, our fellow-countrymen have gained 
only a part of the advantages which they had 
a right to expect. 

«But I have the conviction that these 
results are only put off and that the French 
exhibitors will not have cause to regret the 
sacrifices which have been imposed upon 
them. I judge by the importance of trans¬ 
actions already put through, by all that I 
have heard from the mouths of the manufac¬ 
turers themselves, as well as by what I have 
seen during several days myself. I have 
gone over all of the exhibits in great detail 
and I judge this from the incontested favour 
which our products enjoy in the capital of the 
Austro-Hungarian Empire. » 

Congressman Caperton, in urging the 
appropriation for the Centennial at Philadel¬ 
phia, 1876, said : 

((I can only refer to our past experience 
in regard to those expositions to which Con¬ 
gress has made appropriations. Take the 
Vienna Exposition. What was the result of 








50 


A WORLD CENTRE 


that? Our artisans went there and made an 
exposition of their various arts and manufac¬ 
tures, and the result was a very great en¬ 
largement of our trade with nations that had 
never perhaps had any or very limited trade 
with us. I saw it stated somewhere the other 
day, and I have no doubt of the truth of it, 
that in the articles of leather, and in leath¬ 
er goods, a trade which amounted to 
# 300,000 or $ 400,000 was increased to 
some $ 7,000,000 or $ 8,000,000. I saw it 
stated further, and it is a fact which I have 
no doubt has come to the attention of the 
distinguished Senator from Connecticut, that 
one concern in Hartford went to Vienna and 
exhibited the machinery that it had wrought 
for the purpose of working in iron and steel, 
and such was the effect that in a short time 
thereafter there was an order from the Prus¬ 
sian Government for machinery to make a 
million rifles, and that company actually put 
in their pockets the sum of £ 800,000 for the 
machinery which it furnished.». 

Arguing for the same appropriation, Mr. 
Randolph .said : 

«It is no exaggeration to say that the 
impetus given to trade and commerce through 
the exposition will, in the judgment of 
our best commercial men, our reflecting, 
thoughtful men, men who wield millions of 
trade themselves each year, be worth more 
to the people of this country in general re¬ 
turn, through absolute gain, than all the 
moneys that will be expended by authority 
of the Congress of the United States. The 
gathered multitudes, the vast agricultural, 
mechanical and artistic display, the attractive 
forces will do more to germinate the single 
element needed — public confidence — than 
any other movement Congress can now give 
aid to ». 

Monsieur Henri Uavertujon, arguing 
for the Exposition of 1900, said before die 
Chambre des Deputes: 

<( It cannot be denied that they (ex¬ 
positions) give an impetus to the productive 
activity of nations, and especially of the 


nations who organise them, to present them¬ 
selves to the world in all their strength, an 
impetus, an outburst, a fever of invention, 
which starts a fruitful emulation in all bran¬ 
ches of national industry and almost always 
marks a new step forward in the way of 
progress. It would be a mistake to believe 
that the results of this great effort are only 
the gratification of vanity and that the coun¬ 
try does not draw any progress from them ». 
And further: « From them comes this in¬ 
crease of exportation both before and after 
them which makes the fortune of so many 
French houses. These houses are not only 
met with in Paris. It is not the Parisian in¬ 
dustries alone which gain through expo¬ 
sitions; they gain the greater part, without 
doubt, but our large industries are none the 
less made known, and as they are sometimes 
overlooked by reason of their distance from 
the centre of things, they find an opportunity 
of revealing themselves, which often decides 
their success or failure ». 

<( I have consulted the figures of our ex¬ 
ports for some years before and after our four 
large expositions. It has seemed to me that 
this was the surest criterion of the prosperity 
of our foreign commerce. 

« Let us then take first the exposition of 
1855. I see that in 1852, our exports were 
1,541,000,000 francs; in 1854, 1,413,000,000 
francs; in 1865, the year of the exposition, 
they increased to 1,558,000,000 francs, or 
about 10 per cent. The years following they 
are 1,893,000,000 francs or 34 per cent; 
1,866,000,000 francs; 1,887,000,000 francs. 

((Thus then, the Exposition of 1855 is 
marked by a sudden increase in our exports 
which amounts to 400,000,000 francs in two 
years. 

« Let us pass on to the Exposition of 
1867. In 1865 our exports were 3,089,000,000 
francs; in 1866, they rose to 3,118,000,000 
francs. In 1967, the year of the exposition, 
a decrease is noticed, the exports are 
2,826,000,000 francs; in 1868, they were only 
2,791,000,000 francs. But this decrease dis- 







ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


5i 


appeared in 1869, the receipts rose to 
3> 0 75) 000 ) 000 - Unfortunately the war came 
and we fell off in 1870 to 2,802,000,000 francs. 

(( Let us now take the Exposition of 1878. 
In 1876, the amount of our exports was 
3,575,000,000 francs; in 1877, they fell off to 
3,436,000,000 francs. In 1878, the year of 
the Exposition, a new falling off, immediate¬ 
ly followed by an increase which does not 
stop; our exports were 3,178,000,000 francs. 
The figures for the years which followed are : 
3,321,000,000 francs : 3,467,000,000 francs : 
3,561,000,000 francs : 3,574,000,000 francs, an 
increase of 12 per cent by 1882. Let us see 
now the most interesting exposition of all, 
that is, the last, 1889. The three years which 
precede the Exposition of 1889 were partic¬ 
ularly remarkable because of the regularity 
in the amount of exports. I11 1866, there 
were 3,249,000,000 francs; in 1887, 3,244,000 
francs; in 1888, 3,246,000,000 francs; in 1889, 
the year of the Exposition, we jumped abrupt¬ 
ly 3>7 0 3 j 000 )°oo francs. This is an in¬ 
crease of 450,000,000 francs, approximately 
14 per cent. In 1890, our exports rose to 
3>753> 000 > 000 francs, of 500,000,000 francs 
more than before the Exposition of 1889, an 
increase of 15 per cent. 

<( In 1891, we lose a little. The amount 
of our exports was 3,569,000,000 francs. 
Going on from this time, the new tariff sched¬ 
ule enters and we can no longer use these 
figures for an argument. 

« Our manufacturers, who have so many 
good qualities, have one great fault. They 
do not know how to leave home, they do not 
go to foreign lands, as do our neighbours, and 
carry the goods to the very hand of the pur¬ 
chaser, while at the time of the Exposition, 
it is the clientele itself which comes to Paris. 
The foreigner can see in the show-cases the 
objects which we exhibit, he compares what 
we manufacture with what they sell him at 
home; his choice is soon made, and those who 
come to the exposition soon become cus¬ 
tomers of France. 

« From the point of view of the indus¬ 


trial exposition for the fortune of France, I 
have proved by irrefutable statistics that our 
commerce, our industries, our agriculture 
can only gain by it; I have proved that aside 
from the moral benefits which we will draw 
in foreign countries, Paris and the Depart¬ 
ments, the capital and the provinces will de¬ 
rive from it considerable advantages)). 

In a splendid work published in London 
in 1870, entitled «Home Politics : or, the 
Growth of Trade considered in its Relation 
to Labour, Pauperism and Emigration», 
Daniel Grant devotes much space to a con¬ 
sideration of expositions and their influence 
on foreign trade. Attention to portions of 
this treatise should be called. I11 part, Mr. 
Grant writes as follows : 

« Let us pass to the consideration of the 
influences that exhibitions are supposed to 
have exercised on trade. At the opening of 
the exhibition of 1851, the whole of the cir¬ 
cumstances, that could produce a successful 
result, were brought freely into play. Im¬ 
perial pageantry, international courtesy and 
diplomatic suavity were all made to aid the 
development of a royal idea, and the success 
of the exhibition, simply as an exhibition, 
was unequalled. Not only as a mere show 
was the effort successful; its influence on 
trade was also very large. For the first time 
in history, nations were invited from all parts 
of the world to take part in rendering homage 
to mere commercial pursuits; and for the first 
time it was proclaimed as a principle, that 
trade was paramount; dreams of universal 
peace and universal brotherhood were largely 
indulged in, until they were disturbed by the 
rude utterances of war. 

« Yet with all this, there were some re¬ 
sults that were left unchallenged. The exhi¬ 
bition ennobled commerce; men from various 
parts of the world had learned to look upon 
trade, and more particularly English trade, 
from a point of view that they had never 
previously approached, and the result was 
that the trading relations were not only ce¬ 
mented but extended. The ideas associated 
with our Palace of Industry were those of 




5 2 


A WORLD CENTRE 


royalty, wealth and elegance, and all these 
were aided by the very structure of the build¬ 
ing, as it rose in its fragile beauty, span¬ 
ning the noble trees and looking out to the 
clear sky beyond. To ourselves as well as 
to others, it was a great lesson, the influence 
of which has not yet died out. It taught us 
not only what we could, but what we could 
not do, and it placed before us by illustration, 
stronger than any language, how- much in¬ 
ferior our art productions were to those of our 
compeers; and from that teaching has ema¬ 
nated our South Kensington Museum and 
our present demand for technical education. 

«All of these things influence trade, 
both directly and indirectly. In an earlier 
part of this chapter it was pointed out that 
the personal knowledge of buyer and seller 
forms an important link in the growth of 
trade, and, in one sense, the first exhibition 
aided this. Men, who for years had known 
each other by name, came to know each other 
as a matter of fact, and thus built up relations 
that produced mutual good. The mere pres¬ 
tige of the «world’s bazar» brought men 
from every quarter of the habitable world 
and they carried away with them to their 
distant homes memories of English produc¬ 
tions, that have since borne fruit. At the 
time, among the whole of our manufacturers, 
it was recognised as an unchallengeable fact, 
that the exhibition had stimulated trade, that 
orders were plentiful and that its success was 
great. 

«The statistics do more than bear this 
point out; the bound in our exports is both 
clear and decisive. It will be necessary to 
notice here that the direct results of the ex¬ 
hibition would not be manifest until the year 
after it had closed, and would not probably 
extend twelve months beyond. The exhibi¬ 
tion did not close until the end of the year, the 
orders given during the time would be deliv¬ 
ered partly in the year 1851 and partly in 
1852, and the return orders some months 
later, so that the effects would appear in the 
following year. The statistics here given 
show very markedly the growth of our ex¬ 
ports at the particular epochs. 


((Our exports in 1851 were 74,448,722 
pounds. 

«Our exports in 1852 were 79,076,854 
pounds. 

«Our exports in 1853 were 98,933,781 
pounds. 

((Showing an advance in the two years 
of 24,485,059 pounds or 33 per cent. The 
same results are apparent in the two years 
of the second exhibition : 

« Our exports in 1862 were 123,992,264 
pounds. 

Our exports in 1863 were 146,602,342 
pounds. 

Our exports in 1864 were 160,449,053 
pounds. 

« Showing an advance in the two years 
of 36,456,789 or 29 per cent. 

«In looking at these figures, it must be 
remembered that the results here manifested 
embrace the action of other causes beside that 
of the exhibition. For instance, in 1851, the 
gold fever in Australia was in full swing, and 
there was also flowing from our shores the 
emigration that followed the Irish famine; 
both these causes would combine to swell the 
returns of 1852, 1853. At the second ex¬ 
hibition another influence was at work, the 
results of which are quite manifest, viz : the 
operations brought into play in connection 
with Limited Liability. This act came into 
operation in full force in 1864. The result 
is manifested in the returns of our export 
trade in that year, and also in those of 1865 
and 1866. To some, it may appear dubious 
that the Limited Liability Act should have 
this influence; a little examination will show 
the reason why. There is no question that, 
at the time of the speculation mania, com¬ 
panies for every conceivable purpose were 
floated into existence, some useful, some 
stupid and more mere frauds; but whether 
good, bad or indifferent; whether they paid 
dividends or not; whether they ruined share¬ 
holders or not, during the time of their ex¬ 
istence they stimulated trade. To what 
extent they acted may be gathered from a 
statement that appeared in the Money Ar¬ 
ticle of the Times, in which it was stated that 




ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


53 


during the continuance of the mania, com¬ 
panies, representing a capital of 800 millions, 
had either been projected or actual^ floated. 
A mere moiety of the amount here named 
would be sufficient to explain a large increase 
in speculative trading. 

<( Our trading with Holland had shown 
no development from 1840 to 1851; over the 
whole of these years we have slight fluctua¬ 
tions, but nothing more. The years 1861, 
1862, 1863 and 1864 all show larger amounts 
of exports than the remainder of the years 
including that of 1851. We may therefore 
assume that the trade with Holland was ab¬ 
solutely stationary, until the new influences 
of the exhibition and the reduction of its own 
tariff came into play. It seems only fair to 
consider these two causes as acting in unison. 
For instance, the reform of the Dutch Tariff 
took place in 1850, yet the next year shows 
no advance; the returns for the two years 
being almost identical in amount, whilst the 
two years that follow the exhibition show an 
advance of nearly one million. 

« The returns of Belgium show no posi¬ 
tive increase until the Exhibition year 1862, 
and from that date they have advanced con¬ 
tinuously. 

«The conditions connected with trade 
have been traced through three phases. 
First, on the broad principle that must under¬ 
lie all trade — the simple principle of know¬ 
ledge of the goods themselves, knowledge of 
the people who sell them and the gradual 
advance of civilisation and its associate, the 
railway system. In the second place, the 
individual action of special causes such as 
war, exhibitions, emigration, and capital has 
been traced through those countries’ returns, 
which more clearly represent the bulk of our 
increased trade. And in the third place, the 
totals of our exports have been viewed as 
totals; to see how far they correspond with 
the principles laid down. The answers in 
each case appear to be the same; and the 
results seem to be connected as cause and 
effect. 


« With reference to future exhibitions, it 
may be said, that the more clearly the results 
are appreciated, the greater will be the care 
used to bring them into action, and to make 
them worthy of the purposes for which they 
were originally designated. That they have 
produced a large extension of our trade in 
the past seems beyond doubt, and that they 
possess an equal capacity for its development 
in the future, seems equally clear; one ques¬ 
tion being, in what shape and under what 
circumstances they shall be called into action. 
With proper limitations there seems every 
reason to believe that we may anticipate from 
this cause a powerful influence in the de¬ 
velopment of our future trade. It will be ob¬ 
vious that the success of any exhibition is 
more or less dependent 011 the mode in which 
it is carried through; if either from want of 
care, want of interest, or want of judgment, 
it be allowed to sink to the level of a private 
speculation, the power it will exercise over 
the other countries would be proportionate^ 
reduced; if, on the other hand, the might of 
our national position be brought to bear, the 
success that would follow may be assumed as 
accomplished ». 

Since then there can be no doubt that 
temporary expositions have contributed 
much to the general development of inter¬ 
national trade, neither can there be any doubt 
that a permanent exposition, conducted 
under the joint auspices of the leading na¬ 
tions of the world and located in a centre 
easily accessible, would contribute even more 
than have the temporary expositions. The 
value of the temporary expositions from this 
view point, has been demonstrated over and 
over again, the testimony of statesmen, ex¬ 
hibitors and students of trade promoting 
proving this point conclusively. 

If the World Centre is established and 
includes the feature of permanent commer¬ 
cial exhibits, there can be no doubt but that 
the foreign trade of the nations will be in¬ 
creased. This increase, even though it be 
but a small per cent of the now existing trade, 
might easily justify the total expenditure 






54 


A WORLD CENTRE 


required for the erection and permanent 
maintenance of the city. A glance at the 
statistics of foreign trade appended hereto 
indicates something of the enormity of this 
trade among the leading nations of the world. 
It will be seen that the value of the annual 
exports from the United States alone amounts 
to nearly £ 2,000,000,000. It has been shown 
that trade has increased as much as 33 per 
cent within two years after an exhibition, 
not all of which could be credited directly to 
the exhibition, of course. Assuming that the 
World Centre would result in increasing this 
trade only five per cent, the annual increase 
would amount to £ 100,000,000. Allowing 
for an average net profit of five per cent, 
surely a conservative figure, this increase 
would net £ 5,000,000, a sum sufficient to 
warrant the expenditure of £ 125,000,000 if 
capitalised at four per cent, a rate higher 
than the Government of the United States is 
obliged to pay for most of its borrowed funds; 
or of £ 100,000,000 if capitalised at five per 
cent; or of £ 85,333,333 if capitalised at six 
per cent, which merely represents the com¬ 
mercial rates of interest for money in that 
country. 

It is asked : but who is to pay the large 
sum of money which the World Centre will 
cost? In reply be it said that a venture of 
such incalculable value as the construction 
of an international city literally pays for it¬ 
self. Considering for a moment the export 
trade of only the ten largest countries of the 
world, we find that the value of the annual 
export trade of these nations, in times of 
peace, approximates £ 13,000,000,000,000. 
Allowing for the same rate of increase in 
total trade, and for the same average rate of 
net profit, then capitalising this profit at five 
per cent, we find that the capitalised value of 
our net annual gain amounts to £ 650,000,000 
a sum sufficient to pay, in one year, the entire 
cost of the proposed enterprise. The sooner 
the nations of the world can be persuaded to 
build the World Centre, the sooner their 
citizens will begin to profit by its construc¬ 
tion, £ 650,000,000 per annum. 


But the maintenance of the World Centre 
does not contemplate the expenditure by the 
United States of £ 125,000,000 nor even of 
l£ 83,000,000. This, as we have shown, is 
only one of the many advantages to be gained, 
perhaps not even the most important com¬ 
mercially. 

While it is true that these figures are 
based on an estimated hypothesis, the esti¬ 
mates seem reasonable and the figures indi¬ 
cate the necessity for weighing carefully the 
economic advantages of the proposed World 
Centre, the probable pecuniary gain to the 
world at large, irrespective of any moral, 
social or political gains, which we have not 
here attempted to set forth, but which are just 
as sure to result and which should weigh as 
heavily in any consideration of the project. 

The ideal is universal cooperation. Na¬ 
tions are far from self-sufficing. We must 
look beyond the boundaries of the national 
state unless we wish to be cut off from the 
full advantages of civilisation. Modern in¬ 
vention and science have made the world a 
unit, and no nation can neglect international 
cooperation without wasting its energies and 
its resources. 

During the past century the idea of a 
common humanity has received strong and 
manifold expression and been given a tan¬ 
gible embodiment in numerous joint conven¬ 
tions entered into by many nations. Several 
hundred international associations, repre¬ 
senting nearly all branches of science, art, re¬ 
ligion, and industry have been formed. Na¬ 
tionalism per se has given way to a higher 
organisation — internationalism. 

That this internationalism may be given 
full opportunity to grow, that a suitable 
home, on neutralised territory, may be estab¬ 
lished for the housing of the headquarters of 
the many international organisations, that 
nations may be drawn into closer cooperation, 
the World Centre has been conceived and its 
construction recommended . 











CHAPTER IX. 


SUMMARIES AND CONCLUSIONS. 


The World Centre as planned embodies 
two distinct ideas, carefully calculated to 
serve their purpose; an International Centre 
and a City. The International Centre is in 
the heart of the City and is made up of three 
distinct though closely connected groups — 
the Physical Culture Group, the Art Group 
and the Science Group. 

The Physical Culture Group is composed 
of a vast Stadium, a Natatorium and Gym¬ 
nasia for both men and women. The Phys¬ 
ical Culture area contains ample space for 
open air sports and international exhibitions 
and contests, such as the Olympic Games. 

The Art Group is composed of an impos¬ 
ing Temple and vast areas dedicated to art 
schools and gardens. The Temple has a vast 
auditorium in the centre, where music and 
drama may be heard and seen by great 
audiences, as well as spacious halls and 
galleries for the exhibition of sculpture and 
painting. 

The Scientific Group is connected with 
the centre of Art and Phy sical Culture by the 
broad Avenue of the Nations , flanked on 
either side by national palaces which will 
house the exhibits and present the principal 
products, industries and manufactures of the 
various nations. The Science Group has for 
its crowning motif a gigantic Tower of 
Progress. This Tower, planned on lines of 
practical utility, is capable of providing 


offices for those international societies recog¬ 
nised as beneficial to humanity and to the 
progress of the world, as well as for the 
World Press and a great station of wireless 
telegraphy. 

The Tower rises in the midst of a circular 
space set aside for Industrial and Scientific 
Congress buildings. This group includes 
buildings which will be dedicated respec¬ 
tively to Medicine, Surgery and Hygiene, 
Law and Criminology, Electricity and In¬ 
ventions, Agriculture and Transportation. 
To the right and left, an International Court 
of Justice and a Temple of Religions are plan¬ 
ned on generous lines. An International 
Bank or Clearing House, a World Reference 
Library and an International Institute of 
Higher Learning complete the group. These 
buildings form what is known as Congress 
Square, and the Tower of Progress, rising in 
their midst, is the heart of both the Inter¬ 
national Centre and the City. 

The City proper is divided into residen¬ 
tial, business and industrial quarters. The 
residence quarter is in turn divided into six 
sections, each with its own central square 
for administrative buildings, schools, libra¬ 
ries, conference halls, markets, theatres and 
churches. Each quarter is supplied with 
heat from a central station in the outskirts, 
thus avoiding the nuisance of smoke and gas, 
and greatly facilitating the maintenance of 
sanitary conditions. 


56 


ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


Neither the beauty of the City nor the 
Centre is marred by transportation con¬ 
veyances on the broad streets and avenues, 
for all heavy traffic, except that by water, is 
under ground. 

Beauty of architectural form, daylight, 
electric light, air, comfort and utility as well 
as hygiene and sanitation are everywhere 
considered and the problems arising from 
their use solved. Everything that science 
has done and everything that experience has 
taught as being of service, has been incor¬ 
porated into the drawings and plans of the 
International City and Centre. It is a model 
centre in a model city, designed to serve as 
a centre for all business, intellectual and 
social activities. Works of art will be 
shown, inventions exhibited and the great 
men of the world of thought, ideas and ac¬ 
tions may find here a meeting place and a 
home. It will be the clearing house of the 
world for all that is best in civilisation. 

A perpetual World’s Fair, maintained 
in the various national buildings bordering 
either side of the Avenue of Nations, will 
exhibit the latest developments in business, 
in science and in the products of industry. 

International societies, congresses, as¬ 
sociations and organisations, which exist to 
promote progress in science, philosophy, 
law, art and religion, can come to this centre 
for their meetings. Should they prefer or 
need to meet elsewhere, a permanent ad¬ 
ministration can facilitate the organisation 
of such gatherings in any country desired 
and collect the reports of their proceedings 
for the purpose of coordinating results and 
of making these available upon demand from 
any part of the world. 

International organisations will main¬ 
tain a close and intimate connection with the 
life and activities of the Centre. Through it 
they will be enabled to develop a fuller, more 
complete sense of international cooperation 
and mutuality, a more efficient service and a 
better administration. Their expansion will 
be facilitated, their usefulness enhanced. 


The World Centre will serve both indi¬ 
viduals and nations in all parts of the world, 
affording undeniable and unlimited advan¬ 
tages. It is not the scheme of a pacifist, 
advocated in the belief that it will make war 
impossible. It is a practical plan that will 
eliminate many difficulties of cooperation, 
thus resulting in the establishment of more 
harmonious and peaceful economic relations 
facilitated by science and culture, upon 
which more and more the life of nations and 
individuals depends. 

The World Centre is not a fantasy, con¬ 
ceived in the fertile imagination of an im¬ 
practical dreamer, but a logical next step 
forward in a world movement towards 
greater and greater centralisation. The re¬ 
cent rapid growth in the number of inter¬ 
national organisations bears sufficient ev¬ 
idence that such a movement is well under 
way. That it may not be aborted but carried 
on to its most complete development, is the 
primary purpose of the proposed city. 

Men and nations will continue to unite, 
as they have in the past, for the protection 
of themselves, their ideals and the products 
of their natural resources, industries and 
labour. For their mutual benefit, as a spot 
where their spiritual and intellectual in¬ 
spirations as well as their scientific and phys¬ 
ical achievements may focus, this city should 
be established. 

The need for a World City has resulted 
from the growth of international interests, 
brought about, in the main, by the increasing 
interdependence of the nations. The de¬ 
velopment of means of rapid communication 
— the railroad, steamboat, telegraph, tele¬ 
phone, wireless — has obliterated, national 
boundary lines, knitted the world into a sin¬ 
gle humanity and produced a spirit of world 
wide cooperation. The existence of more 
than thirty public and more than three hun¬ 
dred unofficial international congresses, con¬ 
ferences, associations, etc., bears sufficient 
evidence of the existence of this spirit. 

These numerous organisations, with 
their headquarters scattered throughout the 






ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


57 


world cannot now cooperate with one another 
to any great extent. Hence the complete 
development of the cooperative .spirit is pre¬ 
vented and much of the benefit to be derived 
from these organisations is undoubtedly 
thereby lost. The erection of the World 
Centre would eliminate these duplications 
and result in greater and more effective 
work. Concerted action will eliminate over¬ 
lapping and inefficient service and will pro¬ 
duce economies of large proportions. The 
maintenance of such a permanent headquar¬ 
ters for these numerous international organ¬ 
isations will finally result in the collection, 
at a single place, of information concerning 
the work, resources and achievements of all 
nations; statistics of the international condi¬ 
tions of trade and commerce; production, in 
all its branches; finance and demography. 
In short, the World Centre will become a 
world clearing house for information con¬ 
cerning the conditions of business, the ad¬ 
vance of science, religion and art, throughout 
the world. The value of such information 
will be inestimable, the opportunity to gather 
and distribute it unsurpassed by any other 
means now known. 

To the nations of the world, this Centre 
will afford an opportunity for studying com¬ 
parative politics, state administration and 
all essential experiments of government, 
through a central agency. By recording 
here the experiments of all nations, rapid 
and permanent progress in governmental 
affairs can be made. Unique experiences, 
advances made in any one country, should be 
made known to other nations in order that 
these may introduce the adaptable features, 
thereby reducing the number of costly and 
useless experiments which must of necessity 
take place when no central agency exists, 
where the experiences of all the nations can 
be brought together, compared, and tested. 

Past experience has demonstrated clear¬ 
ly that such an agency will result in more ef¬ 
ficient government. For example, the U- 
nited States has profited materially in the 
improvement of industrial education from 
international expositions of the past where 


governmental activities have been displayed 
by the nations exhibiting. Manual training 
was introduced into the schools as a direct 
result of the Centennial Exhibition of 1876. 
Shop work as a part of the curriculum of 
technical schools resulted from the same ex¬ 
position. The entire reorganisation of pri¬ 
mary education in France resulted from the 
Paris Exposition of 1878. 

The beginning of the reform of the pat¬ 
ent and postal laws of all nations can be 
traced directly to the Exposition of 1851. 
This exposition also contributed to the im¬ 
provement in laws of copyright; quarantine 
laws; in the passport system; in international 
commercial law T s; in the sanitary codes and 
economics; and to the endeavour to establish 
a little uniformity in the coins, weights, 
measures and scientific numeration systems 
of the principal European countries. 

The World Centre, like these exposi¬ 
tions of the past, will bring the nations into 
closer communication and into intimate ac¬ 
quaintance with each other. 

Particularly in the full development of 
the gathering and dissemination of infor¬ 
mation concerning agricultural and farm 
market conditions, can the World Centre be 
of immediate and general advantage to na¬ 
tions qnd individuals. 

Demonstration by exhibit of what has 
been done in the improvement of agricultur¬ 
al crops, live stock, etc., would mean new 
and larger markets for seeds and grains, 
stock for breeding and vegetable products. 
Also it would mean to those who received 
the exhibit, an incentive to improve their 
products. 

Information concerning scientific agri¬ 
culture would be collected and distributed, 
resulting beyond a doubt, in more excellent 
methods. The total result would be an 
enormous increase in the world’s productive 
capacity. Through the work of this central 
agency, new plant types would be developed 
and introduced where soil and climate con¬ 
ditions are known to be most favourable. 


a* 




58 


A WORLD CENTRE 


The ravages of plant and animal diseases 
and pests could be studied and checked, 
through the development of proper remedies. 
The movement of infected stock from one 
country to another could be regulated more 
effectively. Here the development of most 
thorough cooperation is needed. This need 
is evidenced by the numerous attempts of 
threatened nations to seek the experiences 
and remedies of other countries. Only when 
there is organised a central agency for the 
collection of such information, will the con¬ 
trol of disease and pests be commensurate 
with the evils to be controlled. 

Like the International Exhibitions, the 
World Centre will surely prove its indispen- 
sabilitv in the field of business and in the 
direct increase of trade and commercial ac¬ 
tivity. Practical education would be en¬ 
hanced by the exhibits which have taken their 
place among education’s best recognised 
tools. Workmen visiting the exhibits could 
find their skill advanced, their tastes improv¬ 
ed. Travelling exhibits could be arranged 
and forwarded to the remotest parts of the 
world, wherever needed, at comparatively 
small expense. Business corporations, ed¬ 
ucational institutions and governments have 
found such exhibits worth while when con¬ 
ducted even on a small scale. Much more 
could be accomplished when exhibitions are 
arranged to include all humanity and all 
industries the world over. 

The most outstanding benefit of World’s 
Fairs, one sure to accrue to the World Cen¬ 
tre, has been the profitable borrowing by one 
nation of the productive methods of other 
nations. The improvement resulting in the 
design, form, colour and proportion of Eng¬ 
lish manufactures as a direct result of the 
exhibits of the more delicate French goods 
at the Exposition of 1851, is a striking ex¬ 
ample. These improvements were imme¬ 
diately and easily recognised. 

The successful establishment of the Bes¬ 
semer steel industry in the United States is 
a direct result of the Paris Exposition of 1867. 


All improvements of industry, brought 
before the World Centre by exhibit or report 
could be made known, worth while improve¬ 
ments adopted, productive processes stand¬ 
ardised and prices taken from the domain 
of caprice and rendered more stable. 

Universal competition among artists and 
industrial producers would become general. 
Genius would be stimulated, inventions mul¬ 
tiplied, new ideas and contrivances brought 
to light. 

World’s Fairs have attracted capital and 
labour to develop the natural resources of 
new countries. In a permanent exhibition 
this result could be more fully attained. 
Large business opportunities could be analys¬ 
ed and made known. All surplus of capital 
and labour could be directed to needy fields, 
thus enabling each nation to receive that 
which it most required for a rounded eco¬ 
nomic development. This central bureau of 
industrial information could, In part, check 
the employment of capital and labour in un¬ 
productive or uneconomical enterprises. 

The introduction of goods into new 
markets has been one of the most magical 
results of World’s Fairs and bids fair to be 
one of the chief economic benefits of the 
World Centre. Wherever and whenever a 
new thing of value appeared, once it passed 
the stern testing of the central exposition, 
its merits would have a world-wide adver¬ 
tisement. 

Exhibits have always been employed for 
the introduction of patented devices of merit. 
The World Centre, because it would be per¬ 
manent and centrally located, would afford 
a perpetual opportunity to inventors and 
promoters, for introducing new machines 
and devices to the investing and consuming 
public. 

Through the maintenance of central in¬ 
formation bureaus, there will be afforded a 
clearing house for all intelligence concern¬ 
ing the utilisation and protection of labour. 














ECONOMIC ADVANTAGES 


59 


International labour organisations will main¬ 
tain headquarters here. Advantages will be 
offered for studying, developing, and promot¬ 
ing various kinds of investigation and 
activity designed to improve and better 
the conditions under which the workmen 
labour. 

The possibility of preventing over-pro¬ 
duction and the consequent checking of 
depressions, through the interchange of in¬ 
formation gathered from all nations by an 
international organisation studying trade 
conditions and activity, is likely to be one 
of the most important commercial advan¬ 
tages attained by the plan suggested. A 
fuller knowledge of trade conditions property 
disseminated, would lead to caution and 
curtailment when these were necessary. 
Business barometers are now too complex, 
too interwoven, to be grasped by a single 
individual. The interplay of economic for¬ 
ces is too great to enable one person to weigh 
property the true significance of any one 


force. An international organisation is nec¬ 
essary. 

Much evidence has been compiled to 
show that exhibitions have fostered interna¬ 
tional trade. The permanent commercial 
exhibits to be featured by the World Centre 
will increase the foreign trade of the nations 
participating. Even though this increase be 
but a small part of the existing trade, it 
might easily justify the total expenditure 
necessary for the erection and permanent 
maintenance of the city. 

The World City has many important 
economic services to perform. Its erection 
will result in moral, social, political and pe¬ 
cuniary gain to the world. It is economically 
feasible. It is desirable when measured 
even from a commercial and pecuniary stand¬ 
point. Surety it is even more to be desired 
when viewed from the larger standpoints of 
social justice, morals and the welfare of all 
mankind. 



i 





■ 











/ 



















. 

' I 

. 




■ 








" . ■ 

■ 






> 

} 

■ 

, 






































. 






' 










I 














■ 

















■ 



1 



. 






t 


' 



V 


• 
























!/. MS N i i ' ; f M ■ M.j 

















PART II 


CHAPTER 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 

» 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 

I. — The World City a Practical Ideal. 

II. — Growth of Internationalism and Need for a World Centre . 

III. — The Probable Influence of a World Centre on International Peace. 

IV. — Public Advantages of the World Centre. 

V. — Advantages of a World Centre in disseminating Information concern¬ 

ing Agricultural and Farm Market conditions. 

VI. — The World Centre will improve Industrial Conditions. 

VII. — Creation of New Markets and Stimulation of Business . 

VIII. — Commercial Advantages of the World Centre. 

IX. — Summary and Conclusions .. 



PAGE 

3 

9 

13 

17 

23 

29 

37 

43 

55 

























' 





■ 









. 

■ 

- 














































































• . . 




.. 



V- 

• ■ / i ': •' i• . r 

■ 


















' 

, 

■ 








' 











■ 






































































APPENDICES 




' 
















/ 


























■« 



































■ 












3 


APPENDIX I. 


Reprinted from “ The Rise of Internationalism „ by John ©ulbert Faries, H. M. 

The purpose of the Appendix is to exhibit to English readers the international life of the world as 
shown (i) in the official international conferences and (2) in private international congresses and associations. 

The list of official conferences includes only those which deal with matters of a general and non¬ 
political character. The first column gives the date of the first conference on the subject, the second 
column the matter considered, the third column the number of states participating in the conference or 
adhering to the convention, the fourth column the number of conferences held, the fifth column the 
form of permanent organisation and the sixth its headquarters. 

The English names in the unofficial congresses in the second list may not in every case be the exact 
equivalents of the French or German titles, but comparison has been made with lists of the Library of 
Congress, the New York Public Library and the Columbia University Library. The first column gives 
the first congress as far as ascertainable, the third column gives the number of meetings held up to 1914, 
the fourth column the form of permanent organisation and the fifth its headquarters. 

The lists have been compiled largely from data furnished by L’Annuaire de la Vie Internationale 
1908-1909, 1910-1911, and bound volumes of La Vie Internationale, which are invaluable compendiums 
on the subject. It is hoped that English readers will hereby be enabled to judge of the development 
and scope of Internationalism. 


ABBREVIATIONS USED. 


Al. 

- Alliance 

Cn. 

- Commission 

Per. 

- Permanent 

As. 

- Association 

Cv. 

- Convention 

Sec. 

- Secretariate 

Bu. 

- Bureau 

Fed. 

- Federation 

Soc. 

- Society 

Ce. 

- Committee 

I. 

- International 

U. 

- Universal 

Cf. 

- Conference 

Inst. 

- Institute 

Un. 

- Union 

Cg. 

- Congress 

Lg- 

- League 

Unif. 

- Uniform 

Cl. 

- Council 

Of. 

- Office 

Vs. 

- Against 



Or. 

- Order 




OFFICIAL CONFERENCES 


ORG’D 

SUBJECT 

NO 

STATES 

NO 

M’TINGS 

PER: 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

1815. . . . 

African Slave Trade . . . 

l6 

S 

Bu. 

Brussels 

1826. . . . 

I. Cf. of Panama .... 

4 




1851. . . . 

1 . Sanitary Cf. 

36 

1 2 

Un. 

Paris 

1863. . . . 

U. Postal Un. 

50 

I 1 

Bu. 

Berne 

1863. . . . 

Sugar Union. 

11 

IO 

Bu. 

Brussels 

1864. . . . 

Geneva (Red Cross) Cf. 

10 


Ce. 

Geneva 

1864. . . . 

I. Geodetic As. 

21 

l6 

Bu. 

• Berlin 

1865. . . . 

Cape Spartel Lighthouse. . 

11 

I 



1865. . . . 

Latin Monetary Un. . . . 

5 

8 



1865. . . . 

U. Telegraphic Un. . . . 

30 

10 

Bu. 

Berne 

1867. 

L Monetary Cf. 

19 

4 











4 


OFFICIAL CONFERENCES — Continued. 


ORG'D 



SUBJECT 

NO 

STATES 

NO 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

1872. 

• 



Scan. Monetary Un. . . . 

3 



| 

M 

00 




I. Cf. on Wts & Measures. 

28 

$ 

Bu. 

Paris 

1878. 




I. Phylloxera Cf. 

12 

2 



1878. 




Railway Freight .... 

12 

7 

Of. 

Berne 

1880. 




I, Patents. 

20 

8 

Bu. 

Berne 

188 r. 




Suez Sanitary Cl. 

i? 


Cl. 

Alexandria 

i8§2. 




Policing North Sea . . . 

6 




1882. 




Protec. Submarine Cables . 

31 

4 



1882. 




Railway Technique . . . 


3 



co 

CO 

t—< 




I. Copyright. 

33 


Bu. 

Berne 

1885. 




I. Exch. of Works of Art. . 

9 

1 



l886. 




I. Exch. of Pub. Doc’s . . 

3 i 

1 



1886. 




Sale Alco. to Fishermen. . 

6 

1 



1888. 




S. A. Cg. Private I. Law . 

? 

r 



1888. 




Pub. Customs’ Tariffs . . 

29 

2 

Bu. 

Brussels 

1888. 




I. Cf. on Penal Law. . , 

5 

1 



1889. 




I. Maritime Cf. 

19 

r 



O' 

00 

CO 




Pan-American Cf. 

18 

4 

Bu. 

Washington 

1890. 




Legal Protec. of Labor . . 

13 

3 



1893. 




Private I. Law. 

r6 

4 



1898. 




Meas. of Cargoes .... 

4 

1 



O' 
O' 
00 
»—« 




First Peace Cf. . , . . 

27 

1 



1899. 




Hague Tribunal. 

4 i 


Bu. 

Hague 

1899. 




Marine Exploration. . . . 

8 

11 

Bu. 

Copenhagen 

1899. 




Reg. Alcohol in Africa . . 

11 

2 



1899. 




Classif. Causes of Death . 

33 

2 

Bu. 

Paris 

1900. 




Preser. African Wild Animals. 

6 

r 



1902. 




Unif. Form. Power. Drugs . 

16 

1 



1902. 




Pan-Amer. Sanitary Ln. 

1? 

S 

Bu. 

Washington 

1902. 




Protec. of. Useful Birds. . 

11 

1 



1902. 




Suppres. White Slavery . . 


3 



1903. 




I. As. of Seismology , . . 

2r 

1 

Bu. 

Strasburg 

1905. 




I. Cf. on Maritime Law. . 

24 

4 



I 9 °T 




I. Inst, of Agriculture. . . 

40 

1 

Ce. 

Rome 

1906. 




Radiotelegraphic Un. . . . 

27 

2 

Un. 

Berne 

1906. 




Cen. Amer. Cf. ... 

4 

5 

Bu. 

Guatemala 

1907. 




Cen. Amer. Ct. of Justice . 

S 

1 


San Jose 

1907. 




Pan-American Ry. ... 


1 



1907. 




Second Peace Cf. 

4 ? 

1 



1908. 




I. Naval Cf. 

10 

1 



1908. 




Cen. Amer. Pedagog. Inst. . 

5 

2 


San Jose 

1908. 




I. Saccarine Cf. 

10 

2 



1908. 




Reg. Arms in Africa . 

13 

1 



















5 


OFFICIAL CONFERENCES — Continued. 


ORG’D 

SUBJECT 

NO 

STATES 

NO 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

I9O9. . . . 

World’s Map. 

22 

I 

Ce. 

London 

I9O9. . . . 

Cen. Amer. Monetary Un. . 


2 



1909. . . . 

Running of Automobiles. . 

19 

f 



I9O9. . . . 

I. Opium Cn. 

I 2 

I 



I9IO. . . . 

Commercial Statistics. . . 

20 

I 

Bu. 


I9IO. . . . 

Aerial Navigation .... 

17 

r 



1911. . . . 

S. Amer. Postal Un. . . . 

IO 

1 

Bu. 

Montevideo 

1911. . . . 

Fur Seals. 

4 

1 



1912. . . . 

I. Opium Cf. 

42 

2 



1912. . . . 

I. Cf. of the Hour . . . 

16 

1 




UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, ETC. 


URG’D 

1848. 

i860. . 

1862. . 

1869. . 

1872. . 

1873. . 

1873. . 

1874. . 

1877. 

1878. . 

1878. . 

1878. . 

1880. . 

1881. . 

l88l. . 

1883. . 

1883. . 

1885. . 

1885. . 

1886. . 

1889. . 

1889. . 

1889. . 

1889. . 

1889. . 

l88g. . 

1889. . 


i. ECONOMIC INTEREST 

NO 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

I. Cg. of Agriculture. 

13 

Cn. 

Paris 

I. Brewers’ Cg. 

% 



I. Cg. of Pomology. 

4 



L As. of Hotel Men. 

42 

Cl. 

Cologne 

I. Cg. of Silk Culture. 

4 



I. Cg. of Agric. & Forestry. 

2 



I. Cg. on Indus. Prop. 

3 



I. Cg. for Unif. Meas. of. Textiles . . . 

3 



I. Cg. of S. Amer. Lawyers. 

1 



I. Engineering Cg. 

? 



I. Cg. for Devel. of Transportation. . . 

1 



I. Cg. of Commerce & Industry . . . 

7 

Cn. 


I Cf. on Agric. Meteorology. 

1 



I. Cg. of Direc’s Agric. Sta’s. 

3 



I. Cg. of Contractors of Pub. Works . . 

I. Soc. of Electricians. 

1 

Ce. 

Paris 

I. Cg. of Horticulture. 

6 



I. Tramway Cg. 

18 

Ce. 

Brussels 

I. Railway Cg. 

8 

Cn. 

Brussels 

I. Cg. of Glassworkers. 

13 

Sec. 

Berlin 

I. Cg. of Printers. 

6 

Sec. 

Stuttgart 

I. Cg. of Pigeon Fanciers. 

2 



I. Un. of Hatters. 

8 

Sec. 

Altenburg 

I. Cg. of Marine Works. 

2 


• 

I. Cg. for Utiliz. of Rivers. 

1 



I. Cg. of. Mines & Metallurgy .... 

6 




I. Grain & Flour Cg. 



























UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


ORG’D 

1889. . 

1889. . 

1890. 

1890. . 

X89O. . 

1891. . 

1892. . 

1892. . 

1893. • 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1893. • 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1893. . 

1894. . 

1894. . 

1894. . 

1894. . 

1894. . 

1894. . 

1894. . 

189?. . 

1895. . 

1896. . 

1896. . 

1896. . 

1896. . 

1896. 
1896. . 

1896. . 

1897. . 

1897. . 

1897. . 

1897. . 

1897. . 

1898. . 

1898. . 


I. ECONOMIC INTEREST 

I. Cg. of Bakers. 

1 . Cg. of Proces. of Construction . 

I. Cg. of Agric. Botany. 

I. Un. of Tobacco-Workers . . . 

I. Fed. of Miners. 

I. Un. of Wood-workers . . . . 

I. Un. of Elec. Stations. 

I. Fed. of Glovers. 

1 . Un. of Shoemakers. 

I. Un. of Forestry Stations . . . 

I. Cg. of Agriculture. 

1 . Irrigation Cg. 

1 . Fed. of Metal-workers . . . . 

I. Cg. of Ry. Employees . . . . 

1 . Patent Cg. 

I. Cg. of Naval Architecture . . . 

I. Cg. of Authors. 

I. Insurance Cg. ...... . 

U. Cg. of Bankers. 

I. Cg. of Journalists. 

I. Fed. of Potters. 

I. Fed. of Textile-workers. . . . 

I. Fed. of Furriers. 

I. Fed. of Brewery-workers . . . 

I. Un. of Press As’s. 

I. Cg, of Paper Mfgrs. 

I. Textile Cg. 

I. Fed. of Cooks. 

I. Cg. of Actuaries. 

I. Cg. of Leather-workers. . . . 

I. Fed. of Tailors. 

I. Fed. of Lithographers . . . . 

I. Fed. of Ship & Dock-workers . 

I. Cg, of Publishers. 

I. Cg. of Maritime Fishing. . . . 

I. Cg. of Dockers. 

I. Fed. of Transpor. Workers. . . 

I. As. of Indus. Prop. 

I. Fed. of Commercial Travelers . 

I. Cg. of Agriculture. 

I. As. Leather-trade Chemists . . 

I. Cg. of Moulders. 

I. Cg. of Screw-threading. . . . 


NO 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG'N 

HEADQUARTERS 

5 



I 



I 



8 

Sec. 

Bremen 

23 

Sec. 

Manchester 

7 

Sec. 

Berlin 

8 

Bu. 

Dresden 

6 

Sec. 

Berlin 

4 

6 

Sec. 

Nuremberg 

1 



3 



7 

10 

Sec. 

Stuttgart 

1 



3 




1 

1 

1 

1 


2 

Sec. 

Berlin 

8 

Sec. 

Manchester 

3 

Sec. 

Hamburg 

3 

Sec. 

Berlin 

12 

Ce. 

Paris 

2 



i 

1 

Bu. 

Frankfort 

7 

Ce. 

Brussels 

2 



3 

Sec. 

Berlin 

8 

Sec. 

Berlin 

3 



8 

Cn. 

Berne 

5 



3 



8 

Ce. 

Hamburg 

G 

Ce. 

Berlin 

6 

Ce.. 


5 

Cn. 

Huy 

11 

Ce. 

Leeds 

2 



1 








































ORG’D 

1898. . 

1898. . 

1898. . 

I9OO. . 
I9OO. . 
I9OO. 
I9OO. 
I9OO. . 
I9OO. . 
1900. . 
I9OO. . 
I9OO. . 

1900-. 
I9OO, 
I9OO. . 
1900. 
I9OO. 
I9OO. . 
I9OO. . 
I9OO. 
I9OO. . 

1900. 

1901. . 
I9OI. . 
1901. . 

1901. 
1901. 

1902. 
1902. 
1902. 
1903 . . 

I9O3. . 

1903 . . 

I903. . 

I9O3. . 

1903 . . 

1904. . 

I904. . 

I904. . 

I904. . 

I904. . 

I904. . 

I9O4. . 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 

I. ECONOMIC INTEREST 


I. Cg. vs. Destruc. of Birds . . . 

I. Fishery Cg. 

I. Acetylene Cg. 

I. Cg. of Fruits of the Press. . . 
I. Cg. of Grape Culture . . . . 

I. Cg. of Sylviculture. 

I. Cg. vs. Cochylis. 

I. Real Estate Cg. 

I. Cg. of Millers. 

I. Cg. of Gas Industry. 

I. Grocery Cg. 

1 . Un. of As’s of Inventors . . . 

I. Agric. & Fishery Cg. 

I. Cg. on Rational Food for Cattle. 
I. Cg. of Christian Textile-workers 
I. Cg. of the Merchant Marine . . 

I. Fed. of Employees. 

I. Fed. of Employees in Commerce 

I. Textile Cg. 

I. Cg. of Wines, Spirits, etc. . . 

I. Ramie Cg. 

I. Cg. of Agric. Syndicates . . . 

I. Marine As. 

I. Good Roads Cg. 

I. Cg. for Protec. vs. Hail. . . . 

I. Cg. of Hybridization of Vine . . 

I. Cg. of Rice Culture. 

I. Cg. on Plant Breeding & Hybrid 

.. Navigation Cg. 

I. Cg. of Denatured Alcohol . . . 

1 . Fed. of Masons. 

I. Dairy Cg. 

I. Confed. of Musicians. 

I. Cg. of Stonecutters. 

I. Cg. of Quarrymen. 

I. Fed. of Dyers & Scourers . . . 
I. Cg. of Alpine Gardens .... 
I. Cg. on Running of Autos . . . 

I. Cg. of Painters. 

I. Fed. of Pavers. 

I. Cotton Cg. 

I. Cf. on Hospital Construction . . 
I. Cg. of Lawyers. 


M’TINGS ORG’N HEADQUARTERS 

I 

7 

7 

1 

3 
1 

1 

2 
2 
1 

1 

4 Ce. Paris 

2 
2 
6 


1 


5 

Bu. 

Ghent 

4 

1 

Sec. 

Hamburg 

1 

1 

Ce. 

Paris 

3 

Ce. 



1 

1 

r 


3 

2 


12 

Bu. 

Brussels 

2 



3 

Sec. 

Hamburg 

6 

Fed. 

Brussels 

6 

Ce. 

Paris 

4 

Sec. 

Zurich 

1 

Sec. 

Paris 

2 



1 



3 



2 

Sec. 

Berlin 

9 

Ce. 

Manchester 


1 

1 







































8 


ORG’D 

1904. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

I9O5. . 

, 9 ° 5 - • 
1905. . 

190^. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1905. . 

1906. . 

1906. . 

1906. 
1906. . 

1906. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. , 

1907. . 

1907. . 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


.. ECONOMIC INTEREST M .^ GS 0 RG’N 

I. Cg. of Public Accountants. 1 

Gen. As. of Munie. Engineers, etc. . . 9 Ce. 

Baltic & White Sea Cf. 7 Ce. 

I. Cg. of Colonial Agronomy. 3 As. 

I. Cg. of Aviculture. 5 

I. Cg. of Agric. Mechanics. 1 

I. Cg. of Chambers of Commerce ... 5 Ce. 

I. Cg. of Chaffeurs. 2 

I. Fed. of Book-binders. 4 Sec. 

U. Al. of Diamond-cutters. 3 Sec. 

I. Fed. of Porcelain-makers. 2 Sec. 

I. Petroleum Cg. 5 Cn. 

I. Cg. of Aerated Water. 1 

I. Sugar & Distilling Cg. 2 

I. Cement Cg.. 1 

I. Cg. on Construe. & Pub. Wks. ... 2 Cn. 

I. Cg. of Line-fishermen. 2 

I. Cg. of Public Works. 1 

I. Cg. of Town Clerks. 3 

I. Cg. of Ceramic-workers. 1 

1 . Ry. Time-table Cf. 4 

1 . Cf. on Unif. Anal. Stock Foods ... 1 

I. Cg. on Seed-testing. 2 

I. Cg. of Postal Employees ..... 1 

I. Saddlery As. 3 Sec. 

I. Fed. Post., Tel. & Teleph. Wkrs . . 3 Sec. 

I. Cg. of Builders,. 4 

I. Press Museum. Cl. 

I. Cg. of Silk Printers. 1 

I. Cg. of Net-makers. 1 

1 . Fed, of Hairdresssers. 2 Sec. 

I. Cg. of Dry Farming. 8 

I. World Cg. of Butchers. 1 

I. Fed. of Carpenters. 1 Sec. 

I. Fed. of Factory-workers. Sec. 

1 . Fed. of Wkrs. in Pub. Ser. . . . , 3 Sec. 

I. Fed. of Bakers. 2 Sec. 

I. Cg. of Periodical Press. 3 Bu. 

I. Fed. of Per. Expos. Corns. 3 Cl. 

I. Fishery Cg. 1 

I. Cotton Planters Cg. 1 

I. Cg. of Ship-owners. 1 

I. Cg. of Postal Clerks. 1 


HEADQUARTERS 


Paris 

Stockolm 


Brussels 

Berlin 

Antwerp 

Charlot’b’g 

Karlsruhe 


Brussels 


Berlin 

Paris 

Brussels 


Berlin 


Hamburg 

Hanover 

Berlin 

Hamburg 

Brussels 

Brussels 





































UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


ORG’N 


I. ECONOMIC INTEREST 


1907. 

1908. 
1908. 
1908. 
1908. 
1908. 
1908. 
1908. 

1908. 

1909. 
1909. 
1909. 

1909. 

1910. 

I9IO. 

I9IO. 

I9IO. 

191O. 

I9IO. 

1910. 

I9IO. 

I9IO. 

1910. 

1911. 
I91I. 
191 I. 
191 I. 
191 I. 

1911. 
191 I. 
191 I. 
191 I. 

1912. 
1912. 
1912. 

1912. 

1913. 
1913. 
I 9 G. 
1913. 
1913. 
1913. 
1913. 


1 . Cg. of Cotton Exchanges .... 

I. Road Cg. 

I. Cg. of Oil-culture. 

I. Cf. of Navigation Cos. 

I. Cf. of. Europe. Telep. & Tel. Adms. 

I. Cg. on Refrigeration. 

I. Un. of Hotel Employees .... 
U. Fed. of Soc. of Hotel Men. . . . 

I. Cg. of Ry. Engrs. & Firemen . . 

I. Fed. of Moto-culture. 

I. Agrogeological Cf.. 

I. Fed. of As’s of Linen Mfrs. . . . 
I. Cost Cg. of Empl. Printers . . . 
I. Cg. of Fire-arms Testing .... 
I. Cg. of Drilling Engineers .... 
I. Cg. of Breeding & Feeding . . , 

1 . Chrysanthemum Cg. 

I. Rose Cg. 

I. Cg. of Tropical Agronomy .... 

I. Cg. of Agric. As’s. 

I. Fed. of Merchant Tailors .... 

I, Fishery Cf. 

I. Cg. of Notaries. . .. 

I. Drilling As. 

I. Cg. of Farm Women. 

I. Cg. of Indus. & Agric. Protec. As’s 

Pan-Amer. Commercial Cf. 

I. Fed. of Bank Employees .... 

I. Rubber Cg. 

I. Steel Cf. 

I. Drug Cg. 

I. Cg. of Chocolate Mfrs. 

I. Cg. of Mfrs. of Paper Money. . . 

I. As. of Linen Exporters. 

I. Cg. of Fish Merchants, etc. . . . 

I. Cg. of Cinematograph Co’s . . . 

I. Fed. of Hardware Merchants . . . 

I. Cg. on Fruit-tree Growing. . . . 

I. Forestry Cg. 

I. Cg. of Watchmakers. 

I. Cg. of Consulting Engrs .... 

I. Fed. of Carvers. 

I. Cg. of Ins. Agents. 


NO. 

M’TINGS 

2 

3 

3 

1 

2 

3 

2 

3 

1 

2 
2 

5 

4 
1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

2 

1 

2 

1 

1 

1 

3 

i 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 
1 

l 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 


PER. 

ORG’N 

Cn. 


Ce. 

CL 

Sec. 

Ce. 

Ce. 
Cn.. 
Ce. 


Bu. 

Cn. 

Bu. 

As. 

Sec. 


Bu. 


Sec. 


HEADQUARTERS 

Paris 


Paris 

Berlin 

Cologne 

Paris 

Ghent 

Liege 

Paris 

Paris 

Paris 

Brussels 

Brussels 

Brussels 

Vienna 


Brussels 


Berlin 


3 






























10 


UNOFFICAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


ORG’D 

I. ECONOMIC INTEREST 

NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

I 9 r 3 - 

. 

I. Cynologic Fed. 

3 



1913. 

. 

I. Tax Cf. 

4 



1 9 1 3 - 

. . . 

I. As. for Preven. of Smoke. 

6 





II. RECREATIONAL INTEREST 




1867. 


I. Chess Cg. 

2 



1878. 


I. Cg. of Alpine Clubs. 

2 



1889. 


I. Cg. of Physical Exercise. 

1 



1892. 


I. Skating Un. 

10 

Ce. 

Stockholm 

1892. 


I. Fed. of Rowing As’s. 

22 


Turin 

1894. 


I. Olympic Ce. 

G 

Ce. 

Paris 

1896. 


I. Velocipede Cg. 

1 



0 

0 

00 

l-H 


Bu. of Europ. Gymnas. Fed’s. 

6 

Cl. 

Antwerp 

l 897 - 


I. League of Tourist As’s. 


Ce. 

Bern 

1893. 


1 . Fencing Cg. . .. 

4 



I9OO. 


I. Cyclist Un. 

24 

Ce* 

Paris 

1900. 


1 . Automobile Cg. 

4 



1903 . 


I. Turners. 

? 



1904 . 


I. Cf. of Automobile Clubs. 

1 



190^. 


I. Cg. of Prestidigitation. 

1 



1906. 


1 . Bull-fighting Cg. 

1 



r 907 . 


I. Hunting Cg. 

4 

Cn. 


I908. 


I. Fed. of Foot-ball Ass’s. 

2 



I908. 


I. Autonautic Fed. 

1 



1909 . 


I. Cf. of Gun Clubs. 

r 



I9IO. 


I. Gymnastic Cg.. 

1 



I9IO. 


1 . Skii Cg. 

4 



I9IO. 


I. Cf. of Aero Clubs. 

1 



1912. 


I. Cg. of Athletic Sports ...... 

1 



1912. 


I, Alpine & Skii Cg. 

1 



1912. 


1 . Cg. of Swimming As’s. 

1 



1912. 


I. Motorcycle Fed. 

2 





HI. ARTISTIC INTEREST 




l86l. 



6 



1867. 


I. Cg. of Architects. 

9 

Ce. 

Paris 

K-t 

00 

O 


I. Cg. of History of Art. 

10 



CO 

t"- 

co 


!. Lit. & Artistic As. 

3 i 

Ce. 


1889. 


I. Cg. of Photography. 

5 



CO 

CO 

0 


I. Cg. of Protec. for Works of Art. . . 

1 



cr- 

CO 

CO 

• • ♦ 

I. Cg. of the Soc. of Writers. 

1 



1891. 

» 

, I. Photographic Un. 

13 

Cl. 

Brussels 

1891. 

... 

I. Cg. of Numismatics. 

3 













































11 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, ETC. — Continued. 


ORG’D 

III. ARTISTIC INTEREST 

NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

1893. . . . 

I. Cg. of Music. 

4 



1898. . . . 

I. Cg. of Public. Art. 

3 


Brussels 

1900. . . . 

I. Cg. of Theatrical Art. 

1 



1904 . . . . 

I. Cg. of Arts & Sciences. 

i 



I904. . . . 

I. Fed. of Teaching of Desgin .... 

4 

Ce. 

Fribourg 

1904 . . . . 

1 . Soc. of Music. 

5 

Cl. 

London 

1904 . . . . 

I. Cg. of Religious Music. 

1 



1-904. . . . 

I. Dance Cg. 

2 



1904 . • • • 

I. Garden City Cg. 

1 



1905 . . . . 

I. Cg. of Gregorian Chant. 

1 



190 ?. . . . 

I. Cg. of Theatre & Dramat. Art . . . 

1 



I 907 . • • • 

I. Fed. of Amat. Theat. Soc’s .... 


Cl. 

Cirey, s. V. 

I 907 . • • • 

I. Cg. for Man. of Mountains. 

1 



1908. . . . 

I. Un. of Dancing Masters. 

3 

Ce. 

Altenburg 

I9O9. . . . 

I. Cg. of Applied Photog. 

1 



1909 . • • • 

I. Cg. for Protec. Landscape. 

3 



I9IO. . . . 

I. Cg. of Art & History. 

1 



I9IO. . . . 

I. Cg. of Cinematography. 

2 



I9IO. , . . 

I. Towplanning Cg. 

1 



igII . . . . 

I. City Planning Cf. 

1 



1911 . . . . 

I. Municipal Cg. 

1 



1913. . . . 

I. Cg. of Musical Pedagogy. 

1 



1913- • • • 

I. Cg. of Cities. 

j 

Sec. 

Brussels 


Women’s 1 . Art Club. 



London 


I. Art Circle. 



Paris 


I. Water Color Soc. 



Paris 


Associazione Artistica Int. 



Rome 


I. Modern Kunstkring. 



Amsterdam 


)V. SCIENTIFIC INTEREST 


co 

1 . Cg. of Economists. 

1 



CO 

I. Cg. for Unif. Obser’s at sea. 

2 



1853. . . . 

I. Cg. of Statistics. 

9 



1856. . . . 

I, Cg. for Customs’ Reform. 

1 



1857. • • • 

I. Positivist Soc. (reorg. 1906) .... 



Paris 

CO 

1 . Cg. of Ophtalmology. 

i j 

Bu. 


1862. 

I. As. for Prog, of Soc. Sci’s. 

4 



1862. . . . 

I. Geodetic As. 

16 

Bu. 

Berlin 

1863. . . . 

I. Veterinarian Cg. 

10 

Cn. 

Budapest 

1864. . . . 

I. Cg. of General Averages. 

1 



1865. . . . 

I. Cg. of Pharmacy. 

11 



sO 

CO 

I. Cg. of. Astronomy. 

23 


Leipzig 

1865. . . . 

1 . Cg. of. Anth. & Prehist. Arch. . . . 

•4 

Cl. 

Geneva 








































12 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


ORG’D 


IV. SCIENTIFIC INTEREST 

NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

l 865 - 



1 . Paleo-ethnolog. Cg. 

I 

Cn, 

Hague 

l 867 - 



I. Medical Cg. 

17 

Cn, 

Hague 

1867- 



I. Cg. of Archaeology. 

5 



l 87 I- 



I. Geographical Cg. 

10 



l 87 I- 



I. Meteorological Cf. 

6 

Ce. 


l 873 - 



I. Law As. 

28 

Cl. 

London 

r-n 

!"■ 

CO 



Inst, of I. Law. 

28 

Ce. 

Ghent 

1873- 



I. Cg. of Orientalists. 

'4 



1873- 



I. Meteorological Ce. 

12 



■» /A 

CO 



I. Cg. of Americanists. 

17 



1876- 



I. Cg. of Homeopathy. 

12 

Cl. 


1876- 



U. Scientific Alliance. 


Ce. 

Paris 

vO 

t-' 

CO 



I. Cg. of. Otology. 

10 



l'' 

CO 



I. Cg. of Archivists & Librarians . . . 

$ 

Ce. 

Brussels 

1878- 



I. Cg. of Bibliography. 

3 



1878- 



I. Cg. of Mental Medicine. 

2 



1878- 



I. Cg. of Demography. 

1 



1878. 



I. Geological Cg. 

12 

Sec. 

Stockholm 

CO 

<1 

CO 



I. Cg. of Commercial Geog. 

2 



CO 

"J 

00 



I. Cg. of Ethnography. 

2 



CO 

CO 



I. Cg. of Botany & Hrticul. 

3 

Ce. 

Brussels 

1878. 



I. Cg. of Anthropology. 

4 



CO 

CO 



I. Cg. of Geom. Experts. 

1 



1878. 



I. Cg. of Army Med. Service. 

r 



1879. 



!. Polar Commission. 

4 



0 

CO 

CO 



I. Cg. of Rhino-laryngology. 

) 

2 

Ce. 

Berlin 

CO 

00 

0 



I. Cg. of Laryngology. 

2 



1880. 



I. Geographical Inst. 



Berne 

1881. 



I. Cg. or Shorthand Writers. 

4 



1881. 



I. Electrical Cg. 

7 



N 

00 

CO 



I. Cf. on Electrical Units. 

4 

Ce. 


<N 

CO 

CO 



I. Cg. of Criminal Anthropol. 

8 



rr\ 

CO 

CO 



I. Cg. of Tropical Medicine. 

2 



1884. 



I. Cg. of Ornithology. 

s 

Ce. 


CO 

CO 

~r\. 



1 . Cg. of Neurology . 

3 



l88?. 



I. Cg. of Commercial Law. 

2 



1885. 



I. Inst, of Statistics. 

14 

Bu. 

Hague 

CO 

CO 



1 . Cg. of Testing Materials . 

10 

As. 

Vienna 

1886. 



I. Cg. of Hydrology, etc. 

8 

Bu. 

Paris 

1886. 



I. Phonetic As . 


Cl. 

Bourg la R. 

1887. 



Academia pro Interlingua . 


Cl. 

Turin 

1887. 



I. Shorthand Cg. 

1 j 



I-H 

CO 

CO 

^1 


, a 

I. Ce. on Photo. Celestial Map . 

5 

Ce. 

Paris 







































13 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued . 


ORG’D 


IV. SCIENTIFIC INTEREST 

NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’D 

HEADQUARTERS 

1887. 



l. Astrophotographic Cg. 

I 



CO 

00 

CO 



I. Catholic Sci. Cg. 

5 

Ce. 

Rome 

1889. 



I. Medico-legal Cg. 

2 



1889. 



I. Aeronautical Cf. 

7 



1889. 



I. Dental Fed. 

8 



1889. 



I. Cg. of Dermatology. 

7 



1889- 



I. Cg. of Therapeutics. 

1 



1889- 



Interparliamentary Union. 

18 

Cl. 

Brussels 

1889- 



I. Un. of Penal Law. 

I T 

Bu. 

Berlin 

1889- 



I. Colonial Cg. 

3 



1889- 



I. Emigration Cg. 

1 



1889- 



I. Cg. of Physiology. 

9 

Ce. . 


1889- 



I. Cg. of Psychology. 

7 

Ce. 


1889- 



I. Cg. of Physiol. Psychology .... 

1 



1889- 



I. Cg. of Flypnotism. 

2 



CO 

00 

vO 



. Cg. of Zoology. 

9 

CL 

Paris 

1889. 



I. Folk-lore Cg. 

4 



1889- 



I. Cg. of Accounting. 

2 



1889- 



I. Cg. of Chronometry. 

2 



1889- 



I. As. of Academies. 

6 

Ce. 

Rome 

1890 



I. Book Cf. 

1 



1891- 



I. Commission on Clouds. 

2 


Upsala 

1892- 



I. Cg. of Gynecology. 

6 

Ce. 

Brussels 

1892. 



I. Cg. for Customs’ Legis., etc. 

5 " 



1893. 



Pan-American Med. Cg. 

5 



1893. 



I. Cg. of History. 

2 



1893. 



I. Inst, of Sociology. 

8 

Bu. 

Paris 

1893. 



I. Mathematical Cg. 

5 

Ce. 

Geneva 

1893. 



I. Cg. of Pub. & Admin. Law .... 

1 



1893. 



I. Cg. of Eclectic Medicine. 

1 



1893. 



I. Cg. of Philology. 

1 



1894. 



I. Cg. of Thalassotherapy ...... 

5 

Cn. 

Paris 

1894. 



I. Colonial Inst. 

15 

Bu. 

Brussels 

1894. 



1 . Cg. of Applied Chemistry. 

8 

Cn. 


1894. 



I. Cg, on Atmosphere. 

2 



1895. 

* 


Concilium Bibliographicum. 



Zurich 

1895. 



I. Cg. of Bibliog. & Documen. 


Bu. 

Brussels 

1896. 



I. Cn. on Radiation. 

1 


Zurich 

1896. 



I. Telegraphic Cn. 

5 


London 

1896. 



1 . Cn. on Sci. Aerostation. 

6 


Strasburg 

1896. 



I. Cn. on Terres. Magnetism. 

5 

Sec. 

Potsdam 

1896. 



I. Cf. on Fixed Stars. 

1 



1897. 

. 

. 

Catalogue of Sci. Literature. 

4 

CL 

London 





































14 




UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, 

ETC. — 

Continued. 


ORG’B 

IV. SCIENTIFIC INTEREST 


NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

1897. 


I. Cg. of Climatotherapy .... 

. 


4 



1897. 

. . . 

I. Maritime Ce. 



3 

Bu. 

Antwerp 

1897. 


1 . Cg. on Leprosy. 



3 



1897. 


I. Cn. for Unif. Sugar Analysis . . 



7 


Vienna 

1898. 


I. Cg. for Preservation of MSS . . 



1 

Cn. 


1898. 


I. Cg. of Hist, of Diplomacy. . . 



r 



1898. 


I. As. of Marey Institute .... 




Bu. 

Boulogne s. S. 

1899. 


I. Cg. of Electrobiology, etc. . . . 



7 

Cn. 


1899. 


As. of Anatomists. 



12 


Paris 

1899. 


I. As. of Exam. Phys. of Ins. Co’s 



4 



1899. 


I. Council of Nurses. 



3 

CL 

London 

1899. 


1 . Cf. on Hybridization. 



4 

Ce. 

Paris 

1899. 


I. As. for Explor. Cent. Asia. . . 




Ce. 

Petrograd 

1899. 


I. Pure Food Cg. 



1 



1900. 


I. Cn. on Photometry ..... 



3 



I9OO. 


I. Cg. of Christian Archaeology . . 



1 



I900- 


I. Cg. on Study of Basques . . . 



1 



1900. 


1 . Cg. on Sci’s. of Writing . . . 



1 



1900. 


I. Cg. of Physics. 



1 



1900. 


I. Cg. of Philosophy. 



2 

Cn. 

Heidelberg 

I900- 


I. Cg. of Compar. Hist. 



1 



I9OO. 


I. Neo. Malthusian Bu. 



4 

Bu. 

Hague 

1900. 


I. Cg. of Popular Credit. 



1 



1900. 


I. Cg. of Colonial Sociology . . . 



1 



1900. 


1 . Cg. of Transferable Securities. . 



1 



1900. 


I. Cg. for Gold & Silver Stan . . 



1 



1900. 


I. Cg. of the Medical Press . • . 

• 


8 

As. 

Paris 

1900. 


I. Cg. of Pharmacal Specialities . . 



1 



I9OO. 


I. Cg. of Alcaloidotherapy.... 



i 



1900. 


I. Cg. of Applied Mechanics . . . 



2 



1901. 


Latin-Amer. Medical Cg. 



4 



1901. 


I. As. of Botanists. 



1 

Ce. 

Harlem 

1902. 


I. Anti-tuberculosis As. 



9 

Ce. 

Berlin 

I9O3. 


I. Inst, on Probs. Mid. Classes . . 



4 

Ce. 

Brussels 

I903. 


I. Cg. of Historical Studies . . . 



3 



I9O3. 


I. Solar Cn. 



3 


London 

I904. 


I. Un. for Solar Research .... 



5 

Ce. 

Manchester 

1904. 


I. Cg. of Experim. Psychol . . . 



1 



I904. 


I. As. of Mechanotherapeuts . . . 




Bu. 

Antwerp 

1904. 


I. Cg. of Army Surgeons .... 



1 



I904. 


I. Cg. of Arts & Sciences. . . , 



i 



I905. 

. . 

I. Inst, of Social Bibliog. 




Ce. 

Berlin 

r 9 ° 5 - 


I. Cg. for Reprod. of MSS. . . . 



1 




































15 


ORG'D 


190 ? 

I9°5 

i 9 °5 

1 9 °? 

1905 

i9°J 

I 9 °? 

i9°5 

190J 

I 9 °? 

1905 

i 9 °5 

190? 

i9°? 

1906 
1906 
1906 
1906 
1906 
1906 
1906 
1906 
1906 

1906 

1907 
1907 
1907 

i 9 °7 

ig°7 

1907 

1907 

1907 

I 9°7 

1907 

1908 
1908 
1908 
1908 
1908 
1908 
1908 
1908 
1908 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


IV. SCIENTIFIC INTEREST 

Surgical Soc. 


n 


I. Cg. on Ankylosis . . . 

I. Economic Cf. 

I. Soc. of Physical Medicine 
I. Fed. Cg. of Anatomists. 

I. Cg. of Physiotherapy . 

I. As. of Lawyers . . . 

I. Cg. on World Econ. Expansio 
U. Cg. of Esperanto. . . 

I. Fed. to Extend French Cul. & Lang 
I. Cg. of Radiology . . . 

I. Cg. Radiol. & Electricity 

I. Glacial Cg. 

I. Aeronautic Fed. . . . 

I. Inst, on Mental Diseases, etc 
I. As. for Study of Cancer 
I. Cg. of Dietetic Hygiene. 

I. Economic Un. 

Esperantist Med. As. . . 

I. Electrotechnical Cn. . . 

I. Sci. Esperantist As. . . 

I. As. of Esperan. Jurists . 

I. Cg. of Photo Documen. 

I. Philatelist Cg. 

I. Polar Inst. 

I. Cf. on Sleeping Sickness 
I. Somatological As. . . . 

I, As. of Medical Museums 
I. Cg. of Soc. & Econ. Sci’s 
I. Inst, of Esperanto. . . 

I. Soc. of Esperan. Free Thinkers 
I. Soc. of Roman Dialectology 
I. Cg. of Stenography . . . 

I. Cn. on (Meteor.) World System 
I. Inst, of Tech. Bibliography 
I. Soc. of Tropical Medicine . 

I. Panceltic Cg. 

I. Free Trade Cg. 

I. Un. of Esperan. Vegetarians 
I. As. of Esperan. Teachers . 

U. Esperantist As. 

I. Sci. Entente for Aux. Lang 


Positivist Cg. 


NO. 

M’TINGS 

4 

i 

1 


4 

r 

1 

9 

3 

2 
2 
I 

9 

3 

4 


6 

1 

1 

2 
4 


1 
6 

2 


PER. 

ORG’N 

Ce. 


Ce. 

Ce. 

Cn. 

Ce. 

Ce. 

Bu. 

Cn. 

Bu. 

Ce. 

Cn. 


Cn. 

Bu. 


Bu. 

Ce. 


Ce. 


Ce. 

Ce. 


Ce. 

Ce. 

Ce. 


HEADQUARTERS 

Brussels 


Paris 

Paris 

Paris 

Brussels 

Paris 

Brussels 

Brussels 

Paris 

Zurich 

Berlin 


Aix-la-C. 

London 

Paris 

Paris 

Milan 

Uccle 

Antwerp 

Montreal 

Geneva 

Sens 

Brussels 

Upsala 

Berlin 

Cambridge 

Brussels 

Hamburg 

Lille 

Geneva 

Brussels 




































16 





UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — 

Continued. 


ORG’D 


IV. SCIENTIFIC INTEREST 

NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

I908. 

• 

- 

I. Polar Cn. . .. 

3 

Bu. 

Brussels 

1908. 


. 

I. Cv. of Heraldry. 



Paris 

1908. 



I. American Sci Cg. 

3 



1908. 



I. Cg. of Applied Electricity .... 

2 



I908. 



1 . Cg. of Catalan Hist. 

1 



1909. 



i. Cg. on Epilepsy. 

4 

Ce. 

Amsterdam 

I9O9. 



Brain Commission. 

2 


Berlin 

IQOg. 



1 . Inst, fot Diffus. of Soc. Exper . . 


Ce. 

Paris 

I9O9. 



1 . As. of Esperan. Bankers .... 



Dresden 

I9O9. 



Un. for an I. Language. 


Ce. 

Soluthurn 

[9O9. 



I. Cg. of Ophthalmology. 

1 



I9IO. 



I. Bu. for Educ. Documen .... 

r 


Ostende 

I9IO. 



Intermediare Sociologique. 



Brussels 

1910. 



I. Pediatric As. 

1 

Ce. 

Paris 

I9IO. 



I. Cg. of Urinology. 

2 



I9IO. 



I. Pharmaceutical Fed. 


Cn. 

Hague 

K)IO. 



I. Juridical Ce. of Aviation .... 

2 



1910. 



I. Juridical Cg. of Aviation .... 

1 



I9IO, 



1 . Cg. of Experimen. Psychology . . 

2 


Paris 

1910. 



Central Meteoric Bu. 


Ce. 

Antwerp 

1910. 



I. Inst, of Ethnography. 


Bu. 

Paris 

igiO. 


. 

I. Cg. of Entomologists. 

2 

Ce. 


I9IO. 



I. Cg. of Administrative Sci’s. . . . 

2 

Cn. 

Brussels 

1910. 



Slav Cg. 

1 



I9IO. 



Un. of I. As’s. 

1 


Brussels 

191 I. 



Medizin-Literarischen Zentralstelle . . 



Berlin 

1911. 



1 . Cg. of Museum Directors .... 

1 



191 I. 



Cg. I. des Sages Femmes. 

r 



191 I. 



I. Cg. of Pathology. 

1 



19 I I. 



I. Cg. on Aerial Law. 

2 



1911. 



I. Lg. for Rights of Peoples .... 


Cl. 

Paris 

1911. 



Universal Races Cg. 

1 



1911. 



I. As. of Compar. Polit. Econ . . . 

1 

Sec. 

Berlin 

1911. 



U. Un. of Esperan. Litterateurs . . . 



Dresden 

1911. 



I. Lg. of Esperan. Postal Empl’s . . 



Breslau 

1911. 



I. As. for Creating an I. Lang . . . 


Ce. 

Berne 

1911. 



I. Monist. Cg. 

1 



1911. 



1 . Soc. for Psychical Research . . . 


Bu. 

Paris 

1911. 



I. Cg. of Pedology. 


Ce. 

Brussels 

1911. 



I. Inst, of Embryology. 




1911. 



1 . Inst, of Plasmology. 


Ce. 

Brussels 

1911. 

- 

* 

I. Entomological As. 

2 

Ce. 

Frankfort 

1911. 

» t 


I. As. of Accounting. 

3 

Cl. 

Brussels 




































17 


ORG’D 

1 9 1 r. . 

1911. . 

1912. , 

1912. . 

1913. . 

1913. . 


1876. 

1876. 

1878. 

1880. 

1886. 

1887. 

1888. 

1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 

1899. 

1900. 
1900. 
1900. 
1900. 
1900. 
1900. 

1900. 

1901. 
1903. 

1903. 

1904 . 

1905. 

1905. 

1906. 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, ETC. — Continued. 


IV. SCIENTIFIC INTEREST 

I. As. of Chemical Soc’s . . . 

I. As. of Jurid. & Econom. Philos. 
I. Cg. of Dermatology .... 

I. Cg. of Compan Pathology. . 

I, Orthopedic Cg. 

Of. Central des Nationalites . . 

I. Cg. of Neurology & Psychiatry 
Esperan. Theosophical Lg. . . 

I. Soc. of Friends of Esperan. . 

I. Soc. of Esperan. Stenographers 
I. Lg. of Esperan. Typographers. 

I. As. of Esperan. Pharmacists . 

I. As. of Esperan. Ry. Empl’s . 

I. Un. of Esperan. Philatelists . 

I. Soc. of the Apochrypha. . . 

V. EDUCATIONAL INTEREST 

I. Cg. of Education. 

I. Cg. of Teachers of Blind . . 
Free 1 . Cg. of Education . . . 

I. Pedagogical Cg. 

I. Cg. on Technical Ed. . . . 

I. Cg. of School Gymnastics. . 

I. Cg. of School Colonies . . . 

I. Cg. of Primary Ed. 

I. Cg. of Secondary Ed. . . . 

I. Cg. of Higher & sec. Ed. . . 

I. Cg. of Private Pop. Instruc. . 

I. Cg. of Horticultural Ed. . . 

I. Cg. of Agricul. Ed. 

I. Cg. of Social Ed. 

I. Cg. of Teaching of Social Sci’s. 
I. Cg. of Educational Press . . 
Per. I. Ce. on Physical Ed. . . 

I. Cg. of Alumni of Commer. Scls 
I. Cg. of Profs, of Living Langs 
I. Soc. for Devel. Commer. Ed. 

I. Soc. for Exch. of Chil. & Y. P. 
I. Cg. on School Hygiene. . , 

I. As. for Comple. Med. Ed. . . 

I. Cg. on Family Education . . 

I. Bu. of Teachers’ Fed’s . . . 

I. Cg. of Popular Ed. ... . 


NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER, 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

3 

Cl. 

Gross-Bothen 

2 



1 



r 



1 



1 

Sec. 

Paris 

3 


Paris 



Paris 



Paris 



Antwerp 


Sec. 

Paris 


Cl. 

London 


4 
1 r 

4 


0 

Ce. 

Paris 

2 



2 



3 

Ce. 


5 

Sec. 

Brussels 

3 



1 



1 



2 

Cn. 



1 

1 

1 


5 

Ce. 


2 



2 

Bu. 

Paris 

5 

Ce. 

Trieste 


Cl. 

Paris 

4 

Ce. 



Ce. 

Paris 

3 

Cn. 

Brussels 

4 

Ce. 


4 

Bu. 

Brussels 


C 
























18 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


ORG’D 


V. EDUCATIONAL INTEREST 

NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

I908. . . . 

I. 

Cg. of School Adminis. 

3 

Cf. 

Fribourg 

00 

O 

O 

I. 

Moral Ed. Cg . 

2 

Cn. 

London 

vO 

0 

00 

I. 

Cn. on Math. Instruction . 

7 

Ce. 

Geneva 

1908. . . . 

I. 

As. on Study of Quaternions .... 


Cl. 

Urbana 

1909. . . . 

I. 

Ce. for Comple. Med. Ed. 

3 

Ce. 

Berlin 

1910. . . . 

I. 

Cath. & Pedagogical Fed. 

1 



1910. . . . 

I. 

Cf. of Popular Universities .... 


Sec. 

Brussels 

1910. . . . 

I. 

Cg. of Higher Tech. Ed . 

1 

Sec. 

Brussels 

1910. . . . 

1. 

As. of Med. Inspectors of Schools . . 

1 

Bu. 

Paris 

1911 . . . . 

I. 

Inst, of Physical Ed . 

2 

Bu. 

Brussels 

1911. . . . 

I. 

Cg. for Christian Ed . 

1 




VI. RELIGIOUS INTEREST 


1846. . . . 

Evangelical Alliance. 

12 

Ce. 

London 

18^0. . . . 

World’s Missionary Cf. 


Ce. 

Edinburgh 

185?. ■ • . 

U. AI. of Chris. Young People .... 

18 

Ce. 

Geneva 

i860. . . . 

Alliance Israelite U. 


Ce. 

Paris 

1865. . . . 

Salvation Army. 



London 

1872. . . . 

I. Un. of Old Catholics. 

9 

Ce. 

Bonn 

187^. . . . 

Pan Presbyterian Council. 




187?. • • • 

Theosophical Soc. 

4 

Cl. 

Madras 

1880. . . . 

I. Cg. of Free Thinkers. 

10 

Cl. 

Brussels 

1881. . . . 

Eucharistic Cg. 

21 

Ce. 

Paris 

1886. . . . 

World’s Sunday School As. 

7 

J Ce. 

Chicago 

1889. . . . 

I. Cg. of Spiritism. 

5 

Bu. 

Liege 

1892. . . . 

Ecumenical Methodist Cf. 




1893. . . . 

World’s Parliament of Rel’s. 

1 



1895. . . . 

U. Fed. of Christian Student. 

5 

Ce. 

New York 

1895. . . . 

World Wide Christian Endeavor . . . 

3 

Trus. 

Boston 

1896. . . . 

I. Un. of Ethical Soc’s. 

3 

Ce. 

London 

1897. . . . 

I. Zionist Orgn. 

10 

Ce. 

Berlin 

1897. . . . 

I. Cg. of Religious Sci’s. 

1 



00 

0 

00 

World’s Young Worn. Chris. As’s . . . 

6 

Ce. 

London 

1899. . . . 

Congregational World’s Cl. 

2 



1900. . . . 

I. Rg. of Catholic Students ..... 

2 



1900. . . . 

I. Cl. of Unitarians, etc. 

6 

Ce. 

Boston 

1900. . . . 

1 . Cg. of the Hist, of Rel. 

4 

Cn. 

Leyden 

1902. . . . 

I. Cg. of Mary. 

6 



1904. . . . 

Fed. Europ. Soc’ of Theos. Soc. . . . 

4 

Cl. 


1905. . . . 

Baptist World Alliance. 

2 

Ce. 

London 

1908. . . . 

I. Or. for Eth. & Moral Culture. . . . 


Bu. 

Zurich 

1908. . . . 

Indep. Theosophical Lg. 

2 

Cl. 

Benares 






































19 


ORG’D 

I9IO. . 

1910. . 

1911. . 

1911. . 


1839. 

1843. 

1846. 

1852. 

1856. 

i860. 

1863,. 

1864. 

1867. 

1875. 

1875. 

1876. 
1876. 

1876. 

1877. 

1877. 

1878. 
1878. 
1878. 
1880. 
1883. 
1883. 
1885. 

1887. 

1888. 

1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 
1889. 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. - Continued. 


VI. RELIGIOUS INTEREST 

Swedenborg Cg. 

Esperantist Cath. Un. 

I. Mission Study Cl. 

Christian Science. 

Gen. Ecumen. Cf. Luth. Ch. 

I. Catholic Institute. 

VII. SOCIAL INTEREST 

Anti-Slav. & Abor. Protec. Soc.. 

U. Peace Cg. 

I. Prison Cg. 

Indep. Or. of Good Templars. . 

I. Cg. of Charities. 

I. Cg. of Soc’s for Protec. Animals 
I. Ce. of the Red Cross . . . 

I. Workingmen’s As. 

I. Lg, of Peace and Liberty . . 

Scottish Rite Masons. . • . 

1 . Fed. for Abol. Reg. Prostitution 
I. Cg. of Hygiene & Demography 
1 . Fed. of Cremation Soc’s . . 

I. Cg. on Sunday Observance . 

I. Un. of Friends of Young Girl 
I. Fed. of the Blue Cross. . . 

1 . Cg. on Ed. of the Blind . . 

I. Cg. on Ed. of Deaf-mutes. . 

I. Cg. of Provident Institutions . 

I. Anti-vaccination Cg. 

World’s Chris. Temp. Un. . . 

I. Cg. for Wei. & Protec. of Chil 
I. Cg. on Alcoholism .... 

I. Or. King’s Daughters & Sons. 

I. Council of Women .... 

I. Jurid. Cg. of Coop. Soc’s . . 

I. Housing Cg. 

I. Soc. for Study of Ques. Charity 
I. Cg. of Pub. & Private Charity 

I. Lifesaving Cg. 

1 . Cg. on Indus. Acc’s & Soc. Ins. 

I. Cg. of Women’s Work . . . 

I. Socialist Labor Cg. 

1 . Cg. of Popular Clubs . . . . 

I. Cg. of Labor Contract . . . . 


NO. 

MTINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

I 

Ce. 

London 

4 


Brussels 

3 

l 

Ce. 

Amsterdam 

Cl. 

Rome 


5 

Ce. 

London 

28 

Bu. 

Berne 

10 


Glasgow 

4 



14 



9 

Ce. 

Geneva 

9 

Ce. 

Berne 

3 



11 

Cn. 

Geneva 

M 

Cn. 


5 

Bu. 

Brussels 

14 

Ce. 

Geneva 

7 

Bu. 

Neuchatel 

7 

Ce. 

Geneva 

7 



5 



2 



7 



8 

Ce. 

Evaston 

8 

Bu. 

Brussels 

14 



6 

Ce. 

Berlin 

3 



10 

Ce. 

Brussels 


Bu. 

Paris 

6 

Ce. 

Paris 

6 



9 

Ce. 

Paris 

2 



9 

t 

Bu. 

Brussels 

i 

I 





























20 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, etc. — Continued. 


ORG’D 



VII. SOCIAL INTEREST 

NO. 

ACTINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

O' 
CO 
CO 
)—1 



I. 

Cg. on Price of Food. 

I 



O' 

CO 

CO 



I. 

Cg. of Aid in Time of War .... 

1 



1889- 



I. 

Cg. of Agric. & Soc. Reform .... 

I 



1890- 



Un. I Des Patronages. 

5 

Cn. 

Brussels 

1891- 



I. 

Cg. of Firemen. 

13 

Cl. 

Amsterdam 

1892- 



I. 

Co-operative Alliance. 

9 

Ce. 

London 

1893. 



I. Cg. vs. Immoral Lit. 

1 

Bu. 

Geneva 

1893. 



I. 

Temperance Cg. 

1 



1894- 



I. 

Masonic Cg. 

? 

Bu. 


CO 

-r\ 



International^ Concordia. 


Ce. 

Paris 

r 895 - 



I. 

Cg. of Aid to Injured Cyclists . . . 

1 



1895- 



I. 

Cg. of Hygiene on Ry’s., etc. • . . 

1 



l 895 - 



Nobel F6undation. 



Stockholm 

1896- 



Women’s U. Al. for Peace by Ed. . . . 



Paris 

l 897 - 



Round About Club. 



London 

1897. 



I. 

Cath. As. for Protec. of Girls. . . . 

6 

Ce. 

Fribourg 

1897- 



I. 

Cg. for Prog, in Mine Manag. . . . 

1 



T 897 - 



I. 

As. for Labor Legislation. 

11 

Bu. 

Basle 

CO 

sO 

CO 



Corda Fratres. 

9 

Ce. 

Ithaca 

CO 

O' 

00 



Kosmos. 



Amsterdam 

1898- 



I. 

Cg. of Lifesaving at Sea. 

3 



1899- 



I. 

Soc. for San. & Moral Prophyl. . . . 

2 

Ce. 

Brussels 

1900- 



I. 

Cg. of Cond. & Rights of Women. . 

1 



1900- 



I. 

Vegetarian Cg. 

4 

Un. 

Brussels 

1900- 



I. 

Profit-sharing Cg. 

5 

Fed. 


1900- 



I. 

Cg. Coop. Soc’s of Consumption . . 

2 



1900- 



I. 

Cg. of Aid to Working Girls .... 

r 



1900- 



I. 

Cg. of Aid to Discharged Pris . . . 

1 



1900. 



I. 

Cg. Coop. Soc’s of Production . . . 

1 



1900- 



I. 

Anti-tobacco Cg. 

2 



1900- 



I. 

Cg. of Secur. vs. Ac’s by Steam . . 

2 



1901. 



I. 

As. for Rep. White Slavery .... 

6 

Bu. 

London 

1901. 



I. 

Cf. of Syndicalists. 

8 

Sec. 

Berlin 

1902. 



I. 

Woman Suffrage Al. 

7 

Ce. 

Rotterdam 

1902- 



I. 

Cg. on Care of Insane. 

6 



1902- 



I. 

Museum of Peace & War. 



Lucerne 

1902. 



I. 

Anti-vivisection Cg. 

2 

Cl. 

Washington 

1903. 



I. 

Fire Prevention Cg. 

’ 2 



1903. 



I. 

Institute of Peace. 



Monaco 

1903. 



Cg. I. des Oeuvres du Coin de terre. . 

3 


Brussels 

1904. 



I. 

Un. of Abstin. Ry. Empl’s. 

4 

Sec. 

Utrecht 

1904. 



I. 

Cg. for Sanitary Dwellings .... 

4 

Cn. 

Paris 

1904. 



I. 

Med. As. for Suppres. of War . . . 



Paris 






























21 


ORG’D 

I904. . 

1904. . 
igO?. . 
igO^. . 
190?. . 

1905. . 

I90J. • 

igO^. . 

1906. . 

I906. . 

I906. . 

I906. . 

1906. 

1907. 

I907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

1907. . 

I907. . 

1907. . 

1908. . 

1908. . 

1908. , 

I908. . 

1908. 
1908. . 

1908. . 

1909. 

I9O9. 

I909. . 

1909. . 

1910. . 

I9IO. . 

I9IO. 

I9IO. 
I9IO. . 
I9IO. 
igiO. . 
I9IO. 
igiO. 

1910. 

1911. . 


UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, ETC. — Continued. 


VII. SOCIAL INTEREST 

NO. 

M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 


I. Cg. for Reg. of Jewish Emig. . . . 

Carnegie Institute. 

r 


Washington 

International Conciliation. 



Paris 

I. Esperan. Peace Soc. 



Neuilly s. S 

Indep. Or. of Good Templars. 

2 


Berne 

I. Cf. on the Blind. 

4 



I. Med. Cg. on Indus. Accidents. . . . 

I. As. for Race Hygiene. 

r 

Ce. 

Munich 

I. Lg. vs. Abuse of Alcohol. 

1 


Berlin 

1. Cn. to Study Occupat. Diseases. . . 

2 

Cl. 

Milan 

I. Anti-Masonic Cg. 

1 



Mezzofantibund. 

2 

Ce. 

Wiesbaden 

I Confed. of Agric. Coop. Soc’s. . . . 

3 

Ce. 


As. of Cosmopolitan Clubs. 

? 


Milwaukee 

I, Temperance Bu. 


Cn. 

Lausanne 

I. Un. for Protec. of Children .... 


Bu. 

Brussels 

U. White Cross Soc. 


Ce. 

Geneva 

I. Cf. of Socialist Women. 

2 



I. Cf. of Socialist Journalists. 

4 



I. Anarchist Cg. 

r 



Lg. of American Students. 

3 

Bu. 


I. Cg. vs. Duelling.. 

2 

Cl. 

Budapest 

Welt-vereingung Kosmopolit. 

I. Cg. vs. Indecent Pictures ..... 

1 


Leipzig 

1. Child Welfare Cg. 

2 



Perm. I. Ce. on Social Ins. 

2 

Ce. 

Paris 

I. Food Cg. (White Cross Soc.).... 

2 


Geneva 

I. Cg. of Consumers’ Leagues .... 

2 

Sec. 

Fribourg 

I. Cath. Lg. vs. Alcohol. 

2 

Bu. 

Maestricht 

Soc. I. des Intellectuels . .... 



Catane 

I. Prohibitionist Fed. 

3 

Ce. 

London 

I. V. fur Wirtschaftphilosophie .... 

2 

Ce. 

Berlin 

Gen. Sec. of Abstinent Socialists . . . 

2 

Sec. 

Berlin 

Pro Gentilezza. 


Bu. 

Rome 

I. Humane Cf. .. 

1 



World Fed. of Pacifist Y. P. 



Milan 

I. Cg. of Mining Prop., Hyg., etc. . . . 

3 

Ce. 

Paris 

I. Cg. vs. Street Noises. 

2 



I. Homework Cg. 

2 

Bu. 

Brussels 

I. As. on Unemployment. 

3 

Ce. 

Paris 

Carnegie Endowment for I. Peace . . . 



Washington 

World’s Peace Foundation. 



Boston 

I. Pacifist Catholic Lg. 



Brussels 































22 



UNOFFICIAL CONGRESSES, ASSOCIATIONS, 

ETC. — 

Continued. 


ORG’D 

VII. SOCIAL INTEREST 


NO. 

' M’TINGS 

PER. 

ORG’N 

HEADQUARTERS 

191 I. . . . 

Die Brucke . 





Munich 

I9II. . . . 

1 . Al. of Men for Worn. Suffrage . 


. 

2 

Sec. 

Utrecht 

I9II. . . . 

I. Fed. Protec. Native Races vs. Al. 




Ce. 


19II. . . . 

I. Cg. of Cent. Amer. Students. . 



I 



igil. . . . 

I. Juvenile Courts Cg. 



I 

Sec. 

Paris 

1911. . . . 

I. Soc. for Protec. Sponge Fisher . 




Ce. 

Canea 

1911. . . . 

I. As. for Destruction of Rats . . 




Ce. 

Copenhagen 

1911. . . . 

I. As. for Protec. Motherhood . . 



I 

Ce. 

Berlin 

1911. . . . 

U. Cf. of Mussulmans. 



I 



1912. . . . 

Av. for I. Interchange of Students. 





London 

1912. . . . 

I. Feminist Cg. of Brussels . . . 



1 



1912. . . . 

I. Cg. on the Negro. 



I 



1912. . . . 

I. Tech. Cg. for Preven. Indus. Ac. 



I 



1912. . . . 

I. Eugenics Cg. 



I 



1912. . . . 

1. Cf. on Public Baths. 



I 



1913. . . . 

Cg. I. “ Pour Mieux se connaitre „ 



I 



1913. . . . 

I. Cg. vs. Adulteration, etc. . . . 



I 




I. Cg. of the Deaf & Dumb . . . 



3 




I. Purity Cg. 



8 




I. Theosophical Peace Cg. . . . 

I. Bu. of Abstinent Students . . . 



I 

Sec. 

Zurich 


U. As. of Esperan. Good Templars 





Worms 


I. Un. of Abstaining Teachers . . 





London 


I. Fed. of Abstinent Physicians . . 




Sec. 

Carlsbad 


I. Ce. of Abstinent Priests . . . 




Sec. 

Cologne 


Die Weltwarte. 





Leipzig • 


Internacia Ligo. 




Ce. 

Zurich 


Welt Verein. 





Munich 
























' 













■ 















■ .. a ' -a. - *'■ ■ . -' 

■ - • ; - ■/; ; . ■: ' ■ • ■■ 



















.. . - 


















■ 










' 





■ 












- 





' 

. 

:iV . : i- 

' 


' 

. 

K 1 




. 

’ f v >-. ch • . si - a 

, 






.... 







, 










































. 














i 



































24 


TABLE I. 

CONFERENCES OF GENERAL INTEREST, SHOWING THE 
DEGREE TO WHICH EACH HAS RECEIVED THE ADHERENCE OF THE NATIONS 


I. — Administration. 


1. Sanitation. 

I. Sanitary Cf. . 

2. Standardization. 

Wts. and Meas. 

I. Monetary Cf. 

World’s Map 
Causes of Death . . 

I. Pharmacopoeic 

3. Explor’n and Mens. 

I. Geodetic As . 

I. Seismological Cf. . 

I. Hydrographic Cl. . 

4. Conservation. 

Labor Legislation 

5. Communication. 

Postal Union . 

U. Tele. Union . 

Protec. Sub-Mar. Cab. 
Radiotel. Union 
I. Maritime Cf. . 

6. Commerce and Industry. 

Pub. of Customs Tariffs 
Commer. Statis 
Instit. of Agric. 

Exch. of Off. Pubs. . 

7. Police Regulation. 

Slave Traffic 

Reg. of Alco. in Africa 

Repres. Obscene Lit. 

I. Opium Cf. . 

Suppres. White Slav. 




II. — Legislation. 


Peace Cf. . 

Naval Cf.. 

I. Patent Law . 

I. Copyright Law 
Private I. Law . 
Maritime Law . 


Seale 1 1 1 1 1 ~i ! ; 1 1 

50 % 100 0 0 


(Reproduced from. “ The Rise of Internationalism „ by fohn Culbert Paries, A. M.). 




























































25 


TABLE II. 

SHOWING DEGREE OF COOPERATION OF EACH NATION 
IN THE THIRTY GROUPS OF CONFERENCES LISTED IN TABLE I 


Holland 
Germany . 
France 
Belgium . 

Spain 
Italy 
Russia 
Sweden 
Denmark . 
Great Britain 
Portugal 
Norway . 
Austria-Hungary 
United States 
Switzerland 
Japan 
Mexico 
Brazil 
Rumania 
Chili. 

Argentina 
Greece 
Uruguay 
Bulgaria 
China 
Servia 
Luxemburg 
Persia 
T urkey 
Peru. 

Venezuela 
Colombia 
Guatemala 
Nicaragua 
Siam 
Bolivia 
San Salvador 
Ecuador 
Costa Rica 
Cuba 

Montenegro 
Domingo 
Haiti. 

Paraguay 
Honduras 
Monaco 
Panama 
Liberia 
Abyssinia 
San Marino 



Scale ! i i i i t j i i ! 

50 0 0 7 ( 9 < 9 0 


(Reproduced from “ The Rise of Internationalism ,, by John Culbert Paries, A. M,). 


d 







































































i * 


26 


CHART I. 

SHOWING THE GROWTH OF INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES AND CONGRESSES YEAR BY YEAR. 

THE HIGH POINTS OF THE CURVE WILL BE SEEN TO OCCUR IN THE YEARS OF GREAT WORLD’S FAIRS VIZ; 
PARIS, 1867; PHILADELPHIA, 1876; PARIS, 1878; PARIS, 1879; CHICAGO, 1893; BRUSSELS, 1897; 

PARIS, 1905; ST. LOUIS, 1904; LIEGE 1905; BRUSSELS, 1910. 



(Reproduced from ‘‘ The Rise of Internationalism „ by John Culvert Furies, A, M). 


































































































































































































































































f 


27 


CHART II. 

SHOWING GROWTH OF INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES AND CONGRESSES 

BY DECADES, 1844-1913. 

FIGURES TAKEN FROM ANNUAIRE DE LA VIE INTERNATIONALE 1910-11. 


non-ts 



(Reproduced, from “ The Rise of Internationalism „ by John Culbert Paries, A. M.) 


















28 


GREAT BRITAIN EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 1904 - 13 . 

POUNDS. 


Activity 

1903-4 

1904-5 

1905-6 

1906-7 

1907-8 

1908-9 

1909-10 

1910-11 

1911-12 

1912-13 

Agricultural Institute, Interna¬ 
tional ....... 






960 

960 

960 

960 

1.260 

Arbitration, International 
Court of - at the Hague . 

300 

300 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

200 

Atlantic Fisheries Arbitration. 

, • 

• 

. . 


. 

V 

. 

5.000 

, t 


Brussels and Zanzibar, Inter¬ 
national Maritime Slave 
Trade Bureaux at . . . 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

Brussels, Rome and Turin 
Exhibitions. 

, , 






60.000 

40.000 



Brussels Sugar Convention, 
Permanent Bureau . . . 

. , 

750 

750 

750 

750 

750 

350 

450 

450 

450 

Claims Conference at Wash¬ 
ington . 









2.500 

3.000 

Copyright Bureau, Interna¬ 
tional . 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

250 

170 

275 

275 

275 

Eastern Affairs, International 
Conference on. 







5.000 




Electrical Units and Standards, 
International Conference on 




250 

250 

250 





Fisheries Investigation, Inter¬ 
national North Sea . . . 

13.500 

14.000 

15.000 

13.000 

12.500 

13.000 

13.000 

15.365 

14.6 

14,486 

Geodetic Association, Inter¬ 
national . 

300 

4 i 7 

300 

300 

419 

300 

630 

300 

300 

300 

Greek Finance, International 
Commission for the con¬ 
trol of . 

O 

v rs 

CO 

O 

CO 

1.000 

1.000 

1.000 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 

Industrial Property, Interna¬ 
tional Bureau at Berne for 
the Protection of . . . 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

150 

Macedonia, International Com¬ 
mission for control of fi¬ 
nances of. 




1.300 

1.300 

1.900 

1.900 




Metric Bureau, International. 

260 

260 

350 

250 

250 

350 

350 

340 

340 

340 

Navigation Congresses, Inter¬ 
national Association of. . 







100 

100 

100 

xoo 

Opium Commission, Interna¬ 
tional at Shanghai . . . 







2.000 

2.000 

2.000 


Peace Conference at the Ha¬ 
gue . 




2.500 

2.500 






Pelagic Sealing Conference 
at Washington .... 









2.500 


Public Health, International 
Bureau of . 



, , 


, f 


, , 

. . 

625 

625 

Railway Congress, Interna¬ 
tional . 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

80 

St. Louis Exposition . . . 

30.000 

■ 70.000 

. . 

• 

. 


• • 

- • 

• • 

• • 

Seismic Association, Interna¬ 
tional . 


. t 

. , 

250 

210 

210 

210 

210 

210 

370 

Tariffs Bureau, International. 

189 

189 

189 

189 

189 

189 

189 

189 

189 

189 

Venezuelan Arbitration at the 
Hague . 


6.000 

. , 

, . 

.* * 


. . 

. 

. . 

. 

Vienna and Buenos Aires 
Exhibitions. 








14.250 












DEPENSES INTERNATIONALES DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE 1903-1913 Inc. 


29 


FRHN0S. 


Activity 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

Le Bureau international pour la 
publicatio n des tarifs doua- 
niers . 

6.900 

6.900 

6.900 

6.900 

6.900 

6.900 

6.900 

6.900 

6.900 

Conference internationale des 
administrations techniques 
des telegraphes et des te¬ 
lephones . 







80.000 



Association nationale pour la 
protection legale des travail- 
leurs et office international 
du travail. 



12.000 

12.000 

12.000 

12.000 

12.000 

14.000 

20.000 

L’Association internationale 
des congrSs de la route et 
office national du tourisme. 






15.000 

45.000 

45.000 

45.000 

Le Congrfes international de la 
tuberculose. 


100.000 








L’Exposition internationale de 
Turin. 








1.170.000 

20.000 

L’Exposition internationale de 
sports et de chasse de Vienne 







170.000 



Participation de la France a 
des depenses internationales 

, , 

4 ( 


12.000 

21.000 

35.706 

43.625 

43.625 

43.625 

La protection des oeuvres lit- 
teraires et artistiques . . 

4.850 

4.850 

4.850 

4.850 

4.850 

4.850 

4.850 

6.696 

6.696 

Le Congr&s international de 
physiotherapie de Paris en 
1910. 







40.000 



Le Bureau et la commission 
internationale des poids et 
mesures. 

11.000 

11.000 


10.500 

10.500 

10.500 

10.500 

10,500 

10.500 


L’ Exposition internationale de 
Saint Louis. 

L’Exposition internationale de 
Rome. 

L’Exposition internationale de 
Rome et Turin . . , . 

L’lnstitut international de sta- 
tistique. 

L’Exposition internationale 
d’hygi£ne a Dresde. . . 

Congr£s de l’institut royal an¬ 
glais d’hygi^ne publique . 

L’Exposition internationale de 
Milan. 

L’Exposition de Marseilles . 

L’Exposition internationale de 
Lidge. 


564.000 


370.000 

12.500 


182.000 


352.800 100.000 

. . 50.000 


30.000 


340.000 


Subvention a l’office de legi¬ 
slation etrangere et de droit 
international. . . . . 

L’ Association internationale 
permanente des congr£s de 
Navigation. . . . . 

L’Exposition universelle et in¬ 
ternationale de Bruxelles . . . . . 

L’Exposition de Buenos Aires . . . . 

L’Office central des transports 
internationaux et de Con- 
gr£s international des Che- 
mins de fer. 22.000 22.000 


24.500 


5.000 5-ooo 5.000 5-ooo 5-ooo 5.000 5.000 

• • • • • • 952.000 . . . . 

• • • • • • 750.000 . . . . 


24.000 24.000 24.000 24.000 21.000 21.000 


21.000 


1913 

6.900 


25.000 

45.000 

8.000 

49.085 

4.850 

10.500 


15.000 


5.000 


21.000 













30 


(Suite) LES DEPENSES INTERNATIONALES DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE 1903-1913 inc. 

FRHN6S. 


Activity 

1904 

1905 

1906 

Le Congr£s international des 
Chemins de fer de Wa¬ 
shington . 


35.000 


Les Echanges internationaux. 

164.000 

164.000 

164.000 

Expositions a Paris et dans les 
departements. 

12 500 

12.500 

17.500 

L’ Exposition universelle de 
Gand. 




L’lnstitut international d’Agri- 
culture. 



29.400 

La cour d’Arbitrage de la 
Haye. 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

Comite permanent internatio¬ 
nal des Assurances sociales 
et comite permanent des 
congr£s internationaux des 
habitations a bon marche . 




L’lnstitut international a Ber¬ 
ne pour la protection de la 
propriety industrielle. . . 

3.700 

3.700 

3.700 

Le Congres international de 
la traite des Blanches . . 



25.000 

L’Exposition maritime de Bor- 





deaux 


1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

164.000 

164.000 

173.000 

180.000 

180.000 

180.000 

17.500 

17.500 

17.500 

17.500 

17.500 

17.500 

29.400 

29.400 

29.400 

43.500 

43-500 

43.500 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

LAi 

VI 

O 

O 

3.700 

3.700 

3.700 

3.700 

3.700 


10.000 


318.850 387.556 2.758.375 2.077.421 467.921 


1913 

180.000 

17.500 
1.239.606 

43.500 
130.770 

8.000 

3.700 

1.813.406 


Total annuel 


808.950 561.950 705.350 


319.850 







31 


EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES. 


DEPARTMENT OF STATE UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES. 


Activity 

Agriculture, International In¬ 
stitute of Agriculture at 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 

Rome. 

Alcoholism, International Con- 

* 

* * 

i ’ 

“ * 

4.660 

3.000 

8.195 

10.000 

3.094 

13.576 

gress on, at the Hague 

Alaska - Yukon - Pacific Ex¬ 
position Exhibits Bureau of 









4.200 

300 

American Republics. . . 

Arbitration, Permanent Court 

* ’ 

* * 

• ■* 



2.000 

979 

* “ 

* 

* 

of. 

Buenos Aires and Santiago, 

00 

tn 

tv 

682 

378 

697 

294 

611 

613 

639 

k 

730 

International Exposition at 

Buenos Aires, 4th Internation¬ 
al Conference of Ameri- 







27.791 

24.812 

5.711 


can States at. 

Collisions and Salvage, Inter- 

' 

* ' 

• 

* 


* 

30.500 

77.928 

64 

• - 

national Congress on . . 

Customs Tariffs, International 

* 

673 

1.313 



• 4 

• 4 

* 

* 

t * 

Bureau for Publication of. 

Exchange, International Con- 

• * 

2.637 

1.318 

1.321 

1.331 

1.339 

I- 33 I 

1.324 

1.326 

1.325 

ference Uniform letters of. 

Exploration of the Sea, Per¬ 
manent International Coun- 






1.000 

800 

7.699 

2.500 

2.000 

cil for. 

Fishery Congress, Internation- 

• 

* 

• 



* 

• 

4 


7.014 

al in Washington, D. C. . 

Geodetic Association, Interna¬ 
tional measurement of 




O 

O 

in 

25 

2.400 

10 



* “ 

Earth. 

Geneva Convention Interna¬ 
tional Conference for Revi- 

1.409 

1.428 

1.428 

1-433 

1.442 

1.443 

1.446 

1.442 

1.444 

1.438 

sion of. 

Hague, International Peace 



11.000 

2.325 


* 

4 



■ 

Conference at. 

Health, International Office 

■ 


• 

46.700 

3.300 

4 4 

• 4 

• • 

- • 

• • 

of Public. 

Hygiene and Demography, 

* 

• * 

• 4 

* 

A 

4 

3.000 

6.031 

• • 

6.031 

International Congress of . 

• • 

■ • 

• • 

• ■ 

5.000 

3.000 

6.500 

11.500 

26.511 

International Law Digest of. 

International Law Digest of - 
Payment to John Bassett 


■ 

2.500 

600 

• 

4 

* 4 ' 

4 * 

• ■ 


Moore. 

Interparliamentary Union for 
Protection of International 




8.000 





4 * 

• 

Arbitration. 

Industrial Property, Interna¬ 
tional Union for the Protec¬ 
tion of - at Washington, 









2.500 

2.500 

D. C. 

Liege, Belgium International 


* 

• 

4 * 



4 4 

15.000 

171 

* ■ 

Exposition. 

Maritime Exposition, Interna- 

* * 

5.000 

f • 

4 

• 

* 4 1 

• • 

• 

• • 

• • 

tional at Bordeaux, France 

■ • 


.. . 

5.000 

10.000 

• ■ 



. , 


Maritime Law. 

Opium Evil, International In- 

• • 

• • 


• • 

• • 

• • 

4.800 

4.800 

400 

• • 

vestigation of the . . . 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

19.500 

407 

7.023 

17.588 

128 


Paris, International Exposition 
at. 


H. A Hall for services . . 


7.426 

1.583 







32 


EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES. 

(Coni-) DEPARTMENT OF STATE UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES. 


Activity 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 

Prisons Commission, Interna¬ 
tiona! . 

1.854 

2.094 

1.942 

2.055 

1.802 

2.161 

1.895 

1.985 

21 

1.583 

Prison Congress International 
at Washington .... 

« y. 

. . 

, 

* 



3.500 

16.499 

9 


Prize Court Conference At 
London, International . . 

, » 


1 

4 ^ 


10.000 





Quito, Ecuador Exposition . 

• • 


• • 

• • 

• ■ 

22.670 

20.909 

10 

. 

, 

Radiotelegraphic Conference, 
Internationa!. 

• 


. . 


. t 


, , 



4.716 

Railway Congress Internation¬ 
al ........ 



800 

400 

400 

400 

400 

400 


800 

Red Cross, International Con¬ 
ference of the. - London 
1907 . . . . 





3.000 






Red Cross, International Con¬ 
ference of the - Washing¬ 
ton 1912. 









20.000 


Relationships between gold 
Standard and Silver using 
countries. 

30.000 










Rio de Janeiro, 3rd Confer¬ 
ence of American States. 



49.730 

, , 

562 

, , 





Rome and Turin, International 
Exposition at. 


, , 



l* -4 


25.000 

55.189 

33.150 


Slave Trade, Repression of 
African. 

IOO 

IOO 

75 

87 

84 

in 

84 

*15 

IOO 

131 

Sanitary Bureau, Internation¬ 
al . 


500 

1.011 

2-445 

230 

3.433 

2.170 

4-555 

1.256 

2.757 

Santiago Chile, Scientific Con¬ 
ference at. 




, * 

1.000 

30.000 

3.876 




Seismological Association, In¬ 
ternational . 



+ , 

r.151 

1.222 

894 


1.536 


767 

Tokyo 1912, International 
Exposition at. 

, t 

, , 

. . 


5-000 

14.878 


, 

, , 


Tuberculosis, International 
Congress at Washington, 

D. C. 






16.388 


10.900 



Union of American Republics, 
International. 

35.060 

45.465 

38.553 

238.320 

34-317 

53.679 

57.500 

■ 4 - 

76.OOO 

74-957 

75.042 

Weights and Measures, Inter¬ 
national Bureau .... 

• - 

2.203 

4.482 

2.291 

• • 

2.306 

5.790 

• • 


2.895 

INTERIOR 

DEPARTMENT UNITED 

STATES 

RECEIPTS 

AND EXPENDITURES. 



Alaska-Yukon-Pacific Expo¬ 
sition : Alaskan Exhibit Ha¬ 
waiian . 






91.676 

32.263 


54 

4 

International Protection of In¬ 
dustrial Property - Patent 
Office. 

I.388 

706 

685 

676 


1-355 

4 



1.304 

International Association for 
the Protection of Industrial 
Property. 



3*9 






, , 


Lewis and Clark Centennial 
Exposition: Alaskan Exhibit 

a , 

4.819 

14.713 

f 

26 


. k 

5 

■ TE * 


Louisiana Purchase Exposi¬ 
tion: Alaskan Exhibit In¬ 
dian Territory Testing fuel 
Exhibiting Model of the 
Capitol at Indian Exhibit. 

119.135 

158.727 

158.012 

250.449 

253.019 

249.426 

101.104 

49 


26 












33 



EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES. 

NAVY DEPARTMENT UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS. 

Activity 

1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 

Jamestown Exposition: Exhi¬ 
bition of Monitors . . . 

9.900 . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Entertainment of Foreign Na¬ 
val Representatives . , . 

. . . . . . 2.679 50.332 . . . . . . . . . . 


DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS. 


Louisiana Purchase Exposi¬ 
tion: Testing timbers . . 

3.000 7.000 . . . . . . . . . . . . ; . . , 

International Dry Land Con¬ 
gress at Lethbridge, Can¬ 
ada . 

. . . . . . . . - . . . . . , . . 8.000 

Commission to investigate Ru¬ 
ral Credit in Europe . 

. . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 25.000 

International Dry Land Con¬ 
gress Tulsa, Okla . . . 

2.500 

LEGISLATIVE UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS. 

International Irrigation Con¬ 
gress Salt Lake City, Utah. 

. - - • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.000 

Jamestown Exposition: Expen¬ 
ses Senate Committee . . 

• • • • - . 2.000 . , . . . . . . . . . . 

House Committee .... 

■ • • • ■ • 4.000 . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Lewis and Clark Centennial 
Exposition: Opening of - 
Senate. Expenses.... 

• • 4.000 . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

House Committee .... 

. . 6.000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 

Louisiana Purchase Exposi¬ 
tion : Opening of - Expen¬ 
ses Senate Committee . . 

2.242 . . . . . . . . . . . , , 

House Committee .... 

3-500 

Centennial of the Republic of 
Mexico Expenses of Com¬ 
mission . 

- • i- ■ • • . . . . . . . . 10.000 . . . . 

Commission to Investigate the 
purchase of American grown 
tobacco by Foreign Govern¬ 
ments . 

. . . . 4.213 

WAR DEPARTMENT UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS. 

Aaska-Yukon-Pacific Expo¬ 
sition Philippine Exhibit . 

Navigation Permanent Inter¬ 
national Commission of 
Congresses of. 

• - • • • • • ■ • 12.025 3.842 139 . . . . 

983 I.I 97 2.928 1.900 3.116 2.981 2.080 3.000 3.000 3.000 

Entertainment of foreign mi¬ 
litary Representatives at 
Jamestown Exposition . . 

20 - 4 1 7 4-334 - - • • . . . . . . 

U. S. and foreign troops ex¬ 
penses at Jamestown Espo- 
sition. 

• • • - - • 2.000 5.000 . . . . 

Meeting of Permanent Interna¬ 
tional Association of Navi¬ 
gation Congresses in U. S. 

• • • • - - - - - - • • • . 4.500 44.668 . . 

International Rifle Competi¬ 
tion ........ 

• ' • ‘ • ■ • - • - - - - - - • . . 5.000 

Waterways Commission, In¬ 
ternational . 

19-234 18.345 18.919 20.520 19.602 20.024 15.091 







34 


EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES. 


INDEPENDENT BUREAUS AND OFFICES UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS. 


Activity 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 

Smithsonian Institution: In¬ 
ternational exchanges . . 

, , 

, 




31.876 

31.982 

31.000 

32.125 

32.380 

International Catalogue of 
Scientific Literature. . . 

• • 

• • 

■ • 


• • 

5.017 

6.000 

7.400 

7.095 

7.874 

Alaska-Yukon-Pacific Expo¬ 
sition, Seattle Govt’Exhibit 
Buildings. 

TREASURY UNITED STATES RECEIPTS AND 

DISBURSEMENTS 

320.286 127.388 

3.877 

666 


Albuquerque, International Ir¬ 
rigation Congress at - N. 
Mexico. 





30.000 






Arbitration, Interparliamentary 
Union for Promotion of In¬ 
ternational . 


35-953 

4.187 






2.281 


Jamestown Exposition: Gov’t 
Exhibit Buildings Aid to - 
Aid to Negro development 
and Exposition Company 
for exhibit. 




1.733.295 

161.372 

48.847 

90 

100 

9 


Lewis and Clark Centennial 
Exposition Portland, Ore¬ 
gon Gov’t Exhibit Build¬ 
ings . 

69 

298.323 

106.516 

3-583 

303 

4 



13 


Louisiana Purchase Exposi¬ 
tion, St. Louis Aid to 
Aid to Buildings. . . 

4.986.9x2 

59.191 

8.209 



363 





Louisiana Purchase Exposition 
Gov’t Exhibit Agri. Exhibit 
Life-Saving Exhibit Trans¬ 
portation of Exhibit acquir¬ 
ed of - Claude Hough 
for services. 

496.354 

286.215 

15.910 

1.476 

234 


2 

8 

7 


Pan-American Exposition on 
the Niagara Frontier . . 

454 

355 









Smithsonian Institution: Inter¬ 
national Exchanges Inter¬ 
national Catalogue of Scien¬ 
tific Literature .... 

24.574 

27.516 

30.587 

32.508 

36.582 







South Carolina Exposition Co., 
Reimbursement to Gov’t 
Exhibit. 


253 


South Carolina, International 
State and West Indian 
Exposition Co., Payment 
of Legal Claims vs. . . 5.318 




35 


LES DISPENSES INTERNATIONALES DU ROYAUME BELGE 

FRANCS. 


Activity 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 

Le Bureau international de la 
cour permanente d’arbitrage 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000.— 

4.000 

4.000 

1.992.53 

4.000 

4.000 

L’exposition internationale^di 
Amsterdam 1907. . . . 

* 

, , 



. 

. . 

. . 

55.000.— 

. . 

• 

L’Office internationale de bi- 
bliographie. 

25.000 

25.000 

25,000 

25 000 

25.000.— 

35.000 

25.090 

30.000.— 

30.000 

30.000 

L’Exposition universelle et in¬ 
ternationale de Bruxelles 
i 9 io. 








400.000.— 



Le Bureau international de 
Berne ....... 

5-750 

5-750 

5-750 

5-750 

5.750.— 

5-750 

5 - 75 ° 

6.082.29 

5-750 

5-750 

Les Conferences internationa- 
les et la commission inter¬ 
nationale du Congres des 
cheminS de fer . . . . 

14.000 

14.000 

14.000 

14.000 

14.000.— 

14.000 

14.000 

10.485.10 

14.000 

14.000 

L’lnstitut Colonial internatio- 
nal .. 

10.000 

10.000 

10.000 

10.000 

10.000.— 

10.000 

10.000 

10.000.— 

10.000 

10.000 

Les Echanges internationaux 
(Agriculture). 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000.— 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000.— 

20.000 

20.000 

Les Echanges litteraires inter¬ 
nationaux . 

15.300 

15.300 

15.300 

16.500 

17.801.38 

20.000 

22.500 

23.635.28 

25.000 

29.500 

Le Conseil international pour 
l’exploration de la mer. 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

17.999.69 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000.— 

18.000 

18.000 

Office international d’hygiene 
publique ...... 




. , 

.. V* 

, 


9 - 375 -- 


. 

Le Bureau special d’echange 
et de renseignements sur la 
traite des esclaves . . . 

700 

700 

700 

700 

700. — 

700 

700 

432-53 

700 

700 

Les Subsides a des Expositions 
ou Sections depositions in- 
teressant le Ministre de 1’ln- 
dustrie et du Travail . . 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000. — 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000.— 

20.000 

20.000 

La Participation a la police 
internationale des pech cries 
dans la mer du Nord . . 

99-735 

99-735 

99-735 

99-735 

99 . 735 .- 

99-73 5 

99-735 

95.036.23 

99-735 

99-735 

Le Bureau international des 
poids et mesures. . . . 

20.000 

2.000 

2.000 

2.000 

2.000.— 

2.000 

2.000 

1.367.— 

2.000 

2.000 

L’Exposition d’Horticulture de 
Gand. 





50.000. — 






Le Bureau international pour 
la protection de la propriete 
industrielle. 

2.500 

2.500 

2.500 

2.500 

2.5OO.— 

2.500 

2.500 

2.100.— 

2.500 

2.500 

L’Union international pour la 
protection des oeuvres litte¬ 
raires et artistiques . . . 

2.400 

2.400 

2.400 

2.400 

2.400.— 

2.400 

2.400 

1.918.24 

2.400 

2.400 

L’Exposition universelle de 
Liege. 


x.346.550 









L’Exposition universelle de 
Saint Louis en 1904 . . 

700.000 










La Commission penitentiaire 
internationale. 




9.000 

9.000.— 






L’Exposition universelle de 
Saint Petersbourg . . . 

92.209 

50.000 









Bureau central des recherches 
Seismologiques a Strasbourg 

r.ooo 

1.000 

1.000 

1.000 

1.000.— 

1.000 

1.000 

990.20 

1.000 

1.000 

Le Bureau permanent et de la 
Commission internationale 
des sucres. 

3.500 

3.500 

3.500 

3.500 

3 . 500 .— 

3.500 

3.500 

3.500.- 

3.500 

3.500 


L’Exposition universelle et in¬ 
ternationale de Bruxelles . 


30.000.— 









36 


(Com.) LES DEPENSES INTERNATIONALES DU ROYAUME BELGE 

FRHN0S. 


Activity 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 

L’Union international pour la 
publication des tarifs doua- 
niers . 

6.833 

6.833 

6.833 

6.833 

6.833 

6.833 

6.833 

6.833.— 

6.833 

7.516 

L’lnstitut international pour 
l’etude du probl£me des 
classes moyennes . . . 



2.000 

2.000 

2.000 

2.000 

2.000 

2.000.— 

2.000 

2.000 

L’Association internationale 
pour la protection legale des 
travailleurs. 



2.000 

2.000 

2.000 

2.000 

2.000 

1.000.— 

1.000 

1.000 

L’Exposition internationale de 
la ville de Venise un pa¬ 
vilion . 




25.000 







L’Exposition generate des 
beaux-arts. 




140.000 

100.000 

100.000 

100.000 

100.000.— 

100.000 

100.000 


L’Exposition regionale et in- 
ternationale d’horticulture a 

Manur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,000.— 

L’Institut international d’agri- 

culture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15.999.96 

L’Exposition de Charleroi en 
1911.• . . 1 

L’Exposition de Turin en 1911 l „ 

f ( • ' ' ' ‘ ‘ ' ' ' • • 244.114.89 

L’Exposition de Bordeaux de \ 

1907 . I 

Les Participations dans les 
frais de bureaux internatio- 

naux des colonies ... . • • . • . • • • . . . . 2.123.18 


Les Expositions pedagogiques 

en Belgique et a i’etranger. . . • . - . . . 4 - 3 °° • • 

Tremblements de terre en I- 

talie. . . . . . . . . . . 200.000 


Exposition internationale de 

Gand en 1913 ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350.000 






37 


Activity 

EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

ITALY. 

1903-4 1904-5 1905-6 1906-7 1907-8 1908-9 1909-10 

1910-11 

1911-12 

1912-13 

Spese per la parte del Mini¬ 
stero del Tesoro all’Esposi- 
zione di Torino nel 1911 . 

Lire. 

MINISTERO DEL TESORO. 

5.405 



Spese occorrente per la parte¬ 
cipazione dell’ Amministra- 
zione dalle privative all’E- 
sposizione internazionale di 
Buenos Aires. 

. . . . . . . . . . . . 50.000 




Spese pel concorso della Di- 
rezione generale di sanita 
pubblica ali’Esposizione in- 
ternazionale di Bruxelles del 
1910. 

MINISTERO DELLE FINANZE. 

. . . . . . . . . . . . 20.000 




Utile derivante dalle coniazioni 
di spezzati d’argento di cui 
alia convenzione monetaria 
internazionale 4 Novembre 
1908, tra gli Stati della 
Unione Latina. 




1.800.762 

Partecipazione del Ministero 
delle Finanze all’Esposizione 
di Torino nel 1911 . . . 

. . . . . . . . . . . . 205.000 

58.778 



Partecipazione dell’ Ammini- 
strazione delle privative al- 
1 ’ Esposizione internazionale 
di Buenos Aires.... 

appropriated 

. . . . . . . . . . . . 50.000 

appropriated 

50.000 

appropriated 

50.000 



MINISTERO DI GRAZIA E G 1 USTIZIA E DEI CULT 1 . 





Contribute) dello Stato nella 
spesa pel Congresso di di- 
ritto marittimo Internazionale 
in Venezia ne! Settembre 

l 9°7 . • . . . . . . . 5.000 

MINISTERO DEGL 1 AFFARI ESTERI. 


Rimpatri e sussidi a nazio- 
nali indigenti e spese even¬ 
tual all’estero. 

Partecipazione del Ministero 
degli affari ;esteri all’ Espo- 
sizione di Torino nel 1911 

L’ ufficio internazionale d’ igie- 
ne pubblica avente sede a 
Parigi 1907. 

Bandiere, stemmi, sigilli e mo- 
bili per uso esclusivo di ar- 
chivio all’estero . . . 

Missioni politiche e commer- 
ciale incarichi speciali, con- 
gressi e conferenze interna- 
zionali. 

Spese eventuale all’estero. . 

Ufficio internazionale per la 
tutela della proprieta intel- 
Iettuale ed industriale in 
Berna. 


200.282 297.178 


7.254 52.000 9.395 


137.449 382.602 145.483 


100.000 32.984 


2.578 15.625 


202.830 . . 463.723 


2.500 


22.000 


3.000 




38 


(Cont.) EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

ITALY. 


Activity 1903-4 1904-5 1905-6 1906-7 1907-8 1908-9 1909-10 1910-11 1911-12 

Lire. 

(Cont.) MINISTERO DEGL 1 AFFARI ESTERI 


La pubblicazione del XVII vo¬ 
lume della raccolta dei trat- 
tati e convenzioni interna- 
zionali. 

Interpariamentare Congresso 
per la pace da tenersi in 
Roma nel 1911 . . . . 

Spese per missioni all’estero e 
Congressi.. 

Congresso internazionale della 
pace in occasione delle feste 
commemorative dell’unifica- 
zione del Regno .... 

Spese per 1’ istituto internazio¬ 
nale di agricoltura in Roma 


2.000 


150.000 


• • - . . . . . . . 65.000 

• - 20.000 37-472 57-424 32.000 32.000 

MINISTERO DELL’ISTRUZIONE PUBBLICA. 


Spese alle scuole normali di gin- 
nastica di Roma e Torino per 
partecipazioni alia mostra in- 
ternazionale di Bruxelles . . . . . 

Esposizione internazionale di 

Bruxelles. . . . 

Ufficio internazionale dei pesi 

e misure in Parigi ... . . . . 

Rimborso al comitato del con- 
corso ginnastico internazio¬ 
nale di Torino per sussidi 
ai componenti le squadre 
delle scuole medie gover- 
native che parteciparono al 
concorso scolastico di edu- 
cazione fisica, nel 19 n . . . . 

Olimpiade internazionale di 

Londra. . . . . 

Eccedenza d’ impegni verifica- 
tesi al capitolo concorso 
nelle spese per le Esposi- 
zioni estere e nazionali del- 
lo stato di previsione della 

spesa per l’esercizio. . . . . 231 

Spese da sostenersi dall’acca- 
demia dei Lincei in occa¬ 
sione dell’adunanza generale 
delbassociazione internazio¬ 
nale delle accademie scien- 
tifiche che si tenne in Roma 
nel 1910. . . . . 

La pubblicazione degli atti del 
XII Congresso degli Orien- 
talisti. • . . - 


Residue all’ Esposizione inter¬ 
nazionale di Parigi nel 1900 345 

Esposizione internazionale di 

St. Louis. 145.411 


Quota parte a carico dello Stato 
italiano delle spese relative 
all’ ufficio centrale istituto in 
Berna. Convenzione inter¬ 
nazionale pel trasporto delle 

merci in strada ferrata. . . . 10.000 


21.742 


21.327 


12.000 


25.000 


i'iiiih ■ 


5.000 


2.500 


1912-13 


910 


5.000 







39 


(Cont.) EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 


ITALY. 


Activity 


1903-4 1904-5 1905-6 1906-7 1907-8 1908-9 1909-10 1910-11 1911-12 

tire. 


(Cont.) M 1 NISTERO DELL’ ISTRUZIONE PUBBLICA. 


Comitato internazionale per 
la pubblicazione annuale di 
costanti e di dati numerici 
di chimica, di fisica e di 
tecnologia. 

Commissione internazionale 
per 1’ insegnamento mate- 
matico. 

Stampa dei bollettini delle 
opere moderne italiane e 
straniere. 

Congresso internazionale di 
Psicoiogia in Roma . . . 

Congresso internazionale di na- 
vigazione da tenersi in Mi¬ 
lano nel 1905. 

Congresso internazionale di 
Storia dell’arte in Roma . 

Esposizione internazionale d’ar- 
te da tenersi nel la citta di 
Venezia nel 1912 . . . 

Congresso internazionale di 
patologia in Torino . . . 

Congresso internazionale di 
educazione fisica in Parigi. 

Ufficio regionale italiano per 
la compilazione del catalogo 
internazionale di letteratura 
scientifica. 

Unificazione del Regno . . 

Mantenimento degli uffici di 
segreteria della commissione 
permanente dell’associazione 
geodetica internazionale in 
Berlino. 

Partecipazione del Ministero 
della pubblica istruzione alia 
mostra internazionale di i- 
giene sociale in Roma nel 
1911. 

Congresso internazionale di 
chimica applicata da tenersi 
in Roma nel 1906 . . . 

Congresso internazionale di 
ginnastica in Torino. . . 

Esposizione internazionale di 
arte moderna nella citta di 
Venezia. 

Congresso internazionale di 
filosofia in Bologna nel 1911 

Spesa per il rinnovamento del 
materiale artistico e degli 
altri oggetti distrutti % dal- 
1’ incendio della mostra di 
architettura nell’ Esposizio¬ 
ne internazionale di Milano 

Acquisto di opere d’arte al- 
l’Esposizione internazionale 
di belle arti del 19 n in 
Roma. 


4.000 


100.000 


8.380 26.701 12.261 


80.000 


50.000 


5.000 


8.500 


5.064 25000 21.894 

. . 210.000 


32.500 31444 


30.000 


26.500 26.500 


appropriated 

50.000 50.000 50.000 . . 

• • • . 15.000 15.000 


5.420 556 


1912-13 


20.000 


12.068 


15.000 


70.000 


12.600 


26.009 


3.908 


100.000 


3.400 





40 



( Cont.) 

EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 





ITALY. 



Activity 

1903-4 

1904-5 1905-6 

1906-7 1907-8 

1908-9 1909-10 

1910-11 




Lire. 





(Cont.) MINISTERO 

DELL’ ISTRUZIONE 

PUBBLICA. 


Esposizione internazionale di 
arte da tenersi nelia citta 
di Venezia nel 1910 . . 




. . 20.000 

20.000 

Esposizione internazionale di 
Bruxelles. 

. 


. . 

. . 21.742 


Espedizioni e missioni diverse 
ordinate dal Ministero . . 

-v • 

60.105 . . 




Congresso di patologia. . . 

- ■ 


- . , 

. . 8.500 

8.500 

Congresso internazionale di 
scienze storiche .... 

appropriated 

6.000 

12.000 6.000 




Acquisto di azioni di societa 
promotrici di belle arti e 
concorso alle Esposizioni ar- 
tistiche estere e internazio¬ 
nale . 




3.000 


Congresso archeologico inter¬ 
nazionale in Roma nel 1911 




. . 20.000 

11.622 

Riparazioni straordinarie al fab- 
bricato demaniale ove ha 
sede il regio istituto inter¬ 
nazionale Vittorio Emanuele 
in Napoli ...... 


. . 12.000 




Congresso delle societa per l’in- 
coraggiamento delle scienze 
da tenersi in Firenze nel 
1908. . 




3.000 



ministero delle poste e telegrafi. 


Partecipazione all’ Esposizione 
di Torino nel 1911 . . 

. 

i . 


• • f * 

appropriated 

298.000 

, , 

Decima conferenza telegrafica 
internazionale di Lisbon . 

, . 

■ » 


■ • 3-675 



Rimborsi dovuti per il cambio 
con l’estero delle corrispon- 
denze . 





21.614 


Congresso della Unione po¬ 
stale universale da tenersi 
in Roma nel 1906 . . . 


. . 10.000 




appropriat cd 

75.051 

Uffici internazionali a Berna . 


. . . . 

• - 

10.000 . . 

. 


Partecipazioni del Ministero al- 
1 ’ Esposizione internazionale 
di Milano nel 1906. . . 


. . 320.448 


appropriated 

21.016 3.189 


appropriated 

3.189 


MINISTER© DEI LAVORI PUBBLICI. 


Rimborso da parce deile So¬ 
ciety ferroviarie interessate 
per le spese relative all’uf- 
ficio centrale istituito in 

Berna. . . 6.109 

Spese per la partecipazione al- 
l’Esposizione di Torino nel 

igir. . . . . 

Concorso deil’amministrazione 
nella spesa degli uffici in- 
ternazionali a Berna. . . . . . . 


70.000 196 


1912-13 


20 

7-759 


10.000 


1.200 




41 


(Cont.) EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 


ITALY. 


Activity 


1903-4 1904-5 1905-6 1906-7 1907-8 1908-9 1909-10 1910-11 1911-12 

Lire. ♦ 


(Coni.) MINISTERO DE! LAVORI PUBBLICI. 


Concorso dello Stato a favore 
del Comitato permanente 
del congresso internazionale 
ferroviario residente in Bru¬ 
xelles . . . . . i.ooo . . 997 . . . . . . 1.003 

Partecipazione del Ministero 
dei lavori pubblici all’Espo- 

sizione di Torino nel 1911. . . . . . . . , . . . 70.000 . . 

Congresso internazionale di 

patologia in Torino nel 1911. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.500 


MINISTERO DELL' INTERNO. 


Congresso internazionale con¬ 
tra la tubercolosi da tenersi 
in Roma nel 1911 . . . 

Congresso medico internazio¬ 
nale per gli infortuni sul 
lavoro.,. 

Congresso internazionale di as- 
sistenza pubblica e privata 
da tenersi in Milano nel 
1906. 

Espedizioni e missioni diverse 
all’interno eall’estero nell'in- 
teresse del Ministero- e rap- 
presentanze a congressi e 
ad Esposizioni. 

Concorso nelle spese dei con¬ 
gressi di beneficenza in Co¬ 
penhagen, di scienze ammi- 
nistrazione in Bruxelles, pe- 
nitenziarie in Washington per 
la disoccupazione a Parigi 
e di scienze archivistiche in 
Brux-elles. 

Contributi a commissioni ed 
uffici internazionali istituti 
in dipendenza di speciali 
convenzioni. 

Esposizione internazionale di 
igiene a Dresda nel 1911. 

Esposizione internazionale di 
igiene sociale in Roma nel 
1911. 

Congresso internazionale del- 
1’ associazione di stampa in- 
detto a Roma nel 1911 

Spese per il concorso della 
Direzione di sanita pubblica 
all’Esposizione internaziona¬ 
le di Bruxelles nel 1910 . 

Commissioni internazionali di 
penitenziaria. 

Spese per il concorso della 
Direzione generale per la 
sanita pubblica all’Esposi¬ 
zione internazionale di Mi¬ 
lano nel 1906. 


25.000 


1.000 


150.OUO 


15.000 


22.200 


30.000 


150.000 


38.000 


35-564 


1912-13 


4.500 


100.000 

appropriated 

50.000 


1.239 


83.85I 


7.626 



42 


( Cont.) EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

ITHLY. 

Activity 1903-4 1904-5 1905-6 1906-7 1907-8 1908-9 1909-10 1910-11 1911-12 1912-13 


M 1 NISTERO DELLA GUERRA. 


Spese per la partecipazione del 
Ministero della guerra al- 
1 ’Esposizione di Torino nel 

I 9 11 . • • • • • • • . . . . . 70.000 44.656 


MINISTERO DELLA MARINA. 


Spese'per la partecipazione del 
Ministero della marina ai- 
l’Esposizione di Torino nel 

I9 11 . • - - • • • • • . . . . 70.000 

MINISTERO DELL’AGRICOLTURA, INDUSTRIA E COMMERCIO. 


Spese di qualslasi genere re¬ 
lative al mantenimento al- 
l’assistenza in Italia della 
commissione degli Stati Uni- 
ti di America incaricata di 
studiare il sistema coopera¬ 
tive di credito rurale in Eu- 
ropa. 


22.195 


Esposizione anglo industriale 
in Cuneo. 

Esposizione agraria di Padova. 

Delegati della conferenza per 
P istituto agrario internazio- 
nale nel 1905. 

Congresso internazionale del- 
l’assicurazione sociale . . 

Ufficio internazionale sismolo- 


6.000 


1.000 


12.978 


20.000 


gico a Strasburgo . . 

• • 

• • 

• - 

■ • 

. . . . 

60.752 

72.529 

■ • 

• • 

Espedizioni e missioni diverse 
all’interno e all’estero nell’in- 
teresse del Ministero e rap- 
presentanze a Congressi e 
ad Esposizioni. 

3.992 

10.230 


30.500 

25.600 2.000 

358.181 

37.500 



Ufficio internazionale dei pesi 
e delle misure in Parigi . 

, , 

31.791 

36.401 

, . 

, . 22.895 

9.892 

, , 

, , 

6.179 

Societa di esplorazioni geogra- 
fiche e commerciali. . . 

• * 



, k 

. . 146.809 

, , 

'• ■ 

* , 

• 

Istituto internazionale di so- 
ciologia. 


, 


a , 

• ■ , , 

. 

3-000 


. » 

Residue dell’ Italia all’ Esposi¬ 
zione universale internazio¬ 
nale di Parigi del 1900 . 


n 1 

67 

14.693 






Esposizione di orticoltura da 
tenersi in Firenze nel 1911. 





. . 

f . 

10.000 

. . 

, 

Esposizione internazionale del- 
le ferrovie e dei trasporti 
terrestri e quella di agri- 
coltura e d’ igiene e di belle 
arti in Buenos Aires nel 
1910. 






225.OOO 

222.724 



Prima Esposizione internazio¬ 
nale di luccio in Vienna . 






74.247 

30.381 

254 

. 

Bureau international di Berna. 

• 

1.385 

► 

. 

. . 12.552 

4.629 

5.500 

- * 

7.012 

Esposizione internazionale di 
Bruxelles nel 1910 . . . 





. 150.000 

50.000 

200.000 

. . 

i t 

Esposizione di Torino nel 1910. 

* . 

, . 

f 


, . , . 

165.OOO 

57-523 

55.130 

* • 







43 


(Cont.) EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

ITALY. 

Activity 1903-4 1904-5 1905-6 1906-7 1907-8 1908-9 1909-10 1910-11 1911-12 1912-13 

fc* ire* 

(Cont.) MINISTERQ DELL’AGRICOLTURA, INDUSTRIA E COMMERCIO. 


Sussidi e spese per Esposi- 
zioni all’interno ed estero 
ed acquisto di medaglie . 6.350 11.694 

Convenzioni italo-francese re¬ 
lative alia reciproca prote- 
zione degli operai ... . . . . 

Congresso internazionale di 
demografia rurale in Bru¬ 
xelles nel 1910 .... . . . . 

Esposizione internationale di 
St. Louis. 65.710 9.755.397 

Borse di perfezione aumento 
tecnico all’interno ed al- 
l’estero a favore di giovani 
licenziati dalle scuole indu¬ 
strial! e dalla Regia scuola 
di setificio in Como asse- 
gni per il perfezionamento 
all’estero nella chimica in¬ 
dustrial . 


15-000 . . . . 10.438 . . . . 4.176 


98.839 76.216 15.000 


8.357 559 1.083 


69.109 11.688 


11.900 



44 


Activity 

EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

GERMANY. 

1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 

REFERENCES: 

Ubersicht der Reichs-Ausgaben 
und Einnahmen 1904-5-6-7-8. 

Haushaltsetat des Deutschen 
Reichs 1905-9-10-11-12-13. 

1911 1912 1913 

Erweiterungsbau der Ausstel- 
lungshalle der standi gen 
Ausstellung fiir Arbeitswohl- 
fahrt. 


. . 42.139 


tvl ark 

S . 




Beitragfiir die Union interpar- 
lementaire pour l’arbitrage 
international. 







5.000 5.000 

5.000 

Unterstiitzung fur die Betei- 
lung der deutschen Kunst 
an internationalen Ausstel¬ 
lung des Auslandes. . . 

20.000 

20.000 . . 


10.000 

20.000 

20.000 

20.000 20.000 

20.000 

Behilfe fur die international 
Vereinigung fur gesetzlichen 
Arbeitersschiitz zur Unter- 
haltung des internationalen 
Arbeitsamt. 

6.000 

6.000 8.000 

8.000 

8.000 

8.000 

i 

8.000 

8.000 8.000 

8.000 

Dispositions fonds zur gevvah- 
rung von Zuschussen 
zwecks Ausiibung ausserge- 
wohnlicher internationaler 
Representation. 

6.504 

. . 9.078 



8.000 




Zur unterhaltung der Standi- 
gen Ausstellung fur Arbei- 
terwohlfahrt. 


. . 35-642 

55-344 

46.076 





Beteitigung des Reichs an der 
internationalen Bibliogra- 
phie der Naturwissenschaf- 
ten. 

32.141 

30.000 38.226 

36.894 

39.300 

35.000 

35.000 

35.000 40.000 

40.000 

Beitrag fur die d u r c h d e n 
Briisseler Vertrag fiber dU 
Behandlung des Zuckers 
eingesetzte stiindige Kom- 
mission zur fibervvachung 
der Ausfiihrung der Ver- 
tragsbestimmungen . . . 

2.835 

2.835 2 -835 

2.835 

2.835 

2.835 

2.835 

2.835 2.835 

2.835 

Beitrag zu den Kosten der 
Unterhaltung der botani- 
schen Zentralstelle in Ber¬ 
lin ....... . 



ro.ooo 

10,000 

10.000 

10.000 

10.000 20.000 

20.000 

Kosten der Beteiligung des 
Reichs an der Weltsausstel- 
lung in Brussel 1910 . . 





400.000 

575.021 



Kosten aus Anbarz der Vor- 
bereitung zur Teilnahme an 
der fiir 1910 geplanten 
Weltsausstellung in Brussel, 




24.978 





Fiir Beniitzung fremder Be- 
triebsmittel. 


. . 2.133.172 







Und fiir Dienstleistungen 
fremder Beamten. . . . 


. . 4.825.061 





. . 


Beitrag des Reichs zu den 
Kosten der Konferenz der 
« Union Interparlementaire » 
in Berlin. 




124.793 





Beitrag zu den Kosten des 
internationalen Kongresses 
fiir historische Wissenschaf- 
ten zu Berlin im Jahre 1908 




20.000 





Beitrag zu den Kosten des 5 
internationalen Kongresses 
fur Versicherungswissens- 
chaft und des 4 internatio¬ 
nalen Kongresses fiir Ver- 
sicherungsmedizin zu Berlin 
im Jahre 1906 .... 


. . 10.000 











45 


('Coni.) EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

GERMHJIY. 


Activity 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 

Zuschutz an die deutsche Ko- 
lonialgesellschaft zu den 
Unterhaltungskosten der 
Auskunftstelle fur auswan- 
derer. ....... 



30.000 


TVX ark 

13 . 





Beitrag des Reichs zur Unter- 
haltung des in Bern erri- 
chteten internationalen Bu¬ 
reaus des Verbandes zum 
Schiitze des gewerblichen 
Eigentums. 

2.946 

3.000 

2.838 

2.947 

2.748 

3.000 

3.000 

3.000 

3.000 

3.000 

Zur Leistung des Beitrags zur 
unterhaltung des in Bern 
errichteten internationalen 
Bureaus zum Schiitze von 
Werken der Literatur und 
Kunst fur das Deutsche 
Reich. 

3-855 

4.400 

3-353 

3455 

4400 

4.000 

4.400 

4.000 

4.400 

4.000 

Jahresbeitrag zu den Kosten 
der internationalen Erdmes- 
sung. 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

6.000 

Jahresbeitrag zu den Unter¬ 
haltungskosten der Kaiser- 
lichen Zentralstation fur 
Erdbebenforschungen Stras- 
sburg. 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

18.000 

Jahresbeitrag zu den Kosten 
des Zentralamts fur den in¬ 
ternationalen Eisenbahn- 
transport. 

20.295 

24.000 

23.000 

23.125 

21.251 

25.600 

23.000 

231660 

23.000 

23.000 

Beitrag zu den durch die 111 
internationale Konferenz in 
Bern fur die Tecbnische 
Einheit im Eisenbahnwesen 
und den zollsicheren Vers- 
chluss der Eisenbahnwagen 
entstandenen Kosten . . 





6.394 






Beitrag an den Verein zur 
Erhaltung des Kunst histo- 
rischen Instituts in Florenz. 

10.000 

10.000 

10.000 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

20.000 

Beitrag des Reichs zu den 
Kosten des internationalen 
Schiedsgerichtsbureaus im 
Haag. 


9.000 

r.625 

86.419 

1.229 

4.000 

4-ooo 

4.000 

4.000 

6.600 

Kosten aus Anlass der zweiten 
Friedenskonferenz im Haag. 




171.857 







Beitrag zu den Kosten des 
XVI Internationalen Kon- 
gresses fur Hygiene und De- 
mographie. 




65.000 

5.000 






Beitrag zu Veroffentlichung 
der Ergebursse der von der 
internationalen Kommission 
fur wissenschaftliche Lufts- 
chiffahrt ailmonatlich ve- 
ranstalten Ballonfahrten 


6.000 









Jahresbeitrag zu den Kosten 
der internationalen Organ¬ 
ization fur Luftschiffahrt . 



4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

Fur Zwecke des Internatio¬ 
nalen landwirtschaftlichen 
Instituts in Rome . . . 




44 - 5 B 5 

60.135 

75.000 

75.000 

75.000 

75.000 

75.000 

Beihilfen an Offiziere bei Be- 
teiligung an auslandischen 
Preisreiten. 









12.500 

12.500 







46 


(Cont.) EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL ACTIVITIES 

GERMANY. 


Activity 

Geschaftsunkosten des deuts- 
chen Mitglieds des interna- 
tionalen Komitees fur Mass 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1VI ark 

1909 

S . 

1910 

1011 

1912 

1013 

und gewichtswesen. . . 

Jahresbeitrag zu den Kosten 
des internationalen Mass 
und Gewichtsbureaus in 

868 

1.500 

947 

2.309 

963 

1.500 

1.500 

1.599 

1.500 

1.500 

Paris. 

Beteiligung des Reichs an der 
internationalen Ausstellung 
zu Deier der Eroffnung des 
Simplontunnels in Mailand 

10.276 

9.900 

9.988 

10.009 

9.480 

9.900 

9.900 

9.900 

9.900 

9.900 

(1906). 

Die dritte internationale Ma- 
thematische Kongresse in 



157.708 

63.668 

10.400 

* ' 

* 



- 

Heidelberg 1904 .... 

Internationale Erforschung der 
nordischen Mare im Inte- 

5.000 



* * 

• ■ 

* 

* 

• 

* 


resse der Seefischerei . . 

Beitrage zur Unterhaltung der 
internationalen Post und 

55.000 

120.000 

145.012 

114.996 

134.409 

120.000 

100.000 

100.000 

100.000 

100.000 

Telegraphenbtireaus . . . 

Die Weltausstellung in Paris 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

11.200 

im Jahre 1900 .... 

Die internationalen Kunst- 

92 

* 

398 

155 


• • 


.■ . 


• • 

ausstellung in Rom 1911 . 

Beitrag zu den Kosten des 
Kongresses der Internatio¬ 
nalen Vereinigung fiir ge- 
werblichen Reichsschtitz in 







80.000 

200.000 



Berlin. 

Jahresbeitrag zu den Kosten 
einer standigen Kommission 
zur Vorbereitung internazio- 

5.000 










nalen Schiffahrtskongresse. 

Jahresbeitrag zu den Kosten 
der internationalen seismo- 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

4.000 

logischen assoziation . . 

Beitrag an das Internationale 
Institut ftir Sozialbibliogra- 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

3.200 

phie .... ... 

Die Weltausstellung in St. 



’ ' 

* 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

15.000 

Louis 1904. 

Kosten durch die Mitbeteili- 
gung des Reichs an einer in 
St. Petersburg stattfinden- 
den internationalen Kunst- 

1.562.237 

4 . 

249.279 

ix.325 







gewerblichen Ausstellung . 

Beitrag zu den Kosten der 
Beteiligung der Deutschen 
Industrie an der Internatio¬ 
nalen Industrie und Ge- 





30.000 






werbeausstellung in Turin. 

Beitrag des Reichs zu den 
Kosten der Zentralsteile fur 

* * 

9 * 


* f 

* ■ 


* * 

120.000 

* 

* 

Volkswohlfahrt .... 

Jahresbeitrag zu den Kosten 
des internationalen Bureaus 
fur die veroffentlichung der 





10.000 

10.000 

10.000 

10.000 

12.500 

12.500 

Zolltarife in Brussel. , . 

5-555 

5-535 

5-549 

5-553 

5.546 

5-555 

5-555 

5-555 

6.110 

6.110 








47 


Table 4. 


EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS. 

UNITED STATES. 


Exhibition 


Expenditure 

Exhibition 



Expenditure 



(In dollars) 




(In dollars) 

London, 1851 . 


25.301.05 

Atlanta, 1895 . 



199.971.42 

London, 1862..... 


2.000.- 

Nashville, 1897 



129.947.42 

Paris, 1867 ..... 


188.158.54 

Brussels, 1897. 



5.000.— 

Vienna, 1873. 


l63.842.6l 

Bergen, 1868 . 



20000.— 

Philadelphia, 1876 . 


794 . 319.65 

Omaha 1898 . 



235.037.87 

Paris, 1877. 


X87.46O.67 

Philadelphia, 1899 . 



350,000.— 

Sydney and Melbourne, 1879-1880. 


28.000.- 

Paris, 1900 



1.455.436.90 

Berlin, 1880. 


19 . 904.05 

Charleston, 1902 



, 249.948.63 

London, 1883 . 


69.994.3 r 

Buffalo, 1901 . 



1.014.053.13 

Cincinnati, 1884 .... 


9.999.50 

St. Louis, 1904 



6.443.903.25 

Louisville, 1884 


9.704.44 

Liege, 1903 . 



5.000.— 

New Orleans, 1884 


1.649.755.35 

Lewis and Clark, 1905 . 



428.026.33 

Brussels, 1888. .... 


17.113.30 

Bordeaux, 1907 



15.000.— 

Melbourne, 1888 .... 


40.581.14 

Jamestown, 1907 . 



1 2.142.730.37 

Cincinnati, 1888 .... 


147.750.— 

Quitp-Ecuador, I909 



43.590.04 

Barcelona, 1888 


27.098.91 

Alaska-Yukon-Pacific, 19Q9 



595.205.32 

Paris, 1889 ..... 


250.004.66 

Buenos Aires and Santiago, 

1910 


59.314.92 

Madrid, 1892 ..... 


24.243.97 

Rome and Turin, 1911 . 



113.340.25 

Chicago, 1893. 


4.793.870.33 

Tokio, 1912 (not held) . 



19.878.46 



F R H N © E . 






(In francs) 




(In francs) 

London, 1851 . 


667.608.56 

Industrial Exposition, 1891 



55.000.— 

London, 1862 ..... 


1.063,374.— 

Chicago, 1893 



3.589.514.83 

London, 1871 ..... 


402.628.87 

\ 

Lyons, 1894 . 



368.501.11 

London, 1872. .... 


249.978.27 

Antwerp, 1894 



, 27.358.82 

Lyons, 1872. 


200.000.— 

Bordeaux, 1895 



148.637.49 

Vienna, 1873. 


962.444.— 

Rouen, 1896 , 



47.300.25 

London, 1874. .... 


194-074-87 

Brussels, 1898. 



448.894.98 

Philadelphia, 1876 .... 


552.957.73 

St. Petersburg, 1900 



34.909.30 

Sydney, 1879. 


233.850.81 

St. Louis, 1904 



t.504.952.86 

Melbourne, 1880 : . . . 


410.244.40 

Liege, 1905 . 



531.059.53 

Munich-Vienna, 1883 . . , 


13.998.52 

Milan, 1906 . 



2 370.000.— 

Amsterdam, 1883 . 


578.136.81 

Bordeaux, 1907 



2 10.000.— 

Nice 1885. 


2 50.000.— 

Brussels, 1907. 



2 952.000.— 

Antwerp, 1885 


784.156.— 

Buenos Aires . 



2 750.000.— 

International Expositions, 1888. 


186.850.31 

Rome and Turin, 1911 . 



2 1.700.800.— 

Vienna, 1892. 


12.688.50 

Ghent, 1913 . 



2 1.239.606.— 

1 Includes additional amount loaned but not returned. 





Congressional Record — Senate, February 6, 1908. Figures furnished by Treasury Department to Senator Burkett of Nebraska. 

2 Estimated. 







Bulletin des Lois. 1853-1912 —■ Lois relatifs aux reglements definitifs du budget des exercises, 1850 - 1906 . 
























48 


(Cont.) Table 4. 


EXPENDITURES FOR INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITIONS. 


Exhibition 

New York, 1853 
Paris, 1855 : 

Paris, 1867 .... 

Vienna, 1873 .... 
Paris (Maritime), 1875 
Philadelphia, 1876 . 

Paris, 1878 .... 

Sydney and Melbourne, 1879-1880 
Antwerp, 1885 
New Orleans, 1885. 

Adelaide, 1887 
Barcelona. 1888 


GREAT BRITAIN. 


Expenditure 

(In pounds) 

2.432 

41.253 

120.556 

30.352 

1.973 

40.462 

73,712 

9.203 

198 

200 

3.864 

85 


Exhibition 

Melbourne, 1888 
Jamaica, 1891. 

Chicago, 1893. 

Tasmania, 1894-1895 
Antwerp, 1894 
Brussels, 1897 
Paris, 1900 
St. Louis, 1904 
Milan, 1906 . 

New Zealand, 1906-1907 
Brussels, Rome and Turin 
V ienna and Buenos Aires 


Expenditure 

(In pounds) 

6.557 
1.000 
61.464 
2.000 
388 

4.753 

97.033 
128.000 
5.300 
8.000 
1 100.00 

14.250 


1 Approximately. 

Report of the Committee appointed by the Board of Trade to make inquiries with reference to the Participation of Great Britain in Great Inter¬ 
national Exhibitions, Parliamentary Papers, 1907 — Cd. 3772. 


t 









49 


R B © EI P T S . 


DONATIONS 


DATE 

WHERE HELD 

INDIVIDUALS 

SOUVENIR 

COINS 

(GOVERNMENT) 

PREMIUMS 

ON 

COINS 

TOTAL 

1851. . . 

London . . 

330.656.61 

‘ • 

• • 

33O.656.6l 

1867. . . 

Paris. . . . 

• • 


- • 

• • 

1889. . . 

Paris. . . . 

• • 


• • 

• • 

1893. • • 

Chicago . . 

• • 

I.929.I2O 

5 I 7 . 560.43 

2.446.680.43 

1900. . . 

Paris. . . . 

0) 651.439.10 

* • 

• ■ 

65i.439.IO 

1904. . . 

St. Louis . . 

. 

25O.OOO 

53 - 437-94 

303.437.94 


(!) Donations from individuals for construction purposes. 


DATE 

1851. 

1867. 

1889. 

1893. 

1900. 

1904 - 


date 


1851. 

1867. 

1889. 

1893. 

1900. 

1904. 



APPROPRIATIONS 



BOND ISSUES 

WHERE HELD 

CITY 

NATIONAL 

GOVERNMENT 

TOTAL 

CITY 

EXPOSITION 

COMPANY 

London. . . 

j 


- - 


- - 

Paris. . . 

I.158.OOO 

i. 15 8,000 

2.316.OOO 

• • 

• • 

Paris. . . . 

I.544.9OO 

3.281.000 

4.825.OOO 

- • 


Chicago. . . 



• •- 

5.000.000 

4.444.500 

Paris. . . . 

3.860.000 

3.860.000 

7.720,000 

• • 

• • 

St. Louis . . 


4.750.000 

4.750.000 

5.000.000 

. 


WHERE 

HELD 

FROM NAT-'L 
GOVERN’T 

LOANS 

PRIVATE 

TOTAL 

SEASON TICKET 
AND 

ADMISSIONS 

PAID AT GATE 





COUPONS 


London . 


267.850 

267.850 

328 . 793.42 

1 . 735 - 074-73 

Paris. . . 


• • 

• • 

A 180.464.65 

I.897.261.3I 

Paris. . . 

. .. 

• • 

- • 

13.624.64 

0 4-151-999-96 

Chicago. . 

• • 


• ■ 


10.650.374.22 

Paris. . . 

• - 



7.005.90 

( 2 ) 13.212.248.04 

St. Louis . 

4.600.000 

4*. 

UJ 

00 

b 

0 

0 

5.O38.OOO 

295.022.— 

5.998.667.95 


f 1 ) Coupon Bonds were sold for admission tickets - not actually “ Paid at Gate „. 

( 2 ) Same as (2) AStho’ this amount includes interest on funds received from the sale of coupon bonds. 


DATE 

WHERE HELD 

CONCESSIONS 

INTEREST 

SALVAGE 

MISCELLANEOUS 

1851. . . 

London . 

42.369.- 

4.372.60 

1 . 350.40 

22.788.53 

1867. . . 

Paris. . . . 

249.276.41 

7O.408.58 

207.524.28 

146.628.17 

1889. . . 

Paris. . . . 

418.825.25 

• - 

198.909.15 

42.058.25 

1893. . . 

Chicago. . . 

3.894.457.10 

76.332.62 

238.810.88 

85i.i25.O4 

1900. . . 

Paris. . . . 

1.834.485.82 


745-582.17 

208.645.49 

1904. . . 

St. Louis . . 

3.098.030.94 

292.085.7i 

617.299.59 

I.842.931.46 


Table 5. 


SUBSCRIPTIONS 

TO 

CAPITAL STOCK 


5.617.154.33 

4.924.313.II 


TOTAL 


9444.500 

5 - 000.000 


TOTAL 

2.063,868.15 

2,077.725.96 

4.165.624.60 

IO.650.374.22 

I3.2i9.253.94 

6.293.689.95 


GRAND TOTAL 
RECEIPTS 

2.733.255.29 

5.067.563.40 

9.650.417.25 

33.2i9.434.62 

24.379.406.52 

32.i59.788.7O 













50 


(Contj Table 5. 


DISBURSEMENTS. 


DATE 

WHERE HELD 

ADMINISTRATIVE 

MAINTENANCE 

AND OPERATING 

EXPENSES 

CONSTRUCTION 

COSTS 

RENT OF 
GROUNDS AND 
BUILDINGS 

*-< 

TTN 

00 

t-i 

• 

. . London. 

598.7i2.06 

327-893.94 

. . 

1867. 

• 

. . Paris. 

1.135.158.76 

3.388.916.17 

. - 

1889. 

• 

. . Paris. 

( 1 ) 2.I7O.799.O7 

5.682.818.73 

» . 

1893. 

• 

. . Chicago .... 

8,613.247.83 

l8.678.467.6l 

• • 

1900. 

• 

. . Paris . , 

5.859.560.17 

17. i5i.OOI.3O 

• • 

1904. 

• 

. . St. Louis .... 

8.469.059.99 

( a ) i7.224.380.9O 

I.287.660.7O 


0 

This amount includes $ 211 . 997.90 expended for-the 

re-purchase of materials. 




(*> 

This amount includes § 476 . 565.05 paid out for the permanent “Jefferson Memorial 

l» • 



DATE 

WHERE HELD 

CITY 

REPAYMENTS 

GOVERNMENT CAPITAL STOCK 

AND DIVIDENDS 

SUBSCRIBER’S 

(STOCK) 

GUARANTORS 

BOND 

CITY 

ISSUES 

COMPANY 

1851. . 

. London. . . 

• 

. . . » 

- - 


• 

• • 

1867. . 

Paris. . . . 

177.946 

I 77-946 - - 

l68.9OO.84 


• 

• • 

1889. . 

Paris. ...(’) 

I.544.OOO 

• • • • 

• • 


• 

• • 

1893. . 

Chicago. . . 

* • 

. , 548.985 

• • 


50.000 

4 . 444-500 

1900. . 

. Paris. . . . 

• • 

• • • - 

• • 

• 

■ 

• • 

1904. . 

St. Louis . . 

• • 

• ■ • • 

• • 



• • 

(h 

This amount was paid to the 

City for the purpose of creating a new parade ground for the garrison of Paris. 







REPAYMENTS AND DIVIDENDS 

DATE 

WHERE 

HELD 

LOANS 

GOVERNMENT 

PRIVATE 

TOTAL 

REPAYMENTS 
AND DIVIDENDS 

1851. . . . 

London . . 


■ - 

267.850 

267.850.— 

1867. . . . 

Paris . . . 



• • 

524.792.84 

1889. . . . 

Paris . . . 




I.544.OOO.— 

1893. . . . 

Chicago . . 


. t 

- • 

5 - 493 - 485 -— 

1900. . . . 

Paris . . . 



* • 

• - 

1904 . . . . 

St. Louis . . 


4.600.000 

438.OOO 

5.O38.OOO.— 

DATE 

WHERE HELD 

TOTAL 

DISBURSEMENTS 

BALANCE AMOUNT 

GRAND TOTAL 
DISBURSEMENTS 

AND BALANCE 

(EQUAL TO GRAND 
TOTAL RECEIPTS) 

1851. . . . 

London . 

I.694.456.— 

I.O38.799.29 

2 . 733 - 255-29 


1867. . . . 

Paris . 

5 . 048 . 867.77 

18.695.63 

3.067.563.40 


1889. . . . 

Paris ..... 

9.397.617.8O 

252 . 799.45 

9.650.417.25 


1893. • • • 

Chicago .... 

32.785.2OO.44 

434.234.l8 

33.2i9.434.62 


1900, . . . 

Paris . 

23.OIO.56l.47 

I.368.845.O5 

24 . 379 - 406.52 


1904. . . . 

St. Louis .... 

32.Oi9.IOI.59 

14O.687.I I 

32.i59.788.7O 

























51 


( Cont .), Table 5. 


HOMISSI©MS. 


EXPOSITION DAYS FREE ADMISSIONS 


DATE 


LOCATED 

WHEN 
ADMISSION 
WAS CHARGED 

OFFICIAL 

NUMBER 

WHEN PART 

OR ALL WERE 
ADMITTED FREE 

FREE 

ADMISSION 

ONLY 


TOTAL 

AVERAGE DAILY 

1851. . 


London. . . 

141 

141 


- 


• • 

• • 

oc 

VJl 

v_n 


Paris. . . . 

199 

200 

200 

I 

* 

63O.937 

3-155 

1862. . 


London. . . 

171 

171 

170 

■ • 


257.246 

1.513 

1867. . 


Paris. . . . 

217 

217 

217 

■ • 

* 

4.I4O.I4I 

19.079 

1873. . 


Vienna . . . 

■ • 

l86 


• • 

* 

2.000.000 

10,753 

1876. . 


Philadelphia . 

159 

159 

159 

- • ■ 


I.906.692 

11.992 

1889. . 


Paris. . . . 

X8 5 

185 

185 

• • 

* 

6.787.188 

36.687 

1893, . 


Chicago. . . 

179 

179 

183 

4 


6.059.38O 

33 -in 

1900. , 


Paris. . . . 

2II 

212 

212 

1 

* 

II.652.124 

54.963 

1904. . 


St. Louis . . 

185 

185 

185 

- • 


6.890.239 

37.244 





PAID ADMISSIONS 



FREE ADA 11 SSIONS 

ON ANY ONE DAY 

DATE 


LOCATED 

TOTAL 

AT GATE 

TOTAL 

ADA 1 ISSIONS 

BY COUPONS 

OR SEASON 
TICKETS 

GRAND TOTAL 
PAID 

ADMISSIONS 

AVERAGE DAILY 

LARGEST 

NUMBER 

SMALLEST 

NUMBER 

1851. . 


London. . . 

5.265.429 

777.376 

6.039.195 

42.831 


• • 

• • 

1855. . 


Paris. . . 

* 4 - 433-593 

* 97.8OO 

* 4 - 53 M 93 

22.771 


105.022 

• ■ 

1862. . 


London. . . 

5.124.617 

829.240 

5 - 953-857 

34.818 


• • 

• ■ 

1867. . 


Paris. . . . 

8.912.806 

* 770.808 

9.683.614 

44.625 


• - 

• * 

1873. • 


Vienna . . . 

* 5-254,687 

• • 

5.254.687 

28.251 


• • 

• • 

1876. . 


Philadelphia . 

8.004.274 

■ • 

8.004.274 

5O.34I 


110.500 

2.468 

1889. . 


Paris. . . . 

* 25.398.609 

* 164.500 

25.563.109 

138.179 


57.233 

7.OO7 

1893. . 


Chicago. . . 

21.480.141 

■ • 

21.480.141 

120.001 


47-269 

5.641 

1900. . 


Paris. . . . 

* 39.027.177 

* 181.5OO 

39.208.677 

185.823 


85.787 

20.922 

X 904 . • 


St. Louis . . 

11.828.984 

975.632 

12.804.616 

69.214 


84.968 

22.837 

DATE 


LOCATED 

PAID ADMISSIONS 

ON ANY ONE DAY 

LARGEST SMALLEST 

NUMBER NUMBER 

FREE & PAID 
ON ANY 

LARGEST 

NUMBER 

ADMISSIONS 

ONE DAY 

SMALLEST 

NUMBER 


ATTENDANCE 

FREE 

PERCENTAGE 

PAID 

00 

CTl 


London . . 

109.915 

9.327 

109.915 

9.327 


• , 

. 

1855. . 


Paris. . . 

123.017 


123.017 

• • 


.122 

.878 

1862. . 


London . . 

• • 

• - 

67.891 

5.615 


.041 

•959 

1867. . 


Paris, . . 

184.405 

I.602 

184.405 

1.602 


.299 

.701 

1873. . 


Vienna . . 

- • 

• • 

139,073 

- • 


275 

.725 

1876. . 


Philadelphia 

257.169 

7.056 

274.919 

12.720 


.19 

.81 

1889. . 


Paris. . . 

387.877 

36.322 

420.647 

59-947 


.21 

•79 

1893. . 


Chicago. . 

716.881 

IO.79I 

761.942 

19.524 


.22 

•78 

r.900. . 


Paris. . . 

595438 

34-979 

652.082 

73-565 


•73 

• 77 

1904. . 

• 

St. Louis . 

358.403 

9.030 

404.450 

48.875 


•35 

.65 


All amounts or numbers marked by an “ * ,, are estimated from the best sources available. 
(2) This is the largest number with the exception of Nov. 7 - 449.634 - all admitted free. 













52 


(cont.) Table 5. 





ATTENDANCE 

ON EXPOSITION DAYS 

PRE-EXPOSITION PERIOD 

POST EXPOSITION PERIOD 

DATE 

LOCATED 

GRAND TOTAL 

FREE & PAID 

DAILY 
AVERAGES 
FREE & PAID 

PAID 

ADMISSIONS 

ADMISSIONS 
$ RECEIPTS 

PAID 

RECEIPTS 

ADMISSION 
$ RECEIPTS 

1851. 


London. . 

6.039.195 

42.831 

.. , 



, 

1855. 


Paris. . . 

5.162.330 

25.812 


• - 



1862. 


London. . 

ON 

to 

hH 

O 

LX) 

36.322 

• • 

• • 



X867. 


Paris. . . 

. * 13.823.755 

63.704 

129.639 

25.O2O.46 

20.520 

2.029.67 

1873. 


Vienna . . 

. * 7.254.687 

39.004 

, . 


. . 


1876. 


Philadelphia 

9.910.966 

62.333 



43.327 

19.912.— 

1889. 


Paris. . . 

32.350.297 

174.866 

• • 

* 

II7.376 


1893. 


Chicago. . 

27.539.521 

153,700 

• • 

282.64i.97 

• 

3i.666.50 

1900. 


Paris. . . 

50.860.801 

239.909 

- • 

• • 

• • 

- 

1904. . . 

DATE 

St. Louis . 

19.694.855 

LOCATED 

IO6.459 

. . 175.906.25 . . 19.5XO.75 

EXPOSITION PERIOD ADMISSION RECEIPTS 

TOTAL AVERAGE PRICE AVERAGE DAILY 

RECEIPTS ADMISSION S RECEIPTS 

1851. 


• • 

London. . . . 


2.062.172.94 

.341 


14.625.34 

1855 . 


• • 

Paris. 


6l8.O79.6l 

.136 


3.IO5.93 

1862. 



London. 


I.987.907.38 

.320 


II.625.25 

1867. 



Paris. 


1.870.212.18 

.193 


8.618.49 

I 873 - 



Vienna . 


964,216.90 

.183 


5.183.96 

1876. 



Philadelphia . . . 


3.813.724.49 

.476 


23,985,69 

1889. 



Paris . . . . ’ 


4.165.624.60 

.163 


22.5i6.89 

1893. 



Chicago .... 


IO.336.065.75 

.481 


57 . 743-38 

1900. 



Paris . 


I3.2i9.253.94 

•337 


62.650.49 

1904. 

. . . . St. Louis .... 

All amounts or numbers marked by an “ * „ are 
(2) This is the largest number with the exception 

. . 6.047.936.95 .472 

estimated from the best sources available, 
of Nov. 7 - 449 .634 - ail admitted free. 


32.69i.55 


1 



















53 


Table 6, Appendix II. 

Promotion of Friendship and Peace : 

The co-operation of the nations in the management of enterprises common to them all, the mingling 
of the people at the great World Centre would lead to a better understanding, to a closer relation and to 
peace. A continuous reign of peace would be an enormous economic advantage to the world. War 
always means the employment of large bodies of men and large amounts of capital in an unproductive 
enterprise. It always means loss of life and limb and an increase in the number dependent. The 
following table * indicates the number of men engaged, the number lost and the cost of all the important 
wars during the last century and a quarter, excluding the Balkan and present wars. 

WHRS H2SD THEIR S0ST. 


Dates 

Countries Engaged 

Cost 

Loss of Life 





g 



in the Field 

1793-1815. . 

England and France. 

6.250.000.000 

1.900.000 


3.000.000 

1812-18x5. . 

France and Russia.> 

450.625.000 

— 


1.500.000 

1828. . . . 

Russia and Turkey. 

100.000.000 

120.000 


— 

1830-1840. . 

Spain and Portugal (civil war) .... 

250.000.000 

160.000 


300.000 

1830-1847. . 

France and Algeria. 

190.000.000 

110.000 


150.000 

1848. . . . 

Revolts in Europe. 

50.000.000 

60.000 


— 

1845. . . . 

United States and Mexico. 

— 

10.000 


90.100 


England.. 

371.000.000 





j France... 

332.000.000 




1854-1856. . 

, Sardinia and Turkey.. . 

128.000.000 

i 609.797 


1.460,000 


I Austria. 

68 600.000 | 

1 




1 Russia. . .. 

800.000.000 

1 




i France . 

. 75.000.000 

1 24.000 


128.000 

1859. . . . 

\ Austria. 

127.000.000 

f 


200.000 


v Italy.. 

51.000.000 

\ _ 


50.000 




294.400 


2.041.600 

1861-1865. . 

The Rebellion. 


1 

{ 

I 200.000 


750.000 

1864. . . . 

Denmark, Prussia and Austria .... 

361000.000 

— 


— 

1866. . . . 

Prussia and Austria. 


57.000 


639.000 

1864-1870. . 

Brazil, Argentine and Paraguay . . . . 

240.000.000 

330.000 


— 

1865-1866. . 

France and Mexico. 


65.000 


100.000 

1870-1871. . 

j France. 

1 Germany. 


( 311.000 

J 


1.713.009 

1876-1877. . 

. Russia. 

j Turkey .. 


i 180.000 

j 


1.500.000 

1898. . . . 

Spain and the United States. 


20.000 


300.000 

1900-1901. . 

Transvaal Republic and England. . . . 

1.000.100.000 

91.000 


400.000 

1904-1905. . 

Russia and Japan. . . 

2.500.000.000 

555.900 


2.500.000 

Expense of wars, 
Expense of wars. 

1793 i860 

1861-1910 



$ 

» 

9.243.225.000 

14.080.321.240 


Total. 

. 

• • i 

$ 

23.323.546.240 

Loss of life, military service 

Armies in the field . 




5.098.097 

16.822.200 


' k Reproduced from The Cost of Living, Massachusetts 1910, page 202. 



























54 

Total Imports of Merchandise for Home Consumption 1907 to 1917. 

(Figures taken from the “ Statistical Abstract of Foreign countries Parts 1-3 as prepared by the Department of Commerce. 

Bureau of Statistics of the U. S. Gouvernment). 




Year 

$ 



Year 

IOOO § 

xooo £ 

UNITED STATES 


1907 

1.434.421.425 


RUSSIA. 

1907 


89.444 

» 


1908 

1.194.341.792 


» . 

1908 


96.336 

» 


1909 

1.311.920.224 


» * . . . . 

1909 


95.669 

» 


1010 

1.556.947.430 


» . 

1910 


114.469 

» 


1911 

1.527.226.105 


» ..... 

1911 


122.622 

» 


19x2 

1.653.264.934 


» ..... 

1912 


123.689 

» 


1913 

1.813.008.243 


AUSTRIA HUNGARY 

1907 


104.249 




1000 S 

1000 £ 

» 

1908 


99.921 






» 

1909 


114.430 

UNITED KINGDOM 

1907 

2.695.711 


» 

1910 


118.869 






» 

1911 


132.998 

GERMANY. . . 


1907 


430.144 

» 

19x2 


148.200 

» ... 


1908 


376.941 





» ... 


1909 


419.239 

ITALY. 

1907 

532.775 


» ... 


1910 


439.260 

» . 

1908 


116.531 

>/ ... 


1911 


477.197 

» . 

1909 


124.468 

» ... 


1912 


225.661 

» . 

1910 


129.839 






» . 

1911 


135.572 






. 

1912 


148.007 

FRANCE . . . 


1907 

1.201.031 






» ... 


1908 


225.620 

AUSTRALIA . . . 

1907 


51.809.033 

» ... 


1909 


249.844 

» ... 

1908 


49.799.273 

A> ... 


1910 


286.932 

» ... 

1909 


51.171.896 

» ... 


1911 


322.632 

» ... 

1910 


60.014.351 

» ... 


1912 


329.282 

! 

JAPAN . 

1907 

246.545 


NETHERLANDS . 


1907 

1.068.823 


» . 

1908 


46.150 

» 


1908 


234.158 

» . 

1909 


41.407 

» 


1909 


259.009 





» 


1910 


269.474 

ARGENTINA . . . 

1907 

275.856 


» 


1911 


276.317 





» 


1912 


297.328 

BULGARIA. . . . 

1907 


4.986.000 






» .... 

1908 


5.206.000 

BELGIUM . . . 

* 

1907 

707.449 


» .... 

1909 


6.417.000 

» ... 

• 

1908 


113.097 





» ... 


1909 


148.173 

DENMARK. . . . 

1907 


43.826 

» ... 


1910 


170.598 

» .... 

1908 


39-543 

» ... 

• 

1911 


180.339 

» .... 

1909 


40.280 

» ... 

. 

1912 


19S.320 

» .... 

1910 


35-245 






















55 


Total Imports of Merchandise for Home Consumption 1907 to 1917. 



Year 

IOOO $ 

IOOO £ 


Year 

IOOO $ 

1000 £ 

GREECE . . . 

• 1907 

28.640 


MEXICO . . . 

. 1907 

103.248 


» ... 

. 1908 


6.185 

» ... 

. 1908 


23.638 

» ... 

. 1909 


5.502 

» ... 

. 1909 


15-979 





» ... 

. 1910 


19.893 

NORWAY . . , 

• 1907 

94.491 






» ... 

. 1908 


20.896 

CHILE .... 

• 1907 


22.026 

» ... 

. 1909 


21.479 

» .... 

. 1908 


20.045 

» ... 

. 1910 


23.846 

» .... 

. 1909 


19.656 





» .... 

. 1910 


22.311 

PORTUGAL . . 

• 1907 


13.827 





» 

. 1908 


15.131 

URUGUAY. . . 

• 1907 


7.806 





» ... 

. 1908 


7.803 

ROUMANIA . . 

• 1907 


17.220 

» ... 

. 1909 


8.158 

» 

. 1908 


16.562 

» ... 

. 1910 


8-573 

SERBIA .... 

• 1907 

13.623 


CHINA .... 

• 1907 

332.228 


» .... 

. 1908 


3.025 

» .... 

. 1908 


54.607 

» .... 

. 1909 


2.941 

» .... 

. 1909 


55.884 

SWEDEN . . . 

• 1907 


37-895 

» .... 

. 1910 


64.161 

» ... 

. 1908 


33.830 

INDIA .... 

• 1907 

380.373 


» ... 

. 1909 


34.267 

» .... 

. 1908 

442.822 


SWITZERLAND . 

• 1907 


69.447 

EGYPT .... 

• 1907 


£ 

26.801.000 

» 

. 1908 


61.359 

» .... 

. 1908 


25.754.000 

» 

■ 1909 


65.684 

» .... 

. 1909 


22.809.000 

» 

. 1910 


71.516 

» y\ . . . 

. 1910 


24.166.000 









56 


Total Exports of Merchandise from 1907 to 1917. 

(Figures taken from “ Statistical Abstract of Foreign Countries „, Parts 1-3 as prepared by the Department of Commerce, 

Bureau of Statistics of the U. S. Government). 



Year 

i 




Year 

$ 


UNITED STATES . 

1907 

1.853.718.034 





1000 8 

IOOO £ 

» 

1908 

1.834.786.357 


AUSTRIA HUNGARY 1907 


102.387 

» 

1909 

1.638.355.593 


» 


1908 


93.970 

» 

1910 

1.710.083.998 


» 


1909 


96.619 

» 

1911 

2.013.594.025 


» 


1910 


100.775 

» 

1912 

2.170.319.828 







» 

1913 

i.428 - 5o6.358 


ITALY . . 


. . 1907 

370.000 






» 


. . 1908 


69.171 



1000 8 

1000 £ 

» . . 


. . 1909 


74.676 





» 


. . 1910 


83.199 

UNITED KINGDOM 

1907 

1908 

2.073.300 






£ 

» 


377.104 

AUSTRALIA 


. . 1907 


72.824.247 

» 

1909 


378.180 

» 


. . 1908 


64.311.058 

» 

1910 


430.384 

» 


. . 1909 


65.318.836 

>> 

1911 


454.119 

» 


. . 1910 


74491-150 

GERMANY . . . 

1907 


336.605 

JAPAN . . 


. . 1907 

2 I 5 - 34 I 

1000 £ 

» ... 

1908 


314.627 

» . . 


. . 1908 


39.270 

» ... 

1909 


324.215 

» > . 


. . 1909 


43.043 

» ... 

1910 


367.506 

ARGENTINA 


• • 1907 

285.857 






» 


. . 1908 


73.201 

FRANCE .... 

1907 

1.080.047 


» 


. . 1909 


79.470 

» .... 

1908 


202.028 

» 


. . 1910 


74-525 

» . ... 

1909 


228.724 






>> .... 

1910 


249.352 

BRAZIL. . 

. 

. . 1907 

255 -II 3 






» 


. . 1908 


44.155 

NETHERLANDS. . 

1907 

883.926 


» . . 


. . 1909 


63.724 

» . . 

1908 


180.966 

204.062 

BULGARIA. 


. . 1907 


5,024 

» 

1909 


» 


. . 1908 


4.494 

218.403 

» 

1910 


» 


. . 1909 


4-457 






» 


. . 1910 


5.161 

BELGIUM .... 

1907 

545-349 







» .... 

1908 


100.258 

DENMARK. 


• • 1907 


23.159 

» .... 

1909 


112.389 

» 


. . 1908 


24.418 

» .... 

1910 


136.297 

» 


. . 1909 


24.657 





» 


. . 1910 


26.965 

RUSSIA. 

1907 


111.151 

GREECE . 


. . 1907 

22.398 


». 

1908 


I 05 - 37 I 

» 


. . 1908 


4.429 

» ..... 

1909 


150,699 

» 


. . 1909 


4.067 






57 


Total Exports of Merchandise from 1907 to 1917. 



Year 

IOOO $ 

xooo £ 



Year 

IOOO $ 

1000 £ 

NORWAY . . . 

1907 

58.953 


CHILE . . 

• • 

• 1907 


21.006 

» ... 

1908 


11.736 

» . . 

• ■ 

. 1908 


23.936 

» ... 

1909 


13.036 

» . . . 

• • 

. 1909 


22.343 

» ... 

1910 


14.881 

» . . 

• • 

. 1910 


23.791 

PORTUGAL . . 

1907 


6.842 






» . . 

1908 


6.835 

URUGUAY 


■ 1907 


7.273 




22.161 

» 


1908 


8.395 

ROUMANIA . . 

1907 






1908 


15.177 

» 

. . 

1909 


9.396 

» . . 










» 

• • 

1910 


8.680 

SERBIA .... 

1907 

15.728 







» .... 

1908 


3.no 






» .... 

1909 


3.719 

CHINA . . 

• • 

• 1907 

210.976 






» . . 

, , 

1908 


36.888 

SWEDEN . . . 

1907 


29.148 

» 

» . . 


1909 


44.051 

» ... 

1908 


26.779 

» 


1910 


51.274 

» ... 

1909 


26.277 






SWITZERLAND . 

1907 


47-559 






» 

1908 


42.392 

INDIA . . 

• • 

• 1907 

573.190 


» 

1909 


45.502 

» . . 

• • 

1908 

575.158 


» 

1910 


48.965 






MEXICO . . . . 

1907 

61.893 


EGYPT . . 

. 

• 1907 


28.743 

» ... 

1908 


24.780 

» 

• • 

1908 


21.871 

» . 

1909 


23.592 

» 

• • 

1909 


26.755 

» . . . 

1910 


26.546 

» . . 

, 

1910 


29.698 



h 































' 



> 






* 





\ 




■ 






































* 



















i 










■ 































































































■ \ 

■ 











. 





. 

A] f ,v. : 

i 


. 



























. 















■ 
























































































































































































3 9088 00691 9278 


■ 




llitlflf 






mj&m 




mSMtm 




Wmm 


- 


zmimmiMM 

■ 


mm 


mmmm 

mmmm 




ISBlillllilfc.. 


•iliii